th. 


| Printed for the benefic of the Grammar. | 


Grammatica Burlefa 
OR A | 
NEW ENGLISH 


GRAMMAR 


Made Plain and Eafic for 


TEACHER & SCHOLAR, 


TT profitable to Gentlemen 


for The recovery of what they | 
have loſt by diſcontinuance 
from their ſtudies. 


up 
COMPOSE D: 


By EDw, BuszLEs 4 M 
and School-inaſter at Eaft- 47 
in MIDDLESEX 


—_—_—_ . 


— 


Schools in the Counties of Middleſex 
and HARTFO RD. 


p Londin,Printed by T.N ſor Humphe rey . 


5 — © _ ns 


| 


T8 5 Jr, TKALAOY 7 GG 9775; -dXpIig, ws 01,7 * " 


| 
SreadSav , © GE wndey T LOL TULYAIRE: " . 
&C. Iſver Orat, contra Sopniſtas. 


— —  — —_- —— Ae | 


PII ot — 


1798; © 2536 L: he! 
gn ot the Prirſe ES Arms i in S. Pagl, Ci: aps 3: "46x 


<— cb —_—_— .c = 


— I. 4 2 —- - 


% 


Pe IE TIC I Cz — EI - 


” — 


1 


{ 


> © . 
— EE a — FRG ve —_- : f 


_e wt den a 
» 
y ” Fe of 


Ct S 
DF. 0s AN 
\ he 2 : -- oped We thond ” RN = 
gt - __” 7 Y " : , " { gamogt tix wrt 
> pay = _— <A 2d . "- yy ras bo at Varga 2 #0 Ps =” WOW ty __, i. SAO. ces +: ; 
q j 7 - I ” » Ra - Y ; a +TH4 :conb=Y : "Ie OR OT = + > &+ *- thin: af - _-. * 
FOR L * EM - : bes As 3 > as 1 l 
P Y Pt Fa mn " , my > Son : a. Es 4A a . 2 * xa... , a X 2 
PII RT oor" Y 4d Ho ASI i. ah worm ar mae anon 9. Fo: Ht rt WS 997 one OY Og er TC I ES .— | y : 
> . ——_: \ REY oft "= = Re V "2, ts, OL. FI RE *, Fo. ww". fo 1 an GO ORE AGE ET 1,4 I AISmesl 74 #2 
< => RT Yo int 4-1-- o} oo RT a bo 02 pl 2 eh, a; * By F _ © 54 Mt ? 04} DN EES. ads Du th SR: 4 : 
_— 2; of _ y hes 7 TL, Fog y : I . x... nos "I ps FIT "x bans TI " ASHORE OY 
. oo We et 0 Mt et ALLY WY Tags OO OT 4 Y -" 'y | 
h Ja 


SpeRatifimz Libe- . 

ralitatis fulcro, & in 

| recondltte virtutis Ga- 
zaphylacio M:? Fohagn? 
Clarkio Armigero, > He- 


rare lgnicalo Guilielinn fills 
ſun,inſignis ſee1 Put 10, 
&C. 


E D. BuNLES:; G YAHLAIM plar:- 
mam G& Pacem Cree 4729 THT H, 
vey a Dom!nn Ho Domain « 


IS OS erat apud Venetos 
B (excul:fme felectilli- 
meque Domine) {ingulis 
[C7 annis feito Aſceations 
Chriſti, maris dominium {ibi de- 
pondere,annulo in mare dejecto, ita 
ur nequando fit aquarum irruprio 
Hac conſuetudo ( ni tallor) eſt 
1vidum tux liberalitatis emblema, 
(ui V gSilantiflirze inc 2mbis quaſi ag- 
reribus & foſſts ejuſmod: cxuna- 
+ tiones 


e 
_— — ks | . 
TS. emroc go CET Ry... ana —_- 


” :, "OY > $1 
= = ge RW, 


Epiſtola Dedicatoria. 


tiones avertere quz pergunt violen-| 
ter undis, ire dejecum monumentaf 


Regts, 
Nec eo minus , tam gratuito, 


tim inexhauſto benignitatis Oceanof 
me Lndi-mapiſtri officio fungentem 


proſecutus es ut artiſlimo gratitudi- | 
nis vinculo me tibi ferruminaviſles &| 


a{trinxifles. 


- Ace, oculos manet & manebit,| 
quam lautilime domi tux, quam 
humaniſlime Londini, me & ari-| 
cum meum (qui tuam menſam ſub-| 


dela oratoria, ovino emunxerat c0|- 
lo) tractaveras. Sed de his ſatis,ne 


prolixa verborum ſeries txdium in-| 


ducat. De alterna purpura & day: 


bus ſuperbivimus. 

Benigaitatem laudo tuam, Libera-f 
Its es, & telte Philoſopho , Viri li-f 
beralis eſt magna libenter dare, Par-| 


va libenter accipere. Meum equi- 
dem eſt (mi! Domine) przter annuum 
redditum quem ( propter habitacr- 
lum in quo artes exerceo meas) tibi 
debeo, meum elt ( inquam) preces 


effundere , ut proſpere & fcoeliciterſ 
ſuccedant omnia, & tibi, & dulciſſi- 


Epiftola Dedicatoria. 


| mx tux conjugi, Domine mex , una 
| cum veſtrts omnibus. Ettam hoc ame 
| plitts , meum eſt [abort non parcere, 
{quo ne _unguem quidem latum , & 
 grato animo, diſcederem. 
| Proculdubio, ftupeſcit mifii anit- 
| mus , quod ipſe, cui erat in animo 
abdicare Ludi-literarii Magiltermims 
| malto magts mili laborioſum quam 
unquam quzxſtuoſum , quod 1pie 
(quis temperet riſa ) jam ingrato 
pulvere ſcholaſtico fordidus , in re 
ram ingrata Or confenz{ce- 
rem. .Conleneſco equidem, & orus 
ſu/picio, quod ut faciiius poll cm ſus- 
ire, annMtatinncalas m 2OruUM inge- 
pnioiis adaquatas typis Committere 
CUIAYI. 
| Tractet hunc libellum renerrimus 


Culiclius, $1 non fit c19nns quem 


mantbus rerendo difcat, dignus elt 
quem mamibus tenendo dtivellar. 
[nid obett (vir peritiflime) quo mts 
a7 hoc min mum, accreicenti meo 
Domingo fit ulai maximo- 

| Nones eo animo{(oenerofi ime jatc; 


L _ whe ROE. Cann 
| A 3 um 


a Con/iliarics moneretur ut ad cce-| 


 decorat poſſtdentem. Abfir ſuperbia | 


_cie pietatis difſimulata, ſeculi vit!a Þ 
_tacitoambiru proſequuntur, MaQte | 


Epiſiola Deadicatoria. | 
um ſuum Carolan plane rudem elle] 
voluit , ne ſcilicet (ut dicebat) per} 
tinax effet in conſiitis, fed quid aliif 
conſulerent andiret. 


i 4 P 


Non es eoanimo; audivi enim te 
aliter judicantem, & regulas Gram-| 
MATICAs CUI aliis accurate reirican-| 
tem- Ta perinde acſi efles altce 
Carolus quarts ile autor bullz av.| 
rex, Qui Prage per integrum diem 
interfuir leionibns publicts, & cum] 


nam iret,reſpondit; Hac coena meal 
eſt, Tu inquam (nota enim l6quoer)| 
elepiſti decte difſerentes in culina, 
Potius quam laute cenantes 1n cxnas 
culo, Et ibi (0 quam pulchrem 
ſpeRtaculum !) thi te patrem vidi| 
7oſepho ſimilem , filinm ſuper genui} 
educantem: & quid auditum eſt?Þ 
jane quod auditu jucundiſffimunm, | 
Audivi te etiam intimos inhibentem, 
ne quis (fiiio tno preſente) quid ma- 
Il improvide effutiret. PYera pietauÞ 


mquietorum hominum qui ſub ſpe-| 


pietate | 


Epiſtols Dedicatoria. 

pietate eſtoſ/integerrime vir )agnoſce 
[Chriſtum etiam in pizſepi jacentem. 
Surge in modum Samſonis, & Cx- 
caſo teipſo diſrumpe denfos impio- 
tefrum fines. Nic cum Davide fpont 


| 7:4 0 ET 478 1f19Vitats. Pugnemus 
8 ( fortifſime ermiger) valtdiilime 
le pugnemus 5; Pecrato mwmihil eff 
al :7:m1icis 5; oft hoſting inimici/li- 
ml mus ; huic reſitamrs usyeos alu. 
| EIS F EVLAIES, av 5017 C2400. 
a4} {Adſit enim tals patientia quiz 11» 
)  duiget ſceleribus non nifi cum Ret- 
»f publicz interitu tolerandis) Er qui 
'F vincentes Ccoronat det tibi my aus 
nf c4yrivor © Es Stgaver. 


ft 
- 


il 
1þ E Schola mea Servus tuus humilli- 
| Hilling.lonieift mus tuique objers 
F 0&av Jduum vantiſimus 
| 7unii 1548. 
| 
ED: BUR I E $-. 
A4 To 
: 


amico, Recedere 4 me omnes qu dar Plel.6.9. 


. * 0 Sree 208 wr” has 
PS , wa bs =—_— Se 0 A: 


La Re .- i 


_ 


PH 


: 


Z 
2 
4 
Þ ; 
py 
þ 
L 
vp 
c 
# 
1 


PO, 
a o 


My worthy Mzccoen assss, | 


the Patrons of all good Lear- 
ning in the Pariſh of Buſhy, 


in the County of Hartford : 
 M.N:zchol,and M. Hobſon, 


Grace and peace be multiplied. 


IRS, 


n2,bona moneta,boni amici; bat that 
ſcholar which hath you two jeyned to 
tim{eli in fritndfhip, hath mony, and 
that which i hetter;ſfo true is the Pro- 


/ 
/ 


_ E: ES EY EE \ LE # RE / 
UNA ENTER T*þ Or Trvess5 Ns US, 05 0 @IAGS, 


1 614 


T Am as much iraitnea to expreſs | 
a 10127 worth ina little room, as tof 
f write Homer's Iliads 5x a nut-ſhel.] 

The ſhort time I bave had with| 
you, maketh mee inſighted into au a-| 
Pundauce of Worth in you, which ſhew-| 
erh you robee Pauls among thoſe that} 
are accounted Pillari, [t is Melar-| 
Rhonis vaticinium,that there ſhall bee Þ 
wanting to the werld three things ,lige | 


 _Epiltle Dedicatory, 
You are the Lillies among the thorns 
FL Buihy. 1 conſeſſe there are there. 
"excelent  Ledbnbd beſides your ſelves, 
| the gale: of Who; 4 e vamples may 
EYIUE ORC ON i a ſtrait corrſe to Hem 
| VER Et r0nt 60 adVentireto han te 
|: be therns but vour ſelves. 

Noble Sirs, rotiis Work tn theſe 
'parrs you have £20er life. And a 
| 1oug hit Was begotten ia anotier, jt 
by pour friendly Aa viter £ it hath 

1ts birth 17 ths places if 175 A Bird 
Powers za Enliy ; and tf any ſharp 
| therns aduenture 10 penetrate the 
render j:des, interpoſe yorur ſelves, 
p44 ſnap them off for Feſtues to point - 
cut the Rules Which may ſhew them 
toeir errons, Who labour to get ta 
| thew/elves henony by diſparaging 
others. 
\ Sirs, If yonr children hereby re- 
reve jrefir, 1 am hanoared in beins 


Yours and their 
bumble ſcrvanc 


EDvy.BuRLEs. 


As5 10) 


wt Bs waz — Pe. 


, ©» 


never to be forgotten 
friends, M* Watſow,Mr Azlee, 
and M* Freſwallan, and 
the reſt of the Maſterſhip 


of Hillingdon in the 
County of Ad. 


Peace with piety. 
_ $IR>, 


S I lived long, ſoI ſuffered 


Laſhes of his chaſtiing Rod, The 


Bell told us that death was daily at 


our doors; yet the Lord ſuffered it 


nor to. enter into our houſes ; God | 
then preſerved both you and your | 
iittle ones. The Plague was violent; | 
our prayers fervent ; the r:demption. } 
Was miraculouſly merciful; and Wha: bf 
V5. 


"m 


My very truly beloved and ' 


R e_ = Pome Ing £ mn peeens oh + Pry mo nts 
H_ - a= os _w_ —— ” PM Eee BP v0 "oY et es ODS -j 


much with you, eſpecially in | * 
» A. chat great Plague, to which | 
God t1ngled us out, that we might be | 
a peculiar people to bear ſome of the | 


_-. 
: 
Ot 
as | 
IR, 
bs 2 
I 


Ne 17 
Og 
CN 

q 


k 


ZE 


3 
D 


XY 
$ « 

_ 
"i" 
72 
5's 


Epiſtle Dedicatory. 
days we ſer apart in publick thank 
giving for ſo healing a mercy,F#dicer 
fadexille ſummus & tremendus qui 
juſte judicat & judicabir omni. 

Sirs, the thing that I drove ar a. 
mong you, was to Crive aut an Ale. 
houſ oat of the Church & Chu: ch- 
houſe; and alſo to take away thoſe 
lime::wigs of diſorder which mi:he 


_ eaſily intangle ſoone-fearherd yourh, 
| Whoſe waxen nature byafleth bth by 


the eyeand the ear unto that which 
is evil, 

Sirs, I may adventure to 13y, that 
ſomeprized an Ale-houl adove that: 


| Schoo!-houſ, for which this Gram- 
' mar was prepared. And take it not 
ill, if T play this afcer-pame with 


you, and bet ſomwhat by the by chat 


I ſhall hjr the block. Joyn together. 

| forthe good of your children raales 
| and females,and pur out the {trench 
| of your parts and purſes, and that 
F Wil be effeRted in my abſence,which 
' when I was preſent with you, you 


could not be won unto, The Lord 


- reform thee, Hillingdon, the Lord re- 


form thee, that there may be in thee 
JUTCITLEES 


Y— 
| Epiſtle Pedicatory. 


# | ſpiritualboſpicality keprwithourgrud.- |, 
£1. ging; that thy Polpic may be poſlefled | 
x; without repining ; that thy Parochial 

f Society may be knit together in. the | 
; bind of Chriſtian love,and thy youth | 


Aouriſh in holinefle like a green ba! = 
cree:that in al things the name of our | 
Lord Jeſus Chrilt may be glorited, | 
and at length che ſouls that are in | 
thee ſaved. So prayeth, 


Tour Maſterſhips 
humble ſervant, 


EDw, BuRtets, 


T0 


22950250266: 


| FO THE 
| READEM 


Hez 7 behold that Atlas 
of Grammar-Learning, 
A. Farnaby , :mpenſely 
:ontenaing with others about uſurped 


inthe HeoreW inſtitutions of Alanus 
Rettaldus Calignius , printed 1541. 
ſpeaking of the Hebrew Articles , 
Quam habeant fipgnificatione Articu- 
},Latine non poteſt propric exprimi; 


ould I think any thing in this Gram- 
mar z0.6e my own? foraſmuch as it 
might be anothers Obſervation before 
mine , unknown tome. J intenaea 
ths Work for my on ſchool,and gave 
t the name Pcdiflequa Farnadianaz at 


nomine ejus offenſi. 7 know wot for 
what cauſe; yet ris T know, that thole 
Books cnly Tit Dookiellers are beſes 

tha? 


Articles iz the Latis tongue, and read. 


nam Latin! carent Articulisz 7hy 


zhich ſome pugnaciter oblatrabant, 


ny 


Þ To the ReaDer. 

? that ſell beſt. Thave new named zt, 
"i vetwith(anding Pars eſt ſua laudis in 
\ ills. | 
is To this Grammar there 7s little 
6 need of a Conſtruing Book ; and if «- 

- »y Ariſtarchus carp at my Tranſlation | 
FAY of Rules, judging me to be an Accius / 
l Labeo, whe was accounted an unſavory | 
> and irregular Poet, for ill Tranſlating | 
2 of Homer's Iliads, ( verbum verbo | 
+ reddens fcediflime tranſtulit ) Ler | 
y ſach a one knoW that I doe not aucu-| 


pate Praiſe, bt have ftudicd plain- | 
neſs; and as 1 would not be fond | 
l foedus, /o I would be fennd fidus in- Jr 
F terpres. 
if, What would it profit the Scholar to 
Th read Latin woras, and yet being aiked | 
| for the Engliſh ſhould be altogether to | 
ſeek for an anſwer * asinthe Pro-| 
verb, Durum telum neceflitas, »eed | 
makes the old wifetrot : What i La-| 
3in for the old wife, Boy * inaced it | 
; not with Poets as with Grammari- 
 Þ. ans. Nec verbum verbo curabis rec- | 
dere,&c. Hor. de Art. Poet. | 
. To conclude, Let every Bird cha-| 
lenge his ewn Feather, and leave mee 
TLAIKH- | 


_ To the Reaper. 
ridiculouſly naked if they can, 1 ſhall 
xt regard the frumps and mockage 
of men, if God in the leaſt meaſure 
be glorified by my labours. Tet as 

Phocion /a:d of his children , 5f they 
, be like me, that which ſerved me, will 
" likewiſe ſerve them ; ſo ſay 1 of thoſe 
| Wheſe ſails I have uſed to felicitate 
' my paſſage to the deſired Port,if they 
be like me, Gods glory will ſerve 
them, theugh their works be ſervice- 
able to ethers and to mee. Parvus 
ſum, nullus ſum, alta nec ſpiro nee 


re penſitata judicet. 
| Conſurvereoces veſtri quoque ferre 
| triumphs ; 

| Materiam diftis nec pudet eſſe Dus 
3 £073, | 


pero, jam vale; perpendat Letor, &. 


'ExX 


e ERR Xx _—— 2 c , 
4 ; Pe a . ; rw C5 F Ae Bia. > 
2 W. - OY” ” x__ ., _- £ F , 8 w 
D, . > n 4 ' $A =» 4 ” " XN, = 
_ F. 5 > : A v - *” Sa A __ — £7; 34" _ 
ay Go Df, wy b —-. , Oo 
& L x » i *: " * W..- q wy SD 0 A Þ. hol! 
- a _—_— - a 


a 
* 


run: - Ss) "EY DD he-< <0oy x0: 
; Bp ; A a > _ 


Nat 
| © as Up 


'Ex Jig ayoped 3. 


ECHO AESTIC AL. 


Aforning Prayer. 


ginning of this day. O LORD, wee 
will ling aloud of thy mercies chis mor: 
wng 3 for thou haſt been our defence, 


and our refuge 3 thou haſt drawn the 
Curtains of thy protection about vs; 
thou haſt refreſhed us with pleaſing 
tleep, and awakened us with health and 
firength to meer togerher in this place 
BY 


Tits ot 
r ws; > 
£ 7 bo 
. 7 
; WE 
> , b * 


OST Powerful LORD $GGD.f 
in whom wee live, move, ard 
' have our becing. Salvation , | 
and Honour, and Power hcef 
aſcribed: to rhee, O LORD GOD, for tharÞ 
thou haſt mercifully faved, ana! praciouſly ; 
preſerved us thy poor creatures, through Þ 
the aarkneſle of this night unto the he-Þ 


Prayers Scholaftical: 


: 1m peace to praiſe thee. Now wee he- 
f izech rhee CO LORD _) let our fouls a- 
, | wake to righreouineſſe, and not to ſn; 
= wee indeed are bur an handfull of thy 
= creatures, yer are we full of ſin : nor 


2 only by nature, but in our lives; wee 
have not only loved ſm, and lived in ir, 
bur haye been unwilling ro be ſeparated 
from ir. Sin ftil] naturally flowerh 
-'from us, as impure ſtreams from a cor- 
| rupt Fountain ; and wee finde in our 
| ſelves oftentimes to this hower, an aw- 
 ked averſenefie and ſtubbhornneffe of na- 
ture unto that winch is good : unto- 
\ ward Wee are to imbrace good inftru- 
| (tions, and untoward unto all good adti- 
- ONS- 
Good LORD, wee intreat thee to al- 
' ICI CUT rebellious natures; and with the 
| light of this day, ſhew us the light of 
| thy countenance. © let the light of thy 
Þ| grace and gracious Pug a ſhine upon our 
| dark ſouls. 
F Thongh for our ſins, thou nick 
| bundle us up unto everlaſting damnation; 
| yct this is our comfort, thar wee have 
F not ſo finned , as fo our-ſtrip ' the infi- 
'Þ nite mercies of Thee a reconciled GOD, 


ſin FESUS CHRIST; © for his ſake re- 


| mit unto us all our ſins. 

There is ſin enough in the leaſt of us. 
to condemn us unto everijatting miſery , 
and tre make the very Earth on which 

we tread, the Aire wherein wee breath, 
Band the houſe wherein we liye, to be a 

| perpetual curſe! unto us. 
| Saye 


\ 


\ 


Prayers Scholaſtical. 
the Jeafſt from fin, and the puniſhm<*r: 


ſin. 


onr ſouls, that we may love thee un- 


ſas Chriſt our Saviour. 


And fit us for all heart-ſearching and 
 Heart-breaking times, when wee can ſeef 
nothing in the world thac can ſupport} 
us; ler thy inviſible hand from Heaven | 


hold us up that we may hold out. 


SO guide us this day, thar in all our} 
| actions and imployments, we may have} 
thee in our eyes. Goe on to perfect ho-| 
linefſe where ir is begun , boch in our 
thoughts, words and works; begin it in 


Save us therefore from the grearcit © if 


_ that may attend the greateſt aud lcait | 

'L 
So diſcover thy loving kindneſle untso | 
£ ( 
feignedly; and pacifie our accuſing c02- | 
ſciences at all times, upon the confidera-|þ 
tion, that thou requireſt not ſatisfaction 
for our ſms at our own hands , but hait} 
already received it at the hands of Fe-| 


\ 


Pm 


tunin, mn 8N A A BY twwas yy = 1 


«3* wy wy 


every heart that hath not yet taſted and} 


found how ſweet the LORD is. 


Teach us this day to behave ourf 
ſelves nprightly in all things, 'as we ought; 
make us to conſider for what cauſe weef 
come to this place; and O LORD, doef 
thou take ſpeciall notice of theſe lirrilefj 


anes for their good. They come to this 
School, but they muſt be raughr by thee; 
thou- only canſt give them underſtanding, 
and teach them good behaviour. 

O LORD, ſo inſtru them, that their 
Parents may have comforr in them , the 


Church and Commonwealth haye pYen 
er- 


4 
X 
9» 
Wi 
is 
I, 


Prayers Scholaftical: 


ſervice by them, and thy name have the 


* glory of all. 


O Lord, we apprehend thee a mercifu) 


God, we apprehend thee the fountain of 
| wiſdome, wee apprehend thee a powerful 


God.able to do whatſoever thou wilr. 


From Thee the Fountain of Wiſdome, 


let rivelets of knowledge ſtream upon us; 
| according to thy power for our good do 


| for us; work for Thine, Thy Church, Thy 


| Feople, this Nation,the Pariſh,our friends, 
and benefactors, according to all their ne- 
 celljities and wants, in all rheir exigents 


| and conditions, above all that we can ask 


| or think , even for ZESUS CHRIST his 
ſake, who hath wrought ſalvation for us; 
for whom We praiſe Thee, and in whoſe 


| name and words wee further pray unto 


| Thee, ſaying, Our Father,Cgc. 


Poft-Noons Prayer. 


MOST Glorious, Almighty and 


name, in ſenſe of our woful miferies, and 
in hope of thy free mcrcics, do here once 
again humble our ſouls in thy fight and 
preſence. 

© Lord, wee confeſle we are finners 
every way 5 for wee have ſmned in the 
zoins of our fore-parents , and by cor- 
rupted nature arc deprived of thy glori- 


ous image; ſo that as concerning hcea- 
venly things, the underſtanding is filled 


with blindneſle, the memory wirh aul- 
netle and forgetfulueſle, the will wich 
frowardnciſe and perverſenefle ; too muc! 
good we have omitted, too much evil 
we have committed. Satan, and the vio- 
lence of our own luſts, haye ofcentimes 
haled us out of the ſafe way which lead- 
erh unto lite, and ſer us in a way Icad- 
ing to deſtruction; this is our miſery, (0 
Lord) we pray thee make us truly fenſjl>!c 


_ of it; for where miſ-ry 15 not felr , there 


mercy 1s not regarded. 

Thou haſt graciouſly pleaſed ſo to pro- 
vide for the relief of our weaknefle, and 
reſtauration of our ſtrength, as to aliow 

118 


moſt merciful Lord God , we thy þ 
unproftable ſervants, in fear of 
thy Majeſty, in reverence of thy glorions FÞ 


SS I 75 + 


— 2 Si cud wt nr 


Prayers Seholaſtical. 


! us lawful recreations in their meaſure, place 
' and ſeaſons; and becauſe in theſe there is a 
: propenſion and readinefle in our natures to 
' itep our of, and run over the bounds pre- 
ſcribed : we beſeech thee as for the par- 
{don of all our fins in general, ſo for the 
| Lord Feſus Chriſt his ſake, pardon all our 
| fins 1n our recreations in particular. 
F O Lord, if there hath dropr from any 
of our mouths, any unſeemly or idle word, 
{if there harh been amongſt us any quar- 
'rels or contentions, it but anangry look, 
or polluted thought, lay them all afide,ler 
them not be drawn up in a Bill of Indi&- 
ment againſt us, but caſt all our ſms in- 
to the burtomleſle fea of thy mercy, and 
lay unto each of our ſouls, I have put a- 
way thy tranſgreflions as a cloud, and thy 
fins as a miſt. O make all our fms ſo dit- 
pleaſing ro us, that no fin may hurr us, | 
| Iris Thy great mercy that Thou haſt 19 
moacrated the frame of our ſpirits, that 
wee are not returned With blouay noſes, 
ſcrarcht faces, broken legs and lis and 
that we are enabled to come toa ſecond 
meeting. Now we pray and beſeech Thee 
take from us all dulyctfe of fpiric, all wan- 
dring and vain Ccogitations, that wee may 
ſzttto the work in hand in earneſt, every 
one ſtriving who ſhall cxcel others in lear- 
ing, that we may fo get wiſdome and get 
inderſtanding, thar wein no wiſe forget 
wee are Thy ſervants depending upon 
Thee, who art the God of our mercice, 
able to give us all things conducing to 
Thy glory, and our own and others good; 
| " — ane 


Prayers Schelaſtical. 


and all this for Jeſus Chriſt his ſake our| 
Lord and onely Saviour. To whonf 
wich Thee, and Thy bleſled Spirit, be all} 
Glory and Honour, now and for ever-| 
more. | 

Amen. 


many cnet wan aac Sw RITES — eo at 


Evening Prayer, 


| OST holy Lord God, and our moſt fi 

IM nercful Father in rhe Lord Zeſus 
Chriſt, we have great cauſe to mag- 

nifie thy glorious name, for great hath been 


thy love & tender mercy to us in things ipi- 


ritual and things temporal 3 we bleſle Thy 
name for all the good Thou haſt done for us 


this day, and for defending us againſt ayy 
evil. O Lord , as riches and honour come of 
Thee, and Thou reipneſt over all, and jn 
Thine hand is power and might, and in 
Thine hand it is to make grear, and pire 
ſtrength unto all, ſo Thou arr the Foun- 
rain of Wiſdomez Thou teacheſt men 
knowledge, which 1s pleaſant unto rhe 
loul. Wee befeech Thee to bleſſe our la- 
hours this day, that it may nor hbe a day 
loſt unto us. Oler the Spirit of knowledg 


\ and fear of the Lord, reſt upon us. Let 


our Earth bce full of che knowledge of 
Thee O Lord, as the waters Cover the Sea, 
and delight Thy ſelf in the praifes of Thy 


{ittle ones. 
Tine 


Prayers Scholaſtical. 


Thane, O Lord, is the power to do for us. 


| and Thine be the honour and glory of all 


| the good Thou haft wrought for us and in 
| us. 


© OmmmEnmEEnEETEIETIEST NE oy OO 2 = 


Glance Thy favour upon us, even for 


 Tejus Chriſt is take, pardoning our fins 


and miſcarriages in our places this day,that 
wnen we betake our ſclves to our places of 


reſt, we may be able ro look up to Heaven, 


and there {ce Inec a God reconciled to us 
in 7eſus Chrift.. 

{n our ileep, work our thoughts & hearts 
up to a pure love cf Thee, and make us fo 


to hate tin, that we may grudpe 1r to haye 


1 beeing In us. 

Blefle us to meet again, that wee may 
praiſe Thce, and preceed mn our labours for 
'carning , til w.e have gotten fo much as 
thou in Thy wiſdome knowelt fit, for the 
dilcharge of rhe feveral places unto which 
Thou in Thy All-ruling, and All diſpoſing 
Yrovidence haſt appointed us. Thete and 
all cther mercics Working for our good, we 
beg in the name of 7elus Chriſt our Inter- 
cl r, Mediator, and Redeemer. Now to 
Thee the only wile God, Father, Son, and 
TDolv Ghoſt, who crowneft us with mercics 
and compailions, wee aſcribe as due is, all 
power and Praiſe, dominion and thankl:- 
eving. this CVEnimnig, and for evermore.. 


Amen. 


Thurſday 


Prayers Schelaſtical. 


Thurſdays Prayer at Three. 


Lord God, moſt high, and moſt holy; 
who in the ſtrength of Thy power, 


and ſweetnefſe ef Thy mercy, haſt 


carried us in the arms of Thy love , to en- 
30y this good hour, and , peaceable oppor- 
runity to praiſe Thee, and pray unto Thee: 
If we ſay, rhat we have not ſinned againſt 
Thee this day,we deceive our felvs, and the 
truth is not in us. O Lord, make us therfore 
truly inſfighted in, and truly fenfible of all 
our fins: make us truly and heartily ſor- 
rowful for them, and truly defirous of 


Thy pardoning mercies in the Lord 7eſus 


 Chrifft, For his ſake we beſeech Thee to 


pardon all our ſins, fins againſt Thy mer- 
cies, the Meflengers of Thy love; 1innes 
againſt Thy judgements, the Meſſengers of 
Thy wrath ; fins of our days pait, and the 
{ins of this preſent day. | 


And grant that for the remaining part* 


thereof, and for the time rhar is yer to 
come of our lives, we may not walk,talks 
or ſport, as thoſe that live after the tleſh; 
but fo live , that it may appear to the 
world, the Spirit of Chr: tohein us. 
Lord, work in us will and deed, purpoſe 


and power, to bee iuch as Thou wouldſt 


have us to be; that weeeyen to the leaſt 
amongit us, may adorne and heautifie our 
molt 


\ 


| Prayers Scholaftical. 
"moſt holy profeffion of Chriftiani 
walking'in a Chriftian courſe o_ in Nt 
| che ſound: fruits and practice of Godlineſs, 
and true Relygron YE, 
| Lord, mafttcr our mafter-fins , and dail 
weaken the ſtrength of our corruprions , ſo 
conforming a}l'our ſteps to Thy Word,thar 
no 1N1quity may have dominion over us. 
And' thar wee faint not in our volage 
| Heaven-ward;quickenius by Thy Spirit that 
wee die not 3- uphold'us by Thy hand, thar 
we fall not; direct us by Thy Word, that 
wee erre not, and at laſt crown us with 
| folory, tnar we loſe not rhe hope of our in- 
2 Nneritance, 


* TT wp WwE- 


L TEN 


zo 


I | _ may * = ©. &- ” +l 
ot, —a __ k. pe. PR TIN. Da, "2"IP: L a ON ra Ort, os, _ - Py . "IT. 
A os We "og r * (748 = 'n WF, p” Conte, 5 s . : . Fo ot E; PPS" 4 
be. os 3 rt wo #08 et 1 3 "is A my 4 _ a - C7 % 
* ; ; — Ie g Fr” - "> 8 SK. 35 ' OE D ”_ Fe  P"FIn48-c C7 Ka oc 


- 


x. 
- Rad. *'2 


Think thoughts «of -peace unto Thy 
people, and always Took upon Thy fandti- 
- Bed ones in deep- compailien.. O'Lard, be 
| Jinrreared for, and be good unto Thy poor 
; children in this Engliſh! Nation 3 hear the 
) cries of Thine Elect, hear che mourning of 
- fliiem chat mourn in -Szon. Send 'Thy Go- 
s ſlipel to thoſe places wnere 1t 1s not, and 
f Wblefle ir where it is. Continue It unto us 
> Elvith an abundance of peace and freedom, 
ogether with greater ſuccefle. 
r'fl And moreover, O Zord, we cannot bur. 
) licknowledge that Thou haft been very 
mod ' unto us. Thou haſt creared us 
hen wee were nothing : Thou haſt pre- 
rved us being created : thou haſt redee- 
ned us when we were worſe then nothing, 
nd called us to the knowledge of Thy 
Tn: Thou hate ſancified us by Thy Spt- 
ntof life in Chriſt Feſzs , and given us 
we of an inheritance uncorruptib'e , 
(a) and 


) 


lies to which we 


Prajers Scholaftical: 


ind undefiled , that fadeth not away. 


O Lord , that meaſure of Learning, | 
which we have attained unto, we regiſter | 
and inroll to have deſcended from Thee | 


the Father of mercies, and Fountain of 


wiſdome, which we beſeech Thee to bleſs | 


unto us With a daily increaſe to Thy glory, 
Be with us che remaining part of this 


day, tobleſſe us in every thing , bleſſe us | 
both in the choice and lawful uſe of our 


recreations;, keep ns and the ſeyeral fami. 
long, in aſſured ſafety, 
when the night comming on depriverh us 
of the eye of the day; and when we yeild 
our bodies co our beds, grant that ſleep- 
ing, Or waking, living, or dying , wee may 
be found Thine, 
we commit and commend our elves, our 
fouls and bodies, beſeeching Thee to take 
care and charge of us, ro keep us from all 
evil, to watch oyer us for our good , and 
ro ler Thine Angels incamp abour us. 
Grant theſe things, O Heavenly Father, 


tous here preſent, and to all Thine abſent, 


even for eſus Chriſt his ſake Thine onely 
Son, our Lord and only Sayjour, who hath 
raughr us to pray 3 laying, 

Our Father, (56. 


Satnraay 


Into Thy hands,O Lord, | 


bs 


( 


2%, 2 


$nonr wes 


I Saturday at Eleven. 
| 


y” 


Let us humble our fouls before 
the dreadfull Majeſty of At- 
mighty God our Maker, and in the 

-| mame of his Sonue our Lord and 

Savioar Jeſus Chriſt, through the 


| aſſiſtance of the Spirit of grace, call 


: upon him: 


Lord, our ſtrength, our defence, the 
(Js: of our mercies, the God of our 
ſalvation, who art the confidence of 
alt the ends of rhe Earth, who ſtilleſt che 
noiſe of the ſeas, and the rtumults of the 
people, and haſt preſerved us the living 
Monuments of Thy mercy through this 
rt | week, unto this hour. 
y O God, when we hethink our ſelves, 
1 | and ſearch out the filchineſſe of. our own 
ſouls, by the clear light of Thy moſt holy 
Word, we muſt needs confeſle our ſcl ves 
yl aworthy of this or any orher mercy, in. 
y ſmuch , rhat if wee are not, we may bee 
ſhamed and afraid to come before Thee, 
and pray unto Thee. 

For, as if the fin of our nature had not 
"een enough to cauſe Thee ro hate us even 
0a loarhing of our perſons and ſervices, we 
ve ruſhed. into fins thick and threcfold, 

(X 2) and 


Prayers Scholaftical: 


and dowſed our [elves over head and ears | 
in },ainous inipietics. Wee are depraved | 
and pniſoned in all the faculties and pow- | 
ers of ovr ſouls, and members of our ho- | 
dies. We are defiled in a!! ourbeſt aci- 
ons , and were it nor for Thv reſtraining 


and renewing grace we fhould ſh! every 


day more and more break forth jnto in- 
numerable tranlſgreitons; and the preareſt 


rebellions againit Thee, that ever were} 


commirred by the vileft of the ſons of 
Men. | 

O LORD, wee .confefle , becauſe wee 
have ſinned againſt Thee , rthar wee are 
moſt worthy of Thy fierceſt wrath, and 
of all the curſes of Thy Law, and heavi-Þ 
eſt judgements, which Thou haſt infli4-} 
ed upon the moſt rebellious ſinners that 
haye been, or yet are in the world. 

Thou mighteſt deharre us of all com- 
forts of Heaven and Earth; Thou might- 
eſt make all Thy creatures to become 
our enemies, and drowning us in a de- 
luge of 'mournful miſerie, mighteſt plague 
us with all ſorts of ſpiritual and temporal 
judgements in this life, and then bind us 
up like ſo many fire-brands of Hell, and 
caſt us into utrer darkneſſe, into that 
Lake that burneth with fire and brim- 
ſtone, where there is weeping and gnaſh- 
ing of teeth for evermore. 

But, O Lord, we fly from our ſelves | 
and the ſeverity of Thy Juſtice, and draw 
neer to the Throne of Grace ; wee 
have no ability to avoid or bear Thy hea- 
vy wrath 3; wee humbly therefore , and 

earneſt- 


eb 5 IR. Wn 6, bat 


Prayers - Sciolaftical. 


earneſtly ſupplicate Thy mercy, and be- 


{cech Thee for rhe. birrer ſuft.r:ngs ſake, 
and precious merits of our Lord and Sa- 
viour feſus Chriff, freely and filly ro re- 
mir all our fins. Althougi cur ſcivsl] aye 
play<d the wantons, and prodipals , and 
laviſhr our a rich ttock of Graces, ycr ler 
chem not periſh for hunger, ftace m Thy 


houſe there is encugh fr us,” and- to 


ſpare. | 
There are riches of mercies purchaſed 
by our Lord Jeſus, there is an All-iuth- 


ciency to ſandtific and to fave. © Lord, 


as he js able toſayeall thoſe to the utrer- 
moſt, who come unto Thee by him , fec- 
ing he ever liveth ro make interceilic n 
tor thaw. Save us we beſcech Thee @- 
mongſt the reft, that wee alſo may par- 
take of the excecding great and. p Ccl- 
ous promiſes, of mercy and grace in the 


new Covenant, Comfort w< pray Thee . 


all rhat mourn in $792, ſpeak peace to 
the wounded and troubled ſpirit, and 


| binde up the broken hearted , with re-- 


miition of ſms by the bloud: of Chriit ; 


wee pray Thee to ſanctifie. Thine by the. 
| Spirit of Chriſt, and make a flaughrer of 
| ail our ſmnes rchar'yer dwell jn us, and. 
many times Tyranni1ze Over us. 


Mercifully blefle, and proſper unto us 


| Ihy poor ſervants, the labours of this 


weck, that they become nor as the Ja- 
bors of the fooliſh, who labor in vain, 


and in thimgs which profit not. Write> 
' therefore all the good things in our me- 
 mories, wherein wee have been infiructed 
CA 30 his 


- ' 
I F 
t 


” , 
> ——_ ” 
vom ee ra wo * 


Prayers Scholaftical. 


this week, Or at any other time heretofore | 
with apen of iron, that they may not bee | 
blotted out by our negligence or forgetful- | 
neſſe ; ſo that evil things ſhould take place | 


of good. 
Fit us and prepare us for the day follow- 
ing, which is ſer apart unto Thy ſervice ; 


" prepare our hearts for more puhlick pray- | 


£r, and when Thou ſhalt drop Thy Word 


amongſt us , give us an hearing ear, which 
may take heed what it hearerh, and how |; 


it heareth, rhar Thy Word may work plo- 
riouſly to fave us, which may work to Thy 
glory, though ir condemn _ us. Ir is Thy 
good working power, O Lord, that fitteth 
us for good things, and it 1s Thy free mercy 
that giveth us that which is good; nike 
therefore our hearts holw-ground fic ts re- 
ceive and bring forrh abundance of holy 
feed. 

Be with us this night coming on, O Lord, 
bleſſe us, O Lord, keep us, aud the places 


where we live jn ſafery ; make Thy face to 


ſhine upon us, and be gracious uato us,our 
friends and benefactors, lift up the lighr 
of thy countenance upcn us, and give us 
peace ,that we may lie down in peace and 
fleer,forThov,Lord,only makeſt us to dwelt 
in tafety.. 


Hear us, O Enrd our God.,and anſwer us } 
in much mercy, and that for the Lord Cbrift | 
Jeſus fake, who hath purchaſed mercy for | 
ns , for whom wee thank Thee, and in | 


wiole name and words wee further pray 
unto Thee ; ſaying, Our Father,Qyc. 


L Grace} 


Graces, 
Grace before Mear. 
WW bs bolp Treatoz, thzough whoſe 


bleſſing it ts. that thp crearures. 


have ſirength and vertue, to pzeſerve the 
life of man. Wleſfle us, we beſeech thee4n 
the free pardon and fozgtveneſſe of ali our 
{6:g, Put rength into cheſe creatures to 
:ourtſth us, wiloome rmro us to receive 
tem, and ſhankfulnefſe ts tbee foz them ; 


in the name of {eſis Ghitf. our Lo; 
 Ainen. 


——— 


— — 


Grace after Meat. 


Father of mercies, from whom eberp 

goob any perfett gift deſcendeth, our 
fouls aſcend up in thankfulneſſe to thee, 
foz thp bleſſings which batlp deſcend to 
us; we gtve humble and heartp thanks 
unto thee our God, foz feeding us at this 
time, and foz thp unſpeakable gifts at ai 
times, thieugh Jeſus Chriſt our Lod anp 


(a4) The 


— -- 
% 
Prom - - do 
up : - _ "_ 
> ter 
va 
. [0 


mm 


«W'3 
, ba 
$4.0 
m5 iN 
+ Hs 
300 
« 2 
h 
We.) 
+, 
F'4 
SY + 
Ky [ 
F 
in 
r 
& 
5 of 
Ms 
F, 
} o 
4% 
* 0 
4: < 


od Gd o 
THE 

METHOD 
Os. Bos 


F a Noun I 

Of a Prononn J0 
Of aVerb 49 
Of a Participle 133 
Of an Adverb 117 
Of aConuntion 120 
Of a Prepeſition 132 
Of an Interjettion, 136 


Sue _ _ — — 
prtz——— any he ———_— — — — —— — —<wo=e— So oma 


LR 


The Method of the ſecond 
5 oO kk. © 


He definition of Grammar, and 
.. 8rder of Conſtrutiios 138 
Points 


The Heaps. 


omts by which ſentences are diftin- 
ouſhed 141 
The Gender ef Nouns from their ſig- 


nific At16n 142 


The Gender of Nouns from their 
Termination 147 

) The Gender of Nouns from their 
Detlenſiow of the firft ana fiſt 
Faminixes 1 4D 


Of the ſecond + fourth Mal. 149 


Three ſpecial Reles to know the Gene 


der of Nouns of the T' rd Hes 
clenſion, whereof the firſt HOr j 


- creaſing, and the ſecond encreaſin 
1.9 lons F eminines. 15 Fe: 
; The third encreaſing ſnort » Maſcu- 
7 {1nes 157 
p The Mcthod of nh third 
rene if Nouns of ay firſt De- 
Ak clenſron 162 
Irregular Nonns of the ſecond De- 
| clenſion 164 
Irregular Nouns of the third De= 
| clenſion 170 
| Irregular Nonns of che nel De- 
| clen/ien I 74 
Irregular 


— 


4" "rx; 
"i 
; 
F *x 
4 > 
p- $7 
by 
"'P 
"# 
*£ 
I, 
t LE 
* 
r 
fx 
EN 
: ; 
: +: 
7# 
4 . 
f ? 
A oy 
* 


The Preterperfett Texſe and Supines 


The Hravs. 
Irregular Nemuns of the fift Declen-| 


fron iÞ; } 
A mixtare of Irregular Nouns 175 
Subſtantives Redundant 179k 
Irregular Adjeftives 181Þþ 
Some eAdjettives Irregular in comV 
pari/on 133] 
-. The Method of the fourth 
BOD K. 


A general Rule concerning the Pre'fi 
zerperfeth Tenſe and Supizes of Þ 
Verbs compounded 185 

Concernins the Preterperfect Texſe 

and Supines of Verbs of the fir 


( 0njugation ibid. 


The Preterperfeft Tenſe and Supines 


of Verbs of the ſecond Conjugation þ 
1299 


of Verbs of the third Conjugation 

I 96 

The PreterperfetT enſe and Sup ines 
of Verbs of the fowrth (owjugation 

- 319 


Ferbs Defetive 221 
The 


The HEaps, 
The Method of the fift 


8 TT © K. 
| Oxcord Plain 226 
\{Concora Figurative 233 


BConſtruttion of the Nomwunative 241 


em. mn QGAltillin« > at er rrnp—m——_——y —c oe——_— + 


| Conftruttion of the Genitive With the 


Pronoun 24% 


 Cenſtruttion of the Dative caſe 271 
Conftrution of the Accuſative 295 
 Conſtruttion of the Vocarive 299 
| Conſtruttion of the Ablative iÞ. 
BW erbs that have a diverſe confirntt:- 


03 315 


| Confirnition of Verbs Paſſives 320 


Conftruttion of Participles 322 


| (onſtruction of the Infinitive Adood 


| 323 
(onſtruftion of Gerunds 327 
| Couftruttios of Supines 332 
| Conflruftion of Time 334 
| (onſtruftion of Places 336 


\ (onſtraffion of Prepoſitions 340 
Conſt aftion of Conmmultions 343 


\ Conſtru (F:91 of Aſooas 343 
| Fiomres 350 
j The 


+ 306- wat ABS ACE Ad ALS; 


OE IONS 2.4425 


— 


Peetical Fioures 360 
General rules of the Guantity of [ylla- 
bles 362 

| Special Rules of ir ft ſyllables 5367 
Of midale / rhables 369 
Of laſt Trllables 371 
Of Compo/tion 379 
AT. Horns Awles 282 


The Heaps. 


The Method of the ſixt 
BOOK. 


| 


)- Letters 1 P-353 
Feet and kinds of Verſes 355 


A Synepſis of 2M. Hs Rules 285 


Rudi- | 


Le 


oo 2 wa 


- 


AA I Oo wm SS = ww ; 


them. 


III. Verb 
IV. Participle 


Rudiments of 


GRAMMAR: 


Ln. L 


Vere are @ tight partg of Latine 
Speech, ſo called, becauſe everp 
wozd in the Latine tongue ig o::cof 


The Eight parts of Latin Spcech are : 


[. Noun & EV. Adverb FA 
[1. Pronoun $5 VI.Con; undon (_ not Dr, 


= {Vil Prepoſtim clin, 
VIII. Interjecir6 


There belong. th to the four parts 6f 


Dyeech recline, 


1 Number, 
2 Perſon. 
The ſingular number ſpeaketh but of 


one, as fructus frurt. 


Thbe plural number ſpeaketh of 02g 


then one, ag muſzx Songs. 


There are three Perſons. 


Che firft perſun (pea teth of btmſeltf ; 


Ego I. firit perſon ſing, 
| IK Nos Wee $3" firſt perſen plur, 
The 


-_ Nd nn, . NG 
a bs 


2 Of Nouns. 


The ſecond perſon is ſpoken to : 
THIN Thou. © dn perſon ling? 
vos Te. ">the ſecond perſon plur. 
A il QAvcative calegs are of the ſecond 
Þerſon, bp tealon of the Peonoun tu 1» 
- deriigod, With which it agreeth by appoſt- 


tion itn rheſame caſe. 
Tie Ay” perſon is (poken of: 


ille hee. hs ftngular. 
Qill they third plural. 


STLPS — punstth 10" Ar > | 


s Of a Noun, 
. A Noun £9 a wozd bp which a perſon | 


oz thing is ſſanified and known : ag 
autor an atthor ; liber a book; bonus g2od. 
There are two ſe:zts of 2ouns, 

1 a noun ſubſtantive. 

2 a noun adjetine. 
1 I noun ſubſtantive t3 that ſtandeth by 
f ſelf. 

(T bat is, it requfreth not another wozd 
ro be jopned with hit to ſhew bis ſgnifi- 
cation; as homo a man. 

2 F noun ſubſtantive hath uſually befoze 
if tn the & nglifÞ a, oz the, ifa conſonant] ; 
foflow; and an if a vowel follow : as 
a boR. vo artiſt. 


the maſter. an angel. 
the author. an idle man, 


YN lubſtantive is to be gonliderep four? 
; {4 _Waps: 

Firſt, as it is pzoper to the perſon 0? 

thina that i! betokeneth; as Carolus, 

Charls; Anglia, England, . St 


Of Nouns. 


Secondlp, as it is cemmon fo all of the 

| ſame kind; as homo 4#an; terra a land, 

| BZ earth. 

| Thirvly, as if ts a (ubſFanttve fgnifp» 
ing things material : as g/d, ſilver, 170n, 
wood, graſs, earth,gxc. 

| Laftlp, aSit is a ſubſtantive fianify- 
ing things not material; as, time,opportu- 

| mty,occaſton,U5c. 


IJ Noun AdjeFive is that rannot fland by 

it ſelf in fignification, (that is.) it requis, 

reth to be jopned with a \!.bſtantive ; as, 
bonus good; fachix happy. 


Such nouns are adjectives, to which. 


| this wozd man, oz thing,map be jopned; as 
| Happy man; good thing. 


Mi_ 


—_—— 
LK — " 


Caſes. 


p Ouns are declined with fir caſes ; ; 
fingularlp and plurallp. 


I | Nominative. 3; Accuſative. 


| 2 Genitive, s Vocative, 
3 Dative. 6 Ablative. 


*T WB Cale ts the ipecial ending of a wo:d; 


ty be it Noun, Pronoun,0? Partictple. 


—_——— 


EY 
Yan "_— 


Genders of Nouns: 
Dere ve thzee Genders : 
i Maſculine. 
2 Feminine. 
3 Neuter. 
B 2 4f 


x? 


4 Declenſions of Nouns. 


Rereexer- YE a lubftantive be fhe maſculrre and 
ay femininege ider, Grammarians call it the 
tCNOIAC 4 : Ss 

Emer > Common of two : #9z Parens, 4 father 02 mo- 
queſtions, Mer. — 
how to Tf a ſubſtantive be of the maſculine 6: 


ditterence fxminine ; Grammarians call it the Doubtful; 

G 4 om ag, Cortex, rinde g2 bark, 

Ef oj Sites 1? FYf under one Gender both ſexes are ſigni: 
f beeora fied; Grammarians call it the Epicene ; ag, 

-' thee? 4». paſler, a ſparrow, the cock, and hen : aquila, an 

b- a bee. Q Eagle, male and female. 

* . Givethe g, 1 gender is the difference of a noun, ac- 


4 f 
 Feev"3 coding to the ſex. 

n abitch,&c. —_— a We 
1. Declenfions of Nouns. 


Eclenſion is varping of a wozd into 
dtbers endings, called caſes. 

Tbere are five declenfions of n94ns. 

A noun ts known of what decienſion it 
is, bp the ending of the genzt:we rate (in- 

_ gular. | 
_ There are ſome letters fn eberp noun, 
which map be called deſeFed,oz reſerved let. 
fers; which are to be put to the rermina. 
tions of that declenfion, of which the La- 
tin noun t18. 

Thbe deſeF#ed, oz reſerved Letters of th! 
ficlt declenfion are found bp cutting of 
Ca) from the nominative caſe fingular* | 
as, mus-[a. Lance-{4. | 


[7 | They 


VI WY SP 


The firſt Declenſion. 


The firlt Declenſion. 
Muſa, a ſong. 


Nominativo a, a ſong. 
- Genitivg x, of a jong. 
STmgu- )Dativn aſe. JS» #0 a ſong. 
| Hariter I Accuſativo ( am, the ſong. 
Vocativo a, 0 ſong. 
Ablativo a,frd or by a ſong 
 Nominativo X, ſongs. 
> \Genitiv0 arum, of ſongs. 
= JDativo » JS, to jongs. 
S JAccuſativo my as, = ſongs. 
& /Vocativo TX, 0 ſongs. 
Ablativo- is, from or by ſongs. 
Sing. the Plura!. the 
4 nom, @ 
# Yeu. aun 
at dat. = 1s 
nam accu. Nas 
a / Voc. E: 
a \abl. is 
Nominatiye 
3 Caſes in( 4)thes Vocative & >ſingular. 
Ablative 
nittve 
prigh : e ſingular. 
4 caſes in (2 )the | 


Nominative 8 plural. 
Vocative p- ! 

1 caſe in{am)the accuſative caſe ſingular. 

1 caſe in Carum ) the genitive cale plucal: 


B2 WE 


| 14 
\p- 

% 
* + 
'' 
*&. 


+ 
it 
E 
F 
| 
j 


* ©”... 
LES 


— 


_—_ 
DR 


nels. © and oi _— J 


- _ A 


ls The firſt Declenſjion: 


Dative- 
2 Caſes in(# )thes and - plural, 
Ablative 
1 caſe in( 4-)che accuſative cale plural, 
\ 


Obſervations. 
The obſer- T1 Thatold ÞPuthozs diſſoived the dip- 


vations ſet thang of the genitive caſe #, tnto ai: as, | 


aging aulzi pictz1, fozaulzpictz. 

read pes Þ@ Ji imitation ths Greeks,the Latines 

feGtly, and ſomerimeg ule as, in the genztzve caſe ingu- 

they will [ar : ag, Pater familias; vias, terras, auras : 

ra, find toz; famili@,vie, terrex,auUre. 

6ecaone , 3 Te genitive caſe plural is fotimes 
 Hncopared : and that chieflp in the com- 
pounds of colo any gigno : as, ccolico- 
lum foz coelicolarum : ns foz Gra- 
jugenarum. 

4 Filia, a daughter; nata, 4 daughter; dea, 

4 goddeſs ; liberta, a late bond-ſervant; equa, 
a mare; mula, a mule; foz diſtina>ion of ſex ds 
make the dative and ablative tn abus, and 
ſometimes alſe tn 1s. 


The variation of Greek Nouns. 


10. = el 1cCc. - —] F abl. 


_—m— 


majſc, Y KP z | TI Þ a |  T.Encas 
fem. a.|z| 2 —_ end 
M4ees. |=|=|c = | | + 5 Sanchirſes 
fem, eles|e{]en{ e | e--Penelopic 


The 


—_—_. 


T 


The ſecond Declenſion- 
The ſecond Deelenſion. 


T be deſeFed 02 reſerved letters of nouns 
of the frcond Declenfion enDing in us oz £1 
um, Are round bp curting of us oz um,7: 0in 
the nominative caſe fingular: eg, 

dominſys, regn[un. 


DS -condlp,of 1.0115 evdii g in cr, ff a Hilf vow- + 
to:rel come befoze er: as, Pucr, 02 a hatgels, F-I8:; 1 


vowel : ag, tener ; then tbe ieire:S of the 
ncun it [fIf in the rominative caſe tingular, 
are the reſerved letters : a&, nm:. pucr, gen. 
puer1, achilde; nom. tener, gen. tener, ten- 
der,young : Fe like is to be obſerved in vir, 
a man : and ſatur , ful: gen. viri: gen, fa- 
euri. 


Thirdlp, if a mute come bifaze (er) in ances ae, E: 


pf Fo 3; o% © 


the nominatibe care : ac, lincr,a book: can-b.c.4; 2 


cer, a creviſe, or ca) : mazilter, a maſter : 2 4 


tben (e) ts caft awap fron er in the latt 
(pbiable, and the remaining ſetters are to 


be puk to the terminations of the leverail_ 


caſes: as, in liber, the reſerved letters are 
libr. tn cancer, the reſerved letters are 
cancr, 
From this except, 

1 Liher, for Bacchus: gen. Liberi. 

2 Liber, free: Libera,liberum. 

3 Aſper,noug? : aſpera,aſperum. 

4 Gibber,gibbera,gibberum : one that hath 
a crooked back. © — 

5 Celtiber : gen. Celiberi : one dwelling 
near the river Iherus. 
6 Exter, extcra, exterum : ſtrange, for- 


Main, 


} 
Eo 


8 


The ſecond Declenfion. 


7 Lacer,lacera,lacerum : rent, or Mangled 
1R preces. 
8 Precbiter.presbireri : an elder or anorent. 
0 Protper , proſpera, proſperum : happy, 
proſperous. 
1o Socer, gen. Soceri, 4 wives father , a 
father in law. 
11 Noung compounded of gero and fero : 


a8, armiger, armigera,armigerum. Lucifer, 


lucifera, luciferum. 


The vngtibon of the ſecond 


Declenfion. 
Dominus, a Lord. 
£ Nomiunative I us, 4 Lord. 
& \Genitivo i, of 2 Lord. 
'S JDativ? Udomin 0, to « Lord. 
E JAccuſativo , um,the Lord. 
.= /Vocativo e, 6 Lord. 
2 Ablativo | o, from or by a Lord. 
Nominativo 1, Þrds. 
. & \Genitv0 orum vyf lords. 
= JDatiwvo {| 15, to /ords. 
Q domin 
= NAccuſativo 1 O5,the lords. 
& /Vocativo i, 0 lords. 
Adblativo F is, from or by lords, 


Nouns of the Neuter gender in this De- | 


clenfen, ailo in the third and fourth, have 


the nomrnat7ve, the accuſative, and vocative as | 
fike ; wbich the >e caſes (n; the plural end al- 
Waps ins. 


Singt® 


TT ____—— 


The ſecond Declenfon: 9 
| Regnum, .« kingdom. 


Nom. um, 4 kingdom. 
1,of Th) fy 

_  ] o, to a kingdom. 

er: | umz,the kingdom. 


Singu- 
{ariter 


um, 0 kingdom. @_ | 
o, from or by a Ringo. 


a, kingdoms. _ 
orum,' of - kingdoms, 
| ts, to kingdoms. 
eg | a, the kingdoms. 
a, 0 kingdoms. 
is, from or by kingdons.. 


Wye Cingular, 
2 caſes in i the nom. 


& ->plural: 
{-woc. \ 


Sz. 


| dat. 4 47 
2.calcs in o,the<) & Pfingular. 
: abl. | 

1 caſe in wn, the accuſative caſe ſingular. 

L. caſe 1n. orum,the genitive caſe plural, 
Os ) : 
C dat. | 

2 cales in #,the? & plural. 


B. 5 _ + ea" 


The ſecond Declenfſion: 


| 10 
| x caſe in.os, the accuſative caſe plural, 
6 _ 
ls 2 caſes diverfly, the & Cfingulr 
"1 OC. 
Obſervations.. | 
Fo . 1 That nominatives (aus, make the(r | 
= - | wecative ine, ercept Deus, whish maketb 6 | 
Yo | De, and filins, a ſon , which mabeth wc. | 
#: | 0 
#0 | 2 Pzoper names of men ending ſK 11s, | 
'Y ol | | 
| caſt awap usfrom the nomnative caſe, and 
th | makethe wc. ni: ag,nom. Virgilius, woc, | 
wt Virgil. 
\ x 3 Bdbjeſtibcg in ws make their -voc. caſe | 


ine: as,nom. Cynthius, voc. .Cynthie: nom, 


R: Delius, woc. Dehie ; nom, Philius,voc, Philic, 
= andſome Gecek nouns : as, nm. Evius, | 
1" | voc. Evie; nm. Sperchiue.voc. Sperchie. 

w 4 Agnus,.a lamb; lucus, a woed : fluvi- | 
5} ns, 4 7iter.: chorus, a company of (ngers, or 
"oh fancers; populus, a nation ; ſometimes make 
F the vocacive raſe #1 vs. i 
b, 5 The genitive race ?/aral of this De- | 
EY - tlenſfon, is ſomstimes ſpncopated, 02 in part Þ 
7 cut awap: ag, Deam foz Deorum : Viram þ 
2 foz Virorum. 
aY 4 nd the genirive raſe fingular.ef.nouns 
- ending in the nominative in jus, anyium: þ 
T7 8 as, Anton:us : gen, Antoni foz Antonij : ti- 
b7 i gurium, a lodge, oz cottage : gen. tiguri, | 
(| 6 Deus in the nom. dat. voc. and ablative Þ 


i, i Mural, varieth ; as, 
"* / 7 

| 

{ 


TB 


Fn 


\ | 
The ſecond Declention. 


nom, De1, oz Dit. 
Plura- ) dat. Deis,oz Diis. 
liter voc. De1,sz Dit. 

abl. De1s,oz Diis. 


The Variation of Greek, Nouns 


of this Declenfion, 


Voc, | Abt. 
el EV 


Nom.| Gen.|Dat. Acc. 


e; | c £0 | (EU 
£ eos faſt 
on 


eo | eo |eun | eos F 


1nN eus, 


fem. 
neut. Ton ; 


EEC: 


Achilleus, chillei 


: ES Uly ſ«Ej = 
xo. & © WH: Me Achibk-. 


2 
The third Declenſion: 


| The defected letters of nouns of the - 
| third Dectenſion, are found bp cutting off 


is from the genitzve Cale fingular of the noun: 
as, from veſts, take awap is, and rhe de- 


ſected 02 reſerved letters are veſt, triſtts, 


corporis, triſt. corpor. 


T be nominative caſe of the third De- 
r:enſon endeth diverſly : ag, in a,c,e,i,l,0,o, | 


[,5,T,R, 


The: 


OE _— 

Fon NA. 8 
"ICT VE. 
« <t * a nth AA ones Fon Ima gg 


— OOG— - 
+ - 


pon 7 rr "PII 
N na 


—— 


+ an>.. * me—_— MB» Re” hu 1: 1 oe 
MS _ * 3- ee WT SD Gp - 2 A 
q . 5 _— Sag. * os wee . . 5 
, = ”.. ” 8 Wh. KC wy 2 *& KI >. _ : 
f 2. <- Eotute re Ho 


Es. IN abef” 5 wy 3 F 


V2 OT Gs TRE fs + * 
4D a%- | 
Re SO 2 


F, CONGO, 
2: 
——_— 


12 


The third Declenſion. 


The variation. 


Veſtis, a Garment, 
* Nominativ9- | 15, 4 garment, 
= AGenitivo / | is,of a garment, 
I JDativo | i, to 4 garment. 
EX , veſt | 
& J\Accuſativ0 ' em, the garment, 
& /Vocativo iS, 0 garment. 
| | 
Ablativ9 -| e,from or by a garment. | 
Nom. ES, garments. 


> \Gen. tm,of garments. 
= Dat. bus, to garments. 
kS) 
< "0 ACC, veſt es, the garments. 
>. Voc. Jes, 6 garments. x 
Abl. ' tbus, from or by garments... 
Tempus,T:me. £ 
_ Nominativo tempus,t7mme, 
= \Gentiv) 1s, of time. 
YL Datrvo APES 1,.to time, 
S Accſati FeMpITS rempus, the time.. 
& /Vocativo rempus, 0 time. 
( Ablatro © Ce, from or by time. 
Nom, a,t!imes:; 
> \Gen. / _ of times. 
'= JDat. bus, to t1mes, 
EJA4ec. CV, the times. 
a, Voc. a, 0 times. | 
2 WW .1bus, from or by times. 
Rete,4 Nex. 
» Nom - -rete,d net. 
IK Gen. is, Of a net, 
E JDart. 1, to 4.net,. 
So ce. rete. the net. 
RA VO. rere,0 net, 
Abl 1, from or by a net. 


P «rs, 


t. | 


OT LE LOS bo 


The third Dieclenfida. 


Nommativoy ( ia, nets. 
T \Gemtvo 1um,of nets; 
= JDativo tbus, to-nets. 
> JaAccuſativo { 71a. the nets. 
& /Vocativo ia, 0 nets. 
Ablative JJ Cibus,from or by nets. 
Sing the  Plur. the 
nom. ), C--- Ne nom. C ES, neuter nas 
gen. is gen. \um. 
dat. 1 1 \ Jdat. Jibus. 
acc. em acc. NES, neuter in. 
VOc. —_ = CS, neuter In A. 
abl. A+] . thus, 


2. caſes various, and ſingular. 


I caſe in 5s, the —_ ſingular. 
1 caſe mn 7, the dative ſingular. 
1 caſe in em, the accuſative ſingular. 
x caſe in e, the ablative ſingular. 
x caſe in am, the genitive caſe plural. 
nom. 
3 caſes in es accu. >plural. 
| VOC. 


dative 
2 Caſes in zh, — eplural. 
E2 


ablative 


Obſervations. 


Accuſative ſing. 
1 Some Nouns make their accuſ.. ws 
onelp (n.um; : as, 
Nam. 


14 


Advlative. 


The third Declenſion. 
Nom. Vis,force: accu. VIM, 
Nom. rav1s., hoarjneſs : acc. ravim. 
Nom. tuli,s, a cough ; acc, tuil;m. 
Nom. fitis,thirſt : ace. fithm. I 
Nom. amuilis, a Carpeiiters Tule ; gcc. amul- | 
11m. Re 
Nom. Charybdis, a gulf : acc. Charybdim, 
Yom, Magudaris, the hearb Laferpitium: | 
accuſ. Magudarumn. | | 
Nom, cannabis,hemp * acc. cannabim. 
Nom, pclvis, a baſon : acc, pelvim. 
Nom. bur1s, a plow handle : acc. burim. | 
Nom, memphitis, a ſtone fatty, and of divers | 
colours; acc. memphitim. | 
Nom. ſecuris, an axe: acc. ſccurim, {9 $1- | 
napim, Prxſepim, Syrtimy Opim, Leucaſpim, | 
Cucumim, and nameg of Kivers: as, | 
Ararim, Ligerim, Tigrim, Abim, &c. Þll | 


ſuch Nouns as make the accuſative caſe | 


in im, onelp make the ablative.in 1: As, 
ablat. v1, rayi, tuſſi;oc. 
2 Diher Fourg make their accuſative 


caſe in.em, and tnim - as, bipennis, « tw/- 


bill: acc. bipennem, and bipennim : ſemen- 
tis, ſeed ſown «+ acc. ſementem and ſementim: 
ſtrigilis, 4 horſe-comb : accuſ. ſtrigilem and 
ſtrigilim : cutis, the skin of mans body : acc. 
cutem and cutim. : 

I Clavis,;a key 


2 febri S, a feaver : make the accuſa- 


3 ravis, a hip ; ttbe caſe uſually 
4 aqualis,an ewerz J Nm. 
1 puppis, the hindeck y make the ac- 
of a ſhip. culative ra# 
2 tUrris, a tower, | uluallp 4n 


3 reſtis, a halter. 1M. 


Ko 


1 ourg: 


4 


; ln emand im, makethe ablativecale lin- 
gular ine, and 1. . lingulare 


The third Declenſion. 
; Nounsthat make the -accuſative caſe 


Ignis, fire. 

Anguis « ſacke. * 

Supellex, houſbold-F" make the ablatibe 
ſtuffe. uſuafiſp tn e, and 


Unguts, 4 narl. ſomerimegs ini, 


Vectis, a-bar of 
wand. 


2 Nours:enving: in: TrIX,Perived. of nk. 


| make tfeir ablacive ine oz. 


3 Agjeives declined ltke triſtis, andaiſo 
fodalis,annalis,amd ſuch others, as are fo: - 
med. ii3e Adjectives, foz the. mods Part 


mabe tbetr ablatibe:tn. 


4 Names.of Wontks ending 4 in. is or, 


make the ablative caſe ini: as,September , 
«bl. Septembri. * 


5 Nouns ending inal, ar, ande, foz the 


| moit part mole their.al, caſe tni. 


Except, 


%, F ia, meal. 
EPA. the liver. 
: 3Ju ar, 4:ſun-heam. | 
4 NeGar, a pleaſant liquor, With, 
Prafepe, Joracte, reate, care, Atta” 


ge, preneſte. 


The Nominative Plu ral. 


I Sometimes rbe. xo. caſeplural enz- 
eth in cis : as,partars,foe parres : and ſoms 
times alſo -cis 4s contraſted into is: as, 

Sardeis, Sargis.:..and-tbeſame ts to: bene- 

Fed in the accuſative.aiſs. 
2. Newters Which maks. the Neuter gent-- 
DEE 


The 


tive caſe 


-— ed... tt dt 


hs. - Tm * HEY "—- , a V —_—_ Pe \ * i Ap eto nave + 
ng _y — Oo : —_—_ ih... " > AG Rt Kt eg lh 
R OM — | wk —_ Nr Re le 1 6 "* . <3 5 4 w Ts bo. Dos Hg Ie CE RTIN 
oe Sy = o "* whe kg ES OE PS © <— = 4 Ps, oy bg - "I _ A 1 vn tl , 6 ayEESS, Age by 
, <b> CEE I 4 nb KEE oo : _ a Pc Va be 2M 99s 
w 4 Ly, : — - INT + __ "ot SLY. Q Y __ ; - _—_— w 


d —_— wa "> 
gp. © __ ++ . Abj- ko wo us _ © & 


o 
COS 


Sine "5 0: 3 Pb 2. 
_ » __ FE 


The third Declenſi on. 


derin i,ozin c,and i, make the nominarive} 
caſe piural (n 1a: ag, abl., mar1, plural. nom... 
maria. 
Ercept ubera,vetera, ampluſtre : plur.am-| 
pluſtra and ampluſtria, a flag, or banner, | 


The Genitive caſe Plural. 


1 Founs of this Declenfon which lack | 
the Cingular number , make. the genitre} 
caſe plural im ium : ag, penates, penatium, þ 
houſh»Id goods: moenia , mocnium,. walls of 
a tower. | 

G xrcevr ccelites, lcemures, opes;pri mores, | 
proceres,&c: which make-the gen.in um. | 

2 Nour.s making: the ablative caſe ini 
onelp, oz in e and:1, make the gerztzve caſe 
Plural in 1ums 

2 Nouns which bave the nominative caſe 
ſingular, ending with two conſonants: as, 
ars,pars,&c. make the gen;trve rome in Hun 
ag, partium, artium. 


Except, - 
Hyemum »of hyems. | Chalybum,. of Chz 
Parricipum , of par- | libs. 

tICeps. |&xei Arabum, of Arabs. 


Municipum:, of mu- x rc of Cy-+ 
niCeps. 

Inopum, of inops. Co of ceelebs, 

Forcipum., of fore Chentum: of cliens. 
Ceps. Supplicum of {up- 


Mancipum, of _ plex. 

ceps. 

Alf lee - of facio : ag; arti- 
ficum of artifex-: opificum, of opifex : car- 
nificum, of carnifex, and Nouns of the Com- 

parative 


R A 


| caſe ſingular in is, es, er, not tncreaſing in 
| the genit7ve caſe: alſo carnium, of caro : vis 


The third Declenſon. 


| | paratrve begree : all wbich, make the gen. 
| eaſe plural in um, ercept plus,plurium. 


| 4. The genitive caſe plural endeth in 
um, of nouns, which make the nominative 


 tium, of yitis., a vine. 
Except, 
 Canumn, of canis. Panum, of panis. 
| Vatum, of yaris. Juvenum, of juvye- 
| Yolucrum, of yolu- mn 
Cris, ! Opum, of opes. 


| Apum & apium, of | Degenerum , of de- 


gener. 


| a4PCcsS. 
| Uberum, of uber, { Congenerum, of 


Celerum , of celer. | congener. 


| Quadrupedum, of | Divitum, of dives. 


quadrupes. _ | Mugilum ,, of mugi- 
Strigilum, of ſtrigt- | lis, a mullet. 
lis. | | 


s (to2D9 of one ſpllable in the noming- 
trve caſe Ungular, make the genitzve caſe 
plurai fn wm; ag, mas, marium : noXk, 
noctium, nght. 

Except, 

Ken, renum : mos, morum : flos,fforum: 
far, pus, crus, grus, laus,fraus, lex,rex,vox, 
eux, pes, prezs, fus: gen, frugis, frugnm : 
vith a few otherg. 


s Namegof Feaſls, which want the 


finguiar number, make the gen. caſe plural 
in orum,and inium : as, Agonaliorum, & 
Agonalium, 
7 Alituum is the Genitibe caſe _ 
a 


| 
: 
z ; 
; 


17 


18 The Fourth Declenſion. | 
ral vf ales, and celiruum, of coclires, * 
8 Some genitites plural, are ſyncopated* 

as, coleſtuim, fs2 cocleſtium. Þ 


Greek Nouns of the | 
Third Declenſton. 


SOEOIONS. 


Nom. (Gen. \ Dat. Accu.'Voc. \ADdl. 

i an janos | ani | ana | an |ane 

| "as (antos;anti ſanta | as ante 

| as ados. adi ſada {| as jade 

| ts (idos | idi | ida | i | ide 

| | = hos 

| | n EN 4  ———— 

1 LE, "1 4 » þ 

f is | eos} 1 | 1n {| 1 | 

3 A— = m—menrunmy —_— _—— RR 
vs /Untis|unti funtaj uw {junte 
oa lylymnly iy 
oo in ei 016 *T 0 5 0 


The Fourth Declenfion. 


T be deſeFed, oz reſerved Letters of Nouns 
of the fourth Declenſion, are found bp cut- 
ting off us from the nminarive caſe fingue| 
Jar : as, from fructus, cut off us, the reſer-| 
bed Letters are fruct. 


4 
; 
, 
s. 
f 
\ 
| 
re 
_ 
F 
(1 
Wd 
s 


Fcu-| 


The Fourth Declenfion, 
* Frudus, fruit. 
Fa nom. us, fruit, 


gen. us, of fruit. 
Jaat. ly, to fruit. 


Sngulariter 
fru&- 


Acc. um, the fruit. 
| VOC. us, 0 fruit. 


abl. u, from or by fruit. 
nom.  C us, fruits, 
gen. uam, of fruits, 
' Plura- Jdat. wa Jibus, to fruits, 
liter Nacc. "Aus, the fruits. 
UC. us, 0 fruits. 


| Singulariter _ Pluraliter 

| Nom. genu, « knee. _ Nem.genua, knees. 

{ Gen. genu, of a knee, \ Gen.genuum,of knees 
Dat. genu,ts a knee. © Dat. genibus,to knees. 
| Acc. genu, the knee. 
| Voc. genu, Þ knee. 1 Voc.genua, 6 knees. 

| Abl. genu,from or by{ Abl.genibus , from or 
| a knee. | by knees. 


Noemns of the Second and Fourth 
Declenſion, 


Nom. domus, 4 houſe. 
Gen domi1, at home. | 
' 2. domus, of the houſe. 
: <4 Dat. domui, to 4 houſe. 
Acc. domum, home, or the houſe, 
Voc. domus, © houſe. 1 
LAbl. domo, from 4 houſe, Le 


lariter 


ingu 


S 


Play: 


Y Jeans wr Jo ap —_ozy._py - ———— - 


abl, . ibus, from or by fruits, 
Genu, a'knee : tnvariable inthe fing- 


& Acc.genua, the knees. 


I9 


 . 
—— 3 04 #4 n 
- & C $0 K yy 7 J "a. ” 
"Wt "* »4 _ ” 
. We 


eo 
. » * ro *&; ys antnarCat 
. " 9-4 4 , af * = v 
Aya ' F ; - KS eG £ =» - ' 
he ny ws % Te... ow aac 44. 4 ne $2 aA Ber — OY 
SIS. . wF & Pi. OM Ton oth n me" UW. 3 hs $) + * 
"< Wis. 


Jn. . » -« F"_ER 


"i 


- I "EUN 
OO C.-Y L EPI 
OO ODE raq ; 


_—_ 


Ba 


- 
be es 
wt EE RES 
*. - 2 sf 


X 


ne Rr. an cane tit, TS. 


The Fourth Declenſion. 

Nom. domus, houſes, 

domorum, Þ, 
Gen. Com bf houſes. 
e Dat. domibus,to houſes. 
Acc.domos, & domus, the houſes. 
Voc. domus, 0 houſes. 
L4bl. domibus, from houſes. 


ter 


Plural 


CY PR. *  #SKNKm.. — 


 Laurus, a bay-tree. f 
S ing. Pla. L { 
Nom. laurus. ” Nom. lauri & laurus, | 
Gen.lauri & laurus. \Gen. laurorum. Y 
Dat. lauro. Dat. lauris. 
Acc. laurum. Acc.lauros & laurus. þ 
Voc. laure. Voc. lauri. ; 
Abl. lauro & lauru. 4b. lanris. 


| Quercus, an Oke. 
Singuy, Plural. 
no. Quercus. rnom. qQUErcus. 
gen. querci & quer- | gen. querconum,, &| 
clus. quercuum. [- 
dat. quercui. 2 dat. quercubus. 


acc. quercum, 
U0E. QUEICUS, 


acc. Quercus. 
VOC. QUETCUS. 


abl, quercn. L4bL. quercubus, 
Colus, a diftaff. Bb 7 
Sang. Pur. | 


nom. colus. 
gen. colt & colus. 


" #om.. col1. 
gen. color um. 


dat. colo. dat. colis. 
acc. Colum. acc. colos, 
vc. Cole. voc. colt. 

abl. colo, colu. abl. colts, 


IE 
A 4 


The Fourth Declenſion. 


= Ficus, a fig, and fig-tree, 

| Sing. Plural. 

20. ficus, _ nom. fict,ficus. 
+ gen. fici, & ficus. 
> dat. fico,& ficui. 


zen. ficorum,ficuum, 
3 dat. ficis, ficubus. 
® Acc c ficum. acc, ficos,& ficus. 
- woc.. fice, ficus. voc. ci, & ficus. 
[} abl. fico, ficu. abl. ficis,ficubus. 


/ Ficus,foz a diſeaſe, is the maſcaline ener, 


| AnD fecond Declenft on onlp. 
E ul 
uum 


2Uus \ Neuters of this de- 


ul clenfon. 
ua 


| Singulariter 
| UL, [ haough 
| all caſes. 


Pluyaliter 


bus 
Sing. the Plur. 
nom. us nom. us 
gen, / us gen. vum 
dat. 1 at. bus 
Acc. NS um acc. f us 
voce. © /us Voc. Y of Us 
nom. 


gen. ſingular. 


| $3X caſes in #5, JV0c- 


the nom, 
acc. plural. 


voc. | 


x caſe in 7, the dative ſingulas 
1 caſe in um, the accuſative ſingular, 
x caſe in u, the ablarive ſingular. 


1 Caſe in «4m, the genitive plural. 
2 caſes 


2 , 


23 


- —_— > © H—_—_—. _ 
b 5 4" b- , 
Os TR. 


LE CR. £.. 


. 
_—— — 


"Moda EL IE 


4 % "> 


6 5 a ms a” 


"7 ou SR a Bhai ag 
-— ER 


= e ove immanent 
- 


ſ dat. 
2 Caſes in 1bus,the\ & >Plural, | 
| | ab. bx 
/ 
Obſervations: } 


ſtock: parrus,birth of children ; a child, 02 in-| 
fant : portus, a Port og Haven : veru, aſpit:| 


The Fife Declenſion, 


1 That ſometimes the genzt7ve caſe plu- f 
ral is ſyncopated : ag, currum, foz'curruum, 
of currus, a cart: and the gen. fing. in igy/ 
and ini: as, fruquis, and fructi. F 

2 Arcus, a bow : artns, the joints : lacns, þ 
a pool : ſpecus, « den : tribus, a band \ward,q Z 


genu, a knee, genibus, and genubns : the reſt | 
make ſize datve and abl/ative plural tn ubus. | 
3 Dome Nouns make rhe dative fingu- | 
lar tnu: as, metu foz metu1. | 
4 fejus hath the accuſative caſe Jeſum,and 
inthe reſt of the caſes Jcſu. 


CER ll —__ A E 
"<7: PE >. NE Rl ; 
Y 
oY 


The Fift Declenſion, 


The deſefed oz reſerved letters of Nouns þ 
of rhe F:ft Dec/enfeen, are found bp curting 
off es from the nominative caſe (engular : 
as, frum dies, take awap es, and the re- Þ + 
ſerved Letters are d1. 

Dies, a day. 
Nom. ES, a day. 
Gen. el, of a day. 


Singu- JDat. \ ,. Ki, ts a day. ] 
lariter NAcc. ar em, the day. 
"Vac. Es, 8 day. 4 

Abl. C, Jr om or by a day. 


Plural, 


The Fift Declenſion. = 


dy 
) 3 nom.  ES,days. 
| gen. erum, of days. 
* Plura- Jalat. \ ,. Jebus.,to days. 
4 dA: Ys | 


/ 
"Y 
, 
i 
wor 
».- > 
i ; 
= 
"8 
FE 
: 
D 
A 
e 
* 
Ly 
; 


liter acc. es, the days. 


U8C. ) hear 66 


] @bl. ebus, from or by days, 
Þ Sing. the | Plur. the 
| nom. eS oF nom. eS 
; gen el \gen. erum 

þ at, A aa. in SES - fl 
| acc, f 'N Nem Yacc. ES | Wi 
Voc. es Voc. es oil 
2b]. ) Ce Cabl. ) Cebus ay 
nom. kh 
ſingular. at, 
| Five Caſes in es, 49. 6 Be 


acc. >plural. 


( VIC. 


; gen. } 

; a] caſes in er,the ſ ſmgular. 

dat. 

| 1 caſein em, the accuſative caſe ſingular. 
| 3 caſe in e, the ablative caſe ſingular. 

1 caſe in erm, the genitive caſe plural. 

|< caſes in ebxs,the dative and abi. plural. 


Obſervations. 


x Incient Writers made the genitive 
' caſe ſingular in 11,es, ande. 
| 2Tbep madethe dative caſe lingul. in ec. 


of 


G WD p —_ « 
PO FI Ee NOI " a ; 
EE I oe eta s encaalt; EE SSI on nt» 
Ee EE as FP Sn AR OI 
CORES PE It p 


Of Nouns AdjeQtives, 


þ 
is —_—_ CONEOSS 


i 


x Of Nouns Adjectives. 
[ Dje&ives of rhe firſt and ſecond De: || 
A clenſion, are declined fn the Patſcuſin} 
gender itke dominus, in the Feminine like! 


mnuſa, and in the Reurer gender lthe rey- \ 
NUN, © 


Bonus, Good. 
Maſc. Fem. Neat. 


nam. Rhonus |} bona | bonum 
=Q zen. bon! bone | bon 
Ke <4 bono \ | bon# [bon 
ST acc, 5 bonum' | bonam j bonum 
SH of voc. Cbous | bona bonum 
abl. $Shono {þf bona { bono 
Maſ. Fem. Neut. 
Fe nom. Jbon1 bon? buna 
t \\zen. Fbonorum | bonarum | bonorum 
= Jdat. \_bonis bonis bonts 
> Nacc. { bonos I bonas bona 
— .. 
Qs /VOc. Com bon# bona 
abl. /bonis bonts | bonts 
Sing. Terminations. Plur. | 
5 2 mm 1} 4 
} @ 1 + orum arum orum 
wn 0 © 0 78 1s 
um am um | 05 = KA 
oe a uni; * 2 
fo n o ts is 15 


_ Theſe eight AdjeFives make their gen:- 
trvefingular in ivs, and the dative in i, with 
their Compounds. | 


1 Solus | 


Of Nouns Adjecives, 


\ 1 Solus, alone. 1 5 Neuter, neither the 
2 Unus, one. one, nor the other, 
2 Totus all the whole. | 5 Alter, another. 
- 4 Ullus, any. *8 Alius, another. 
| 5 Uter , whether of | Alius, alia, aliud. 
of the two. | 
: Ullus,alius,alter, uter, neuter, lack the vo- 
'cative caſe, 
15, az Um. 1, 2,2 
A1us FA & \orum, arum,orum 
FE i 'V 1S, Is, 1s 
_ »%Jum,am,um = Nos, 45,2 
| e, 4, um 4 1, ©, 4 
| ©, 8; 0 15, 15, 1S 


Duo, two, ard ambo, both together, lack 


ned : 
. | | Maſc. Fom, MNeut. 
Nom. duo, dnuz, duo 
\ Gen. duorum, duarum ,duorum 
Dat. duobus, duabus, duobus 
Acc. duos, 'duas, duo 
Voc. duo, duzr, duo 
C Abl. duobus ,duabus, duobus. 


| AdjeRtives of the third Declenſion, 
Falix, hapfy. 


nom. foclix, maſ. fem. neut. 

gen, foxlicis , maſ. fem. neut. 

dat. foclici, ma]. fem. neut. 

acc. foelicem, maſ. fem. foclix, neut. 
voc. foclix, maj. fem. neut. 

U *( abl. tice; male fem. neut. 

L 07 Ute maſc. fem. neut. 

wy C Pur, 


0567 WO IE pre Ee ons, ORF TOE Es OT ED "on 
EI I EE a YE COPE. 
" = 
*& 7 [ r1ter 


the ingutar number, and arethus decit- 


Of Nouns Adjectives: 


nom. faclices, maſ. fem. toelicia, neur. 
gen. foclicium, maſ. fem. neut. | 
dat. foclicibus, maſ. fem. neur. | 
acc. foelices, maſ. fem. toelicia, neut, | 
voc. foclices, maſ. fem. tocticia, next. |} 
( bl. foelicibus, maf. fem. neu. 


£3 
\S,\ 


Pluraiiter 


Triſtis, ſad, or heavy. | 
"ons triſtis, maſ. fem. triſte, neat. | 
gen. triſtis, maſ. fem. neut. 
dat. triſti, maf. fem. neut. 
S Yoce triſtem, ma. fem. triſte, newt. 
> oc. triſtis, maſ. fem. triſte, net. 
ab]. triſti, maſ. fem. neur. 
nom. triſtis, maſ. fem. triſtia, neut. 
= \gen. triſtium, maſ. fem. neut. 
= Sac rriſtibus, maſ. ſem. neut. 


ulariter 


acc. triſtes, maſ. fem: triſtia,nes. 
= /voc. rriſtes, maſ. fem. triſtia, neut. 
C abl. rriſtibus, maſ. fem. newt. 


2 
— 
=4 


Nouns of the Comparative degree. 


nom. durior, maſ. fem. durius, neur. 
S een durioris,maſ. fem. neat. 
=: \dat. duriori,maſ. fem. neut. _ 
Z<acc. duriorem, maſ. fem. durius, newt. 
= Joc. durior, maſ. fem. durius, next. 
f ( 461. duriore, maſ. fem, net. 


92 2 durjori, maſ, fem. neat. 


nom. duriores, maſ. fem. duriora,nent. 
FA \ gen. duriorum, maſ. fem. neut. 

= dat. durioribus, maſ. fem. neut. 

SE Nacc. duriores, maſ. fem. duriora, nent. Þ 

= /4. duriores, ma. fem. duriora, nent. | 

( ab], durioribus,maſ. fem, nent. Ti j 

th 


ral 


P] 


| 


Of Nouns AdjeQives. —* 27 


T be Terminations are the lame with the 
Third Decienſion , and the beſeſted, oz 
reſerved letters of Adje&:wes are found ag 
of Subſtantives, of the ſame Declenfion. 


AdjeQives declined Subſtantively. 


nom. bonnm bona res 
gen. boni bonZ rel 
Singu- dat. bono bon# rel 
{zriter Race. bonum for bonam rem 
vor, bonum bona res 
abl. —_ \ bona re 
nom. bonZ res 
| ( gen. _ Donarum rerw 
| Pluyas Jdat. bonis = for bonis rebus 
litzy Race. bona bonas res 
Joc, bona bonZ res. 
 abl. bonis (_ bonis rebus 
nom. foolix _ forhix res 
gen, fochicis JZ | forlicis rei 
| Singe- Yate foelici . foelici rei 
Lis acc. foelix for foelicem rem 
Has 0c, foel1x foelix res 
C4 toelice [relic re 
* d foelici 
"nom. fcelicia toelices res 
| > \gen, foclicium | foelicium rerum 
| S dat. foclicibus Jicelicibus rebus 
= Nacc. foclicia for foclices res 
' & /voc. foelicia toelices res 
abl, foclicibus foclicibus rebus 
G3. The 
< 


23 Cempariſon of Adjeives, 


The ending of the caſes in every | 
Declenſion. 


qn0.[ge.qda.qacc. V). fab. no | gen. par. week VOC. Abl. | 


—=-||—--|- — — —< 
i jaſ=zjzjamſ aj{a]zjarumſ 1s Jas|z=[ js 
We ES pan PT, end En Moo: : PEE ER 
2 t[ofum| [of ſorumſ_is Jos} 1 | 15 
WS & nes y —_  - oo oo . en—_ ww__—_— 
3 is} 1 -m} |e Jes| um [ibus' [ES | es ſjhys 
4 Jus Us {W Jum US| u us uum ſibus us | us tbus 
s Jes Jet CI 'em es - efes erumſchus !es es iebus | 


Compariſon of Adjectives. 


Dje4:ves whoſe ſignification map in. | 
creaſe, oz be diminiſhed, map fozme 
Compariſon. 
The Poſitive ſetteth down the quality | 
abſoluteip : as, durus, hard. . 
The Comparative raiſeth the ſignification Þ 
of his Þþ wars. y6- reſpectof ſore other : ag, þ 
duriar, harder, durius, ever hard, averſior, | 
too coy. ; 
_ i= pluſculis (The @&nalifh of the Comparative degree Þ 
tocis, 2 E- hath commonip thts wozh more befoze i, | 
+. O2thts parcei er, intheend of it; as, mol- þ 
places. | þ 
lior, ſofter, or more ſoft. þ 

Waben it hath this wozd ſomewhat, before 

it, oz 7/þ intheendof ic, irc ſfgnifieh f 

teſfe then the Poſitive * as, pallidior, paliſh, © 

or ſomewhat pale. p 

Tye Super.ative erceedeth the Poſttive | 

tn the htghett degree : as, duritiimus, har- * 


eli 
@ be 


_—_— wa +. _ Aa RET _ > ks 4 "= " w att P.- =, T< —_ A AX a6. OE OT EIT "x ov = 0 _ \. SL. ob £2 IRS. it. OO Ra. q P_ 5 Jr>4 
—OOTOMOS.  Þ. angs Fr A a MEARS ot»: tr <a OS of mrs, ORs bin ole rrhy,. ; -* "io Os" I Rs hte OE DE ng TI 
' "—z IF, 3% a G : 'L c , HOO I 2 Oy x I, 2 "I wr Is Pn Og _ ob : P . als i "* 7 X 4. 

id - 4 : , — : ag 2 F 7 , _- +2 Wi = : wy * "OS; k N . Goh. "* yY *% V — . COT "of REIN 2 = wa wo _ " 

L. X _— $2? & v2 oy * 4.5 " - > Ls - - oY . , - . _- _ AZ ere ia : ; __— SS. : " "CE Ln vin, Sm 

- p # of - % " ” woe « : 1 Y Fad ' <4." J6>. b ” aF- FF bg. % p #7 ES hs EEE "WO IT” 6” apt n 
GIG as ; vj fs 7 y $-3%. "" £5 oo E8- EET - oY %p FM "2 

wo 2 - , ” ” Fw” oy - iq Wu y DO ® _ PI + k 
Wh p 


_ 


| 


| 


| 


Compariſon of AdjeQives. 
The Superlative bath befoze it in the &#ng- 
liſh, the ign moſt, oz very, oz eſt in the end 


orit: ag, 
ſofteſt. 


very ſoft. 
Summa authoritas, very high authority. 
Be he never ſo great a friend of mine, 
S1tIntimus a corde, or confiliis. 
The Comparative, and Superlative Degrecg 
are fozmed from the firſt caſe of the Poſitive 


molli(Jimus, 


| fhatendetbini, bp putttug therets or and 
| us, To make the Comparative : ag, of duri, 
, | aurior, maſculine and feminine, and durius, 
neuter : and bp putting thereto s and ſimus, 

| tomake the Saperlative : as, of duri,duriſlt- 


| Mus. - 


Poſrtives fn r, make thefr Superlative bp 


1 putring fo rimus : ag, pulcher, farr : pul- 
, chrior, fairer : pulcherrimus, faireſt. 


T belſe Adje&tves in lis, make their Su- 


| perlative by changing is, into limus : ag, 
| facilis, eaſte , facilior, more eafte : facillimus, 
| oft caſte. L 


Humilis, humble : humilior, more humble: 


_F humillimus, moſt humble. 


Similis, ke ; finulior, more like : ſimil- 


| mus, moſt like. 


Imbecillis, weak : imbecillior, more weak: 


; imbecillimus, oz imbecillifſimus, moſt weak. 


If a vowel come befoze us, the degrees are 


'. Made by magis,more, and maxime, moff:aS, 
| pus, godly, magis pius, more godly , Maxime 
: pus, moſt. godly. 


C 4 A 


F ? 
7 
k-/ 
1% 
"y af 
8.3 
[2 who 4 
i; 
5 
"0 
p j 
<2 
"++ 
"0 
+#. 1 
+8 
48. 
7.0 
L&s 24 
E #1 
_ 
bs 
*$] 
4 
3 
7 
Ll 
 & 
+ 
[4 
= 
'#. 
4 
'F 
+ B 
* 
a 
þt 
F 
=” * 
4s. 
2 
od 5 
if " 
i 
"2. 
4 ; 
: . 


—n—d_y x + S: Foy nr os aux 


| theſe are called Relatives. 


 Thep call Poſſeſſives. 


Of a Pronoun. 


naw uw 94, 4 


er x ore WAY terre ann ue oo ro more ER CD 


A Pronoun. 


Pronoun fg a Weed Which ſupplieth and} 
-A (erveth the place of a Noun. 
Firſt, a Pronoun Pointeth our ſome new 
perſon not mentioned afoze: as, Ego, I: 
Tu, Thou. 
Secondly, it reſpecteth, and rehearſeth| 
ſome perſon, oz thing afoze mentioned : ag,| 
i!le, hee, ipſe, hee, iſte, hee, is, hee, hic, he, 
ſai, of himſelf, oz themſelves , qui, who, and 


Thirdly,it denoterb proprzety : aS,meus, 
mine, tuus,thine, ſuns, Þs, noſter,ours, ve- 
ſter,yours : cujus,cuja,cuzum, whoſe, which 


 Fourthlp, it ſignifieth Nation , SeF, 0: 
Party : as, noſtras, of our own Countrey, of 
bouſhold : veſtras, of your Countrey , lineage, | 
o2 ſe: cujas, of what ſe, oz Countrey, 
which thep tearm Gent//es, and are decli-f 


ned ſtke foelix. | | 
There are thzee Pronoun Subftantives, E-| 


go, Tu, Sui : to which add quid, with hi þ 
Compounds, and all the reſt are Adje&rves, F 


The| 


I 4.4 


nd 


Of a P:onoun. 


The Subftantives have a pe- 
culiar declining, 


Singul. Plur. | 
Nem; Ego. I | Nom. Nos, We 
52, Mct,of me Gen. Noſtrum, of xs : 
OC | Noltri, of us 
Dat. Mihi, to me e Dat: Nobiz, to 15 
Acc. Meme Acc. Nos, us- 
Voce __ Voc. avidin 
Abl. a, me, fromor q Abl. I yes”, 97 
hy me | by us. 
O1 - 
5 Re2 TE Ree 7, my ſel 
= | Gen. Mei ipfius, of me my ſelf 
S 4 Dat. Mihi ipſi, to me my ſelf 
ty | Acc. Me ipſum, me my ſelf 
CG | Voc 


' Abl. ame ipſo, from or by me my ſelf 
( "Xom. nos ip11,we our ſelves 
\. Gen, noltrum iplorum, of 5 our ſelves. 
'Dat. nobis ipſis, to or "for us our ſelves 
N Acc. nos tplos, xs our ſelves. 


( 4bl vLE bis ipſis,fj 2m or by 145 out 7 ſel Fa 


FEE 


bl 4 
j # 


U / Ur 5 


Fe 'F. Pl/ur. 
Nom, Tu, thou CNom. vos, ye, Ou, 


Gen, Tui; »f thee Gen. veſtrum, of you, 
or veliri, of you. 


Dat. Tibi,ta thee | Dat. vobis, t9 you. 
Acc. Te, thee : ACC. vOS, ye, YOu. 
Voc. Tu, O thou Voc. & vos, 0 yee. 
Al. ate, from or by Abl. I vobis, from 07 
tee ': by YOu. = 
Gs £ S,ng. 


" COM FR con tt So HEE ea. 


Of a Pronoun. 


nm. tute ipſe, thou thy ſelf. 
gen. tui ipſius, of thee thy ſelf, 
dat. tibi ipfi, to thee thy ſelf. 
acc. te ipſum, thee thy ſelf. 

VOC. - 


abl. a te ipſo, from or by thee thy ſelf. 


Singu/ariter 


nm. vos ipſ1, ye your ſelves. 
gen. veſtrum ipſorum, of you your ſelves. 
dat. vobis ipſis,to you your ſelves. 
Nacc. vos ipſos, ye your ſelves. 
CA, / VOC. 
( abl.2 vobis ipſis,from or by you your ſelves. 


luraliter 


_—__c@ 


Noſtri and veſtri,the genitive caſes plu- | 
ral of ego, and ru, are not jopned with an 
FAvjeſtive plural, but che genitives noſtrum | 


and veſtrum : as, contemptor noſtrim du- | 


orum, a deſpijer of 15 two z not contemptor 
noſtri duorum. 


Sngulariter and Pluraliter. 

Gen, ſui, of himſelf, oz of themſelves , nf her 
ſelf, of oy 

Det. ſibj, to himſelf, oz themſelves, to her ſelf, 
to it ſelf. 

Acc. fe, himſelf, 82 themſelves, her ſelf, it ſelf. 

AVI. ae, from himſelf, oz themſelves, from her 
ſelf, from it ſelf. 


Singulariter 
Nom. ſuus,h# own, ſua,her own,ſfuum,its own. 
Gen. ſur, of his own, ſux, of her own, ſui, of 
its own. 


Dar. fuo, to his oxn, ſux, to ber own, ſuo, to 


ts 0R'n. 
Acc. 


T 


*: 


mn ws 


Voc. 
{ Abl. illo, from him, illa, from her, illo, from 


Acc. ſuum,his own, ſuam, her own, ſuum, ts 


own. 
Vac. _ 
Abl. aſuo, from his own,ſua from her own,{uo, 


from its own. 


DP uralitey 
Nom, ſui, his own, fuz, her own, ſua,its own. 


G 3en, ſuorum, of his own, {uarum, of her on , 


[Uorum, of its own. 
Dat. ſuis.to hx own, to her own, to its own. 


Acc. ſnos, his own, ſuas, her own. (ua, its ewn. 


VC. — 
Abl. afuis, from or by bis 0 own, her own, its 


Own. 


Singulariter ET 
he, ſbe,  C that 
that 


| No. ile, man, la that illud, or 


that W0- that 
ſame, . man thing, 


| Gen. illius, of him, of her,of that thing. 
| Dat. 111i, to him, to her,to that thing. 


Acc. illumghim, 1illam,ber, illud, tha thing. 


that thing. 


Pluraliter 


| Nom. illi, they, or thoſe, illz, theſe illa, thoſe 


things. 
Gen. illorum, of thoſe, illarum, of thoſe, illo= 
rum, of thoſe things. | 


Dat. illis, to thoſe, them or thoſe things. 
C5. ee 


33 


; - > <*t ” . Ws 4 - * "i572" a x *. 2 
k . "<6" "* Ag OO oben gr ro "IV BD oe. _— YL Og BE. on kr * -—— MN 
> VF <> FE” E..40 uy 4 4 : ns . , 4% WA Ke Jas =Y TF ts F. 4 by Me yy : 


wa —_ _ 


. te 


Of a Pronoun. 


o_ þ th 
F \ them em 
Acc. los? ( illas "tg! F 
LeboſeS Ueboſe $ fine 
Voc, 
Abl. ab illis, { them. 
from or by Vthoſe, 
Sing. maſ. fem.new. Plur.maſ. fem. neut, 
Nom. ille, illa, illud C Nom. 1111, 11, illa | 
Gen. illius, illius, il- | Gen, 1llorum, 1114. 
lius rum, 1llorum 
Det..illi, illi, illi 3 Dat illis, illis,illis 
Acc. illum, illam, 11- , Acc. illos,illas,illa 
lum 
of | ——— FO i | 
A bl. illo, illa, illo Qg ABI illis, 1lhs, iis 
* Singulariter 
Nom. ifte, ths, iſta, this, iſtud, that thing. 
| Gen. 1ſtius, of this. 
x: = Dat .1ſh1, to ths. 
Acc. iſtum,th3s, iſtam, this, iſtud,that thing. 
it Abl. ab iſto, from this, iſta, from ths, iſto Þ 
it from this thing. | 
2 Pluralitcr 
We - Nom. iſti, theſe, iſtz, hols 1ſta,theſe things. || 
we Gen. iſtorum, of theſe, iſtarum, of theſe, | 
37 iſtorum, of theſe things.. 
3s Dat. iſtis, to theſe. | | 
bo dee. iſtos theſe, iſtas, theſe, iſta, theſe things. | 
Pl ' OC. 
'Þ Ab. ab iſtis, from or by theſe, | 
4 Sine! | 
: | 
F 


Of a Pronoun. 


Plur. maſ. fem. neut. 
Nom. 1fti, iſt, iſta 
Gen. iſtorum, iſta- 
rum, iſtorum 

Dat. iſtis, iſtis, iſtis 
Acc. iſtos, iſtas,iſta 
OC, n—_— 

Abl. iftis, 11t1s, iſtis 


eÞ) 


Sing. maſ. fem. neut. 

Nom. iſte, ifta, i1ftud 

Gen.iftius, iftiusti- 
us 

Dat. iſtj, iſti, iſti 

Acc. jiſtum,iſtam,iſtu 

V OC, a 


Abl. 1ito, ita, iſto 


Sngulariter 5 
hee himſelf 
N11. 1ple 07, 
— | hee hs own [elf 
{ ſhee her ſerf 
iP, ſhee ber own ſelf 
Ut ſelf | S 
Ipſum, thar ſame, or 2t ſelf Tftum ip ſp 
Gen. ipfius, of his, of himſelf, of her ſelf, of librum ico, 
it ſelf, of that ſame. T ets the 
Dat. 1pſi, to bimſelf, to her ſelf, to it ſelf, to go 5 6 
tat ſame. Ipſum an- 
Acc. ipſum,bimſelf, ipſam, her ſ?!f, ipſum, 7t num, that 
[elf that ſame. ſame thing, 
Vac. En In m_ 

: | — :m dubi 
4161. ipſo, from himſelf , ipsa , from her ſelf, j;one, wor in 
jrom its ſelf, ipſo, from its ſelf. the very 
Pluraliter donbtnig. 


Nom: ipfi, they themſelves, or their own ſelves, Re ips4 mi» Wi, 


pſx, themſelves, ipſa, themſelves. hz doletyin. 


Gen. ipſorum , of themſelves, ipſarum , of ;, "rin 
themſelves, iplorum, of themſelves. me. 

_ Dat ipfis, to themſelves. His ip/es 

A cc. ipſos, themſelves, ipſas, themſelves, ipſa, 29%, eve 


\Pemjelves. ae o_— 
/ 9c vo Eo ipſo dies 
Ab!. ab ipſis, from or by themſelves, theiclf 


Sing. (ane day. 


very deed © | 


: od Of a Pronour, 


Sing. maſ. fem. neut. Plur. maſ. fem. neut. 
Nom. ipſz,ipſa,ipſum Nom. ipfh, ipſz, ipſa | 
Gen. ipſius , ipfius ,' Gen. ipſorum , ipſa- 

1pſ;us., rum, ipſorum 
Dar. ipf1, ip), ipf1 Dat. ipf1s, ipſis, ipſ1s | 


Acc, ipſum,iplam,ip- j Acc. ipſos, ipſas, ipſa | 
{um | | 
V0, — | oC | 
Ab1, ipſo,ipsa, ipſo | Abl, ipſis,ipſis, ipſis | 
Singulariter | 


Nom. hic, this : hec, thi : hoc, this 
Gen. huzus, of this , goc. | 
Þ bi. im Pluraliter 
theſe,or a- Nom. hi, theſe : hz, theſe : hac, theſe 
mone the. Gen. horum, of theſe, Wc. 


Sing. maſ. fem. neut. Plur. maſ. fam. neur. 

Nom. hic, hxc, hoc Nom. hi, he, hc 

Gen. hujus , hujus ,\ Gen. horum, harum, 
hwy us _ horum 

Dat. huic,huic, huic< Dat. his, his, his 

Acc. hunc, hanc, hoc JAcc, hos, has, hxc 


I/ OC, cnn V OC. mon 


Abl, hoc, hac, hoc *AbI. his, his, his 


Singulariter 

1.008? Nom. 15, he, or that ſame: ea, ſhe : 1d, that 
"+ WY th ing, 

*, THemkoe Gen. ejus, of him, of her, of that thing. 
aw, | mpſunxte Dat.ct, to him, to her, to that thing. 
11 An Acc. eum, him: eam, her : id, that thing. 
* FEoipe die 00 ROY 
. theiels Abl. ab £0, from ct by him : ea, from or by her, 
ſame days or it: £0. from or by that thing. 


PI 


Onan: wk eb: 
30 8 % 


Of a Pronoun: | 37 


Pluraliter 
Nom. 11, they or thoſe : ex, thoſe : ea, thoſe 
things. 
| Gen. eorum, of them or thoſe : earum,of them 
or thoſe: eorum, of thoſe, 
Dat. e1s, or 11S, 9 thoſe ſe. Eos nullos 


na 7 LO viderer, he 
ACC, EOS \thoſe things, ſaw none 
ther them ot then. 


rn ab 11s, Secs de iis, of thoſe. 
by them or Ltheſe, Lex iis, of theſe. 


Sing. Maſ. jem.neut. Plur. maſ. fem.neut. 
Nom. 1s, ca, id FeNom. ii, EX, ca 
Gen. cjus, cjus, ejus, | Gen. corum. earum, 
eorum 
Dat.-ci, @&l, <l Dat 2 0 Is, 1s 

Q els,cis,Cls, 

Acc, eum,cam, 1d Acc. eos, eas,ca 

Voc. Voc. 


Abl. eo, ea, eo is, = TE 
C At, als, ai, px 
Singulariter 


quis,who.”) quz, who or which. 
Nom. Jqui,who Squod,which thing: or quid 


or which. what. 


| Gen. cujus, of which, or wboſe. 


Dat. cu, to which. ow to whom. 


whom. whom \ quod, 
PEW, uam, which 
\ which, which _ thing. 


0C, nn 
F which.) "which.. 
Ab], quo,from qua, from | 
| whom. | hom: 
go. from which thing. 
120, : Plurga- 


* it 
| bþ 


OF a Pronoun. 


Pluraliter . 
N9.qu! BY Lo — _ 
which | which FOORgs. 


of whichay « C of which-3quorh 


Gen.quo-gof whom Q 5 Jof whomC of 
rum Cwhercof & = Ywheresf C which 


of what I TG of what > things. 
27 
Da | to which, to what. 


ques 


acc. il- N them, Ta Sn] thoſe 


los, } thoſe, thoſe, things. 


EF 
F OC, 


:f uibus) _ 
Abl. from whom, what, which, 
_ = 


Sing. maſ. fem. neut. Plur. maſ, ſem. nent. 
Nom, qui, quz,quod (Nom. qui, que, qu# 
Yn, CUjJUS,CUjJUs,CU- + Gen, quorum, qua- | 

Jus rum 


Dat. cui, cut, cul | Dat. quibus, quibus, 


quibus 9r queis 
Acc. quem , cuam , 3 Acc. quo, quas, Guz 
quod 


0c.” | Oc. 

quo,qua,quo # Ab, quibus, quibus 
Abl. l 07 quibus 

qui, qu? 

no. quiſquis, whatſoever : quicquid, 

whatſzever- 
$ing.<acc. quicquid, whatſoever, 
Maſc. Fem. MAeut. 
abl. quoquo quoqua quoguo 


Od- 


Of a Pronoun. 


Obſervations. 


;\ 1 The Pronoun Subſtantives,Ego,Tu,Sui; 

are of the ſame gender with the noun wher- 
| of thep are ſpoken : as, ego, [ſpoken of a 
| man, iS the maſculine gender ; but,ego, iPoken 
| of a woman, ts the feminine gender. 

2 Thele five , meus,tuus,ſuus,noſter and 
veſter,are declined like Mourg Pdjeſtives 
of thzee Terminations, ſaving that meus in 
rhe wvoc. cale finguiar, maketh nu , mea- 
meum. 

Noſtras, gen. noſtratis; veſtras, gen. ve- 
ſtratis 3 cuyus, gen. cujatis, are Ddeciined 
[the focltx. 

M. F. N. 

3 Equiſmam, ecquznam , ecquodnam, 
02 ecquidnarn 3 4 there any man , woman, 0r 
Ning; C#teris carer. 


Newter onlp ; gen. cujuſcunque,, &c. what- 
ſoever. 

5 Quidam, quzdam, quoddam, o2 quid- 
dam: gen. cujuſdam , ſome. certain perſon : 
qu1V1S, QUZviIs, quodvis, Og quidvis: gen. 
cujufvis, &c. any man. 

Quiliber, quzlibet ,, quodlbet, oz quidl:- 
bet : gen. cujuflibet,&c. who that will. 

6 The Compounds of quis, make the 
feminine gender bn the fingalar number, and 
neuter (n the plural qua notquz : ag, 

Nequis, nequa, nequid, /eft any man : alt- 
quis, aliqua, aliquod, 92 aliquid, ſome boay. 
Ecquis, hath ecquz, and ecqua, tn {it 
gular and plural. : 

7 Quus 


4 Quicunque, quzcunque, quodcungque., 


g Of a Verb. 


40 | 
1 7 Quis in old Futhozs is uſed in the | 
Mis feminine gender : Quis hac eſt, Plaut.in Sti- 
l ch1. 4C. 2. (ce. - - 
| Hiccine! # this he here 2 
L.| = hoccine. "Cu: 
; SZ JAcc. hunccine, hancci-\= Jo. hc 
i SJ NC. SE \,}- cine 
CS . : Se Cs 
Ah =. *Abl. hoccine, haccine,\ Q 
; 2 hoccine. 
ww | Iſtic, the ſelf ſame. 
3 _ { no. 1ſtic,iſtzc, hs 
x\ ſtoc.or iſtuc. & Nan 
> - . +=a [1 
I Jac.iſtunc, iſtanc,\= } g. C; ie 
> . . wWw ” = 8 
=o N 1iſtoc,or 1ſtuc. = 
5T « - 4 ACc. 
& /abl.iſtoc, iſtac ,\ & 
1ſtoc. 4 
In !ſtke manner illic, i1lzc, illoc, fs de- | 
c[jineD. 


Eccum, of ecce, and is. 
in, CF Acc. eccum, po he or ſhee # here. 
Eccam, 


Ply. Y Acc. eccos, lo, theſe men, or theſe 
eccas, women be here. 
Do cllum,of ecce and ille, ſee where | 
ee H., 


- - 
_ ” 


A Verb. 


A Verb is a wozd declined with Mood 
/k and Tenſe, and betskenetþ, 1 doing : 
2 ſuffering : 3 being. 


Thero 


! 


3 


f 
3 


Of a Verb. FS i 
p 'T here are four kinds of Verbs : 


' 1 Aﬀive, 2 Paſſive, 3 Neuter, 4 Deponent. 


1. F Verb Aﬀive enneth ino, and be- 
tokeneth to do : as, amo, 1 /ove: and bp 


putting tor, if map be a Paſſive : ag, a- 


F mor. 


cannot take r, to make it a Paſſive: Ut | 


2. WVerb Paſſive endethin or, and be- 


| tokeneth to ſuffer : as, amor, 1 am loved : any 
| bp putting awapr, it map be an Arne: 
| JS, amo. 


3. dl Verb Neuter endeth in o, ozm, and 
fanifieth 
1 doing : AS, curro,Trun. 
2 ſuffering : aS,zgroto,l am 

ficks 
| 3 being : As, ſum, I am. 

4. A Verb Deponent endeth in or, like a p71, Com- 
Paſſive, but ſignifies aFively : ag, loquor, mer are 


ſometimes, 


I ſpeak: oz, abſolutely : as, orior, I ariſe, now outof 


uſe and re- 


: duced t 
Obſer vations. Verbs Va 


0nentye 
1. Verb Paſſive is diſcerned bp fom fgn* 
of the Tenſes Paſſive jopned therewitb : 
as, am, art. 1s, are, was, were, be, been. 
2. Þ Verb Deponent endeth in or,and hath 


no paſſive lign jopned therewith: as, ſc1- 


tor, 1 demand; ſcrutor , 1 ſearch. IWhere 


d tbe Verb in Engliſh ts ſpoken paſſively, and in 


Latine ft is found a Deponent,, the Engliſh 
muſt be changed a&:vely : as, Then 1s coun- 
ſel good,, when it is beſt followed; 1. e. when 

we beſt follew 1t. — 
3. 4 Verb Aﬀive like a Noun Adjefive, 
[eaverh the mind unſatisfied, —_— 
gn 


42 Of a Verb. | 
help of another wozd : as, amo, I /ove, and 
the& naltlh is turned paſſive in good fenſe: 
as. 1 am lovcd. ] 

F. wozd ending in 2g, coming after any þ 
@ naliſh of ſim, a, 75, are, art, be, ts com- Þ 
monlp a Uerb a&:ie : As, | am teaching,do- F 
CeO. 

4. I Verb Neuter ſike a Roun Subſſan- 
tive ſatisfieth the underfanding without the 
belp of another wozd : as, pugno, I fight ; 
and ig nst turned paſſive in good ſenſe : as, 

1am fought. 
_ eVerbs ending in {co, are Verbs Neuters | 
of Ulerbs in eo, ag. floreſco of floreo, to | 
bloſſome, and thole that are derived of | 

Uerbs oz Nouns. 
120 3 Verbs * ending in o, Englilhed paſive- 
eros * +5, areVerbs Neuters. 2, 
afive, ro | 4 If a Verb Neuter anſwer to the queſi(- 
called, be. ON, what? tt hath an accuſarive caſe afcer 
cauſe of it of ifS own ſignification : as,0 run a race, 


rheir pal- it uſuallp anſwereth to a queſtion made 
five preter- 


verf renſe ©" (0m? Adverb, Conjunetion, oz Prepoſitien : 
or kgnih - as, CuIro, 1 run ; where, or whither doe yo 


cation paſ-7kn ? pugno, I fight 3 how. or with whom doe 
tive.audeo, you fight 2? 
Ex#/0. 


$5. 4 wo2d ending tu ing, coming afrer a 
Noun Agjettive, is commonip made ti Latin 
by a Verb Neuter: as,1 am ſound, valeo ; he is 
pale, pallet. 


6. Some Verbs Neurer inſco, and allo 
Verbs of moving, are of:en Endlilped like 


_ paſſes, and then the @ ngliſh which ſeems 
ro be made, 


| I Wy the pzeſent tenſe paſſive, muſt be ; 
made |þ 


Of Moods. 


made by the pzeterpeerfect tenſe : as, now 
he 1s come, nunc rediit. 


2 The Englilþ of the pzeterimperfect 
tenſe, muſt be made bp the pzeterpluper- 


| feſt tenſe: as, he was not come back in the 


morning, mane non redicitt. 

5. Verbs Deponents, are moze elegant 
then a&7ves. | 
. Uerbs inſco , moze elegant then verbs 
[n eo. 

Uerbs Compounds, moze elegant then fim- 
Ple verbs. 

As Agjerves do garnifh, and deck ſub- 
fantives, ſo bo Adverbs anoen Verbs. 

medullirus amare. 
To love heartily,4 intime amare. 
non mediocriter amare.- 


Moods: 
A Mood is a manner of fignifying. 
T bere are four Poods : 


x declareth : ag,tu amas, 
1 The Indica- thou loveſt. 


tive Mood 2 demandeth, y amas tu, 
Co thon 


2 doubteth, Y love, 
1 commandeth, Jas, ama tu, 
2 The Impe- ) 2 entreateth, love thou. 
rative Mood, ) 3 exhorteth, Qamaro ille, /et 
4 permitteth, him love. 


3 The 


—__——_—. Py 
Pp "—_— 
_ I __ hb 
- = Mn, 


43 


[ 


3. 
\'s 
lf 
# 4 


Hwaacc var iet & *  366 

Ie RR G G *, th. fs 9 A 

4 4 * GS, dls « __ be wh * 
m_ - : : wiy % 


co Boo 


TOE _ bs A+ 4s ” 


I: 260236 x wg ws 
——_——_ RR 


Of Tenlſes. 


3. The $u>junFive Mood dependeth of 
___ fomeother Verb tn the laine ſentence, With 
*£6:,4194>(gme Conjun@ion , oz Indefinite * coming be: 
rn gue f WEEN : as, vide quid agas, look what thou 
m This Mod is ſometimes uſed fn w:{- 
ing 02 deſiring, and then it is called the Op- 
tative Mood : ag, utinam amem, 1 pray God 
T love. 

Sometimes it ſfgnifieth a power, duty, oz 
acfire , expelled in the Engliſh, bp theſe 
figng, may, can, might, would, could, ſhould, 
02 ought : as, amem, I may, 02 can love, and 
then it is called the Potential Mood. 

4. The ena Mood followeth another 
Verb oz Adje#ive, and bath this ſign» : 
ag, cupio diſcere , 1 defire to learn; ercept 
after poſlum, queo, nequeo, volo, nolo,de- 
beo, 1 muſt. 

There are added te the Infinitive Mood 
thzee voices called Gerunds, ending 


'1di, 7 amandi, of /oving. 
ts 2 do, Camando, m loving. 


44 


* Tt Gigni- | 

fieth paſ-_ 3 dum, amandumy,to love. 

cd There are alſo two Supines : the fozmer 
1t 35 


Supine of ©2DiNg in um,fo2 the ® moſt part ſignifieth 
i Neunter actruely : as, amatum, to love. 
paſlive: as, Tbe other endeth in u, and ſaniRet5 


vapulattmy paſſruely : a9, amaty, to be loved. 
to be bea- 


en, Es 


ROE 


Tenſes, 
A Tenſe is a diſtintion of time, in regard of time 
preſenr, time paſt, or time to come. 


*TDere are five Tenſes oz diſtinctions of 
time . 
1. The 


{ wozd ending tn d;t, 
; 021 : as, he loved, he 


Of Tenſes: 


I. The Preſent Ten/e,ſpeaketh of the time 
that nowis: as, amo, I /ove: amor, 1 am 
loved. 

2. The Preterimperfe# Tenſe, ſpeaketh of 
the t1me uot Pet perfectly paſt : ag, amabam, 
I loved or did love : amabar, I was loved. 

3. The Preterperfe# Tenſe, ſpeaketh of the 
time perfe&ly paſt : as, amavi, 1 have loved. 

4 (The Preterpluperfet Tenſe, (peaketh 
of the tzme moze then perfe&#ly paſt : ag,ama- 
veram, [I had loved. 

s. The Future Tenſe, ſpeaketh of the time 
to come :; as, amabo, I ſha!l or will love. 


Signes of the Tenſes, 
Afiee. | Paſſive, 


Preſent Tenſe. Preſent Tenſe. 
eth, eſt, dee. | am, 15, are, art. 


doth,doft. 
L 
Preterimperfect Preret 
” Tent. ._.. Tens. 


did, didje. was, were, waſkt. 
and a perſon oz ſub | 
ſſantive befoze a 


taught. 


| Preterperfe&t Tenſc. 


Pretcrperiedt Tenſe. 


have, hath, haft. have been, hath been, 
haſt been. 
Preterpluper- 
\ 


-—— 
09 A AGO AGO TIS API AA A Ie 


A6 Of Tenſes: 


— 

j Preterpluperfet ' Preterpluperfect 

j Tenſe. | Tenſe. 

f | bad, hadſt. had been,hadſt been. 
l Future Tenſe. | Future Tenſe. 

4 ſhall or will. |  ſballbeor will be. 
[ | Potential Mood. } Potential Mood. 

| BY Preſent Tenſe. Preſent Tenſe. 
l may, or can. may be,or can be. 

go  Preterimperfea Preterimperfect 
\ E Tenſe. 7 - Fewles 
b | might, would, could, might be, would bc, 
= (ſhould. ſhould be , could be, 
% Obſeryatioas; 

bl © 1. The Preterimperfe& Tenſe is tranſlated 
C '* bp the Preterperfe& Tenſe, unleſſe where 
= were is taken foz ſhould he : as, a man were 
f bapPp, if be knew his miſerp, foz ſþ5u/d be 
# baÞPP, efler, ſcripſit Cato gui fuir fere jus 

| xqualis; Cato hath written , who was in 4 
bi manner his [ike in years. 

* 2. Had, after the Preterperfe& Tenſe, ts 
F commonlip a ugn of the Preterp/uperf. Tenſe: 
b as, cxolvir quod promiſcrat , he performed 


that which he had promiſed; bat it admitteth 
of the fign of the Preterimperfe# Tenſe allo, 
Sed Cum amore pugnand! in eXercitu re- 
mantiſletz but when he for love of the wars 
remained in the Camp ſtilf. Cum extitiflet e- 
r1am in Cives tanta crudelitas 3 when ſo great 
4. cruelty was ſhewed even againſt Citizens. 


3. The 


- _—_ re * po Ye 


Of Conjugations. 


3. The Imperative Mood bozroweth the 
Future Tenſe Indicative . ag, valebis, meaque 
negotla videbis meque ( Deo juvante) ante 


| brumam expectahis; farewel, and have a care 


of my buſineſs, and look, for me (God aſſiſting) 
| before Winter, and future Subjundive: ag, 
| addideris. | 

| 4. When the Future Tenſe Subjun#jve 
bath the ſign hath, jepiied therewith, it is 
| called the Futur2 Preterperfe# Tenſe: ag, 
cum dixero, when T ſhall hav? ſpoken ; cum 
peroravero, when I ſhall have finiſhed. 


Gm anon Peony ey I———_—___ een eee, Amy 


Conjugations, 


diſtinfly known bp ſhe Vowel going 
befoze re in tf e Infnitve QÞood, of Verbs tn 
o, and the ſecond perſon of the Preſent Indi- 
cative of Verbs 111 or. 

The firii Conjugation hath a long befoze re 
and ris : as, amare, amairis. 

The ſecond Conjugation hath e long be- 
foze reand ris: as, docere., docerls. 

T be third Conjugation hath e Þozt befoze 
re anDris : as, legere, legeris. 

The fourth Conjugation bath i long befoze 
reand ris: Eg, aualre, audiris. | 


Obſervations. 


The firlt Conjugation is of Verbs in 0,com- 


nonlp with a conſonant befoze o : as, _ 


T Yere are fonr Toninugattong of Verbs. 


- queo, to halter; lineo, to draw the figure of a- 
hide; and ſome in io: as, frio, to cram; 


and a few moze. 


2 {1 Cum, Far 
Sing. 2 Es, thou art. 
3) Eſt, 


Plur. <2 >Eſtis, yeare. 


Of Conjupgations- 


I love ; except beo, to comfort ; meo, to goes; | 
creo, to create; ſcreo, to ſpitz calceo, Qt þ 
calcio. to put on ſhoves z cuneo, to wedge; la- | 


ny thing in lines 3 nauſeo, t9 have an appetite } 
to vomit, ozt» deſpiſe; nucleo, to cover 8 | 


hio , to gape plo, fo purge ſms; travio, ts 
paſſe, 02 goe through 3 gargaridio , to prattle ; 


The ſecond Conjugation is of Verbs end- | 
tng tneo: as, doceo : ercevnt eo,queo,Yye- | 
neo, uf the Fourth Conugation, and 
thoſe in co before (et Down of the fi rf}. 

The Third Conjugation ig of Verbs in o, 
With a conſonant befoze o, ercept a rew in 
10 : facio, Jacio, lacio, ſpecio, todio, fugio, 
Capio, CUp1Lo, raplo, ſapio, par10, quatio, & 

atuo. 
The Fourth Conjugation ig of Verbs in io, 


Be, | <xrw— a oma 
Dna — 


—_ Ws 


The Declining of the Verb 
Sum, I am. 
Sum, es, fui, cfle, futurus , to be, 


Indicative Mood Preſent Tenſe: 


he is. 
I } Sumus, We are, 


3 Jount, they are, 
| - Freter- 


Of Verbs. 


Preterimperfe# Tenſe. 
i Eram, 1 wa. 
2 Eras, thou waſf. 
3 Erat, hewas. OI 
i Eramus, Wee were, 
2 Eratis, yee were. 
3 Erant, they were, 


hs 


Preterperfe# Tenſe, 
1 Fwui, 1 havebeen. 
2 Fuiſti, thou haſt been, 


3 Fuit, he hath been. 

i Fuimus, Wee have been, 

2 Fuiſtis, yee have been. 

3 Fuerunt,fucre,they have been, 


Preterpluperfe# Tenſe. 
| (1 Fueram, I had been. 
q: Fueras, thou hadff been. 
_ (3 Fuerat, he had been. 
1 Fueramus, Wee had been. 
q: Fueratis, yee had been. 
3 Fuerant, they had beer. 


Future Tenſe. 
1 Ero, 1 ſhall or will be. 
2 Eris.thou'fhalt or will be. 
3 Erit, he fhall or will be. 
1 Erimus, We jhal cr wit be. 
Plar,y2 Eritis, ye ſhall ir wil be. 
3 Erunt, they ſhallor wil ve, 


D Impe- 


49 


pw” 264 


Sw > - = . _- Gi. ro 
Ay 4a. (" R a) Bl X "+ wx Sx G 
"Ss "7 A - - Oy wn, F 
T Ws * 23x08 ro en 
F 4 as 


w* 


« ae 0 "Bhg FI "I, 
& AS "_ 
+ D # % Fs 


wo woe PP oo ia 
WAY , - "4 


he Is 
ps. 


—_— 
as Y whe" 


e. "x 


= 
I 
Bn. 


| 50. Of Verbs. 
AS Imperative Mood. 
IA EC Sis, £5, oreſto, be thou. 
Sing. <2 


Jsir, or eſto, let him be, 


Sitis .eſte,or eſtote, be yee. 
Plur. 
) Sint, or _ let them be. 


Sub junAive Mood. 
Preſent Tenſe. 


< ) Sim, TI am. 
I have put modo,ſo that E Sis, Foy: art. 


”# ", wry 
... ."Þ 4+ Ba POS ns Oe OE dy ockl 


6: a, : i SIS OR OWE, A \ FTA _ T7 "375 "os, ' Sk. > ITE -—_ 

"is Bs | Cee - 0 7 4 W---s - > De "KS, 8 22 
” - JO. 2 ES 22 © oaths + * 256 . ; LP OTE Os S 6 "a —. 

= a l *.0S F ih "6, 2 - TY *% © ap = coor $) C.-F 4 Lo 5 me * = 

DO a, 56 I LS or IBEDY- as 37 >, = "<AGT, —_- _— +. 6s «3 = - _ B —_ p « TY 

" ng, 4 a... CA es "A : $97 Tos —_ , > eh oe» AB _—_ ZN Rain ' 

| Sp" 2 , ; ——_— — : 3 odd; an . 620 < p32 PTE Gs C ; 

. os . - 2 eh C - —_— _ 
5 "— - _— : IIS TS 4 = 
. 5”. —"_ by = 
Y q EY R p 


Gen Sit, hee. 
I OP —__ Wee are. 
|; Juntchve {_ 
Mood,be- _ yee are. 
cauſe it als Sint, they are. 
| ways go- 
verneth a ah's: ed} Tenſ e. 
4 Subjun- 
'#F - QviveMoed em, 1 were. 
; Englifhed modo, ſo tha 7 "a thou wert, 
1 fo that.  Effer, hee were. 


—_— Wee were. 
Flur.< Efleris, yee were. 
Eſlſent, they were. 


7 Fern, felt Tenſe, 
Fuerim, I have been, 
modo, Fueris, thou haſt been. 
fo tat Fuerit, he hath been. 
Wen Wee have been, 
Pluraliter4 Fueritis, yee Have been. 


Fuerinr, they have been. 
Preterpli- 


© modo, ( vv 
þ (o that (S 


Preterpluper fe& Tenſe. 
42 ? . CFuiſſem, I had been, * 
moo, \.&'« Fuiſles, thou hadft been. 


| ſo that #'Þ | Fuiſſet, he had been. 


Fuiſſemus, Wee had been: 


| Pluraliter & Fuiſſetis, yee had been. 


Fuiſſenr, they had been. 


Future Tenſe. 
. ( Fuero, I ſhall or w''. be. 
= Fueris, thou ſhalt »r » :H{ be, 
Ueueric, hee ſhall or will *e. 
Fuerimus, Wee fhail or will bc 


; Pluraliter< Fueritis, ye ſhall or will be. 


Fuerint, they fbailor will be. 


Infinitive Mood, 
Preſent Tenſe. Eſfſe, to bee. : 
Preterimperf. Tenſe. 


Prgterperfe# Tenſe. F _—_— han: 7 Xu 
Preterpluperf. Tenſe. : 
F ore, or N to bee 


Future Tj hereaf- ect 


was, waſf, were, wert, been. 


To be, coming next after anp of the Eng-gyje, 


ſhes of Sum, 02 after anp Subſtantive, oz 


| terſon, iS @ ſign of the Participle tn dus, 


Obſervations, | 
: Tbe Compaunds of Sum, abſum, # be 
D 2 abſent ; 


Futurum elle, ter, EL i - 


Of Verbs. 


abſent : adſum, to be preſent : deſum, to bee 
wanting : in ſum, to be zn : interſum, to bee 
preſent : obſum, to hurt : proſum, to profft : 
 _ ſuperſum, to remarn, Are Declined Itke Sum, 
EFupkonie 2. Profum, in thoſe Tenſes and Perſons, | 
gratis, Wbich begin with a Vowel, fe2 ſound ſake, | 
interpoſed : ag, prodes, prodeſt, prode- 
| ram, prodero, prodeſle. 
2. Poſlum, Compounded of poris, and fum, 
to be able, ts thug declined ; | 
| Indicative Mood. l 
6onÞN Poſſum, 2 potes, 3 poteſt. P!, 
Tenſe. F i poſlumus, 2 poreſtis, 3 poſſunr. | 
Preter- \ Poteram,poteras, poterat. Pl. po- | 
7mperf. F teramus,potcratis,poterant. I 
Pret. T potui,potwiſti,potuit. pl.poruimus, | 
perf. C& poruiſtis, potuerunt,potuere. | 
Pret. } potueram,porueras,potuerat. pl, po- 
plu. i rucramus, potueratis,potuerant. 
Fut.? potero,poteris,poterit. pl.poterinms, 
poteritis, poterunt. 
Poſlum wants the Imperative Mood. 
Subjun&ive Mood. 0 
Pret.7 Poſlim,potlis,poſlit. p/.poſsimus,pol- 
renſ. F sitis,pol. int. 
Pret. } poſleni, poſſes, poſlet. pl. poſſemus, 
amp. poſletis, pollentr. 
Pret.} potuerim, potueris,poruerit. pl. po- 
perf. F tucrimus,potueritis, poruerint. 
Pret. T potuiſſem, potuiſſes, potuiſſer. PI. 
plu. potuiſſemus,potuiſſetis,potuiſlenr. 
Fut.? potuere,potueris,potuerit. Pl.potue- 
rimus, potueritis, potuerint. 
Infinitive Mood. 
Pofle, to be able. 
Potuiſſe, ts have or had been able. 


' De&li-| 


Of Verbs. 


| Declining of Verbs, with un- 
derſtanding thus. 


Active. 
AS the firft perſon ſingular of the m_ 
# tenſe. 
}, Amas, the jecond perſon Gngular of the preſent 
| tenſe. 
| Amavi, the firſt perſon (ngular of the preter- 
; per fect tenſe. 
* Amare, tbe Infinitive Mead. 
. | Amandi, the Gerund in di. 
 Amando, the Gerund in do. 
 Amanduni, the Gerund mm dum. 
 Amatum, the firſt Supine., 
Amatu, the latter Supine. on 
Amans, the Participle of the preſent tenſe. 
Amaturus,: the Participle of the Future in rus. 


- 


Paſſive. 

Amor, the firſt perſon ſingular of the _ 
tenſe. 

Amaris, or amare, the ſecond perſon ſing. of 
the preſent tenſe. 

Amatus ſum, or amatus fui, the firſt perſon 
ef the preterperf. tenſe. 

Amari, tbe Infinitive Mood. 

Amatus , the participle of the preterper feet 
tenſe. 
Amandus, the participle of the Future in 
b 


D 3} Verbs 


KL 
E + " 
Y 
Fed 
/ 

P P 
9% 


'F © 
A 
oo 
; 
; 
4 
$.: 
by 


* od <a "We, omg 
fo 0% OPS, a4 ; 3 
Y W.- : 
*, F"y Wh wo 
" G ki 


—_ $EE F 
Ear þ 
vg "I ; : 
8.3 
Het 
#0 
F P6-Y 
: 4% 
NS. 
Y LÞ $ 
#2: - 'þ 
vo fk 
i 


A 

'k : =; 
6 ff 

*4 

£U 45 
F Gy * #; 
, p Bo »: 
7 F 
.» Ls 2 
Fr 


——_— 
—_— 


4 

. bf 2 o 
[64 X; 
* 4 
s 0-2 
FS ity 
PF. 
Z $] E- F 
& 4 [ 

2 $1.8 
a | * 4 
{1 | : 
* j 


_— 


= ld © = 7 —_— I ET." 


A , T 

-— 
— ” 
v gl OT gy Bt 


_ _— 


th yn vs -— — 
cr, G =” l 
WH - Ss 
mY bes. 
V ay COS 


- 


*_ 
v 


Me ,1. x _ 
» = wo - , iu , 
a . —F L "Ox 
Oe ©. -=q 7 - fv os 
_ nd 


' 


ww - oy 4 » - © ub 9 en be wx "Y N 
"3 hoy " Dye + y ww a4 _—_ R a” LL 
Wok wk IS - ip RIS 4-4: : —_ . _ wx 
CA R :4E We oo 4: Lt, NE RL ai. 
\ oy Es ts Sian n SID 0 "E « et +. 
4 h ; 
rs "Rea 
PF. 
EF ks 
REES «dw . _—« 


——————  — 


s ConJup., 


AQive Voice. 
Perbrin[0] of the Foxy (0n- 


Jt Tartons, 


Amo, amas, amavi, amare, amandi, f 
Ps 27- amandum, amatum, amatu, amang, | 
2maturus, to love. 


FO” en... BM v7 


2. Doceo, doces, docui, docere, docen- | 
di, docendo,docendum,doctum, doctu, do- | 
Cens, dodurus, 


3. Lego, legis, legi, "RY legendi, le- | 
eo. legendum, lefum, ledhu, legens,le- | 
urus. 


4. Audio, audis, audivi. audire, audien- 
d1i,audiendo, audiendum, auditum, auditu, 
auciens,auditurus. 


NY Su LY 
m—___ ———— — 


Indicative Mood. 


| Preſent Tenſe. 
I Mo, 1 le. 
Sing.<'2 FAmas, thou lovefF. 
3 Amar, he Joveth. ? 
1) Amamus, Wee love, 
Pluy.S 2 pAmatis, yee love. 
3.) Amant, they love. 
Terminations. © . 
x Amſ[o, 2 as, 3at. Ply, 14amus, 2 atis, 
3 ant, 


Verbs. 


Paſhve Voice. 


Verbs is [or] of the Four 
( 0njugations. 


I. Amor, amaris, or amare, amatus ſum, 
67 amarus fui, amari, amatus, amandus. 
6 


2. Doceor, doceris, or docere, dodus 
{um,or doctus fui,doceri,dous,docendus. 


3. Legor, legeris, or legere, leQus ſum, 
or lectus ful, legi, letus, legendus, 


4. Audior, audiris, er andire, auditns 
ſum, or auditus fui, audiri, auditus, audi- 
endus. 


—— —— 
———_—_—_—_—_—_ 


Indicative Mood. 


Preſc ſent Tenſe. 
AX% I jo loved. 


I 
V'oA Y _ 
$1ng. thou art loved. 
Feel 


?. Amatur, he is "Crak 
17 Amamur, Wee are loved. 
Plur,4 2 SAmamini, yee are loved. 
3 ) Amantur, they are leved. 


Terminations. 
| Am/or # aris, are, 3 atur.. Plur,I amur, 


2 AMin1, 3 antur, : 
D 4 SINg. 


55 


x Conjug,' 


ere Ron 
Sr 


2 Con)uge 


Active Voice. 


1 ) Doceo, I teach. 
Sing. <? Doces, thou teacheſ?. 


3 )Docetr, he teacheth. 
{ 1) Docemus, We teach. 


Plur. 2s Docetis, yee teach. & 
3 


3 Conufge« 


4 conjug. 


Docent, they teach. 
Terminations. 


1 Docſeo,:z es, 3 et. Pl.zx ens, 2 etis, 3 ent. | 


"1)Lepe, Iread. 
Sing, <2P Legis, thou readeſf. 


2 JLepit, be readeth. 
2 Fawn We read. 
Plur. Legitis, yee read. 
> \ Logune: they read. 
Terminations. 
Leg[o,is, it. Pl. imus,ttis, une, 


1 JAudio, I hear. 


2 Audis, thou heareſt. 


-3 JAudit, hee heareth. 
I Audimus, Wee hear. 


2 FAuditis, yee hear. 


Pluraliter Singulariter 


3) andiunt, they hear. 
Terminations, 
Aud[| io, 1s, it, Pl. jmus, itis, iunt. 


v Preter- 


| Paſfive Voice: 57 


Doceris, 
Sing. : * or thou art taught. 
Docere, 
/ 3. Docetur ,. hee xs taught. 
Docemur, Wee are taught. 
lur Docemin1, yee are taught. 
: {very tur, they are taught. 
Terminations. 
1.Doc|-or,2 eris,o7 ere, 3 etur, Pl, I emur, 
2 Emin1, 3 entur, 


pg 


ſ Les | 
| de, | 
3 ) Legicur, 0 read. 
17 Legimur, Wee are read. 
Plur.I 2. >Legimini, yee are read. 
C3 ) Leguntur, they are read. 
Terminations. 
| Legſor,eris,or ere,etur. P/.jmur,imin,untur, 


thou art read. 


to 


Sing. 


2 Y Auditur, he # heard. 


C1) Audimur, Wee are heard. 
| Plar.s 2 SAudimiIni, yee are heard. 
3 ) Audiuntur, they are heard. 


Terminations. 
| Aud|tor,iris,0r ire,itur, P/,mmur, jmini, inn-- 
ur, 

D:5 Pretezs - 


o Doceor, 1 am taught. . 2 Con}uge 


Legor, I am read. 3 Conjug. 


1 JAudior, 1 am heard. 4 Conjuge. 
AudiFis,-) 
Sing, <2 or thou art heard, 
Audire, L 


- _ "® "<4 . | "s 7 
FIT Ado Sa 9 wo I nth We 


Aive Voice. 


Preterimperfe# Tenſe. 
1 JAmabam, 1 loved, or did love. 


Sing. 2 Amabas, thou lovedſt or didft love. 


Amabat, hee loved, or did love. 

Amabamus, Wee loved, or did le. 

Amabatis, yee loved, or did love. 

ki Amabanr, they loved,or did love. 

So Terminations. 

{1 | Am ſabam, abas,abat. Pl. abamus, abatis, a- 
bant. 


& 'h Plar. 


9 DO t= ip 


2 Eonjug, 1 Docebam, 1 taught,or did teach, 


Sing, < 2 Docebas, thou taughtſt or did teach, 


3 )Docehat, he taught or did teach. 
f \ 17 Docebamus,We taught 5r did teach, 
n Plur. \ 2 <Docebatis, yee taught or did teach. 
| t; Docebant, they taught or did teach, 
Terminations. 
Docſebam;ebas, ebat. Pl. ebamus, ebatis, e- 
bant. - 


oe in in ae. CREST x ASI Toi it. Ye 
$4 - * 
— - p , . - 
— wg = ” Pg » ” 
broom: earere — na A 4 


1 )Legebam, I read or did. 
3 Conzug. 

Sing. C2 Legebas, thou read'ſt or did read. 
p 5 3 )Legebat, heread or didread. 
1) Legebamus, We read or did read. 
$:5 Plar. 2 >Legebatis, yee read or did read. 
F 3_) Legebant, they read or did read. 
Fl T-rminations. 
a  Leglcbam, ebas, ebat. P/, cbamus, ebaris,e- 
bc bant, 


Sing, 


p 
F 


ES I 
: Paſfive Voice» 
Preterimperfe# tenſe. ; 
1 "JAmabar, jan loved. 8 "Coy ugs! 
, Amabaris,) _. 
Sing. $ or thou waſt loved. 
I Amabare, 
Amahatur, hee wa; loved. 
1) Amabamur, Wee were loved. 
Plur. Amabamini, yee were loved. 
> CAS eur, they were loved. 
Terminations. | - 
Amlbar,abaris,or abare,abatur. Pl, abamur, 
abamin!, abantur. 


Docebar, I was Cl 2 Conue. 
Docebaris, 
or thou waſf taught, 


Docebare, ſ 
Docehatur, hee was taug br. 

I Docebamur, Wee were — 

-Docebamin1, yee were taught. 

; {Deccan they were taught. 
Termmations, 
Doc]-bar,eharis,o7 ebare,cbatur, Pl,cbamur. 
ebamini, ebantur. 


x JLegebar, I wa read. 
Ci a porag 


MR 
Legebarur, by was read. 


2 Con)ngs 


Sing. thou waſt read. 


Legebamini, yee were read. 
Legebancrur, they were read. 
Terminations. 
Legſebar: ebaris,or ebare,ebatur. P/.chamur, 
cbaminy, <: antilr. 


3 
1) Legehamur, Wee were re:d. 
Pur. 2 

5 


Sing, 


s- 9 Ys | 
» CE 


PUP: I So IS yen te 


 & dive Voice. 
x JAudicbam, 1 heard,or did hear. 


4 Conjug.. 


eng. Þ» Ts thou heard't., or didfſt 
ear. 

Audiebat, hee heard or did hear. 
Be Audichamus, we heard or did hear. 
Audiebatis, yee heard or did hear. 

- by {\ Audiebanr, they heard or did hear. 

Terminations. | 

Aud|iebam,jebas, iebat. Pl. iebamus, iebatis, 

ichanc. | 


Preterperfedt tenſe: 
x { Amavi, 1 have loved. 


3: Conug, 


2d Amaviſti, thou haſt loved. 


Singulariter 


24 Amavit, hee hath loved. 
I Amavimus, Wee have loved. 
2/ Amaviltis, yee have loved. 
od. Amerane 3 
they have loved. 


5 
2 CAmavere, i 


Terminations: 
Amayſi, iſtz, it, P/.imus, iſtis, erunt, ere. 


_ A. Coryug., z JDocut, I have taught. 
Sing.<2/ Docuiſti, thou haſt taught. 


3 ) Docuit, he hath taught. 


P int, 


I 


| Sing <2 


nf} 


2D 0s 


Pluralitor 


| Sing," 


Paſſive Voice. 
Audiebar, I was heard. 
[ Audieharis, 


> 
3 JAudiebatur, hee was heard. 


Audiebamur, wee were hear 1. 

Audicbamini, yee were heard. 

ae” -=79 they were heard. 
Terminations. 

/ [= 1ebaris, 07 1chare,iebatur. 

bamur, 1cbamini1, icbancur. 


Preterperfe# Tenſe. 
Amatus ſum, or fuji, 1 have been lo- 1 Conjug. 


Amatus es, or fuiſti, thou haſt heen 


1 
> vcd. 
E J: 
S loved. 
wy 
8 
” loved 


Yr ons; eſt, or fuir, hee hath been 


mati ſumus, or fuimus, 
been loved. 

2\ Amari eſtis, 
loved. 

2 \Amatiſunt, or fuerunt, fuere, they 
have been loved. 


Dodus ſum, or fu1, 


gt. 
Doctus "A fuiſti, thou haft been 


thou waſt heard. 


wee have 


or fuiſtis, yee have been 


Doeus * or fuir,. be hath been 


GI 
4. Conjug. 


1 have been 2 Conjug. 


FR Active Voice, 
Cl Docuimus, Wee have taught. 


2\ Docuiſtis, yee have taught. 
Plur. { Docucrunt 
3\: or they have taught. 
| Docucre, i 
Terminations, 
Doculi,iſti,it. P/. imvs, 1ftis, erunt, ere, 


|. 3. Conjug. 1)Legi, I have read. 


| Sing. 2p Legilti, thou haſt read. 


2 ) Legit, hee hath read. 
1 ILegimus, Wee haveread. 


2 Legiſtis, yee hauc read. 


TH Pur. Legerunt 
1 2 or they have read. 
FE, A 
; Legere, : 
Th Terminations, 
|. Legli,iſti,it. Pl. imus, 1ftis,crunt, or ere. 
| | Conlub, 1 JAudiyi, I have heard. 
F ls Sing, <2 Audiviſti, thou haſt heard, 
af | 
43 2M 3 ) Audivir, hee hath beard. 
1 1 JAudiyimus, Wee have beard. 
bY Plur, J2SAudiviſtis, yee have heard. 
$173 Audiverunt 
1 | 3 or they. have heard, | 
4% CAudivere, 
. Termmations. | 
q 


Aualvſiifti,it. Pl, imus,iftis, erunt, ere: 
| Pretc7- 


Paſſive Vee. 62 * 

Dodti fumus, &r fuumus, Wee | Na 

have been taught. a 

Plyr J2\Dodti eſtis or fuiſtis, yee have been j 
taught. 27 

p \ Dofti ſunt fuerunt or fate; they 'hy 

have been taught. £5 


. 
'F 


C7 JAuditus ſum or fui, 1 have been , Conus 
Sing. 


Lecus ſum or fuji, - { have been , conive, 5 | 


read. oo 
Le&us es or fuiſti, thou Paſt been 2h 
read. F 

3\ Lectus eft or fuit, hee hath heer i 
read. 5 
Lei ſumus or fuaimus, wee have <> 


been read. $i; 
Lecti eſtis or fuiſtis, yee have been ap 
read. 
3\Lecti ſunt fuerunt, or fucre, they 
have been read. 


heard. 
2\ Audi-rus es or fuiſti, thou haſt been | 
heard. »- 
Audirus eſt or fuit, hee bath been l 
heard. * Abe 
Auditi fumvs or fuimus, We have #4 
been heard P. 
2\ Audirl eſtis, or fuiſtis , yee Fave Re 
been heard. 
3\Audirtiſunt fuerunt or fucre,they Bo 
have been heard, WP 
Prete?- *LN 
Wl 
A 
| =” 


_»— 


V—_— "RY, 


—_ N'S = k. "_— *. DH 00 - wo TT - I « þ O08 - ag» - 5 
" on wa ak "2, _ . 8, D- = ” 7 : 
WER: k 3 q ny . ws? 3 , — - * — n SS IXA & 
- LJ iy F < ; Sac le ones "as: 3» "a A. : . ES CIV a 
- E 2 
o _y - « * 4 - 
* . 
4 f 
——— 1 4- Gp — % _ Y 
; bay 46 PIER 
"a G * ib 
6 WE PAs. us 1} * 
* : o 


4 


: Con'us. 


3 Ton jrg, 


Active Voice. 
Preterpluperfedt Tenſe, 
1 \Amaveram.,. I had loved. 


Sing, £2 > Amaveras, thou hadſt loved. 


2 )Amaverat, hee had loved. 
1 ) AMmayeramus, Wee had loved. | 


Plur. {2 >Amaveratis, Yee had loved. | 
3 Amaverant, they had loved. 


Terminations, | 
Amay/cram,eras,erat.Pl. eramus,eratis,cranr, | 


1 )Docueram, 7 had taught. 


Docueras, thou hadſt taught. 


Sing. 
t. 


Docuerat, hee had taught. 


v9 


1 )Docueramus, wee had taught. 


Docueratis, yee had taught. 


do 


Pluralite, 


2 ) Docuerant, they had taught. 


Terminations. 
Docu'cram, eras, Erar. Pl.eramus, eratis, &- | 
rant. 


IY% Legeram, 1 7ad read, 

Q 2 >Legeras, thou hadſt read. 

EZ 
0 WRT; he hath l:eard. 


Pl, 


Paſſive Voice. 65 
Prererpluperfe#t Tenſe. 


&T (17Amarus eri,or fueri,l had been loved. , conjug: 
1: Amatus.eras,or fueras, thou hadjf been 
SX<22> loved. 
= ) I Amatuserar, or fuerat, he had been 
$29 bved. 
Amati eramus, or fueramus, wee 
had been loved. 
Plur, Amari eratis, or fueratis, ye had 
been loved. 
3 / Amati erant, or fuerant, they hae 
been loved. 


taught. 

Docus eras, or fueras, thou hadſt been 
taught. 

ous erat, or fuerat, he had been 
taught. 

3 eramus, or fucramus, wee had 


Singulariter 


been taught. 

Dodctieratis, or fueratis,yee had been 
taught. 

Dodti erant, or fuerant, they had been 
taught. 


Plhuraliter 


| I Ledtus eram, or fueram , 1 had been 3 Conjug. 
E read. 

| E& J2\Ledtuseras, or fucras, thou hadſt been 

E read. 

| E/3 Lectus erat, 87 fuerar; hee had been 

| : | read. 

| | Plur. 


= eram, or fneram, Thad been , conjug. 


4 Corjug, 


Terminations. 

Leg' eram,cras,erat. Pl.eramus,eratis,eranc, 
> C1)Audiyeram, I had heard. 
Ly 

nf ng 

S C2, Audiveras, thou hadjt heard. 

W 

Þ (3 )Audiverat, hee had heard. 
- 1 JAudiveramus, Wee had heard, 

»*R : | 
E C2PAudiyeratis, yee had heard. 
= 4 
F{(3)Audiverant, they had heard. 


 Andivſeram,eras,erat. Pl/.cramns, eratie, e-f 


Plur. /2 >Legeratis, yee had read. 


 Amabo,gbis,abir, P/. abimus,abitis,abunr. 


AQtive Voice. 
1 JLegeramus,. Wee had read. 


Pm e—qnt: 


3 )Legerant, they had read. 


Termrmations. 
rant. 


Future Tenſe, 


& (1CAmabo, 7 ſhall or will love. 

E 2< Amabis, thou ſhalt or wilt ove. 
IN 

H ( 3f_Amabir, he ſhall or will love. 

h l Amabimus, Wee ſhall or will love. 
= Amabitis, yee ſhall or will love. 
£4 65 nervous they ſhall or will love. 


Terminations. 


Sing. 


Paſſive Voice. 67 


” 1JLectt eramus or lei fueramus, Wee iy 
= had been read. " 
= J2\ Ledti eratis, or lei fneratis yo WR 
S had been read. 4 
& /3\Ledti erant, or Ieti fuerant, they had b 

been read. wy 
1 JAuditus eram, or fueram, 1 had been # ©99742s 
O heard. -þ 
EZ J2\ Auditus eras, or fueras, thou hadf | 
E been heard. = 
.=S /3\Audituserat, or fuerat, hee had been 
"0 heard. - ry 
I JAuditi eramus, or fueramus, we had F 
: been heard. "ap 
= J2YAuditi eratis, or fucratis, ye had been 
> heard. 
& /3\Auditi erant, 6 fuerant, they hafl 
been heard. | 
mA 
Future Tenſe. fd 
& (1CAmabor, I ſhall or will be Joved. PTA 
'E Amabaris, T Comug. go! 
= or Cho ſbalt or will be l6- IH 
| by Amabare, ved. "te F 
© (30 Amabitur, he ſhall or will be loved # 
. C17 Amabimur, Wee ſha or will be loved, $6 
ty . ”" | - 
EZ 2 SAmahimini, yee ſhall or will be laved. fi 
= (3 ) Amabunrur, they ſhal or will be loved. ST 
Terminations. | | " 
Am|ahor, abEris, abEre, abitur. Pl. abimur | be, 
* abimini, abuntur. Sing. _ 
4 


' 
os 


' 3 Corguge. * 


68  AAgive Voice. 


2 ) Docebunr, they ſhall or wil teach. 
Terminations. 
Doc|eho,chis,cbit. Pl. ebimus,ebiris,ebunt. 


2 Conus. 1 JDocebo, I ſhall or will teat. 
8B 2 >Docebis, thou ſhalt or will teach. b 
Sf) | 
3 ) Docebit, he ſhall or will teach. 
\ C17) Decebimus, we ſhall or will teach. 
EX 2 >Docchitis, ye? ſhall or will teach. | 
: | 


1) Legam, 1 fhall or will read. 
24 2 >Leges, thou ſhalt or wil read, 
2 (3) Leger, he ſhal or wil read. 
Þ» (1) Legemus, we fhal or wil read. 
— 2 >Legetis, yee fhal or wil. read. 


3_) Legent, they ſhal or wil read. 


Termmations. 
Leglam, es, et, Pl. emus, eris, enr. 


4 Conjug, . 17 Audiam, 7 ſhal or wil hear. 
£4 2 *Audies, thou ſhalt or wil hear. 
6) 2 | Audiet, he ſhal or wil hear. 


ET) Audiemnas, we ſhal or wil hear. 
E+ 2 :Audietis, yee ſhal or wil hear. 
Þ 12 Saudienr, they ſhal or wil hear, 
Terminations. 
Audjiamiies, iet. Pl. iemus, ietis,ient. 


Impera- 


S 
- Og 
> 

% 


| 4 
| Z 
Sil 


 Plur. 


Paſſive Voice. G9 

_ C17JDocebor, 1 ſhall or will be taught. : 
= ( Doceberis.) : I 
SI C2 or. thou ſhalt or will bee 
Bo ! Docebere, taught. = 
& ( 3 ) Docebitur, he ſhall or will be taught. 

: Y| Docebimur, we ſhall or will be taught. 
EZ <2 >Docebimini,ye ſhall or will be taught. 
_ ;\ Docebunrur,they ſhal or wil be taught 


Terminations. 
Doc|chor,eberis,o7 ebere,chitur. Pl.ebimur, 
cbimin1, ebuntur. 


r- * Legar, I ſhallor willhe read. 3 Conjugs 


2  Legeris, or [ns ſhalt or will 
Legere, be read. 

3 I Legerur, he ſhall or will be read. 

1) Legemur. we ſhall ow will be read. 

2 >Leg&mini, yee ſhall or will be read. 

3.) Legentur, they ſhall or will be read. 


Terminations. 
| Leg|ar, Eris, or Ere, etur. P/, emur, Emini, 
F  Enteur, | 
- 1 , Audiar, [ ſhall or will be heard. 4 Conjug, 
230 Audieris,o7 Q thou ſhalt or will 
by bao me 
F E Audiere, be heard. 


Audietur, Þe jhall or will be heard. 
1) Audiemur, we ſha!lor will be heard. 
2 \Avdicwini, Ye: ſhall or will be heard. 
3 ) Audicntur, they ſhall or wil be heard. 
Terminat; ons. 


 Audljar,ieris,97 ere, ietur. Pl. temur, 1emi- 


N!, 1entur, 


Impe- 


Paſſive Voice. 


| Imperative Mood. 
C : Preſent Tenſe. 
£ Conus. Am, Q 
T 0 or love thou. 
5 Amato, 
>: 
X mer, ; 
= Fore let him love. 
nd a 
1 _ Amemus, let us love. 
- 4 Amate, 
= }2 love yee. 
V L — 
_ Ament, ? 
2 let them love, 
Amanto, LE 


Terminations. 
2 Ama, ato, 3 et, ato. Þ/. 1 emus, 2 ate. 
atore, 3 ent, anto. 


Doce, z 
s Con)ug. =; Vi teach thou, | 
Y Doceto, i E] 
S Docear, | 
= 3 or let him teach. Ly 
Doceto,. | 
1 . Doceamus, let us teach. 
| Bocete, | 
S Y or teach ye, = 
\ _—_ Docetote, 
: E Doceant, > 
} a or let them teach. 
i ” CDocento, . 
| | Terminations. 
i 2 Docye, eto, 3ear, eto, Pl, x eamus,2 ete, | ? 
i . __ erote, Z eant, ento. 


$11gs 


Active Voice. IJ 
Imperative Meod. 
Preſent Tenſe. 
 Amare, | s Conjng, 
2 or bee thou loved. 
8g Amator, 
» Ametur, 
| 3 let him be lowed, 
; Amator, 
I _ Amemur, let us be loved. 
Amamini, 0 © 
= Y = be yee loved. 
U Amaminor, e 
= Amentur, 
as 4 or [7 them be loved. 
Amanrur, 
Terminat1ons, 


2 Amſare,ator , 3 etor, ator. PJ, 1 emur, 
2 amini,aminor, 3 entur,antor. 


Ps 3 Conjeg- 
O NT b thou taught. 
'S Docetor 
E ' Poceatur, ' ; 
8 tet him be taught. 
He MY 
| 1. Doceamur, *') let 4 be taught, 
D | Docemim, . 
== or ( be ye taught. 
K Doceminor, 
- Doceantur, 
= or let them be taught. 
| Docentur, 
Terminations. 


F Docſere, etor, 3 catur, ctor , P/, 1 eamur. 


2 emin,cminor, 3 cantur, Entor. 
Sing. 


a. LY el. iii 1 hat POT ITO a. te tte I ”  -ww——_—uuwuuudKG Pw TY 


A Conjuge 


Acive Voice, 


Lege, 
2 or read thou. 
Legito, 
Sing. 2 WT") 
let him read. 
To Legiro, - 
1 Legamus, /et #4 read. 
is 
S \)2 read ye. 
*y Lon 
= { Lejen, 17 
=c3 
YUicgineo, 
Terminations. 


4 Conjug. 


let them read. 


2 Legle, ito, 3 at,ito. Pl. 1 amus,2 ite,ito- | 


re, 3 ant, Unto. 


7 YyaAndi, 1 
C. or hear thox. 
Audito, 


Audiar., 1 


ho * 


5 ngulariter 


C )taAudiro, | 


or  \ let him hear. 


1 _ Audiamus, let us hear. 


) CAudite, 


2 or hear yee-. 


P/uy Auditote, 
3 Ns 
” Audiunto, 


1 near they, or Je 
them hear. 


2 Aud{i,ito, 3 iat,iro. PI, x iamus, 


Itote, 2 1ant, lunto. 


ome "hg 


Subjunctive 


Paſſive Voice. 


ag 1 
5 be thou read. 
Lacie \s 
Sing. Legatur, 
3 or let him be read. 
h Legitor, 
1. Legamur, let 6 be read. 
Legimin1, 
2 or be ye read. 
Plur. S P ( Legiminor, 
\ LEIORengs 
let them be read. 
"Zen 
Terminations. 
: Leglere, or 1tor,, 3 atur,itor. Pl, x amur, 
' 2 1jmini1, 1minor, 3 antur, untor, 
Audire, 
Y Fr or be thou heard. 
K Auditor 
Bo Ardiarur, ) 
i= 3 oO let him be heard. 
L Auditor, ; 
1 _ Audiamur, Yet us be heard. 
Audimini : 
| 2 o7 be yee heard, 
Pluy, Audiminor, 
| Audiantur, 
2 a let them be heard. 
Audiuntor, 
Terminations, 


2 Audjire, itor, 3 Iatur, 1tor, PI. 1 iamur, 
2 1MIN1,LMINOT, 3 Iantur, juntor. 


E Subjunctire 


73 


2 Conjugs 


A Confag, 


74 Active Voice. 
SubjunAive Mood. 


F Preſent Tenſe. 
E Moado, ſ that, 


Fl)! 'f x Conjugs Amem, 1 love. 
= . Sing. Ames, thou loveſt. 
' | 3.5 amer, he loveth. 
F. Amemus, wee [yve. 
= Ameris, yee love. 
2 7 Amerls they love. 
Terminations. 
x Amſem, 2 es, 3er., Pl. 1 emus, 2 et1s. 
2 ent. 


Mods, {o that, 
> Tor MP. 1) Doceam,. I teach. 
S1ng. < 2 >Docens, thou teacheſt. 
3 ) Docear, he teacheth. 


1 Doceamus, we teach. 
P/ur.,4 2 SDoceatis, yee teach. 
3_) Doceant, they teach, 
Terminations. 
Docleam, eas, cat, Pl. camus, eatis, cant. 


Modo, {9 that, 


PSS. Legam, I read. 

> Coe. ca, 

T7? Sing. Nice thou readeſt. 
| 2 } Legat, he readeth, 


ET ” Plat} 


Paſſive Voice: 75 


—_—. DAM... Ad. _ —_ p—— _—_—_— 


 Subjuncive Mood. 
Preſent Tenſe. 


Modo. ſo that, 
x Amer, I am loved. 
( Ameris, 


Lo 
3 )JAmetur, he is bued. 
1) Amemur, we are loved. 
Plur.y 2 SAmemin1, yee are hbved.. 
Tt: Amenrur, they are loved. 
Terminations. 
Amſcr,cris "r ere,ctur. Pl, emur,emini,entnr 


Sing, <2 thou art Inved. 


\odo, IC that, 
1 )Docear, I art taughr, 


Docear1s, 2 Conuſe 
Sing. <2 or thou art taught, 
Doceare, \ 


3; Douceatur, he s taught, 
Doceamur., we are taught. 
Plur.% 4 >Doceamini, Yee are taught. 
2 ) Doceantur, they are taught. 
Terminations, 
Docſear,earis, or earc, eatur. Pl. eamur, Ca 
min1, eantur. 


Modo, ſo that, 
1 )Legar, I am read. 


= . 3” COnJuge 
FS Lcparts, } 
E <2 or thou art read, 
WV. Legare, ſ 
a C3 JLegacur, hex read. 
FF 2-7 z F liir. 


DJ 

4 "8 
'"M- # 
* 3 " 3+ 
3 "* 
FS 
w $6»; 
n gf 
[4 


PE ng 9 OY 
hw bs as 

" £ A " [ 

x $40 _ Wa th, Be = 
l a > 
4 « 


EIN 


Fr ; "i a 
S 


— 
CaO 

0 
= 
| Up 
b_ 


ny 


$ ; 
'T, 
” 4 


hy, 2 6 SE; 


5% bs w—_ * D 
- 1... fn... #3 => 


bo Inhs. i 
_— - 3” *t 
iis. ra 


A 


2 


4 Conjup, 


76 | Adiive Voice. 


Legamus, wee read. 
Pur. | > Mus yee read. 
Legant, they read. 
Terminations. 


Legſam, as, at. Pl. amus, atis,ant-. 


Modo, ſo that, 
1JAudiam, I hear. 


Audias, thou heareſt. 


i ar ter 
dI 


Audiar, he heareth. 
Audiamus, wee hear. 
Audiatis, yee Pear. 


- 5 Laudatn they hear, 
Terminat!ons. 


_— 


Audſiam, 1as, tat. Plz. iamus,iatis,iant. 


Preterimper fe Tenſe. 
Modd, ſo that, 


: Conjug, & (! Amarem, I loved or did love. 
S 
SE C2 Amares, thou lovedſf or did love. 
WJ 
2 Cz ) Amaret, hee loved or did love. 


1) Amaremus, wee loved or did love. 


Plur.y 2 SAmaretis, yee foved or did love. 
3 ) Amarent, they loved or did love. 
Terminations. 


 Amlarem ,Ares,aret. Pl. aremus,aretis,arenr. 


Modo, fo that, 


{000g Fi Docerem, 1 taught, or did teach. 


Sins, C2 Doccres, thou taught ft,or did teach. 


3 )Docercr, hee raught,or did reach 


Paſſive Voice. 


7 
Il Legamur, wee are read. 
= Legamini, yee are read, 
> | Loa they are read. 
Terminations. 
Legjar, aris, or are, atur. Pl, amur, amini, 
ancur, 
Modo, fo that, | 
I Audiar, 1 am heard, 4 Conjur. 
| Audiaris, ? — 
Sing. I? or thou art heard. 
Audiare, 


3 ) Audiacur, hee s heard. 
Audiamur, wee are heard, 
 Plur,.\.2 SAudiamini, yee are heard. 
1; Audiantur, they are heard. 
Termimations, 
and{iar,iaris,o7 iaregatur., Plyiamur, jami- 
\ Ni, 1antur. 
| Preterimper feft Tenſe. 
Modo, ſo that, 
1 Amarer, I was loved, 
-% Amarcris, 


<jng, or thou waſt loved, 
( Lamarer, + 
Ep acl hee was loved. 


Amaremur, wee were loved, 
P luv. Amaremini, yee were loved. 
Amarentur, they were loved. 
Terminations. 
Amſarer,areris, 07 arere,aretur. Pt. aremurs 
aremin1, arentur, 
Mod, ſo that, 
1 YDocerer, 1 was taught. 


F Docereris, 
of thou waſf taught. 


2 


at: —_— 


Sing. 


Docerere, 
| 3 )Doceretur, hee was taught. Play. 


# Colju2, 


2 Conjug. 


4 


We 


: C0nzup o 


& Conzug. 


Active Voice. 
2 ( —) Doceremus, we taught, or did teach. 
\ 2 


Se 
: Doceretis, yee taught,or did teach. 
C2 ) Docerent, they taught, or did teach. 

Terminations. 


Docſerem.cres.cret. Pl,eremus,cretis,erent. 


Pr... 


| 


© {9 tat, 
i )L-gerem, I read or did OP, 


2 2Legeres, to readſt,or did read. 


As 


3 )Leperet, he read, or did read. 
fr & Legeremus,we read, or did read. 
Pluy, -Legeretis, yee read, or did read. 
d- tre -gerent, t2cy read,or did read. 
Terminations. 
Legjerem,cres,eret. Pl.cremus.cretis,erent. 
\ 


) 


Modo, jo that, 
1 JAudirem,l heard, or did hear. 


Sing. <2 Audires,thou h eard'ſt or did hear. | 


3 ) Audiret, he heard, or did hear. 
I) Audiremus,we heard, or did hear. 
lar. ; Tarr ye heard,or did hear. 
Audirent, they heard, or did hear. 
Terminations. 
Audſirem,ires,iret. Pl. iremus,iretis,irent. 


; | 
4 


Paſlive Voice. 79 


s oF : (Doceremin we yere taught. 
= Doceremini, yee were taught. 
= | } Docerenrur, they were taught. 
Termnations. 
Doc|crer,crer1s,o7 erere,cretur, Pl.cremur, 
eremin1, erentur. 


Modo, fo that, 


= (1Legerer, I was read. 2 Coniug. 

E Legereris,) 

EAI 2 or .thou waſt read. ; 
by Legerere, ſ { 
v2 Legeretur, he was read. 


Legeremur, we were read. 
Pur. Legeremini, yee were read. 
[+ PETE they were read, 
Terminations. 
Leg[ercr, ercris, 0 ETETC,CTETUT, Pl.eremur, 


cremin1, Erentur. 


Mods, ſo that, 
C2 Audirer, I was heard. 


Audireris,) 4 Cuniug 
2 or thou waft heard. /s 
Audirere, do 
Audiretur, he was heard. 
1) Audiremur, we were heard. 
Audiremini, yee were heard, 
2 { Awdirenear, they were heard. 
Terminations: 
Audlirer, ireris, or irere, iretur, PJ, iremur, 5 


Iremini, irentur. 


Sng. 


P lur. 


Fr #4 


E 4  Preter- 


80 Aqive Voice. 


Preterperfe# Tenje. 


 __ Modo,ſo that, 
7 ConJUugs I Amaverim, T have loucd. 


Sing. Amaver1s, thou haft loved, 


3 ) Amaverit, hee hath loved. 
1 )JAmaverimus,we have loved. } 


2 PAmayveriris, yee have loved. 


Vluyalite; 


3 )J Amaverint, they have loved. 

Terminations. 
Amayſerim,cris,erit, PI, erimus, eritis, C- 
rint, 


,  Modbo, ſothar, 
2 Conug. I )Docuerim, I have taught. 


Sing. 2 FDocueris, thou haſt taught. 


3 ) Docuerit, he hath raught. 
I JDocuerunus, wee have taught. 


2 PDocueritis, yee Pave taught. 


E/urabter 


3) Docuererint, they have taught. 
Terminations. 
Docuſerimzeris,crit. Pl.crimus,critis, crint 


—_.  _- 


Modo, ſe mat, > 

3 Conyug, 1) Legerim, I have yead. | 
Sing. Cqparay thou haſt read. | 
Legerit, hee hath read. 


Pins | 


Paſhve Voice: 
: Preterperfed tenſe. 
Modo, ſo that, 


"i Amarus ſim, or fuerim, 1 have been z Conjue, 


ES loved. 

3 F2\ Amarus fis, or fueris, thou haſt been 
I loved. 

Z# 3\ Amarus fir, or fuerir, hee Path been 
'V / loved. 


1 JAmati ſimus, or fuerimus,we have 
been loved. 
Pl,y J2FAmati iris, or fueritis, yee have 
: been loved. 
3 \Amatri 11nr, or fuerint , they have 
> been loved. 


Mods, ſo that, 


yr 


taught. 
: Dodtus fis, or fueris, thou haſt 
Sing. been taug bt. 
3\ Doctus "= or fuerit, he hath been 
5 taught. 
'1 JDodti fimus, or fuerimus,we have 
been taught. 


| 3G] 


do 


PIN» been _ 
( been x48" 


Modo, ſo that, 


read. 

2\ Lectus fis,o7 fueris, thou aſt been 
read. 

3\ Lecus (ir, or fuerit, hee hath been 


{ read. 
Es Plur, 


DINg, 


Docti fitis, or fueritis, yee have 


Dottus fi m, or fuerim, 1 have been 2 Corug- 


1 HLectus ſ1m,o7 cavries I have been 3 Conjugs 


. ” : ; 
IN 68-9 py 
I . wo No he . - 


& 0, "# % v 


Wi 
RY aw 
_ 


%** 
ma 
wn, 


. ” Tos — 
be bs ls a... ad __— al 


v AY 9s.. 


$7 
\ 


HB __ Agive Voice: 
E-: 


1 )Legerimus, we have read 


2 SLegeritis, yee have read. 


Pluraliter 


3 Legerint, they have Tread. 
Terminations. 
Legjerim,eris, erit, Pl, erimus, eritis,erinr. 


og my 108, Ot . 
ny OR en tan. eo ag 


Modo, ſo that, | ; » 
4 Conjug. 1 )Audiverim, [ have heard, 


f Ll. Sing. 2FAudiveris, thou haſt heard. 


2 )JAudiverit, he hath heard. 


C1) Audiverimus, we have heard. | 
= 

| = £Z2>Audiveritis, yee have heard. 
| wa — 

þ — (3 )Audiverint, they have heard. f 
3 Terminations. | 
ſ Andiy{erim,erts,erit. Pl.crimus,eritis,erint, 


;  Preteip/uperfe# Tenſe. 
Mods, fo that, 


z Conjup. 1 )Amaviſlem, I had loved, 10 
= 2 >Amaviſles, thou hadſt loved, 
” 

3 ) Amaviſler, he had loved, : 
4 Amaviſſemus, we had lowed, | } 
=+ 2 >4Amaviſletis, yee had loved. | 
Rh 5 ) Amayillent. they had loved. 

Terminations, | 

26 a a ©. | 
Amavhiſlem, iſf:s,iffer, P/ur, iſe nus,ifſetis, | 
i{fent. | 


917. 


Paſſive Voice. =, 


\Led&i ſimus, or fuerimus, we have 


been read. 2 

2\ Ledi fitis, or fueritis, ye have b2en 
Plar, read. | 
3\ Ledti finr, or fuerint, they have , 

been read. 


Modo, ſo that, 
'1 Auditus {1m, &r fuerim, F have been 4 Conus, 


O heard. ; 

= J2\Auditus fis, or faeris, tho hall been | 

= heard. | 
© /2\ Auditus lit, or fuerit, he hath been 

es heard. 


1 JAvudrt fimus, or fuerimus, we have 


[ been heard. 
P/yr J2Audiri f1tts, or fueritis , yee have 
been heard. 


3 Auditi lint, or fuerint, they have 
been heard, 


Preterpluperfe# Tenſe. k' 
Modo, ſo that, f 
(1 Amatus eſlem,or fuiſlem , I had been * Conjug. 
& loved. 
3 )J2 JAmatrus efles,or fuiſles,thou hadft been 
ET loved. 
5 /3 /Amatus cflet, 07 cite. he had been d 
'S loved. | 4 
1 JAmati efſemus, or fuſlemus, we had * - 
TS been loved. 
= J2\ Ama:i cfletis, or fuifletis, yee had 
Ed. been loved. 4 
_ - Amat!i eflent » 97 fwiſenr, they hal r 
been loved, Ing, F 
fy 


| 


ES 
34 Adive Voice, 
Modo, ſo that, | | 
a Conjugs x YDocuiſſem, { had taughr. 


Sg. J,YDpocuiſles, thou hadft taught. 


Docuiſſet, hee had taught. 


; Docuiflemus, wee had taught. 
Pl/ur.4 2 SDocuifletis, yee had rtavght. | 
3_) Docuiſſent, they had taught. Y 
Terminations. 
Doculiſſem, iſſes, iſlet. Pl. iſlemus. iſlets. 
ifſenr. 


Modo, ſo that, 
3 Coneg, 1 )Legiſſem, I had read. 


Sing, 2p Legiſles, thou had read. 


2 JLegiſlcr, hee had read. | 
. C1 Legiſſemus, wee had read. 
E< 2 \Legiſſetis, yee had read. 
© Y Legiſſenr, they had read. p 
Terminations. 
Leglifſem, iſſes, iſſet. Pl. iſlemus, ifſetis, 
iſlent, 
Modo, ſo that, 


a Cone, (17 Audiviſſem, Ihad heard. 
«4 nf {Rite Sing. I 2 >Audiviſles, thou hadſt heard. 
#38 3_) Audiviſſer, he had heard. 


— 


Plur, 


- ada _ — > 4 
Mans hs Aboene ne oo 
bs "5 6 » a - a 9 non Pegs 
"= if "Hl py. LIEBE "= a wen 


Paſſive Voice. 85 


Modo, ſo that, 
1 JDoctus effem, or fuiſſem, I had been , conjugs 


by taught. 
= J2\ DodQus eſles,or fuiſſes, thou hadſt been 
E taught. 

= /2\ Doctus eſler, or fuiſſer, hee had been 
bh taught. 


I JDom efſemus, or fuiſſemus , we had 
been taught. 

2\ Dodti effetis, or fuifſetis, yee had 
been taught, 

2\ Do! eſlent, or fuiſſent,they had been 
taught. 


Pluraliter 


Mods, f that, 
1 JLecus eſſem, or fuiſſem, I had been 


BY 3 Corus. - 
S read, 
'E J2YLedtus eſles, or fuifſes,thox had? been 
E read. 
E 2\ Lecus eſler, or fuiſſer, hee had been 
bs read. 
1 JLecti eſſemus, or fuiſſemus, we had 
- been read. 
= J2\ Ledti efferis, or fuiſſeris, yee had been 
- read. 
= /3\Ledti efſent, or fuiſſent ,, they had 
been read. 


Modo, ſo that, 


1 JAudirus eflem, or fuiflem, I had been 4 Confug. 


heard. 
2\ Audirus efles, or fuiſſes , thou hadſ# 
_ been heard. 
(? Audiruseſler, or fuiſſet, he had been 


beard, 
P lar. 


Sing. 


Way £75 Pang 


2 Conug, 


Actve Voice. 


Audiviſſemus, we had heard. 
P ur. Audiviſſetis, yee had heard. 
q: > nas they had heard. 
Termainations. 
Audiyſiflem, iſles, ifler. P/. iflemus, iſleris, 
iflenc. 


Futnre Tenſe. 


Moao, [9 that, 
| JAmaycro Jl (ball or will ove. 


; 2 ; 
Sing. «© FAmaveris, thou ſhalt or will love. 


3 )JAmaverit.he ſhalloy will love. 
Amaverimus,we ſhallor will love. 
Z Amaveritis, ye ſhall or will love. 

£1; \ Amaverint, they (hall or will Ivy. 
| Terminations. 
Amayj[ero, cris.crit, Pl, erimus,crititeriur, 4 


Modo, fo that, 
1 )Docuero, 1 jhallor will teach. 


Sing. <2 Docueris, thou ſhalt or will teach. 


Docuerit, he ſhall or will teach, 

1) Docuerimus, we ſball or will teach. 

Docueritts, yee ſhall or will teach. | 
CE Socucrin A wy ſhall or will teach. 


Pr 


* 


S'rng, 


Paſſive Voice. 87 
i JAuditi efſemus, or fuiſlemus,wee 
had been heard. 
2\ Auditiefletis, or fuiſſetis, ye had 
Plur. been heard. 


2\ Auditi eſlent, or fuiſlent,they bad 
been heard. 


Future Tenſe. 


Modo, fo that, 

_ C 1 JAmatus ero, or fuero, I fſhallor will x Conjug 
N be loved. 

3 J2\ Amarus eris, or fueris , thou ſhalt or 

So will be loved. 

Z /3\Amatus crit, or fuerit, he ſhall or 


will be loved. 
( I JAmati erimus, o7 tncrimus, we (ball 


= or will be loved. 
= /2\ Amarti eritts, or fucritis , yee ſhall or 
WV . 
= " w1ll be loved. 
 /3\4Amati crint, sr fuerint, they ſhall or 
KK will be loved. 


Moddo, ſo that. 
1 JDoctus ero, or dofus fueroy I ſhall or 2 Conjug; 


Fn will be taught. 

= J2\ Doctus eris, or dous fueris, thou 
= ſhalt or will be taught. 

0 = 

.= /3\Doauserit, or doctus fuerir, he ſhall 
" or will be taught. 

1 JDocti erimus,or dodti fuerimus, wee 

> ſhall or will be taught. 

=Z J2\, Dodti eritis, cr dot fueritis, ye (hall 
= | 

= or will be taught. 

E ,72\ Dot erint, or dodti fuerint,they ſþal 


i 3 2r will be taught, 


A © 
vw» inz, 


I 


« 4 
Þ 
if 

y 

by 

> 
4 A 


# 
F 
{# 


42 . A 3 by Ws 4 
—_— _ op 
G's 5%. hi « > , 
_ OP ——_— 


ix. 


$a 
«3 
£ 
i#, 
E 
$1 
* 
| 


wo 
aa; 
as wu X% 


Wnt 


” 
*Y 

at 

6 = aducs 
AS _ _ _ \ 

ata Wn = 1 
ren T2 a Ws = 

a us. _ 


_ —— 


——_— 


age - II Moon : = . 
ONS - > 
La mae © 1 26.3 Wn, IS . 
- _—_ Fe : = & of «nk EC wok 
D «£-" ite * —_ | __ K+ \-. 
Es _— OE OO 
ON CS = ITY 


+ 


Actve Voice. 


Modo, ſo thar, 
Legero, 1 ſhall or will yead. 


23 Conivg VS EY ( 
S 2 >Legeris, thou ſhalt or will read. 


Legerir, hee ſhallor will read. 

# Legerimus, wee ſhall or will read. 
Legeritis, yee ſhall or w1ll read. 

< Legerint, they ſhail or will reaad. 
Terminations., 

, Erit. P!, erimus. eritis, erint, 


Plur.* 


Leglero., eris 


Ds ſo that, 


4 Conjug. © Audivero, 7 ſhall or will hear. 


2 SAudiyer:s, thou (halt or will hear. 


Singulariter 


Andiverit, ne (hall or will hear. 
Audiverimus, we ſhall or will hear. 
Audiveritts, y6e hall or w1ll heay. 
Audiverint, they ſhall or will hear. 


Fd Þd had (0) 


Pluy. 


Tnfinicive. 


-» 


——c. TIT. " 


Paſſive Voice. 
Moedo, ſo that, 


1 JLedtus ero, or lectus fuero, I ſhall 3 Conjup. 


( - OY will hear. 


89 


D or will be read. 
= J2\Lcus eris, or lectus fueris , thou 
E ſhalt or will be read. 

\.= /3\ Lectus erir, or lectus fuerir, hee ſha? 
2L ) orwillbe read. 
{ 17Ledti erimns, or le&; fuerimus, wee 
ſhall or will be read. 
= J2YLedti eritis, or fueritis , yee ſhall or 
S will be read. 
3 
a /3\ Led erint, or fuerinr , they ſhall 07 
will be read. 

Modo, ſo that, 
'  1Auditus ero, 0r fuero, I (hall or will Conzuge 
{ be heard. 
= J2\ Auditus eris, or fueris, thou ſhalt or 
SE will be heard. 
= /3\ Auditus erit, or fuerit, he ſhall or will 
yy be heard. 

I JAuditi erimus, o7 fnerimus, we (ba! 

- \ or will hear. 

| = 2 Auditieritis, or fucritis, yee ſhall or 
= \ will hear. 
'& /3\Auditi erunt, 07 fuerint , they (ball 


{ 
by 
. 


4 
if 
= 
F- 4 
j 
bY 
'S: 


#, 
on 
* 

, 
$ 
-” 


Js " 
E x 


$0 


Agive Voice. } 


© TOP. vv Roe omue We erm 


_ 1. Amaviſle, to have or had loved. 


Infinitive Mood. 


Preſent Tenſe. 
Amare, to love. 
Docere, to teach. 
Legere, to read. 

Audire, to hear. 


+> 99 I. = 


Terminations, 3 
1 Am | are. 2 Doc | ere. - 3 Lcg cre, | 
4 Aud] ire. | 


Preter:mperfe& Tenſe. 
 Preterperfedt Tenſe. 
Preterpluperfe& Tenſe. 


Þv 


Docuiſle, 7» have or had taught, | 
3\ Legiſle, to have or had read. 
4 Audiviſle, to have or had heard. 


Termination ifle, 


Futiutt 


} 


Paflive Voice. 


_ —— * 2 _— wn 3X, idly —_ 4 $04 af wc es nec 
Ke 05: L FS *, vn, Si wIC 
ab * oe | Wee. : Mm 79 


Infinitive Mood. if 


Preſent Tenſe. 
1 1 Amar), to be loved. 
Cee to be taught. 
Leg1, to be read. 
Audiri, to be heard. 


Terminations. 
: Am|ari. 2 Doc|eri., 3 Leghi, 
+ Aud |iri. 


MDC. was. ww wounds 


Preterimperfe& Tenſe. 
Preterperfed Tenſe. 
I Mn Ten ſe. 


to have vor had 
been loved, 


been loved, to have 


Se adeptos 
to my or- had x whoey;. 
ebtamed. 


Fiture 


Active Voice. 


Futyre Tenſe. 
Amaturum efle, to love hereafter. 
Docturum efle, to teach hereafter. 
Lecturum efle, to read hereafter. 
Audirurum eſſe, to hear hereafter. 


> UW) 0D Wwe 


i 4 Amaturos, to love hereafter. 

\ 2 (C Docturos, to teach hereafter. 

3 C Le&uros, to read hereafter. 
< 4% Audituros, to hear hereafter, 


Participles. 


Amans, loving. 
A Paunciple of YDocens, teaching. 
the Pre. Tenſe. YLegens, reading, 
Audiens, hearing. 


A Participle of the Future in rus 
Amaturus, to love, or about ts [yre. 
Docturus, to teach, or about t9 teach. 
Lecturus, to read, voy about to read. 
Auditurus, to hear. vr about to hear, 


Gerunds 


Paſſive Voice. 
Future Tenſe. 


C AMArurum 171, t 
2 or 
LAmandum eſſe, | 
Doctum 1ri, ? 
2 or 
Docendum efle, ſ 
Lec&tum ir1, 
or to be read hereafter. 
Legendum cfle, 
OY rl, | 
4 W to be heard hereafter. 
{ Audicndum efle, 


to be loved hereafter. 


to be taught hereafter. 


Participles. 


Amatus, /{oved. 
4 Particrple of Doetus, taught. 
| HE Preter Tenie, Lectus, read. 
| Auaitus, heard. 


Amandus, to be loved. 
Docendus, to be taugh! 
Legenans, to be read, 
Audiendus, to be heard. 


| 4 Particip. of the 
Future in dus. 


— —  — — Su GAS WED IEEE < ETA LIE: "UREA A oo <a eo 


Gorund» 


94 


Pole wants 2 Ede,cdito, or es,eſto. 3 Edat, edito, or c- | 


me HPF- ſto. Pl. 1 Edamas, 2 Edite, editore,eſte, | 


rative. 


Of Verbs. 


Gerunds.  ” 
Amandi,of loving : amando,in lowing : a- 
mandum,to /ove. Docendi, of teaching : do- 


cendo, 7n teaching : docendum,to teach. Le- | 


diendo, t Pearing : audiendum, to hear. | 
Volo, { will, wam willing: nolo, I will, 


er am unwilling : malo,I am more rather, or I 


am more willing : fero, to bear or ſuffer : edo, 


10 eat; are ofrhe Third Conjugation, de- | 


clined like lego : ſaving that thep varp tt 
lome Tenſ(es as followeth. 
Preſent Tenſe ſingular. 
Volo,vis,vult. Pl. volumus,vultis,volunt. 
N olo,nonvis,nonyult. P/.Nolumus, nonvul- 
tis, nolunt. 


Malo,mavis,mavyulr. P/. malumus, mavultis, | 


malunt. 
Fero,fcrs,fert. P/.ferimus. fertis.,ferunt. 


Edo,edts,o7 es, edit,or ft. P/.Edimus,edi- | 


tis, or eftis, edunt, 


Imperative Mood ſingular. 


Mood,and _ Eſtore. 3 Edant, edunto. 


geo and Fer, ferro. Ferat,ferto. Pl. Feramus,ferre. | 

mequeo fertore. Feranr,ferunto. 

want the 

FH : : 7 

ola.  Sabjun&tve Mood Preſent Tenſe. 

Gerunds, Velim,velis,velit. P/.Velimus,velitis, vclint, 
and = Nolim,nolis,nolir,p/-nolimus,nolicis,nolint. 
Parr oÞ'e Malim, malis., malit. P7. Malimus, malitis, 

CentTent, Malinr. 


Preter- 


+ 


gendi, of reading : legendo, in reading : le- 
gendum, to read, Audiendi, of Pearing : au- | 


In" 


- 


__ Of Verbs, 
Preterimper fe#t Tenſe. 
vellem,velles,veller. pl. Vellemus, velletis. 

vellent. 


- Nollem,nolles, nollet. P/.Nollemus,nolleti S, 


nollent. 


/ Mallem,malles,mallet. P/.Mallemus,malle- 


tis,mallentr. 


- Ferremyferres,ferrer. Pl. Ferremus, ferretis, 


ferrent, 
Ederem,or eflem. Ederes, effes. Ederet, eſ- 
{cr. Pl. Ederemus, efſemus, Ederetis,c\- 
ſetis. Ederent,cſſent. 
Infinitrve Mood Preſ. Tenſe. 
Velle,nolle. Malle,ferre. Edere.,sr ele. 
Eo, [ go, and queo, to may 6r can : alfo,to 


| be able, with the Compounds nequeo any 
pereo, are of the fourth Conjugation.,dif- 


ferring from audio. 


I 


| 1. Wecaule thep make the third perſo 
' plural of the Pzeſent Tenſe Indicarive, 
| þ eunt,queunt,nequeunt. 

| 2. Thep make the P:eferimperfect 
 Nenſe ibam : ag, > 
| ham, ibas,tbat. PI. 1tbamus, 1batis,ibant. 

| Quibam,quibas,quibar. P/. Quibamus,quiba. 


tis,quibant. Sm. Nequibia,neguibas,nequi- 
bat. P/. Nequibamus,nequibatis,nequibant. 


, | 2. Thep make the Future Tenſe. 


 Sing.Ibo, ibis,ibit. P/.Thimus,ibitis,ibunt. 
Quibo,quibis, quibirt. Pl. Quibimus, qui- 


| biris,quibunt. Nequibo,nequibis, nequibit. 


P/. Nequibimus, nequibitis, nequibunr. 
Somettmes eo hath the Future Tenje, eam. 
1es,iet : AS, IncaMm,Inies, Inlet, Preteream, 


prxrcries,preteriet. Tranſca, Tranſtes,trant1- 


er, although the Futures inibo, prereribo. 


tranſibo, are moze uſual, 4. 41 


Lo +1 
wo 
*% 


Of Verds. 


Ti 

ey 

V 

"1 

ry 

W 

B 
SW 
wo. 
X _ u 
ON wn 
w 8u ww 
Q &.0 
Dm Eo. 
DQ 0 
hk .2 > 
2 
= nt Q 
DB VE 
© 
SOS 
Ba I © 
2 ED 
EQ 
wee? 
rey 
&- 


Edt. 


 Irem, 


Ts 
k : 


. Iremus,iret1s, Irent. 


hing in Wood and | 


barieth not 


Ires,iret. Pl 
Tenle from audio. 


Ambio, 


aMavoipul ajua[ Waſos 44 22 W013 PallIoy 24P S2jUIL PYL 


—  ——_ 


*poogy | Es GE | 
"ugu]| *pooy "unlqng poo Ce E as. Bhd! 
1 2 20 b OE Bb = | 

on | wa.1 | wer | ont | weil wrqm | of pne þ| 
|. | 

319 wal | wP 041 fa] WePqI p09] " 
we | 020 = co | weqa | IOP F| 

| 

IP WIE wo | or | "WeqF lt 5 we | 


4g wig] 41244 | *494q Ld 22 *9alg | 421914 Nd 
*dII0N AMI F Cs UI 
3y1] (an to ©3[qreaudy Sajuag u0k5aſuag a1puJo'} 


Let your 
{cholar 
learn thele 
perfectly, 


Ze 


Is , Y WY Mt « We 
by x £ 4 H wil ; þ . 
Abs 4 colt Per : TIER : 7 X a4 ; p . ; 


_ 
- 


8 

TY 9 En, Eos RE PETE 

Sos [| bh yy 

E,= | uyuj|" po -unlqng *poogy *31pur =þ 

> 4 DT on T7 OO GD — —— SPE ho Ro | 

SB | | | En, 
wa V8 2y1 | ol | way W139 ur l Aipue F Y 
= = | c | 
Y IS[mwm} ov [wy jw [wr 3 | g3] | 
wt Sh [ 
© 28S [I] op Ju | wo ſur; x naop T {| 

& 2, | 

Fi | | EL . 

hy E | W1 O12 4 waJl wi Þ wrio [ ACWP I 

I 8 Fc 4ad1jd]} *[wd | "nd cad $ 

\ Rgy Mg | 194g], 12g] 4d | | -19121 LT, 

SE) 

js 


_— 
"ID 
RS, _ OT ea FT Pans ED 1 DEG 
= 8 *peopy] | | 
== | "uyuj| 'poogy unſqng. _ Ipoopy rvaduy Fo poor *22Pu] o 
Q,Y | | 
% @ =D | = 
v "a 1011 El 3 al JOINT 46 fl Wi 101i | pnr Þ 
1 þ [ 
oO + C C 
> o E I $ 1312 | ir 2! 1011 40 1a |  4rq> 10 g3] © 
"os BE 
© =&xE [ww | mn | wm | 1020 10G | wq | 10> | oops 
SE | LE 
ES, [ue | pr 3 12 | 20ae 09ze | zoqrd wwe | 10 | owe x 
5 Ds | dur Que! 9Jual | 
% - ſw1q - 419194 491914 } WS, 4101944 TMJ { | 0491244 | 40194 Ln: 
= on 
I 
\S 
OD 
Q 


CA en——— mm DS = m— —_—_— rn IR Da en Set Amr aans a EDA ng eaten ———_nRgn=>—_ 
| ts | "wppy] afjo wpuniut tzſix1cT *2nuryqns 
_ 10 aJPe2 2Aleuwory by 02 AimptoIIE 823PUA9) 21ayL Altea 3jtla 1 193dadiogaly ayn 
© 10 axd>di21eg 2312 mee To 10 Dagodwos) $AJUuA T 19 *$3Jt1 ] try eadt) : Jay 1 | 
7 Poogy uu pogy *gunigns *poougy 91v91pug | a ' 
SS L germ TT EB 
== | WY} [ozany| woayiny| win) wean T 
bo do own 40 40 =" Ww 7 © > mm _hipne-V | 
IS 3JP JJ. 01) Wa; wy | wei | iy 
Ee 
WE jm} 0420] woying] win wm | My 
6-4 =O w ,un| ww | us 40 4} 0-3» mm jÞ-01-* 0 
« Stu | Ip JP Ul me} mn 
C Y Q JJ! 045 | wo1zP Y | } (GM 
he, 
EE | | 
ww ES 2jjin} [9.20J[U oy Ing | wing «wen! my | 
a =, 4@ <SWHI]| 16 40 40 | i - 4 > $8 | HOP T 
S yo j 010] ways WIzj we | wy ; 
WL © | | Fo 
= | | 
ed 2y1m3} [94503] Way ing] Won Pn MJ | 
2 Y 49 Fun 1 40 40 |} © {| 4 > sn ewe I 
SS 2a \ | 0a} ute vel wr { _uny ſ | | 
Sf | -id-1a4d]* 40d 194d] *{.4adngd Hd. Jaadiania | L 
my = - Ins = 


Ioo 


Rule r, 


Nule vt. } 


Rule 3 


Of Verbs. 


The deſe#ed oz reſerved letters of Verbs 
in their ſeveral Conjugations, wabich are to 
be put to the Terminations of the ſeverall 
Tenſes, are thus found. 


YE the Verb beof the firſt oz third Con- 
Jagation, calt awap o from the firfi perſon 
{fugular of the Pzeſent Tenſe, and tie re- 
maintng letters are foz tbe Terminations of 
the ſeveral Tenſes coming thereof : as, 
amſo, am . legſo.fleg. amſor, am. am[o, a- 

amzabo, a, aro,em, arem.are. 

From Verbs in1o, of the thirb Conjugat:- 
21, rat a wap io fram ehe firit 7erſon of che 
BP zeſent Tenle : as, fac{io , jac{io, fod{io, 
which remaining letters put to rhe Term: - 
nations of Verbs of toe fourth Conjugation , 
ercept the Imperative Mood, Preteri mper fett 
Tenje Subjunetrve, and Preſent tenſe Infini- 
tive ; as, fodſio,tebam,iam,e,ito,iam,crem, 
cre. 


Jt the Verb be of rhe ſecond Conjugation, 
ca} awap eco from the Preſent Tenſe : ag, 
docjeo; if it be of the fourth Conjugation, 
caſt awap io from the Preſent tenſe « as, 
audſio, aud{|ior. 

Doc|co,cbam,cbo,c,cto,cam,crem, ere. 

Andſio, iebam,iam,i,ito,jam,irem,ire. 


The deſeFed, oz reſerved letters of the 
preterperfett tenſe , are found bp 


the (ſaid Tenſe : as, 


erO, i 


a 


\ 


cutring |} 
eff : from the end of the firſt perſon of 


Amavji, Leghi. amayk, eram,erim, iſſlem, , 


Gerunds F 


Of Vetbs. 
Gerunds are fozmed from rhe Preſent tenſe 


Indicative, vp putting the reſerveo letters 


ro the terminations of the Gerunds. 


and Paſſive Voice. 


Am 


Doc 
Leg 
Aud 


and1, 
cnal, 
endl, 
ts 
[enal, 


and7, 
endo, 
endo, 
1endo, 


andum, 
endum, 
endum, 
1endum, 


A Type of the reſerved Letters , 
with the Terminations in the Active 


Indica» 


fol 


Let your 
& h vIiar he 
every day 
exercifd 
1: thc. 


| k £2 
Indicative 710d. 
Freſent Tenje. 
am {O, as, At: 
'F 29 ) doc [eo, Cs, EC. 
| PB leg | 0, 15, Ft 
—aud | 10, 18, If 
"P am [amus, ris ant. 
” doc | cmus, Crit, ent, 
ESleo | imus, itic, unt. ' 
| OE |} mus It1S, 1Unt. 
# 
i : Preterimperfe& Tenſe. 
| am | abam, abas, abar. 
| doc cbam, cbas, ebar. | 
fY  & Leg | cham, cbas, ebar. 


& amay 
docu 
leg 


iy audiv | 


= aud| iebam, ijcbas.,tebat. 


am | abamus, abatis, abanr. 
doc | ebamus, ebaris, ebanr. 
IH! leg | ebamns, ebatis, e>ant. 
2 4 . q 55 4 5a 

bs: aud | icbamus, icbatis,tcbanr. 


Preterper fed Tenſ?. 


1,1ft1, 1t, P/, jmus, 1ſt1s,crunt, 
Oo ere. 


Prefer - 


m_ Coat Vt. —_— 
— — — rn <> YO PITT 
hae. 06) — PIES 


Tadicative Mood. 


Preſent Tenſe, 
Oe Arts, 97 are, arur. 


Wo 
: = 


*” 


docſeor, E Eris, 97 Cre, Emu. 
leg | or, Eris, or Ere, itur. 
ud}1or, Iris, 97 ire, 1tur. 


duc} eEmur, emini, entur. 
leg | imnr, 1imini, untur, 
aud | imur, imin1, Iuntur. 


P/ur. 


- » Mint, antur. 


Preter:mperfe& Tenſe. 
am |abar.,abari1s, or abare, abatur. 
S _ | ebar,ebar1s, or ebare, ebatur, 
g | ebar, ebarts, or ebare, ebatur. 
2; a fas 1ebarts, or 1ebare, 1ebatur. 


am | abamur, abamini, abautur. 
Z J doc] ebamur, chamini, chantur. 
& ) leg | ebamur, cbamin1, ebantur, 

aud| icbamur, jebamini, icbantur. 


Sing, 


Preterperfed Tenſe, 


15 1 eS eſt 


i, 1 | wv or 

v* Eb fa fuiſti ) furr, 
T1 quot eſtis / ſunt 
53, Gr oY 


a Hin fuiſtis Nfuerunt, or fuere. 


LY Preter- 


[- Fs CCC TIE Ee. _—<> 
1:4 Terminations of Verbs Active. | 


Preterplaperfe9 Tenſe. 


amayv 


doe fl cram, eras, erat. Pl. Eramns., 
eratis, Crant. 
leg 


audiv ] 


Future Tenſe. 
am | abo, abis, abit. 
doc | ebu, cbis, ebir. 
leg j am, es, EL. 
aud | iam, 1es, 1er, 
am | abimus, abitis. abunr. 
doc | ebimus, ebiris, ehunt, 
leg | emus, etis, ent. | 
aud | iemus, teris, tent. 


Singularitey 


Imperative ood. 


4, 7A 


Plur. | 


 Terminations of Verbs Paſhve, 


Preterpluper fe Tenſe. 
46 dong me pang, 
ay 
<4 
2 NM Herts: ap 


2, gs __ <_ * 
IX 
T4 TI fl Pla 
Future Tenſe. 
am | ahor, aberis, or abere, abitur. 
doc | ebor, eberis, or cbere, ebitur. 
leg jar, Eris, or Cre, Eur. 


aud | iar, 1eris, 87 iere, ierur- 
am | abimur, abimini, abuntur. 


&£ 2 doc | chimur, ebimin1, ebuntur. 
 & CLleg |<mur, eminj, entur. 
) aud | iemur, iemini, 1entur. 


PD EET 
i. 


——O—_—_ 


Imperetive oa. 
re, etur, 
ram 4 
| ator. ator. 
ere; earur, 
| doc : 
eB etor. etor. 
Ing, S 
) &* * cre, a:ur, 
= OE 
ItOT, tor. 
| C ire, tatur, 
4) 
ons 7 
E - | iror. itOr., 
TL Play. 


rol Terminatons of Verbs Active. 
t WH : 


ate, . Ent, 
am [_ 
atote. amanto. 
gre, © cant; 
doc | camus, | 
etote. enrto. 
( Ite, ant, 


7 


% 


Plaralites 


leg | amus, 
rote. unto. 


1 
| 
| 
| 


nd! janus,% . 
1tOfre. IUNTO. 


P 2 none AT 2. © a eb Bed ee WO er rt 
EE Eo TT 7 mo teat. da ematc Oy __ ou 


Subjunitive Mood. 


Preſent Tenſe, 
wm j em,-£5, Ef; 
A eam, eas, Cat, 
=) leg [ am, As, at. 
aud |1am , 1as, 1ar. 


am | emus, etis, ent. 

-f doc | camus, eatis, cant. 
) leg | amus, aris,nta. 

=E | 1amus, iatis, iant. 


SINg. 


Ea , 


 Preterimper fect Tenſe. 
am | rem, ares, aret. 


doc | erem, Eres, Eret. 
leg | Erem, Eres, cret. 
aud | 1rem, 1res, ret. 


Sing. 


am[aremus, areris, arent, 
4 doclere" Nas, Ercti £,crent, 


y 

I Ls 

= | legje 2M S, Erctis, ECe nt, 
aud{iicmus, 1095, Int, 


Proters 


En 


Terminations of Verbs Paſſive. 
amin1, enrur. 


Fam | emur, 
amini, antor, 


minor, cantuur, 


= 4 doc] eamur, 
= ] eminor, entor, 
mini, antur 
= | leg[amur <q 
| Iminor, untor 
| { 1mun1, 1antur. 


aud | 1amur, 1 


IMINOT, IUNtOr. 


——Þ_Al. 


| Subjunftive Mood. 


Preſent Tenſe. 
am [er., eris, or cre, etur. 
doc | ear. earis, 7 care, exrar. 


5 leg. | ar, aris, or arc, aAtur. 
aud} 1ar, 1aris, or 1are, 1atur. 
am | emur, emini, entur. 

L duc | camur, eamini, eantur, 

= } leg |amur, amini, antur. 


aud | jamnr, iamini, iantur. 


Preterimperfef Fenſe. 


Hon | arer, areris, or arere, arerur, 
8 - doc | erer, ereris, or CrTre, cremur. 
Ho (eB | Srers EreT1S, or CiCre, EFctur, 
aud | irer Ireris, 0r irere, iretur, 


am } aremur, aremin, arentur., 
6 } doc | eremur, eremni,crentur. 
= ) Jeg | eremur. cremin! ,Crentur, 


aud | iremvr, iremini, 11 entur 


Wa 


- 
+ 
* 


108 Terminations of Verbs Acive. 
Preterperfe& Tenſe. 
amav | 
& Y docu j Erm. Eris, Erit. Plur, erlmus. 
=SLS leg critis, erint ; 
Q ) : 
( audiy | 
Pluſquam perfe Tenſe, 
C amay 
IP ' docu ( iſſem, Iſles, ifler. P/, afſemns, 
leg iNleti s, iſlent. 
audiy 
Future Tenſe. 
amav | | 
w Yydocu {ero, ers, Erit, Pl. ertmus,eritis 
© / leg | Erint. 
audiv 
TInfixitive Mood Aftive. 
Preſent Tenſe. 
am | are amay 
dos | ere #Foerh 7.) Udoe Cu | 
$1 "x Pn 4 _ 
S415 Preterim, | 
aud | rc 
FU,ure 


Terminations of Verbs Paſſive. _ — 269 


 Preterperfe& Tenſe. 
E k 98; fis, {it, 
<2 of > 8T 
G um Poe a fucris. fuertt. 


7 fimus, ms, Fo fm * 
X or | 
a _) fuerimus, cies] 3 Genie; 


Pluſquam perfect Tenſe. 


e: ml dries Var ITY 
24 a, 
" Tm fuiſſes, ) fuiſler. 


- eflemus 5, Eſleris, Eflent, 
= or of > Of 
AQ 


(Cfuiſlemus, Yfuiſſeris, } fuiſlent- 


Future Tenſe. 
a { us, oy ers, Yer, 
-< \ 4, or » Or or 
-2 Cum, \fraero, fueris, ) fuerit. 


- __— nn, _ 
=> 
” of fuerirs f rn 


Py | ——_— —_— 


Tnfinitive ood Paſſive. 


Preſent gy :  Lr:wweſſe 
| dici ty hoe 
Preterperf.” F clle, --—m Coproſus, 
nes Ys 2 1 aliqua Fo- 
P erer lu cr, fuiſle. Tony de 1m- 
aud MN C3 i  peratorzs 
officio, | 
Future 


''Y 


E 
: 
o 
-* (1 
. 4 I 
4 


"+8 | Active Voice. 


4 | 
"uture Tenſe. 
Anat 
Doct [7 
urum eſle. | 
Lect | | 
Audit 


Sjgns of the Tuhnitive. 


Afive. Paſhive. 
te. tent. that I love. that I am loved. 
Pre. teni, that I have loved. that I have been love. 
_ that Thad led, that | had been loved. 
that [ 4:4 our. that I was foved. 
| 
r 
| 
———_ m—_— ro PIES 
| 


Odſet- 


— S—_ A OO 
F % 
\ 


Paſlive Voice. 


Future Tenſe, 


Amat | am |}andvum | 
Doc um, 1, ) doc Jendum_. 
eſte. 


Lect or leg [on 
Audit aud {| iendum_ \ 


Or Le 


Signes of the Future: 


Aﬀtiveg Paſtive. 
that I might love, that I might be loved. 
that I would we. that I would be loved. 
that I ſhould love. that I ſhould be loved. 
that I will lo. tat I will be loved. 


Obſer- 


_—" TM... + — 


Obſervations. 


1. Amaturum fuiſſe , Doth differ from - 
| amaturum efle, as toiloweth : | 
| 1. Amaturum fuiſle, tignifieth the time 
paft : as, dixitaliam puellam ſe amaturum 
fuiſſe , hee ſaid, he would have loved anther 
maid; ejuſmodi 1gitur credo res Panetiuny 
proſecuturum fuille. Such matters therefore 
#8! [ believe Panetius would have treated of. 

2. Amaturum efle, fig1tfieth the ſimple 
Future Tenſe, oz time to come 3 dicis te eſſe a- | 
f maturum, thou ſayeſt, that thou wilt love, 

t 


| II. If aTUerb want its Supines, and | 
conlequentip the Future in rus,then Gram- | 
Terijphra- marians (peak about by ſpero and fore : 


vB; = as, ſpero fore ut contingat id nobis, 7 ' 
#þ wm «il hope that it will happen to us : which Circum- | 
nl wm, for! 0cution takes place allo when the Verbs are 
18 onfe&urum Perfeſt : ag, ſpero fore ut me amcs. / | 
p {e. hope that thou wilt [1ve me, "i 
; 4 
THE: TIL. Jnſteadof the Future Tenſe Indica- 
[:; ewes, : TI S : | : 6 
f 61, tire, Future Subjuneive , and Preterimper- | 
MT je& Tenſe Subjuneue, pou map uſe the Par- | 
| 17 ticiple in rus with the Verb Sum. 
0 1. Ego amaturus ſum, 7 ſhall lore. 
bs 6 6 2, Cum amaturus ſim, when I ſhall love. | 


[+ 8h 3. Cum amaturus eflem,when I would love. | 


TV. The Future Tenſes Paſſive , amatum 


1: Iri, and amandum eſſe, Ddiifer as foilow- 
"oy 1. Amandum cſle;ſignifieth neceſſity : as, 
= Et 


Of Yerbs. I13 
Et dira bellum cum gente perendum, and 
that war muſt be waged with a frerce nation. 


2. Amandum efle, fignifieth office : ag, 
admonendum potins te a me quam rogan- 


- gum puto. 7 think thou oughteſt rather to be 


admoniſhed then intreated of me. 

3. Amandum fS d-clined and muſt agree 
tn Caſe, Gender, and Number, With the $ub- 
ftantrve on which it doth depend. 

Wut amatum iri, impip noteth the re 
ts come, and is not varied in Gender , and 
Number : ag, cum interea rumor venir da- 
tum iri gladiatores 3 when mm the mean while 
there was aTumour that Fencers were promi- 
ſed or fh5uld be given: ſpero omnia a te 
confoſlum ir1. 


_ V. Amatum ire, hath the flanification 
of the Preſent Tenſe Indic. tn the ative voice : Amatwn 
as, amatum ire, to love, with endeauour to ire ſignifs- 
obtain: As, Siccine oportet ire amicos ho- cat 7 vid 
mini amanti operam darum ? 7.e. dare, doth 4 ad 6- 
zt ſo behove friends to help or aid a man that s (5, ,, 9. 


a Lover ? {km ive,\.e 
amatum. 


VI. Amatum fore, hath the compleat Vallar 
Canification of Future Tenſe Paſſive tn tbe 
Anfinittvle Mood: as, Spero amicitiam 
noſtram notam poſteritati fore. 1 hope our 
friendſhip will be known to poſterity. 


VII. Future Tenſes Infinitive are ſome- g,... 
timrg jopned to Futures: as, deinde addit 
te ad me fore venturum. 


VIII. Amaturum, occiſurum, didQurum, Deſpantes 
any 21 fol, 


"I 
+. Sa * 


«a Ava WK AY - ee + tt " ns, SL Ad73 nrbdtth_s A kw . 05 eas Sha. ttt # 
z —_ vY y, " P Ny & "ua. © aL 
, « WA « St bh N ” ws . as 5 $ ave tow my ” OED o + 4 8 ——= _ © Y 
; Cn "TW 2" JC" IN v0 Og rm ern Ion” ooo” RK os < wn on. oi oe 1 I RE bh, 
; AA” i ” g , . : ak . 5 ES, I —_ p<, 2 $A G £.* > . I" SE \ ou ; bo (Th OR 7 ITS oy CIEES anos _ - : 
wht "__— 4 . 9 1 ig IB? 4 » = bo aw MI - gy = F. fs oe Es —_s 4 $3.08, p Gt \ NL 0 wa a 9 - , b £ VP mg ky rea , - 
pw" « mots a \ m—_— . 4 . v - > a iy; (2. -— 2-468 Þe,  _ a A o * g " b a a, \ © 2a Ng wy I *- _ mo IS $5 —— _ _ C - o _ -- Me. Pe XL; —_ > Ny - _ 1 
b b "Is , [ 460% or " Y = - 2M % FOR de 2, ” 9 Bs x A x "* o A _ camo py <5 gi a 4 A WY, 
4 » R bp; * ” oj ; TI —_ SY 4 . - pen I KY" wy  "—_—_ —_— « : p << exe Ny ry ” WY . wm— ww _ wy ” 
. mY 7 y "TAL > » _— a , 6. " - $ = L-  - pe — _ *” is A of PY & 8 EI 1, Gs -_ AR 8 _ 3A Me Oe rs. v5, _- ”- Gor WE -- PT RESELL 4 
9 , . * pl 8 Ws 4 8 : PS 3 Se wt W's Les - - . k 


3 % pens S 

1 I; > 9 

; NPs OM, h 
+ 


Of Verbs Imperſonaſs. 
and the Furure Tenſes in rum , amongſt olb 


guthozs arc uſed tnvariable , bur withour. 
«fſſe: ag, quucunque vencerint hanc fibi rem 


prxfidio ſperant fururum , foe fururam elle. 


Verbs Imperſonals, 


"ere are certain Verbs Deficient iN yer- 

ſon, which are calied 1mperſonals. 

Imperſonals bee declined theoughout all 
£D2ovs and Tenfes in the voice of the 
third perſon fingular onlp : as, delectat, 
1t delighteth ; delefabat, 7t did delight : de- 
leftavit, it hath delighted; deleQaverat, 7: 


had delighted; delectabit, it ſhall or will de- 


light. 4mper. delecter, let it delight, gc. 1- 
cur, 7 go: 1batur, 1didgo: itum eſt, 7 have 


gone : 02, itum fuit, / have gone : 1tum erat, 
I had gone: 02, itum fuerat, I had gone : ibi- 


tur, 1 ſhall or will go,75c. 

4nd thep Þave commonip befoze tic 
Enalily this ſign (7: ) ag, itdelighteth, 
aclectar: 7 becommeth not, non decer. 


Obſervations, 


i. {t befoze a Verb tg a ſignof a Nomi- 


- aatrve caſe after the Verh : as.it s helle cſt. 


2, Ir betveea Verb, is alſo a ffan of an 


-Infinitive Mood, oz ſentence pit tn ftead 


ef the ominative caſe : as, Turpe eſt alio- 
rum incumbere fama. It is a ſhameful thing 

to depend upon another mans faire. 
3. Þ Nominative cale tn the Engliſh 
 befoze 


Of a Parriciple. = 


E b:foze a Uerb Ymperlonal, fhall bee ſuch 
| caſe as the Uerb Amperſonal will govern; 
- foe, I muff, lap. me oportet, 7t behoveth me ; 
- and foz we often repent us of our loft time, it 
F repenteth us often of our hoſt time, 


. ; 
—— —. _—— —_—— © Wt mary 
A - : 
j 


Of a Participle. 


f 2a are four kinds of Participles : 
1. Al Participle of the Preſent Tenſe 
| bath bis @& naitlh ending in ng : as, lowing, 
 andhisLatine in ans: as, amans : ti ens, 
| ag, legens, docens : tn 1ens, as, audiens. 
' _ Fndithath the fignificatton 4A&:we oz 
Neuter, as the Verb whereof it cometh. 
- Bnd it is fozmed of the Preterzmper fect 
Tenſe of the ndicative ood, by changing 
the laſt ſpllable into ns; ag , amabam, a- 
mans : poteram, Ppotens. 
A wozd ending in ing, is a Participle 
of the Peeſent Tenſe, rohen it hath a per- 
ſon oz ſubſtantzve befoze it, anſwering ta 
| the Queſtion who, or what: ag, offendi ad- 
veniens, I coming, have offended : manus ſcri- 
2entis, the hand of one writing. 
lens, the Jarticipie of eo, and the com- Oblique 
funds thereof, make the oblique caſes, eun- caſes are 
) tis, cunti, euntem, eunte, and the Gerunds ul but the 


eundi, eundo, eundum, on!p ambiens, ma- I og | 
keth ambientis, ambient1, ambientem, &Cc. ” 
[ike audiens, 


; | 2, A 


b DRETIERS WES - = WP O5- 

= SACS + : = RF? 

[OI Oe _ > 1c + a Se _ , - ge 
TH an We —_ = » Prone ke ; 

a Roy -——_—_— - 

= VT —— , * "6 

62 ut _- _ = : Ie "2 %. $A 9 ”_ 

; < p Jang Wk —>--S. 


TI6 


R_— 


Of a Participle. 


2. A Participle of the Preter Tenſe. 


A. Participle of the Preter Tenſe hath 
his &#naltth enving t1d : as, loved; in 
t: as, taught; in 1: as, ſlain; and bis 
Latin it tus : as, amatus: fnſus: ag,vi-! 
fus : fn xus, as, neXus : any one fn uus: 
as, mortuus. XFnd it bath rhe fanificatt- 
on of the Paſfive o2 Deponent , of which it 
rometh; WPartictpies of Deponents having 
their & ngltſh alſo ending in ing: as. ſc- 
quutus, following, oz baving followed. : 

It is fozmed of the latter Supine by. 
Putting ts s: as, of amatu, amatus. 


man 


Obſervations. 


1, Wthen the Tenſes of Uerbg are @nq- 
iifhed tn d, t,ozn, as the Warticijple of } 
the Pzeter Tenſe, thep have ſome perſon, 
ſubſtantive , 02 fgne of the Tenle befoze 
them : as, he loved, he hath leved. | 

2. Wiben the Engliſh of the Partici- 
Þ:e of rhe Pzeſent Tenſe ſpould go- )/ 
bern a S:ibſtantive after it , ft map | 
better bz made bp the Yarticiple of the 
Pzererperfect Tenſe, put abſolute with | 
thar Subvl:antive : as, he ſending his man, 
informed me, miſlo famulo me docuit. 

3. Having roeming befoze* the @ nalith 
of this Participie, if the Participle / 
come of a Uerb Deponent, it (9 made in | 
Latin by thig Participle, governing 
the Subſliantive following : as, Having 
ſpoken theſe words he went away ; Loquu- | 
els 


= 


I. 

| : 

0 3. 

| 4. Like ty dhe. 
>X 
R 


Of a Participle. 


- rus hzc verba abiit, Bur if the Parti- 
ciple come of a Uerb Paſſive, then it 


? is put in the Yblattve caſe abſolute : 


'as, his verbis dictis, oz made bp the 
Subjunctive ood , with cum, when : 
"{ ag,cum hac verba dixiſſer , when he had 

ſpoken theſe words. 
N 4+ Being tis a ſign of this Participle : 
as, being weary, defeſlus. 


3. A Participle of the Future in rus. 


X Partictple of the future in rus, is 


"| Engliſhed with ro, like the Jnfinitive 


Food of the Uerb dive: as, 


To doe. 
About to doe, 
Ready to doe. 


Upon the point to dre. 
uirurus, Upon the point to fall. 


An) it bath the ſlanification of the 4#:ve 
o2 Neuter, wberesf it cometh; and it is 
fomed of the latter Suptne bp putting 


| fo rus: ag, of amaru, amaturus, 


4. A Participle of the Future in dus. 
A Participle of the Future in dus, is 


E ngitkhed with to be, like the infinitive 
Mood Paſſive ; as, 


x}. To 


Cd 
\ 


(4 "a. on dit Faded as eds, a AL SESAEIT I COS Att... ie, UT Ld. te! hs bo Tu ab — _—_ P-_— _ 

: KY %- bh I P pe embed _ Fe JS - nol G _ . wetant + ” OY ne » 

. A i ge we a a= W's T77., nao _— Kr ve - hm 7,  AOOEICIICY or wt PI OG. K. - . 1 OW W. - VR - » bach þ 
., peg +5 F RS — ww» - _ L a ws aA = _ —_ 4 = : OO a un ee TI Q nor," 5 ""— 
_ > Po : Fe -* i vm. 1 . 2 . Ky, . oo . - MPC R o - = 
: yo _d = ASS Fi ud \ ” : * 8 _ OT oy” m_ . nee voor oe. or LE bY da NF PLANE pe = - 4; " ee 
IF " 5 M... JP hn oe bo p 4 7 Nu INE K PIR HS os. a. Vx: bh - Y py X 7 = * _— [2 WS, 14 tee, 2* Cy 
wo L. , L : 8 Ly 0 q L «+ bo « % 7.4 " 

, ow wa 4 


* TE: 


5 . Ep Py " "aq ,, 


I16 


Definition of a Participle. 


t Tobe. Ple&endus eflet, h-*F 
2 Muſt be. ſhould have been pu- f 
2 Fit to be. niſhed. 
4 Should be. Laudandus eſt, hee 
5s Ought to be. deſerves to bee pra! -F 
6 Deferves to be, ſed. 3 


__ Andbath always the paſſive ſignifica- 
ton, and is readily formed from the Gerand | 
in dum, bp changing dum into aus : ag, a- 
mandum, amandus. | 
Dartictples of the Pzeſent Tenſe are 

becliined like foelix. Participlcg of other | 
Tenlcs, are declined like bonus. 

 ÞF Participle (is a word derived of a / cr6, 
rom which it hath hgnification of 177, ' 
and is declined with Caſes and Genders life. 
a Moun, 


Obſeratioas. 


i. Cano, creſco, ſoleo, obliviſcor, have | 
the Supnes,and want the Participle of the | 
Future in rus. | —Y 

2. Olurus is of odi, moriturus, of mo- | 


rior, which wart the Supines. 


3. Pariturus, noſciturus, ſonaturus, ar- 


_ gtuturus, efwrurus, oriturus, are fozttied 


. 
> 


irregularip. 
4. Jnnumerable woz2ds like Parttci- \ 

ples are derived of Nouns : tunicatus,toga- / 

tus, perſonarus, larvatus. 
5. Carendus, pudendus, pigendus,Vigi- 


landus, regnandus, come. of Verbs Neu-. 
LEFS. | | | 


Of Adverbs- 


Chl ELLE Gi. 4 " 2. A ments! 


An Adverb. 


N Adqverb ig a woed undeclined,jopn-» 
A ed to a Verb, Noun, oz Participle, to er- 
pzeſle ſome circumſtance oz quality. 


1. Adverbia affirmandi. | 
Aaverbs of affirming : ag, etiam,yeaz erian! 


atque etiam, d:ligently,” earneſtly 3 etigmdum , 


as yet z etiamne, therefore z etiamnum , yet, 


wntil then ; etiam nunc , even now z etiam 


tum, even then ; ſic, ſo; ita, yea ſo, even ſo; 
lane, yea certainly, doubtleſſe ; maxime , moſt 
of all, wvery greatly , very much; omnino, 
wholly altogether; omnino non , never, not 
at all ; prorſus, verily, ſurely z rurſum pror- 
ſumzt9 and fro, forward and backward z certe, 
certainly, ſurely, withour doubt ; protedto, in 
very deed, forſooth, doubtleſs z plane, clearly, 
w7 thout dout ; plane mane, very early ; imo, 
bat rather, yea rathcr. 


2, Adverbia comparandl. 
Adverbs of comparing. 
Tam, ſo, or aſwel ; quam, 4s : magis,rmere : 
minus, /eſfſe : maxime, eſpectally. 


3. Adyerbia congregandi. 
Advutrbs of gatherlng togethere 
Simul, together ; una, together ; pariter. 
rogether ; univerfim, generally, a/toget} er: con- 
1uncim, together, 
4 Ad- 


1/7 


wa 
— Pr 


ut P K« L 


$1 
"4 
x 
'\ 


©. C2 
anc 
a. 


_ es... *- 4 
rn Red 73 22 We 


* 5a 


1295 | Of Adve [ bs. 


4. Adverbia corrigend1, elizendi, 
27 pre.crend1. 
Adverbs of correfing , chooſing, or prefer- 
Ting. 
[mo, yea rather : potius , rather : mapis, 
rather : ſatius, better : potiſſimam, rather, or 


ciefly. 


n= = a_— 


s. Adverbia demonſtrand1. 
Adverbs of ſhewing : a”, en, behold : 
ecce, behold. 


6. Adverbia diſtrihuendt. 
Adverbs of dividing in ſundry parts. 
Bifariam, after two ſorts, in two parts : tri- 
fariam , three manner of ways : dupliciter, | 
two ways : tripliciter, three fold. 


7. Adverhbia diverfitatis. 

Averbs of contrariety, difference, or un- | 
likeneſs. 

Aliter, otherwiſe , after another faſhion : * 

ſecus, otherwiſe. : 


8. Adverhia dubitandr. 
Adverbs of doubting. 
Forſan, peradventure : forſitan, peradven- + 
ture : fortaſlis, it May be, or peradventure : an, / 
nhether or no : num, whether or no. 


0. Adverbia excludendt. 
Adverbs of ſhutting out, or debarring. 
Tantum, only :*ſolum, only, alone : dunta- 
xat, only ; unice, only. 


LOs Adver- ; 


Of Adverbs. 


1c. Adverbia hortandl, 
Adverbs of exh»orting. 
Amabo, of fellewſhip of all love, or I pray 
iNee, as ever thou wilt do me a good turn : aye. 
aum, well, goto : ca, go to. 


11. Adverbia intendendi. 
Adverbs of increaſing. 

Valde, very much, greatly : nimis,t3o muc#, 
very much, over-much : nimium, t)0 jr, to9 
greatly : immodice, too much, excejſvely : 
impend1o, very much, more and more. 

Impense, -xceedrngly, very much : penirus, 
deeply, far in  funditus, from the foundation 
ar ground, 


12, Adverhia interrogandi. 
Aqverbs of asking. 
f which ſome ask, 
1. Whether the thing be : ag, num, whe- 
ther 2 an, whether? 
2. Mthers agk concerning the cauſe : as, 
cur, Wherefore 2 


3. Offers ask concerning the p/zce: ag, 


ubi, where 2 unde, from whence ? 

4. Wfhers ak concerning the time : as, 
quando, 1.ven 2 quead, how long 2 quouſ- 
que, how long ? quamdin, how long ? 

5. Dthers ask concerning the number : 
quorics, how many times ? how often 2 

s. Dthers as concerning the quality : 
as, quaiiter, how 2? | 

7, BDthers ask concerning the 7ntentior 

2 increaſing : AS, quam, how greatly 2 how 


much 2 
L5 FT Ad. 


202 | Of Adverbs. 


13. Adverbia jurandl, 
Adverbs of ſwearing : as, 
Hercule, by Hercules, or truly : me Hercu- 
| te, as Hercules ſhall help me : Pol, in good 
footh, or by Pollux : Adepol, by the Temple 
of Pollux : nx, truly, or now 7n good faith. 


14. Adverbia loc1. 
Adverbs of place. 
rt. From a place, by which we anſwer to Un- 
de, from whence 2 hinc, from hence : 1llinc, 
from thence : iſtinc, from thence : intus, from | 
within : foris, from without : inde, from that 
Place: aliunde, from ſome other place : ali- 
cunde., from ſome place : indidem,from thence, | 
from the ſame place : undecunque, from what ' 
place ſoever : ſuperne, from above 2: inferne, 
from below, or beneath : calitus, from hea- 
ven. , 
2. To a place: by which we anſwer to quo ? 
whither 2 or to what place 2 huc,hither, where 
T am, or to thus place : illuc, thither, or to that + 
place: iftuc, thither : intro, into a place with- | 
in: foras, out of doors , abroad: ſurſum, up- 
ward: deorſum, d1wnypard. | 
2. Ina place : by which we anſwer to the 
- queſtion ubi ? wherein, or in what place 2? hic, 
here, 11lic, there: iſtic, there: intus , with- 
in ; foris, without : uſquam, in any place, nul- 
7 | quam, in no place : uſpiam, in any place : ubi- 
FY que, 77 all places : uhicunque, in what place 
ſoever * urrinque, on both fides : thi, mn that . 
place : alibi, mn anther place, or in another 
matter : alicuvi, 7m any place : tbidem, 7n the 
fame place, or 1n the ſame thing. 
4. To #4ards a dlace : by which we anſwer to 
Fol 


fifty times. 


Of Adverbs. 


the queſtion quorſum ? which way, or towards 
what place 2 horſum, hitherward: aliorſum, 
to _ other place : dextrorſum, towards the 
r:ght hand : finiſtrorſum, on or toward the left 
fade or hand ; introrſum , within, in the in- 


ward part : extrprſum , toward the outward 
part. | 


15. Adverbia negand1. 
Adverbs of denying. 


Haud, not: non, not ; minime, 2: ne- 


quaquam, No, or in no wiſe. 


15. Adverbia negatz folitudinis. 
Adverbs of ſolitarineſs, or aloneneſſe denyed. 
Non modo, not only : non ſolum, not only : 
NON tantum, 79t only. 


17. Advyerbia numeri. 
Adverbs of number. 
Semel, once ; bis, twice : ter, thrice : qua- 
ter, four r1Mes : quinquies, five times ; ſexi- 
es, ſix times : lepties, ſeven times ; vigeſies, or 


- vicies, twenty times ; trigefies,o7 tricies,thirty 


times : quadragies, forty times : quinquaglies, 


18. Adverbia optandi. 

Aqdverbs of wiſhing. 

Utinam, 1 would to God, or God gramt; 6. 
0 that. | 


19. Adyerbia Ordinis, 
Adverbs of order. 
Imprimis, firſt of all : inde, then, next af- 
ter ; deinde, ſecondly, moreoucr, or furthermore: 
G 2 nOovite 


= 
RF. 

F* A 

% 

b. $s.£ 
* 
E* 

py 

{ oh 

i 


Of Adverbs. 


noviſhme, finally : denique, 7n conclufion , or 
finally. | 


20. Adverbia rei non peractz. 
Adverbs of a thing not fiarſhed. 
 _Ferme, almoſt, well neg: fere, almoſt: 
prope, nigh : propemodum, almoſt : v1x , 
ſcarcely : mado non, a!/moſt : rantum non, al-, 

mk 


21. Adverbia prohibendi. 
Adverbs of forbidding : as, 
Ne, no: nequaquam, #0 : minime, 70. 


£2. Adverbia qualitatis. 

Adverbs of quality : as, 
- Dodte, /earnedly : pulchre, goodly, or gatly: 
fortiter, valzantly : gnavirer, luſtily,diligently.. 
23. Adverbia quantitatis. 
Adverbs of quantity : as, 
Partm, /:ttle: ſatis, as much as one doth! 
need : abunde plenteoufly. 


24. Adverbia remittendi. 
Adverhs of abating or ſlackning : as, 
Vix, ſcantely,or ſcarcely: xgre,hard!y : pau- 


tarim, by [:ttle arg little: fenfim , lejjurely : 


- 


peaitintim, at ſeijure, ſoftly and fair. 


25. Adyerbia rcftringendi. 
Adverbs of reſtraining, or keeping in : as, 
Quatenus, jo jarre ds, or hop far forth ? 

TUOU, 4s t9 Fat, o7 as Pouring that. 


- 1 ks" 
= 


y OF. 


: 

% 
Ke? 
bx. 


&F 


ſterday.. 


Of Adverbs.' 


25. Adverbia ſegregandi. 
Adverbs of ſevering, or laying apart * as, 
Seorſim , aſunder : ſegregatim, aſunder : 
nominatim, particularly by name; viririm , 
man by man : oppidatim, town by town : vica- 
£1, ſtreet by ſtreet : oftiatim, door by door. 


27. Adverhia fimilitudinis. 
Adverbs of likeneſs : as, 
SIC, ſo: ficut; like as - ita, ſo ; ranquam, 
even 4s : quati, as : cen, as : uthas : veluti,as. 


28. Adverbia temporis. 
Adverbs of time : as, 

1. Df the Preſent Tenſe : as, jam, now : 
runc, nw : hodie, to day. 

2. Df the Preterper fe Tenſe : ag,heri,ye- 

3. Df the Future Tenſe : as, cras, to Mor- 
row : perendie, the day after: moX, anm , 
forthwith : propediem,now,every day, ſhortly. 

4. Df time indefinite, or not determined : 
ags,dum,whben,or whiles : quum,when: quan- 
do, when : quamdiu, how long, as long as : 
fubinde, forthwith, or anon. we 

5. Df the Preſent and Future Tenſe, olim, 
in time paſt, or in time to come + aliquando, 7n 
time paſt, or in time to come ; quondam, 7n 
time paſt, or in time to come. 


Obſervations. - 
I. There befoze a perſon, 02 ſubſtantive, 02 
befoze 1t, ts an Adverb of place : ag,ibidem, 


there : eo loci, there (i.e) in that place: there. 


he was ey crat loci, there men gather fruit, 
there it 5. 


G 2 2.Ther? 


125 


m 
- Mp E- IF = " : n 
a od 24IS Ss. tai w+ 4 nh oft ie "FS | , 


126 


OF a ConjunAian. 


2. There befuze a Verb, ts a fign of the 
Nominative caſe after the Verb ; there came 


one to me, venit ad me quidam. 


2. There befoze 5, fn the beginning of a 
ſpeech, is but a v9id Wo2d tofth the Latnes: 


_ as, There is n1 enemy like to a flattering friend, 


nullus inimicus eſt adulanti amico inimi- 
CitIOT, 

Adverbs have the Comparative and Super- 
lative degree : ag, dodte,/-arnedly ; docti us, 
more learnedly ; doctiiſime, moſt learnedly; be- 
ne, well ; meltus, better ; optime, beſt ; ma- 
le, evil; pejus, worſe 3 3 pellſime, worſt; ma- 
is, more ; maxime, moſt. 


A Conjuncion: 


Conjunetion jopneth wozps and (en- 
rences together. 


. Conjunciones caſuales. 

XUhich bing in a reaſon of the ſentence 
82 thing going befoze. 

Nam, for - namque, for : enim, for : ete- 
nim, for: ut, that: quod, that: quia , be- 
cauſe quippe, for: quum, ſitÞ that : quo« 
niam, becauſe : quando, ft th that, or becauſe. 


2, Conjunaiones concelfive. 
Which grant ſomething in a ſentence, 


to which ſomething afterwards ts joyned, 


which fmpugneth ir by a Reddirive, a3 not 
hindzing the matn thing bp ſa aranting - 


Concel 


«4 : 


A Conjunaton. | 127 
| the Conceſſive. 
ns Etfi, although, 
fa Tametf!, although, | 
: Etiamſ1, although. p 
_ | Quanquam, although. | 
"IP Quamvis, although, 
ak | Eſto, be it ſo. 
Der - Redditive. 
Us, Tamen, yet notwithſtanding. 
be- Artamen, yet n1twithſtanding. 
-— Veruntamen, yet nevertheleſs. # 
a- ; 
2. ConjunCiones conditionalcs, ; 
TWhbich determine the ſentence fol1oW- | 
= tng upon ſome condition : as, 1, zf : fin, R 
but if : ſfiguidem, 1f for truth ; modo, ſo that: y 
; dum, ſo that : dummodo, ſo that : quoad, F 
_* fo far, as much 4s: quatenus, ſo far,as muc/ 
1- #5: glioqui, except that, rf not : allas,or eſe. g 
4, Coniuniones continuatiye, 6; 
co Which wirhout intermiſſion do ozderip D 
continue the partg of an Deatton amongſt - 
X tyemſelves : as, deinde, moreover : porro, Ft 
> moreover : preterea , furthermore : Iremque, vo 
_ and moreover : inſuper., moreover. A 
4 5. Conjunciones copulative- on 
Which couple wvzds and ſenſe : &, and: | 
ac,and ; que, and: atque.and ; cum, both ; ohh 
>, tum, andalſo. NS. 
© +4 
f | 5. Conjunctiones disjunctive- h bo 
Which fo ſever partsof ſentences, as it # 


I 


| 123 Of a Conjuntion, 

| one vnelp could be frag, Thep conjoft 
| \802dsS and 2183oin ſenſe : autor, or ether . 
v 207 CNEPCT ; ſcu, ether : l1ye, ether. 

| -, Piminutivi, 


Which ive that which ts leſſe wozrbp 
ty h2 granted : as, faltem, at /eaff : mini- 
mum, .7t the leaſt ; vel, yea, or at leaſt wiſe: 


8. Diſcretive. 
71) ich lightip (ever parrs, oz jopn toge « 
fh-r1:ings ſevered : ag, ſed, but : at, but : 
_quidem, but trufy ; autem, but ; vero,but : at, 
but; Aft, but : atqui, but : cererumybut : ta- 
men, yet. 
9. Elective. 

By which of two things ſet befoze us, 
we ſhew thar we chooſe and pzefer the foz- 
ara : 49, quam, then as :; AC, than ; atque, 
than, 


. Io. Exceptive. 

Which except ſomething from the ſen- 
rence going befoze : as, niſi, except : pre- 
rerquam, except ; ni, except : quin, nay, for 
all that : alioquin, except that. 


al EO” 
4s, 1 We 
_ 

pu4 


E.- 4 | ,— —— RE = 7.42% Y gh: 4 EP YL ju.” I LS 5 Bs Tas —_— _— 0 - a 4 »v 
Y — bo oy owt hy oc "oi . ” =o. þ. . k _ y ae . - "7 53 =: ww i 
ba x - « 4 PT . 3 6 A & ? "re Q Q wm ., 4% X* > . " 
, "—uR - Y -— __ © _— gg =p > x 0M 2 S4 4 , OO Pn O_ ed . 
Ln : ” s z © 7 jo - 3s J - , bu 4 tp. © 
"A $3 x - * g l J =—t ns = _ f I 
458: ED as, IHE F 
po - __ m_ 


eo W. 
__ 


11. Explanative. 
Which explains things going befoze:as, 
ceu, as It were: 1cilicer, as who ſay : nempe, 
*9 wit : nimirum, to wit. 


Jos 


12, Expletivz, or Completive. 


j 4 Which are inſerted into the Mzation foz 
a oknament oz filling ſake onlp : ar enim non 
i iam, but I will not ſuffer it, 


i | 
44 


Of 2 ConjunRion. 129 
| 13. Illaciyz. 
vn; TOHbich are aiſo caliſev Rationales, Ratio- 
7+ cinativz, & Conclufivz ; which from In- 
*credents do infer a Cone {ulton ; ergo, ther- : 


fore : ideo, therefore : igitur, FEST T Ita- 
que, therefore. 


hp | 
— Obſervations. 
_ i. Cum, when, is an Þbverb of teme: 
OG both,1ts a Conjun&ton Copulative ; Cum, 
jeeing that, 19 a Con junFicn Caſual, Herne, 
- 13 ut. | 
'} r. Bur, i. e. only, {Ss made bp rantum, 02 | 
wh moan oz folum. ; 


. Bur, 1.C. but that, bp quin, 02 qui, qu. 
ad. and non, 02 ut non. 
3. But, 1. e. nat but, bp non 02 cn. 


ri, 4 .Eut, 1, e. except by, prerer 02 nif}. : 
SY Quan:. 


1. Quam fg'ofren underſtood afrer ous. 


mMinus,amplus. ka 

b Amplius Centuny,foz quam centum, about ef 
"an hunired. } 
d 2. Quam,is ſometimes pur £02 anteguam wh 
2 poſiquam :. ag, quadTringenteſlimo anno 3 
Guam urbs Roma condita erar , the ſour # 
hundreth yeare after the City Rome was g 

) T— (i 
© 3. Qyam is put foz poſiquam, affer E- 
} ater as, alteridie quam, the next day af- Fa 
ie FCC. » 

4. Quam ig put foz poſtquam, wher _ BY 
protinus oz ſratim go befoze : as, ſtacim ny 
quam urbem * rs, incontinent!y , gr by and i 

by after that ther entree the City. FX 

} 5 Ss (Nan | : 
= 23 


Ee m_ 


Of a Comunction. 

5, Quam, iS put foz poſtquam, after pri- 

die, and poſtridie : ag, poſtridie intcllex1 
uam 4 yobis diſcetſi, I underſtond 7t the day 
after that I departed from you. 

6. Quam, for : quantum, how, oz a, is 
jopned ro Poſlefſives : quam fint moro- 
fn, how wayward or froward they are: homo 
non quam iſti ſunt glorioſus, a man not {+ 
glorious as theſe are. 

7. Quam,as, is jopned to Superlatives, 
if poſſum, volo, oz queo, cotne betmeen 
quam and the Degree : as', quam poſlun!: 
molliſſime, as gently or diligently as they earn 
quam occultiſſime, as cloſely as they may. 

8, Quam, as, is ſometimes jopned to a 
Superlative with ram oz ira: as, quam 
| uiſque peſſime fecir, tam maxime turus eſt. 
F115 very he that did worſt, ſped beſt. 
ws rg x 6. Quam, veyy, is elegantip jopned fs 
Superla- Buperlatives : ur cſlct apud te ob ho 
tives, and quam gratiiſimus ; that he might be for this 
Verbs tor wery acceptable, cr in very great fauiur with 
On9NE9 You. 
vebif P0297 10. Quam With valde , 19 jopned to Poſ- 
fe vivend; ſeſſruves, and engliſhed very : as, ſuos valde 
quam el quam paucos haber , he Path very few of his 
eprime ai- own; and fometimmrg to Poſſeſſrues :; as, 
hitag v1%%ſcrivit ad me quam honorifice, he writeth 
om? unto me very honourably. ” 

11. Tam fa ſentence (Ss elegantlp ſet 
befoze quam : ram te diligo quam meip- 
fum, I love thee as well as my ſelf. 

12. Quam elegantip knitg two Compara- 
tres: As, triumphus clarior, quam gratior 
fuit, the triumph was mor? famans , then ac- 


eepted, - 
13.QUam 


” 


«4 


| pri- 
lex} 
day 


? fs 


TO- 


ING 


Of a Conjun&ion. 


13. Quam with volo, ig put fo? tanrum 
quantum, a much as: ag, cum volo tur- 
bent porrd quam velint, when I yall, they 
can diſturb as much as they will. : 

14. A ded, perinde, bene, and ita, are 


_ elegantly @& ngtilÞed very : ag,habebis O- 


rationem bene longam ; you ſhall have a very 
long Oration. G 
15. Nedum, much leſſe, (9 put in the 
{atter part of the ſentence , and 81 Ae- 
gatives tt jopneth the greater to the foze- 
going leſſer : ag, vile ne caprare qu1- 


dem nedum alere conducet; 2t # profita- 


ble not indeed to catch, much leſſe to nowr!jÞ 
that which is of no value or account; but 
in Afomatives if jopneth the lefſe to the 
areater, that went befoze. Satrapas #3 
firamator nunquam ſufferre ejus ſumptus 


queat nequm tu poilis. 


15, Ncdum, CEnaliſhed not onely, ig 
Ptir fn the fozimer and latter clauſe : 
as, nedum hominum hunylium ut nos 
{umus , ſed eriam ampliſiimorum virorum 
contiha probare ſolent. Movere hic caſts 
quemlibet poitit nedum hominem patr:# 
ſuzamantiilimum, 


Etenim, enim, quidem, quoque, autem, 
yero, are Placed in the ſecond Place of 
pour ſpeech : alſo inquam, inquit, e111- 
dem, hercle, proculdubio, igitur, que, un- 
Quam. 


Or 


” I Ee IEA ns 


—_ —_——— 


0 
| 122 Of a Przpcfition. 
A Praxpofition. 
| Prepofttion £8 (et before other wozds: 
\ 1. Un Compoſition. 
2. {Un Government of caſe. \ 
Przyolitions ſerving to the 
Accuſative caſe, 
ad, to: at, wntil, per, bY or through. 
auoad, as rs | pone, behind. 
apud, at,with, before. | poſt, after, behind. 
ante, before. Preter, beſde, except. 
adverſus, ? againſt, | propter, for, 6r near 
| adverſlum F towards. | by. 
þ £15, 0n this'f1de. ſecundum, according | 
hi citra,on thy ſrde,with- | to, near, next to. 
| oat. ſecus WY 
P.; EIICUM ? ſupra, above, beyond. 
j' circa, >about. trans, over, on the 6- 
'#, CIrciter, | | therſide. 
'Y contra,agarnff,over a- | verſus, towards. 
is gainſt. | Ultra, beyond. 
WW : crga, towards. | Nfra, beneath. 
[hp | EXTTrA , without , be- Juxra, befrde, or nigh 
| , p | fra acts. 9. 
; x :ntcr, Uetween,among, | ob , for, before. 
h1 # amidſt. penes, in the power, 
bs 1NtTd, w1t/)7n, | with. 
Prapoſiti- 


Of a Pczpoſition: 


Prxpolitions ſervingto the Ab- 
lative caſe. 


a, rom, 'f, by, fince, | PIE, before, OY int Com - 


after, fr, or on our | pariſon, for , or by 


fide. | reaſon of. 
_ ab,or abs,from, of,by. | pro, for, before, out of, 
abſque, without. { 0r after. 
coram,Pejore. tinc, without. 


Cum. With, | 
de, oj, concerning, out FO 
of, by, about. *mihil ex occulto, 
e, © eX, of, out of.ever | nihil ex inſfidiis 
fince. | agendum, Cc. 


Jf procu}, oz f1mul , be jopneD With an 


 4Þ/anve cale, a, oe cum, fs underſtood be- 


foze the 495lative: ag , procul patria, fo2 
a patria, far from his country : a and e, are 
(ec befoze conlonantg, ab and cx, befoze 
wo:ds Ueginning with a bowel, and 1, 1; 
abs, befoze Wo?ps beginning with r,and q: 
a9, abs te. 


Prxpoſitions ſerving to the Accu- 
fative and Ablative caſe. 


In, fgnifping n, 02 among, requires an 
ablative caſe vuſuallp : fulr mihi- in men- 
tem, 1t was in my mind, 

In, fgnifping 7nto, for, towards, uþ9n, 4- 
gainſt, requ ireth an accuſattve cale. 

Sub, flgnifping towards, about.a little be- 
fore, 02 after, requireth an accuſative car: 


ard ailo after Ueibs of moving : miſlus 


Lt) 


% 


42 
vo» 


$n> 


: 
s Path 
I re mas * vga" 


PR 
4 nA 


"Y 
@1 home 


neſs haſt thou at this houſe 2 


- let befoze the perſon: ag, apud te, before 


_ 


Of a Pcxpolition. 


ſub jugum, brought into ſubjeeFron. 

Sub, ffanifying «nder, requireth an at: 
ſative cale, and ſoinetfmes avout : as, ſuh' 
exitu vite, about the time of hus death, 

Super, tignifping concerning , Tequireth 
411 ablative cale, | 

Sper, ſignifping beyond, requires an arc- 
culatibe cate. 

Subrer, under, renuirety an accuſative, 
02 ablatiYe cair. 0 
Clam, unknown to, requireth an accula- 

tive, 02 ablative caſe, 

Tenus, gh to, O2up to, governs at ab- 
[ative cale, both ſingu]ar oz plural, unicſſc 
the wozb to be governed of renus, wait 
the fingular number, 02 fignific tht1a5s 
C100 113 nature : as, crurum tenus, #Þ to the 
ancles : aurium renus, up to the ears: nutri- 
cum tenus, n7gh to the paps : and. lumborung 
renus, foz then tl is a genttive. 


Obſervations. 


:. Apud is ſet befoze the place : ag,quid 
apud haſce zdes negotii eſt tibi ? what buſe* 


2. Apua, is not uled after Uerbs of mo- | 
£191. 
3. Apud, ſignifping by, of, to, before, 8 


om apua majores noſtros, by our ance= 
Jrors, 


time, 
4. Ante, {g referred tos perſons, 
| "I Praces, = 
5. C15, foz the moſt part fg ſel befoze 
AMourn » 


Of a Prepoſition, 


Mountains and Rivers ; alſo, cis pauicos di- 
es, within a ſew days. 2. 

6. Citra ts uſed befoze perſons , time. 
and other Suvſtantives. 

7, Circiter js ſet befoze time and number, 
but ſeldsme before place. | 
_ 8.Circa, ts (et befoze time. place, and per- 
/ons, [eldome befoze numbex. 

9. Extra, iS ſet befoze perſons and ſubs 
ftantives of things material and not ma- 


rertal : extra muros, without the walls  £x- 


fra periculum, without danger. 
Signes, 


1. 4 ſen ig a void wozd in the Latino, 0X 
a Wozd foz which no Latine is allorted; pet 
noting ſome Caſe, Þood,o? Tenſe, &c. 

2. Prepoſitions are then ſet befoze cales 
when tbep are not ſignes of raſcs; and 
thep are ſignes of caſes, when bp the 
Rules of Syntax, a Wo2d governeth a cale. 
without a P:epoſitton. 

3. Cum is ſeidome erpzefied, buf when 
it Ganifieth ſoczety: venit cum fſociis, hee 
came with his companions. 


4. Prepoſitions ſet without caſeg after 


them, become Adverbs. 

s. For, when it is made by the Conjun- 
&ons caſual, nam, enim,&c. it hath ozwtna- 
rilp a nominative caſe and the verb, oz a 
berb jopned with an Adverb o2 Relative , 
immediatip following : as, 

Non enim ſumus 11 quorum yagetur ant- 
mus errore, for wee are not they whoſe mind 


wandreth in errour ; nam cum in omnibus 


QUE 


—— + 40 > 


* | \ 


jp Om—_ 


ne 
6p IS 
he i 


26 Of an Interjecion: 
| — quz agnntur, for when as in all things that | 
are done « i 
For, When it is a F9zepoution, it (8-it-* 
mediareilp befoze a Noun n2 a Pzononn 

| __ Syvbftancive : as, Puer! inter fe quam pro 
4 ievibus nOK1S1ras gerunt. | 


n__— a” 7 OR SiS. Moms ot ) 


PT 


1 interjeRtion; 


[ 3n Interjcion ts a word expreſſing ſome 
l affe&F:on of the mand. 


:. Dome be exuitantis, of mrth: as, e- » 
yax, hey; vah, heyday. : | 
2. Dolentis, of ſorrow : as, heu,alas ; hei, | 
ah, alas ; hoi, alas ;. eheu, «las , ah, alas. £ 
3. Exclamantis,. of crying out : as,oh,and þ 

; proh ! 9. 
b 4. Admirantis, of marvelling : as, pape, 
| O marwllous, or ſtrange / | 
5. Timentis, of fearing : as, atat, oh, or | 

S out alas. —þ 

of 6. Laugantis, of praifing : as, euge, O wel | 

; Gone 1 e&ja, goto. 

j - 7. Vitantis, of ſhunning : as , apage, get | 
= & thee gone, or fle away. 
ou. 8, Yocantis, of calling, as, O,cho,heus, 
00 ie. | 

b 9. Deridentis , of ſcorning : as, hui, hoe, 
alas. 

10. Ridentis, of laughing : as. ha,ha,he. 

11. Faſtidientis, of diſdaining : as, Phuy. 

12, Indignantis, vah.ah. 


4 4 « NMt- 


naar —_—_— —  — — ”» _ p 
- SIE _ RT RS. ro ena on 


Of an Interje&ion. 


hat 

| 13. Minantis, of threatning : as, VE, W9. 
ni ** Silentium injungent1is, of injoyning ff- 
m_ | lence ; as,AC,au, it. pax. 


i Obſervations: 


=) Sometimes Nouns ard Uerbs are 
uſed a8 Interjections to expzefle ome affe- 
” tion of the mind : as, Infandum, 0 0 porrivie 
chance not to be mentioned. 
_ Malum , 6 the foul ill, or a miſchief take 
Im. 
Mirabile didta, quzſo, ſodes, ſis, for fivis; 
ſultis, for 11 vultis,&c. 


"Lv —% <> of 
AS. 4. > 


—” Uwe rm fr; mc. ws. 


£2 , 


> Aa 4 congy wer 's - = X *: 
Won * - 
_ Ctr en « 0 In EE _ 
w PP TO 9 i —_— = 
pos 


PE os OY Seas 


GO * 


OO OT OT HP I 9 Oe OO ” en a 


* As N = 
Ws 4 ie of WR 
wy CI at PH 4 


n ; \ 
8 5 ff 
Meek ngs wn KEY 


+ 


OT) 


2:82:20: ASAP 


THE 
SECOND BOOK. 


Ratimary 3 an 


I art of ſpeaking 
r1ghtly. 


There be two parts 


of Grammar : 


1. Etymology. 
2. Syntax, 


Etymologie confide- 
reth the properties 0 
every word by it ſelf. 


Syntax 3s the tight 


_ ordering, or putting t9- 


gether of words a- 
mongſt themſelves , ac- 


cording to the ufe of 


moſt 


approved Anu- 
thors, 


Rammatica <lt 
ars regte Io- 


quend!. 


Grammatice duz 
ſunt partes. 

i. Erymologia, 

2, SYNraXk1s.. 


Erymoulogia vo- 


f cum fingularum pro- 


prietates confiderat. 


Syntaxis eft recta 
vocum imter ſe com- 
poſitio , juxta uſum 
Aurorum probartith- 
morum, 


Rules 


| 


| 


—__ 


| | Of Order in Conſtruing. 125g 


- 
—— 
7 
4 


b . ns NOS 
. Rules ſhewing the Order, wherein 


words are tobe taken in 
Conſtruing. 


Irſt, the Vocative caſe (if there be anp_) 
ts tobee taken, and whatſoever de- 
} _ pends of it. 
: Secondly, the Nominative caſe to the 

Uerb, oz whatſoever ttands inſtead tbere- 
- of, andthac which depends of ( ; but if 
_ the Uerb be an Jmpeilonal, then there 
is no Nommative caſe. 

Thirdly, the Principal Verb with his In- 
finitive (ood , oz in ſtead thereof a Ge- by 
rund 02 Supine. F 
_ (There is noſentence Without a Verb, 1” 
 # either erpzeft oz underſiood, unlefle when 

' an Jnterjection ſupplies the place 
thereof. 

Fourthlp, that caſe which the Verb Þ2zo- 
per[p governeth, and then the other caics 
are tobetaRen i! 02Der. 


Whenthis Order is to be changed, 


; Firſt, this Dzder ig changed in the ob» 
«= {{iquecaſeg of the Relative Qui, and of In- 
terrogatives, Indefinites, and Partitives, which F 
together with thetr Subſffantives, C if thep = 
bave any erpzeſſed, are commonip to bee i 
taken befoze the Verb , oz other wozd 7% 
whereof thep are governed. "0 
\ Seconvip,Conjun&ons are uſtuallp taken # 


1409 


Of Order in Conſtruing. 


firſt in Conſtruffion , and Adverbs are ta- 
ken either befoze, o2 after their Uerb, as? 
the Tenſe requires : Ercept WPdverbs of 


 Tikeneſs,ag,quemadmodum,ficur,&c. having 


fic 92 ita, aniwering to them in the feconr 


pare of the ſe ntence,mhich are taken firſt, 


Thirdly, {nterjecions allo governing 
a Vocative, o2 other caſe, are to be con- 
firued in fe i: ft place rogetyer with their 
cale. 

Fourthlp, Prepoſitrons muſt be taken, 
fogether with their caſe. | 

Fifiip, the Adje&ive is alwaps to be. 
takew with his Subftantive, uniefſe when 
it doth paſſe the ſſanification tnro another 
Wozd. | 

Sirtip, fuch wozys as are wanting to 
make up full conſtruction, are to be (1P- 
plied bp the ſenſe of the place. 

Deventhlp, Latine phraſes.,which can- 
not fitip be disjopned, are to be taken to- 
getber, and to be expzefſed as neer as can | 
be, to the life, that the elegancp of them | 
be not loft, ; 

& tghtip,and laſtſp, when bp theſe rules | 
a Piece of Latine is to be expounded, rhe | 
{ſentence is platnlp, and diftinctip ts bee 
read to a full point, and the points, as 


Commaes , Colons , Interrogations, {yc. are 
70 be marked. 


Points 


- — 


« . : | 
* 


| Of Points. 143 | 
a- LE DE = 
agd © | 
of Points by which ſentences are di- " *l 
'S ſtinguiſhed and noted,are ſeven. þ 
b# N 
g Here are ſeven Points DiſtinguiſÞ{ng 
1- ſenrenceg. 
7 7 

I. Comma : 6. Exclamation 
2. Colon : Admiration > / 
Þ | . : 
3. Semicolon 35 Deplor ation 
e | 4. Period « 7. Parentheſts () 
1 Se Interrogation £ : 
: = ) 
Their ule. 

3 I. Þ Comma, is the note of a bzeathing 


place, fothar the bzeath being tazen,rbat 
which followeth, miſt pzeſentip be read. 
IT. Af Semicolon (peweth a larger bzea- 
thing place, then the Comma ; and is us Y, 
fed, — 
I. fn contrarteties : ag, n not in life; but 
' in death; ngt in health; but in fickneſs,g5c. 


Lam. A 
TV gre 


Iv rag TOI 1. EY . 


2. Jn disjopned ſentences: eg, alioc 0 
clauſum pectore 3 aliud promprum in lin- * | 
gui habere. The one defends us againſt the : 
ſtroak, of the Law; the other pics” the muta- TX 
bility of fortune. | 

III. i Pericd tg uſed, when rhe whole iy 
lentence ig 7erfected ; and after (folio w- FN 
etl a greaf ?rfer. 23 

IV. in Interregat:vepornt (8 uſed when . 
a q'etifon (g as:ed: c8;, who comer © —_ tf 

V. qu Exclamation iS nied, | i 

\ 1.4: ca. {£15 ont; as,9 mojt cnil diſh jollies' < 
} | 2-4 F + 


Rule, 


X- - WW 


Of the Genders of Nouns. 


2. In wondzing at : as, by living under | 
Pharaoh, how quickly Joſeph learned the , 


Courtſhip of an Oath ! miſerable brevity / 
more miſerable incertainty of life ! 


3. Jn bewatiling : as, P:tifal / that we | 
#ould rather miſchief our (elves, then be | 


content to be unpzided : en quo diſcordia 
cives perduxit miſeros !en quis conſeyimus 


_ agros! 


4. Jn wiſhing: as, 9 that 1 bad the 
wings of a Dove / 

V [. Colon, noterh a perfect part oz 
branchof alentence : the whole ſentence 
being not pet finiiÞed : ag, ur agri non 
omnes frugiferi ſunt, qui coluntur : fic a- 
nimi non omnes culti, fructum ferunt. 

VII. Pareniheſgs, entioſeth wozes, with- 
out which > notwithſtanding the ſenſe is 
perfect : as, Though the Heathen (in many 
my ) tempted and adored their drunken 
God. 

WF Parentheſes (is to be conffrued by it 
lelt. 


aTE—SrEa—_—s Cn—o——_—C—_—__ manner einnt nrerrr teen Wy, 


Of the Gender of Nouns Subſtan- 


tives, gathered from their 
{1gnification, 


f Hom mayeſt call Ropria que ma- 
proper names, ribus tribuuntur 
which are applyed to maſcula dicas. 
Hees, maſcultnes. 


N ames 


Of the Gender of Nouns; 143 ( 
e Names of Rivers, Fluviorum, Men- Rule 2. 4 
r Þ Moneths, and Windes, fium &% ventorum ny 
' are Maſculine. nomina ſunt maſcu- 
P | lina. 
: 1 = p< 
. Theſe Obſervations are to be read perfe: p 
5 | lp: alſsthe reft upon anp other Rule. 4 
/ ws 
Obſervations. _ 
| \ I. qnder tbe names of hees, are com: 
 prehended, 1. Yeathen Gods. as, Mars, nl 
| Pan. 3. The names of Angels: as, Ra- = 
thiel, Gabiel. 3. Gentiles : as, an & ngith x 
man, a Scotch man, a French men. ic. pe 
4. Pzoper and common names gtven to Þ 
| « 
| men. and hees : as, Charles, Thomas, Ro- $67 
4 mulus, Remus, vir, 4 man, gen. virl ; pre- "4 
} do, a robber, gen, predonis 3 taurus, 4 bull, F 
gent. taurl. | k 4 
IT. @Df Rivers, Allia, Albiila, Matrona. £1 
SEquana, Druentia, Viſtula, Moſella, Girum- ag 
' na, following the Decienfion and Termi- wt 
| nation, are read femnines, Iader, is the 8 
Neuter Gender. Nar ig the Maſculine and To 
Neuter Gender, Stix, and Lethe are the-Cogg, fs 
feminine gender. Offa and Oeta, names of $$ 
Mountains, bp reaſon of mons undertiood, "4 


k 


are rean maſculinesg. 

III. The names of Moncths are, 1 Janu- 
Arius, i. 2. Februarius, i. 3. Marius, 1, 
4: Aprilis. 5. Mains, 6. Junius. 9. Ju- 
lius. 8. Auguſtus. 9. Septcmber, IS. 10. 
October, is, 11, November, is.; 12. De- 


eEMbcr, 15. OR: 
lv. The 


-- 


] 


i 
FA 
7 
| 
| 
6 
! 


Rule 2. 


Rule 4s 


from which if thep have declined urbs, re-\ 


Of the Genders of Nouns. 


The namcs of atinrs; the Eaft- 
CET Eurnss the Weſf-wind, Favonius; the 
North-wind, Boreas. ; the South- wind, Au-. 
mer, tt. | 

s. FRote that pzoper names, and Þ dje- - - 
ctives dertbev of them, allo the beginnings 
of Uerlcg are weirten with great letters, 


0 
"ib nzmes ſhew- Propria foemine-* 
g the ſhee kind are um rciercentia nom 
aphed t9 the femi- nalexum, formines 


nine Gender. generi tribuuntur, 


Names of Cities, or Urhium,Regionum | 
Towns, of Countries & Inlularum,nomina 
and Iflands, are femi- \unt focminina. 
NINes. 


Obſervations. | 


{. Under names ſhewing tle De hind, 
are comp:ehended the naimes of Deathen! : 
1. Goddeficg : as, Juno. 2. Names of}: 
women : as, Dido. 3. Durh ag repre-! | 
_ the femaie :er: as, Aymphes , Drias, 

Muſes,Clio, &c. Grates, Euphroſync,® H 
v7 Furies, Aleo, Megzra, and Tyſpho-|. 
ne; and with theie common Nout;s irgni-Þ| 
fping thees : as, uxor, gen. uxoris, awife;Þ 
agna, gen. LOTS ef EWILAN | Lexna, X, af 
L1one)s. q 
[I. In names of Cities, Putlo?s {eemÞ 
to Have had 1efpect ra the rermination,| 


£10 02 inſula ig underſtood. 
ve TUies fo? tye termination are. 
1. That! 


ns Bas © -; 


Of the Gender of Nouns. 
- 1. Thac wozds ending tn 4 and e long, 


%\ Are Femmnes. 


- 2. Wozrsg ending ino and in us, elpe- 
' riailp if thep deſcend of Gzeek wozks in 
- = v5. contraſted of 0&5, are Maſculines: ap, 
2  Sulmo, Narho, Hippo, Pontus,Abidus, Pet- 
f, ſinus, Daphnus, Opus, Rhamnus. 
Argos, ig the Neuter Gender : a98,74x C-- 
3. T4v2ds ending in as, are Maſculines : 


- a8, Agragas. 


145 


G 4. Wozds in c [yozt: ag, Prxneſte, = 
| Czre, Nepete : allo tn ma : as,Zeugmaz in "2 
1, as, Hiſpal, Suthal; in 1r, as, Gedirz Ny 

n_ inur, as, Thur, are Nettersz but Anxur, 4 

a iS Maſculine and Neuter., =. 

s. Plurais. in i, are Maſculines : ag, *y 

Gabii, Philipp1 3 and Pluralis tn a, are | "f4 

' Neutcrs : as, Bactra, Artaxata. of 
| 

, MAnuns are of the Sunt commune Ruſle 5, s_ 


3, Common of two Gen- duum, quz cum dil-. -. 


1. der,” which do receive crimine ſexus, mal- ' q 
pf both an Adje&ive of culum & admittunt Mn; 
.- the Maſculine and Fe- Adjedtivum 8& Mu- Wy 
5, Mnine Gerder , with liebre. = oy 
A difference of kind. ; by; 
ny : :  —. 
j. © Infans, tis, an Infant. Atque Parens,tis,a fa- Mp. 
" ther or mother. Adoleſcens, tis, 4 young £) 
al man, or maid. Niles,& ris, a ſo!dier. : Fats 
| Hollis, is, an encmy. Vartes, is, 4 Prophet. . 3 
n|þ Athnis, is,a &7nſman by marriage. Teſtis,is, ow 
1, 4 nes. E Hh 
.... Patruelis, 1s, a couſen german 3 & hares, dis, _ 
 » andan heir. Vindex, icis, « revenger, & " 
judex, icis, and a Judge. 77 

H Con- b, FE 4 

Fat 


145 Of the Gender of Nouns: 
Conjux, jugis, a husband, or wife : antiſtes, 
ritis, @ Prelate : & augur, uris, a ſouth- 
ſayer ; autor, toris, a Founder, 
Exerclle Nemo, minis, 70 body : cuſtos, todis,a keeper : 


Your > 

3 7 WET hs cis , @ Captain : ſacerdos, otis, a 

declining - r1eft, 

theſe Municeps, municipis, « Citizen, or x reeman? 

Words. Comes, comitis, 4 companion .: Civis,civis, 
a Citizen. 


Sus, ſuis, a Swine ; Bos, bovis, 4n Oxe ; Ca- 
nis,canis, 4 dog or bitch, 


Obſervation. 


The meaning of this rule i(9,tbat ifthe 
Wozd be (poken of a bee, it is maſculine, but 
of a ſhee, feminine: as, affinis,a kinſman, iS 
maſculine : but affinis , a kinſwoman , fami- 
nzne : teſtis, a witneſs , if a man, the maſ- 
ex/ine - if a woman, the feminine, 


Rue © Names of Birds, Nomina,yolucrum, 
Beaſts, and Fiſhes, are ferarum , piſcium 
Epicenes. ſunt Epicaena, 


Obſervations. 


1. Sometimes the ler is differenced in 
ſeberai 902ds : ag, taurus, a bull: vacca, | 
4 cow : Juvencus, juvyenca, an Heifer. 4 

2. Dumerimes to aboto b9oubtfulneſg, 
02 uncertainty, we uſe maſc, and forming : 
as, paller foemina, 4 hen-ſparrow, to Difiini- | 
guith rhe ter. } 

in The 


4 
# 

+, 

=; 


bs , 


Of the Genders of Nonns: 


s feminine, as a pop- muliebre ut populus 
lar tree, an alder tree. alnus. 


Exception, 


Oleaſter, a wild Olive Tree, gen. Oleaſtri, 
{s maſculine, 
Siler, gen. fileris, a ſmall withy, Suber, 


gen. ſuberis, a Cork, tree. Robur, gen. robo- 
& is, an Oak, Acer, gen. aceris , 4 Maple Tree, 
- Are Neuters. 


| The Gender from the Termina! 


tion excepred from the ſignification. 


147 


The name of a Tree Arboris eſt nomen Rule 7, 


Tou ſball put a word Um neutrum PO- Rule 8. 


* ending in um , neuter, nes hominum fi pro- 


if you except the pro» pria tollas. 
per names of men and 


Obſervations: 


1.Gzeek words in on, are neuters : as,[1i- 


YT on, aCity, Pelion, a Mountarn. 


2. Manciptum, a bond-man. Scortum, ar 


: | harlot, or common ſtrumpet. Jamentum , a 1a- 
E bouring beaſt, are neuters bp their terminatt- 
| on,not bp their ggnificacion, ec. 


Pxgnium,and Dynacium, names of boyes, 


; Glycerium, Phronefium , names of Tromen, 
I keep the Genver accozding ts tbeir ſignifi. 
A cation, and not their termination. 


H > A 


- | —__-_—_ 
Of the Gender of Nouns: 


A letter or other Litera 'five alind | 
word put for a Noun s poſitum pro nomine 
the Neuter Gender, ſo verbum, eſt Neutra- 
#s a Noun undeclined : le genus, fic invaria- 
as,gumm1, gum; cor- bile nomen, ut gum- 


OO ORR OY OO” OI OOO” A OO" OO” OC Tr Pee OE CC ue OE nt Wm” —_— Sad " 'P "% 
- , _ Ou. 4 
we rhebes S K 4,2 "Ow: Ir 0 ... Me. Ws Is "_— Pr & Sh = Gn LES ered mg 0 4 
my IIS RY: gg * airEir-acy bY 35 'H 4 FceeÞ - x ba pe - 5 a 47 papers ey £2 LIT _ 
4 _ " 4 13 "er He "K-34 * 
wn 
1 


nu, a horn. m1, Cornu. | 
|  Explication. 
Et potis es 1. Pletter put foz a P9un: as, « nb 
'$ nigrum %i- < ; nigrum theta, black or difnall theta. , 
# : ” Pre 2, Knother wozd pur foz a Noun : 7. e. ' 
F PerC.Sat, Worrs put matertailp, oz? foz themſelbes : | 
3 4. ag, velle ſaum, /45 own velle. Aliud cras, a 
| x  nothey Cras, &c. 
; DIE mmm | 
& Of the Gender of Noun SubRtantives : 
7 known from their Declenfion. 
$4 Rule 7, OFns of the firſt, Oeminei generis | 
þ and fift Declen- ſunt primi, & no- 
\Þ fron, are of the Fami- mina quinti flexus. | 
T nine Gender. 
\Fi 
F Except of the firſt Declenfien. y 
j r. Gzeek Nouns ending in as: as, tia- ! 
(f ras, gen. , a round ornament for the head; and 
bt tnes: as, lorites-, gen. ſoritz, a kind of 
q ſubtle argument. 
{l 2. Woeds Derlbed of theſe, ending in a : | 
V1 ag, cometa, gen. Comerx, a Comet, or blazing Þ 
| - ; 
1 Rar. Plancta, gen. Plaiictz, a Planet, or wan- |? 
1 dring flar. Hadria, gen. Haditiz, the Adria- | 
[ t7ch jad, Which are ai 2Waiculines. y 
| 


Except | 


"— 


Th 


y ©6 0 


j3 
$. 
| 


DO ENGINES F " OE CENCECNNIIINS FROAEt 
"ke RE 
- i ND SEO obs (ok ES ls PS OT} 


Of the Gender of Nouns: 


Except from the Fifr Declenfion: 
I. Dies, a day, Which ts Maſculine and 


Feminine in the ſingular number, . and 
Maſculine onlp tn the plural. 


2, Mcridies, mid-day, which ts Maſculine : 


tn the ſingular number, and wants the 


plural. 


_ Obſervations upon the Firſt Declenſton. 


i. That manp Nouns which deſcend 
of Gzeek Nouns of the Maſculine Gender, 
are not withtanding Feminines: ag, mar- 
gariva, charta, citirata, « Portculls. Coch- 
lea, catapulta, a ſling. Gauſapa, baliſta,ca- 
raſia, a Cage to ſell or puniſh ſervants in,&C. 

2. Compounds of Verbs: ag, transfuga, 
parricida, advena, coclicola,&c. map be 1e- 
ferred to the rulcg of ſignification. 


Nouns which are of 
the Fourth, and which Xus,que quarti qux- 
are of the Second De- que ſecundi : ut.,tru- 
clenſton, are Maſcu- tus, tluvius. 
lines: as, fructus, 
fruit ; fluyins,q 77ver. 


Exceptions from the ſecond 
Declenſion. 


1. Feminines. 2, Neuters. 3. Dowbtfuls, 
i Feminines excepted. 

1. Vannus, gen. Vanni,a Van. Humus,gen, 
Humi,the ground. Domus,a houſe, Alvus,gen. 
Alvi, a belly, Colus,i, a diftaff 

H 3 2. Geena 


149 


Maſcula ſunt fle- Rule » 


8% is © OO. SET 008” POS} TORR.” TO CO Ss en nd 0 OBE NT ATI Gs 08 NS 6 DOGS oe ou | gr ae 4 TT IT; 
; < BALE 
G is by & 


—__.c_ 


fg, or unripe fig, ate of the Doubtful gender. 


I OA Wot > AS IE A TE I CI OI OOO TOE <——— 


Of the Genders of Nonns. 


2, Eree" ::9u1g changing os {nro us: as. | 
ap irms. hAneyY Antidotus, a preſervative 4 = 1 
ga*r.if venzine 27 poiſon. Coſtus, an hearb cal. | 
led h- ba Mariz. Dipthongus , a Dipthong. | 
Byſtins. a &7nd of fine flax. Abyflus, a bottorn- 
leis gulf. Cryltallus, Cryſtal. Synodus , an 
Aſemily, Sapphirus,a Saphrr ſtone. Eremus, 
a wi/derneſs. Ard&us, a cv!eſtial conftellation 
7n form of a Bear. Exodus, 4 gving , Or de- 
Parting 2% Methodus, a ready way to doe 5r 
reach any tings, Dialecus, a manner of ſpeech 
mn any language divers from others. Crvſoli- 
thus, a k&indns 7iſper ſhining with a golden | 
colour quite through, Carbatus, fine [mnen. 
Hyſſopus, hy jope. Nardus, « plant called 7 
Spicknard., Acomus, a mote in the Sun, 
Pharus, a h:gh watch-Tower, Lecythus, a pot 
of ointment. Byblus, a Bul-ruſh, Ficus , 4 | 


CE IO 


ome 


Eg, anda Fig-Tree, are femnines, 
2. Neuters excepted: | 


Virus , poiſon. MNommativo virus, Accu- | 
fativo virus. Voc. virus. Pelagus, the ſea, are " 
Neuters. Vulgus, the common people, ig ſomes ' 
times the maſculine, and fometimeg the 
neuter gender. 


3. Doubtfuls. 


Balanus,1, all kind of maſt or acorns. Ru- | 
bus, 1, 4 great bramble , the blackberry buſh. | 
Phaſelus, « little ſhip called a Galleot. Bar- | 
birus, a Lute, or Dulcimer. Groſſus, .a green | 


Exception | 


Of the Genders of Nouns, 


Exception from the fourth 
Declenfſion. 


1 Feminines, 2 The Common of two. 
2 Neuters. 


1 Feminines. 


Manus,a hand : tribus,us, a tribe or ward . 
Porticus,us, a Porch , or Gallery: acus,us, 4 
needle : idus,iduum, tn rhe plural number 
onelp, the 1des of every month. 


2, Maſculine and Feminine. 


Specus, a den, and penus, all kind of vi- 
als, meat and-drink, are the maſculine and 
feminine gender, 


3. Neuters. 


Words ending in ty In uv, definentia 
#re of the Neuter Gen- ſunt Neutrius gene- 
der undeclined in the ris, in ſingulari in- 
ſingular number : as, .declinabilia :; ut,cor- 


coug-* horn + genu, nu,genu. 


—_— A. 


"ISOWD a —_ DO 


The Third Declenſion. 


We Gender of Nouns of the Third Declen- 
fron, ts known bp thzee ſpecial Rules, 
Dea wn from rhe tncreaſing , oz not facrea- 
ang of the genitive caſe fingular. 

H 4 The 


o 


7 _ —_—- 
he. Sons es ont ee ee 
_— aka eos bn a 6 ey __ Py 
a Seng Ne ome he Pope vn een" 
«Fad the gs © Tag” "ks 2 A, "as. 


= i cad, 


01 Is 


ſe eee; yR_— TR ER > 
? Bode. ae OD... An age 2 mY 
wm as 5 _”— A Ears 3 oy Yar 
: PRETEEN - I 
2 z _ F 'I; DK 


Ae 


- > I 


152 


E Par i/yllae 


Bical. 


2 Im; 11'2- 


F þ CP | bY 


Of the Genders of Nouns. 


the ſp!iſavl:g tn the Nomznative : ag, Nom, 


CFO, Ten CAMS. 


——— 


The Genitive cat 13 ſaid not to en-. 
cre*ie, when the fpliables are equal with 


Th- Lenit.vs raſe i8 ſaid to encreaſe, | 


when fore are moe 'pliables in the Ges | 
nifier1 !fe {1 the Rominative: as, | 


YIIEUs, gen. VIEEUCS, 


The firft ſpecial Rule 


F.2minines, 


A Nun nat encreq- 
fing 7 the Genttie 
caſe 63. Caro i"; . 
carn'®© - vIs, j;/cngih, 
might, or power : nu- 
bes, a cloud , us the 
F &minine Gender, 


f 


Nomen non Cre- | 
ſcens, genit1yo : cen, | 
Caro, Carnis, vis, vis, 
nubes, nubis, genus 


eſt mulibre, 


Exceptions 


x. Of Maſculines. 
3. Doubtfuls. 


1. Maſculines. 


Orbis, a circle, or 
{ing 3 poſts, a poſe; 
vepres, «4 brir, or 
bramble, gen. vepris; 


Maſcula ſutit or- 
bis,poſtis, vepres, & 
aqualis. 


& and, aqualts, an ewer, or laver,are Maſcul. 
Kilo, callis, 4 beaten path. Caulis., a-ſtalk 


6r lem of an hearb. 


Follis, a pair of bellows, 
Collis, a Hillock. Menfis, a moneth. Enfis, 


« ſword. Fuſtis, aclab, Funis, a rope , or 


cable. 


gated eas. Dc DAM AUT TE Ir ee er eee eee ea EI te ma MTs lM db 


2 nant 


by 81 


ONT I ARTS : v 5 * Av 
ARS Sie REG fo CU ; 
ES FELT 's 1 
% 


WP ET 


Of the Gender of Nouns. 


cable. Panis,bread; Sentis, a thorn, Cr1i- 


nis,hatr. Amnis,a 71ver. Caths, a net or 
ſnare. Fallis,a faggot. Penis, a tail. Torris, 
a fire-brand. Pilcis,a fiſh. Unguis,the nail of 
the Finger or Toes. Ignis,flire. Vectis, a bar or 
ſparr of wood. Vermis,a worm. Sodalis,a com- 
panion. AXis,an Axe Tree, or Axle Tree, Mu- 


gilis, a mullet, Acinices, a Perſtan Sword 
Speer. 


Maſcula 
in er ; velurt, imber, 
venter & utcr.. 


Nouns ending in er, 
are Maſculines , as, 
imber, a ſmoaking 
ſhowre of rain ;, ven- 
rer, a belly; utery a bottle, 


2. Neuters excepted. 


If a Noun in e make Neutram nomen 
is ( mn the Genitive ine, 11gignit # ; ut, 
caſe) it a Neuter z- mare,rctc. 
as, mare, gen. marts, 
the ſea; rete, gen, retis, a net. 


So Panices, an hearb that hath a leaf like 


© the leaf of a fig Tree. Nepenthes , bugloſſe. 
Hippomianes, a venemous humour iſſuing from 


a Mare. Cacoerhes , an evil cuſtome, Solc- 


; cophanes, a ſhew of a ſoleciſm. 


3. Doubtſuls excepted. 


Finis, an end, and Sunt dubii gen>- 


* corbis, a basket, and ris finis corbiſqz ca- 
* canalis, 4 channe/,are nalis. 


' of the doubtful gend. 


H 5 Aiſo 


nom1 nd E xc. 2. 


_ = DÞÞ x 


Of the Gender of Nouns. 


Fiſo, anguis, a ſnake : clunis, a buttock. or 
haunch : torques, a collar, or chain ; palum- 
bes. a wood-calver , or ring-dove ,, are of the 
maſculine o2 feminine gender, 


The ſecond ſpecial Rule: 


Feminnes. 


A Noun 4 the fe- 
minine gender, if the 


laſt ſyllable ſave one of 


the genitive caſe in- 
creaſing , ſound long : 
&, pietas, godlineſs : 


Nomen creſcentis - 


penultima f1 geniriv1 
iyllaha acuta ſonat, 
velut hxc: paetas, 
pietatis : VIreus,vir- 
rutis, monſtrant, gc- 


% "A aw 


virtus, Uirtue, doe nus ett muliebre. 


ſhew. 


as 


Exceptions of 
xs, Maſculines. 2. Neuters. - 3. Doubtfuls. 


1. Maſculmes, 


a dM» a Meet. A. PID I TT , "Oo" \ IF 0s 1% OY rey. » _ be a % OT? 
2 % - a ; ; * 
nd = "Y — G = - ns _- Jr » . OE” "—_ Je 4 » > OFF J » " - 
5 MI *s SEEN SSA CREST > * EIN oi ® ay Ws re IR F "ES. I or” ha v5 - 8 - l a4 
Foe : 7 gn uf ” 1 Lin bo þ « "i. 5 #- OS 4 s.. == LE. - » 
by. . v þ Pi2IEh 2 : - "ny J a A Vo Us we”. . = outtos 
0 *© **,, aw - b —. E'- LE þ4 0% IP SNPRWYRs.. oe Coe Et oe 7. | A-60y as LOI SY WE IVES 957 12 - 
| 2” We.” . : Al. - 477" Np + a ” OW b 
+2. 2 hy ;: SC With; PEAT . w-1 pa 8 oe ING 
o : oa ; ww ah Ke % 
| - . . pps 1b... v 
p, EE 64 ! ; . : 6 
- 4 
Cue 


Some Nouns of one Maicula dicun- 


E Fxc.t. 


\f ſyllable are called maſ- tur Monoſyllaba no- 
To =* Sat priſe calines: a5, * (al, ſalr, mina quzdam,ut al, 

7 : "ih ; 
{8 e:+ weutrs, gen. falis: (ol, the lol. 

| Sun, gen: ſolis. 


Fiſo ren, gen. renis, the kidney or reins of 
; the back: ſplen, the ſpleen : pes, a foot, gen. ' 
| | ' pEdis : glis, a dormouſe,gen.gliris :; fur,a thief: 

| | gryps, 4 griffin : vas, gen. vidis, a ſurety : 

4 | pres,gen. predis, a jurety : moS,gen. MOris, 4 _ 
| manner : tlos,z flower : ros, the dew : mus, a | 
| EF | mouſe . dens, a taath : {eps,gen. lepis, 4 Veng- 
=] nous | 


Of che Gender of Nouns. x55 
mous worm, of whoſe ftroak or biting, the fleſt | 
rotteth : mons, a mountain : pons, 4 bridge : 
grex, gen. gregis, a flock of cattle : fons, gen. 
fontis, a fountain. 


Alſo Nouns of many - Maſcula ſunt& in p,. , 
ſ»1lables in n, are maſ- n, Polyſyllaba qualia 
calines, of what ſort Lichen. 
are Lichen, gen. Lt- 
chenis,a tetter, or Ting-worm : alſo the hearb. 
Liverwort. 


4nd Delphin, gen. Delphinis, a Dolphin : AlſoArrt- «| 


: mg WG TT 

Pzan, gen. Pzanis, a ſong of praiſe made to CE "1 
Ts | | 3 ” Se MN. 

A pollo 0 thon, ” J 
| 1 

#4 


Nouns in o, fignify- Maſcula ſunt in o, gc -. 
ing a body, are maſcu- Tignantia corpus: ut, © 
lines: as, unio,apre- unto, bubo, umbo. _ Bi 
cious pearl; bubo, * 
an Owle : umbo , a' ſhield, gen. umbonis, 


Do Senio,the ze caſt of the Dice: ternio. 


the number of three : ſermo,a word or ſpeech, Ne 
Nouns ending iner, Maſculain er, or, ve. * 
or, and OS: as, Cra- & 0$: ut,crater, fu _ 'k 
ter, gen. Ccrateris, a4. doy, honotque. ih 
great cup : ſudor, gen. #; 
tadoris, ſweat : and honos, gen. honoris, hc- 4 
nour, are maicalines. Y 
So rorrens. brook, : oriens,the Eaſt : E-  - 
fepha:, an Elephant : Magnes,the Load-ftone : E 
tapes, tapeſtry : lebes , a cau'dron : adiamac. *s 
a Diamond ; hydrops , the dropfe ; nictico- 1p 
EL 
A 


"SO 's _ : 
ff if rr I 
2 ION 
» , k 
, br 
», - . 
Ti p 
PF: 


156 | Of the Gender of Nonns. 


rax, a night raven: thorax,the breaſt : Phoe- 

nix, gen. Phoenicis, a bird called a Phznx : 

rudcns, acableof a ſhip : bonibyx , a filk- 

worm : bidens, a dung fork, or forked in- 

frrument : and tridens, gen. tridentis, an in- 
. ſtrument having three teeth. 


Exc.s. Alſo the parts and Maſcula ſunt etiam 

Uncia tol- Compounds of a pound: partes & compoſita 

tows the 3; ſextans, ſextantis, aflis: ut , ſexrans, 

rule of the Pe . . 

s. Declen, 779 ounces: quin- quincunx, bes cum |! 
cunx,quincuncis,five ſemyſle rrienſque. [ 


y 


OUNCES : bes, beilis, 3 


etght ounces : ſemiſſis , gen, ſemiilis, half « 
pound : triens, gen. trientis, a farthing. 


| 
| | 


2: Neuters excepted. ; 
Fxc.t> - Alſo theſe Nounsof Sunt Neutralia & 
one ſyllable are New- hac Monoſyllaba 
ters: as, mel, honey, nomina mel, fel. 
gen. mellis : fel, gall, 
£*n, tellis. 


pH - Alſo lac, milk, gen. lactis : far, bread 
(, eorn: Ver, the Spring time : Cor, a heart, 
Ki gen. Cordis : #s, braſſe, gen. ris : vas, 4 
| Veſſel, gen. vaſis: OS, a bone: gen. offs : 
\ 2 of, 4 mouth, gen. oris: rus, the Countrey , 
gen- ruris - thus, frankincenſe , gen. thu- 
ris : Jus. T!ght: gen, juris: Crus, the leg 
from the knee to the ankle, Pus, ſnot , gen, 


ODD OOO EO oe STE ONS NG ag == 
re yt vn —_ —% 


Puris, 
Bx4%  AnJ1 Nounsof ma- Etinal, palylyl- 
ny ſyHables ending in Jaba in arque, nomi- 


LF ->0 
Br al. 


Of the Gender of Nouns. 


al, and in ar, are Neu- naſunt Neutra : ut, 


137 


ters : as, Capital,gen, capital , laquear , 
Ccapitalis, a 771bbon : calcar, quibus addi- 
laquear, a vanted roof tur halec. 

of achamber.,to which 

halec, gen. halecis, « hering # added. 


3- Doubrfuls excepted: 


Theſe Nouns are of Hxc dubii generis 
the Doubtful Gender : funt perdix cum 
perdiX, a partridge : grue limax. 
IimaXx, a ſnail: with 
grus, gen. gruis, d Crane.. 


Fils lynx, gen: lyncis, a beaſt like unto 4 
Wolf, having many ſpots. 

* Stirps, gen. ſtirpis, the root or ſtem ; ſer- * Aﬀeock 
pens, a ſerpent : ſcrobs, a Ditch : calx, the 97 kindred 


I the famiy. 
peel, gen, Calcis. Gender, 


The Third ſpecial Rule. 
_ Haſculines. 


If the lajt ſyIable 
fave one of the Ge- 
nitive caſe encreaſing, 
be fhort : as, 1anguis, 
bloud , ſanguinis, in 


F the Genittve caſe, that 


Noun 45 a maſculine. 


Nomen , creicen- 
ris penultima 11 Ge- 
nictyi fit gravis : ur, 
ſanguis, Genitivo 
ſanguinis.cſt mas. 


Exceptions 


OR NT Or o—_—_ * 1A PEER ar Ar vc a "EVR $+__z * — 
PEI x __ - - _—_ op "OY 
$45 tos ; 


ry 3 be Pe EY 3 
"tr Dt by, 
FP 5 699 Wye? eg 
- 


ExC. Is 


 —————. 


Of the Gender of Nouns. 


Exceptions 


1. Of Feminines. 


2. Neuters. 


3. Doubtfuls, 


1. Femimines. 


Let a word above 
two ſyllables ending in 
do,which gives dmis, 
in the genitive caſe, 
and ending in go, 
w1ch giveth ginis, 1n 
tne genitive caſe , be 
the feminine gender : 
4, dulcedo,ſweetnes: 


Faeminet gener:ts 
fir hyperdiſlyllaban 
in do, quod ainis, 
argue In go, quod 
dat gmis, in geniti- 
vo: ut, dulcedo, 
genitiVo dulcedinis: 
COMPAago , genitivo 


 bongs ; Supellex, gen. ſupelle 


compaginis. 
Compago,a joint, 


NJ dÞe fo theſe, grando, 4a, gen. frandi« 
Nis : teges,d courſe blanket, or coverlet : COmM- 
PCs, 4 Pair of fetters : gen .compedis : leges, 
ſtanding corn, gen. legetis : arbor, a'tree, gen. 
arboris : hyems, winter, gen. hyemis : hal- 
cyon, the bird called the Kings Fiſher : pecus. 
gen. pecudis, all cattel and beaſts : caflis, gen. 
caſcidis, a helmet : culpis, gen. culpidis, the 
point of a weapon : lagopus, gen. lagopodis, 
an Ro, Tatts Hareſ-foot : findon, gen. findo- 


'NIS, very fine linnen : icon, an image ; acdon. 


aed6nis , 4 Nightingale : forfex, gen. forficis. 
4 pair of 7 1XRars, or ſheers : Carex, gen, Cari- 
cis, ſedge : forceps, gen. forcipis, a pair 0) 

Tor 
ftufj : apendix, gen. apendicis, a dependance, 
or a1dition : hiſtrix, gen. hiſiricis, a Porca- 
pine: CoOXendix, gen. Coxendicis ,. the ÞIÞ : 
UISGr HUICIE, jar? rake, Ang 


Of the Gender of Nouns. 


And Greek Nouns 
ending in as,is,and ys: 
a5, Lampas,gen. Lam- 
padis,a Lamp: jaſpis, 
gen. Jalpidis, a jaſper 


ſtone, are feminnes : 


clamys,a ſhort cloak. 


Grecaque 1n as, Fxc.2. 


15, & ys, finita: ut, 
Lampas, jaſpis , at- 

que chlamys {ſunt 
foeminina. 


2. Neuters excepted. 


A Noun ending in 


a, ſignifying a thing. 


without life : as,pro- 
blema, gen. proble- 
matis, 4 hard queſiton 
x the Neuter Gender, 


A Noun ending in 
1, Neuter: 45,0men, 
gen. ominis, fore-ſpea- 
king , except pecten, 
gen. pectinis, a comb, 
maſculine, 


Nouns ending in ar: 
&,jubar,gen. jubaris, 
the ſun-beam, and en- 
ding In Ur, as, Jeeur, 
gen. jecoris, the lver, 
are Neuters, except 
furiur,brangmaſculine, 


A Noun ending in 
us : as, Onus,oneris, 
« burden: and inpur, 


Eſt neutrale genus FExc.r. 
ſignans rem non ani- 
matam, nomen IN a, 
ut problema. 


Nomen in n eſt xc. 2. 


neutrum : ut, omen 
EKkcipe pecten mal- 
culum, 


Sunt | 
nomina In ar: ut, 
jubar, & in ur, ut je- 
cur , excipe furtur, 
maſculum. 


Nomen n lis . ut, Exc4s 
onus, & in put, ut 
occiput eſtneutrum. 

as, 


I59 


neutralia Exc. :.\ 


2. 


i 3 

BS! * 
: 3 

| &$ 

| $2; ; 
* 


EXC. 5. 


Of the Gender of Nouns. 


a5, OCCIPut, OCCIPITIS, rhe hinder part f the 


head is Neuter. 


Cadaver, gen. Cca- Sunt Neutra Ca- 
daveris, a dead car- daycr, uber, iter, i1« 
kaſſe : uber, gen. ter. 
uberis, a breaſt or 
teat ; Irer, gen. itineris, 4 journey  filer, 
gen, fileris, a parjnep, are Neuters. 


Filo filer, gen. fileris, an Ofter. Tu- 
bCr, gen. Tuberis , a Tad-ſtogl, or ſnel- 
iing in a mans body. Neurter, for a Tree, 
Fa:minine, for fruit ef a Tree Maſculine. 
Verber, Gen. Verberis. Ablat. Verbere. Plue 


' raliter Verbera, Verberum, Verheribus, 


a Stripe, Suber, Genztivo Suberis , Cork. 
Z inziber, Genitive Tinziberis, Ginger. La- 
ſer, Genitivo Laſeris, the Hearb Benjanin. 
Ciler, Genitivo Ciſeris, an Italian Peaſe, 
Piper, Genitzvo Piperis, Pepper. Papa- 
ver, Genitivo Papaveris, Poppy. Pecus, 
Genitzvo Pecoris, Cattel. Aquor, Geni- 
tzvo Aquoris, the Sea. Marmor, Genz- 
tivo Marmoris, Marble. Ador, Genitive 
Adoris, Wheat. 


2. Doubtfuls excepted. 


Wt % R 4 os ls. mt 
. 


Theſe Nouns are of Incert! generis | 
ze Doubtful Gendep,; ſunt hac, cinis, ales, | 
cinis, aſbr's, Geniti- adeplique. 

U) CINETIS ; ales,Ge. 

 wlitis, any great bird,and adeps,fat, gen.adipis. 


gi's 


Of the Gender of Nouns, 


Filo Margo, Gen. Marginis, the brim of a- 
#y thing. Culex, Gen, culicis, a Gnat. Cor- 
rex, gen. cOrticis, the bark of a Tree. Pu- 
mex, a Pumice ſtone, Pulvis, duſt, gen. pul- 
yeris. Obex, a boult,gen, obicis. Imbrex, 
a gntter-tile, gen. imbricis . Silex, a flint, gen. 
filicis. OnyX, gen. onichis, the na1l of a fin- 
ger. Sardonix, gen. Sardonichis, a ſtone, the 
wpper part reſembling the colour of a mans nail, 
are the Maſculine or Feminine Gender. 


- + + > 
mm. HSVIS VRETDD ,- oo noo yu} ws mg OA. ——_—— 6 Aon aRfer pom nn oo a> 


Finis Librs ſeam. 


p 


I6y 


0-H 4 44 
Bel BET dr ns WS At egy One A 


= 

$55 

S } 
x7 | 
{17 
2. 1 
4. £ 
' 


Rule 1, 


X {[nCer- 
frand /:1ee 
as tranfiatio 
eb Iudo ub3 
£alcu lus 
2072 ampl- 
Ws CIEYE 
Ce, Jmo- 
ver* pofot. 


SUSNSIRSCIOD. 


THE | 
THIRD BOOK. | 


TP RR. at. 
a —————_. nt » } — i w _ — 
OT ph Ll 


of Heteroclites, or words 0ut 


Irregular words in the firſt 
Declenſion, 


I, Ica, an a&ion or proceſs. 


Nom. dica, Y . j 

Sing. CE Accuſ. dICAs, 

Accuſ. dicam. FR 2 

2, Suppetiz, ard, or pelp, | 

(Nom. SupperiZ. - 
Pluraliter Þ 


| Accu . SUPPCtiAac. 


3. Inficias, to gainſay, or deny. 
Plur. Accaſativo Inficias. 


So Acc#ſ. inciras, poverty, ad * incitas 
Redacius, brought ts extream poverty. 
Plural. Ablativ9, Ingratiis, by con-| 
ſtraint. | 


Theſe 


Of Irregular words. 


Theſe Nouns are ſet- 
dom read plurals ; fa- 
ma, fame. or tidings ; 
gloria,elory; cholera, 
choler; pituita, flegrn, 


Names of ages,uir- 
tues, and vices, are ſel- 
dom plurals: as , (e- 


necta, 01d age; juven- 


ta, youth 3 juttiria , 


Hxc nomina rary Rule 2 


legunrcur pluralia fa- 
ma, gloria , cholera, 
Piruira, 


Atatum,virtutum 
& VItiorum nomina, 
raio ſunt pluralia : 
ur, ſene&ta, juventa, 
Juititia, invidia. 


0 


| Juffice; invidiazenty. 


Theſe Nouns are the Haxc ſunt foeminet gyje +, 
Feminine Gender,and pony z» numerique : 
plural number : antiz, fecuandi, anti, & 1n- 
| gen. antiarum, fore= ſidiz. 

; locks : infidiz , wy - 


Flo tenebrx, darkneſs. Phalerz, horſe- 
trappings. Mine,threatnings. Excubiz,watch 


' andward. Nugz,trifles. None, the nones of a fa 
| moneth. Trice, vain trifles, Calendz,the Ca- "t 
' lends. Quifquiliz, the ſweeping, and refuſe of $ 
things. Therme, baths. Cunz , the Cradles Gy 

of infants. Dire, curfings. Exequiz, ſolemni- © 
ties, as Funerals, or Burial s. Feriz, holy-days. | % 
Inferiz, Heatheniſh ſacrifices done to ſpirits. 1s 
Primitiz, the firſt-jruits. Plage,nets. Valve, \# 
folding doors. Divitiz, riches. Literz, lear- {8 
arng, or an Epiſtle. Exuviz, the skn, or things 7 

_—_— FP ; z: © 

put off. Clitellz, a pannel, 87 pack-jaddle, Vi- i 
| gilix, watch, Nuptiz, marriage. Illecebre, + 
«1 iFiurement, Quadrige, four horſes drawing "4 

| 62 - of 

 ## 

were ” _ 


: [ 


freedom. Þ 


Of Irregular words. 
in a Cart. Vindiciz, the aſſertion of liberty or {/ 
Reliquiz, remains. CumeZ, arum, a Cty 


of Campania. Thebz, the head City of The» 
bais in Agypr, and Athenz, Athens. 


as -— a 2, 
PRI — n—_ " ""_DA.uw——oo__ wy - 
1 "oo - 


Irregular words in the ſecond 
Declenſion, | 


1. Feminines and Weaters. 
Ergamus, a Towre of Troz. 2. Carbalus, 
fize linnen, ate Foem.nines in the ſingular 

number,Ddeciined like Dominus , and New- | 
ters in the plural, declined [ike Regna : ag, | 


Nom £ 
T G cn - } 
S JÞDat = / 
| I 
II, = 
a Voc. Bu 
Abl, 


_ 2, Maſculines and Neuters. 


i. Mxnialus, an hill in Arcadia. 2. Dins 


_ dymus, the top of Ida by Troy. g. Iſmarus, 


« Mountain in Thracia. 4. Tartarus, Hell. 
5. Taygetus, an h;l{ in Lacedemonia. 6. Te- 
narus, a Promontory in Laconia. 97. Maſli- 
cus, a Mounta'n in Campania. 8. Avernus, 4 
lake in Italy, are Maſculines tri the fingular 
number, declined like Dominus, and Neu- 


ters in the Plural, declined the regna, 0- 
rum, is. 


Of Irregular words. 


3. Maſculines in the fingulay number, but 
\Maſculines and Neuters in the plural. 


1. Locus, a place. 2. Jocus, ſport, 3. Sibi- 
lus, a hiſſing, ate Maſculines jn the ffnguiar 
number,but Maſculin and Neuter in the plu» 
ral, deriined like Dominus, and Regnum : 
ag, 


Locus Loci & loca 
T Yo S \Locorum 
= JLoco = JLocis 
EZ JLocum C E ALocos & loca. 
-S# Loce % /Locti & loca. 
Loco EOCR. © 


4. Neuter in the ſingular number,and Aaſ- 
culine in the plural, 


Ccelum, Heaven, thus declined. 
Coelum ) Ccaeli 


2 \Ccoli > \Ccaoalorum 
E JCcalo S JCcelis. 
z \ACcclum { = Ccelos 
E YCadum \& Coli 
( Ccelo Cclis 


5. Neuters in the ſingular number, and Fe- 
minines in the plural. 


165 


. * Balnewn: 

I Nandinum, a Fair, 2, Delicium, Ace is a Privat 

' light. 3. Epulum, a Banquet. 4. * Balne- Bath; bat 

' um, a Bath, are Neuters, declined itke Reg- nn the 
num in the ſmgular, AND Muſa in the pfi1s rTUTRly 15 


uſed for 
ral number : ag," publike 


Sung | Baths, 


—_—— _ ew 
166 Of Irregular words, 

 ©'Nundinum, Nundin#. 
EQundini, S \Nundinarum. 
3 /Nundino. I JNundinis. 
2 JNundinum., E 2Oundinas. 
= Nundinum, &% /Nundine. 

Nundino. Nundini1s. 


6. Neuters in the fingular number, but maſ- 
culines and neuters in the plural. 


1. Raſtrum, a rake. 2. Franum, a bridle. 
3. Capiſtrum, a head-ſtall/, it the fingiuar 
number, are Neuters, deciined itke Regnum; 
in the plural ntmber , maſculines and nev- 
ters, Declined like Dominus, and Regnum : 


AS, 
_ ( Raftrum. J Raſtri & Raſtra. 
= \Raſtri. > \Raſtrorum. 
ES /Raſtro. = JRaſtris_ 
= Raſtrum. & VRhaſtros & Raſira 
= /Raſtrum. = /Raſtri & Raſtra, 
' Raſtro. Raſtris. 
+, Nouns declined in the genitive caſe 
þ 
ſingular only. 
þ 1. Nauci, the ſhell or pill of a nut. 2. Ejuſ- 


modi, of the ſame ſort. 3. Iftiuſmodi, of the 
ſame ſort, 5c. rhe genitive cates of is and 
, modus, and iſte and modus. 


8. Nouns of the Neuter Gender in the fin- 
gular number, which have oaly the No- 
mnative, Accuſative, and Vacative 
caſe in the plural, _ 


1 Hor- 


Of Irregular words. 


1. Hordeum, Barley. 2. Forum, a Market. 
2. Mulſum, Wine mingled with honey. 4..De- 
| friitum , wine made of new wine ſod, untill 
| balf be boiled away : ag, 


Hordeum. ) Nom. Hordea. 


S Hordet. T LE 

E JF ordeo. JO Accuſ. Hordea. 

Ro Hordeum, 8 

| © Hordeum. &% /Vocat, Hordea, 
(_Hordeo, 


9, Jugerum,an acre, is the Reuter Gen- 


| Regnum, andNeuter in the plural number 
ew the third Declenſcon, declined like rempo- 


14706, 
L Jugerum. Jugera. 
gf. Q Jugeri ; - Jugerum. 
I FJJugero. = J Jugeribus, 
| 8, \ſ]ugerum. 2 Jugera: 
 E /Jugerum. = # Jugera 
= gC 0 gcTa 
Jugero. - Jugeribus. 


tantum Declenſgon, ft ngalars on nly , or (el- 
aut rar) dome plurals. 
pluralia. 


x. Declined like Dominns. 
| Veſperns, the Evening. Viſcus, bird-lime. 
 Pontus, the (ea. Limus, mud. Fimus, dung. 
Mundus,womens decking themſelves. Humus, 
| the ground, Ceftus, a marriage girdle. 


| der in the fingular number, declined [ihe 


| Singularia Irrregular Nouns of the ſecond gyie, 


IT 


# be OY az ps % $1 = 


1 

o 

i 

me 


Ruln, 


Of Irregular words. 


2. Declined [ikg Regnum. 


- Ceenum, dirt. Salum, the ſea. Julltitium, 
Vacation, or out of Term. Barathrum , 4 


place taken for Hell. Vitrum, glaſſe. Vit- 


cum, bird-lime. Penum, provifton of V1etu- 
als. Virus, poyſon. Nihilum, nothing. 'Se- 
nium, old age. Lethum.,death. Macellum, 
the Shambles. Vulgus., the common people. 
Solium, a Throne, Pelagus , the Sea. Fac- 
num, Hay. Lutum, clay or dirt. Solum, 
the Foundation of the Earth. Callum,brawn 
or hardneſſe of the skin by much labour. Hi- 


_ Tum, the black ſpot in the top of a Bean. Fa- 


ſcinuw, 4 6ewitching. AF,vum, Eterntty.. 


Theſe Maſculines Maſculina tantum I 
_ are onely read in the in plurali leguntur | 


plural number , decli- haxc. 
ned 45 Domini. 


Liberi, children. Loculi, a Bag, Purſe | 
or Coffim. Cancelli, Lattices. Codicillo, 


Epiftles or Letters. Fori , the Hatches or 
top of a S9ip, Faſti , a Regiſter of things 
of the year. Gabii, the name of a City in 
iraly. Philippi, a Crty in Theſlali. 


Theſe are only Neu- Neutra tantum | 
ters in the plural num- pluralia ſunt, hxc Y 
ber , declined like moenia cum teſquis ff 
Regna, Regnorum, przcordia luſira fe- | 
Regnis. rarum. } 


Mocenia , the wals of a City, Tefqua, ' 


hb 


Tug 


? 


E 
3 7% 


| 
L- 


< 
- 
F 
x, 
> 
"u- 
iN 
£ 
f 
Þ 
* 


Of Irregular words, 


« Tough places, Pracordia , the Maiariffe. 
- Luſtradens, of wilde Beaſts. Juſta, rights 
of burial. Bellaria, banqueting diſhes. Com- 
pita, croſſe ways. Caſtra, a Camp or Tent. 
Roſtra, a Puſ/pit. Incunabula , the Cradle 
of alittle child, Exta , the inwards or 1t- 


berry. Arma, Weapons, Crepundia, ww 


winde. Reporia , drinkings or banquetings 
with new wedded jolks, with many others. 


1. Proper names of places: AS, 
Suſa, the name of a City in Perſia. At- 
taxata, a City of Armenia. bacira, a Pro- 
vince of Scythia. : 


2. Famous Plays: ag, 
Pythia, Playes and Games in the honour 05 
Apnllo. Org, the ſacrifices of Bacchus. 


= -Þ The Titles of Bogks : F I, 
the Earth. Ethica, Books of moral Philoſo- 
| phy. All thug deciined. 


W4 
2 ? - 
> 
"x 
bf: 
3 
354 
Fs 
- 


OI — 


LE 


Nom. Mcenia. 
Gen. Moreniorum, 


1 1.7, JD4t. Moacniis. 
* PUuraltte) Acc. Moenia. 
s F Voc. Mcrnia. 
hg Abl, Momils. 
[| - Irre- 


trals. Effata, Prayers. Fraga, 4 Straw- 


and gugawes for children. Flabra, a blaſt of 


,- Georgica, Virgils Books of the Tillage of 


Of Irregular werds. 


——— —_— "_—_— — an HERE > I WR rem oy —— 


Irregular Nouns in the Third 
Decleniion. 


r.. "O's, chance. Singulariter Nom. Fors. 
| Abt. Forte. 

2, Veſper, the Evening. Sing. Nom, Velper. 
Abl. Vetpere. 

3. Spontis, of bis own accord. Sing. Gen, 
Spontis. Abl, Sponte. 

4. Impetis, of violence, Sing. Gen, Impetis. F 
Ablat. Impete; which four want the þ 
piaral number, 


x, Jugeris, of an Acre, Sing. Gen. Jugeris. 
Ablat. Jugere. Plur. Jugera, Jugerum, 
ſugeribus, Jugera, Jugera, Jugeribus. 

2. Verberis, of a Stripe. Sing. Gen. Ver- 

| beris. 4bl. Verbere. Plur, Verbera, Ver- þ 

 herum , Verberibus, Verbera, Verbera, | 
Verberibus. I 


1. Opis, help. 2. Dapis, delicate meats, # 


bg 3. Sordis, uncleanneſs, filth, have the Geni- | 
P five, Al ccuſative, and Pblative caſe onlp |; 
7 tn the angular number, and are perfect in |: 
y the plural : as, bw; 
Rb Gen. Opis. Opes. 

i#$ - Opum. 

f 1 Acc. : Op1DUus, 

! Opem plur. = cy 

p Abl, Ope. Opcs. 

= Opilus, : 
f i. Frn- 
1 

| 


- _ .: 
of 


Of Irregular words: 171 
1. Frugis, of fruit. 2. Ditionis, of rule 
| or authority. 3. Preci+, of prayer. Proceris, 
of a Pecr, or head man, want onip the No- 


3 miative and Uocative caſe (11guiar. 

y Vis, force, wants the dattve lingultar. 
( Nom. Vis, Nom. Vires. # 
5 \ Gen, Vis, > \Gen. Virium. y 
' Ez )Dar. = JDat. Viribus. iy 
4 S Acc. Vim, = cc, Vires. Jy 
by = Voc. vis: ©, /V or, Wires. = 
S *?CAbL Vi. Abl. Viribus. 9 
Z it 
B Jovis. Sing. Gen, Dat. Jovi. Acc. Jovem. upiter q 
| Abt. Jove. guaſu ov; {4 


1. Ambage, an :dle circum Fance of words. pater. 

2. Fauce, the cheek or jaws. 3. Crate,an hur- 

Ale, have on:p the Þblactive cale in rhe tin» 

= gular number, and are perfect in the plu- 
ral: as, Smgulariter Avlat, Amhage. Pur. j. 
Ambages,Ambagium, Ambagibus, Ambages, is 
Ambages, Ambagibus. 4 


1. Far, all kind of Corn, 2. Mel, Honey. « 
3. kns, the Countrey, 4. Thus, Frankincenſe, 7 
ave on'p the Nominative, Accularive, e 
and Uocaitve caſe in ths plural number : Ee 
ag, | F 

Nom. Mel. "Nam, Mella. = q 

S \Gen. Mcllis, _ ; 

= JDat. Melli. = 'Y 
E, Acc. Mel. £ fn Mclla. A 
S /Voc, Mel. \ Q x1, , 
24 461. Melle. - UVoc. Mclla. 

1. Tempe, a far field in Theſſaly. 2. Cete, ; 
a Whale. 3. Mele, Songs, want the fingue , 

T 2 i [ar ; 
4\ | f 


1872 


 Sopor, a ſound ſleep. 


oy long fickneſſe, gen, tabis. Mors, deathzgen. , 


Of Irregular words. 

[ar number, and have onelp the Momina- 
tive, Acculative, and Uocative caſe in 
the plural: as, Plur, Nom. tempe, Accuſ. 
tempe. Voc. tempe. 

Vas, 4 Veſſel , ig thus declined. 

Nom. Vas. % Vaſa. 
S \Gen. Vaſlis. S \Vaſorum. 
= JDat. Vaſi. = IVY atis. 
EYJaAccu. Vas, Z\LVaſa. 
E FVoc. Vas. Ba /Yala. 
© ( 401. Vaſe. Valts. 


Argos, a famous City of Pelopcnnclue. 
Gen. Argeos, the Neuter Gender 111 the in- 
gular nuinber. Plur. Nom. g& Voc. Argt. 
Dat. & Abl. Argis. Accu. Argos, of [te 
Maſculine Gender, and (cconv Decien fon, 
| 


Theſe for tne moſ Hxc plurali : ut, 


| part want the plural plurimum carent , 
_ axmber « pulvis,duſt. pulvis, nemo,pudor, 


Nemo, no man. Pu- ſopor,zther, ſanguis, 
dor, ſhamefaſtneſſe. & aer, 


WAL. ano df es 


Ather,the Firmament.Sanguis,bloud, Aer,air, 


And Pubes , gen. pubis, ripeneſſe of age. 
Salus, gen. {alutis, health. Nex, gen. NecCis, | 
violent death. Talio, gen. Talicmis, like for 
like. Indoles, towardneſſe, gen. Indolis, 
Taths, a cough, gen. Tuilis. Lux, light,gen. | 
Lucis. Plebs, the common people , gen. ple- * 
bis. Lues, peſtilence in men, murrain in cat- * 
tle, gen. luis. Tabes, a conjuming of tbe body 


mort1s, ! 


Of Irregular werds: 


mortis. Supellex, houſholaſtuffe, gen. ſupel- 
leetilis. Quies , fleep or reſt, gen. quietis; 
Bilis , choller or anger, gen. bilis. Proles, 
a child, gen. prolis, Sitis, thirſt, gen. fitis. 
Sencaus, old age, gen. ſenectutis. Pau- 
pertas, poverty, gen. paupertatis. Soboles, 
an iſſue, or off ſpring, gen.. Sobolits, Fames, 
hunger, gen, Famis. Conragio , an infe#i- 
0145 diſeaſe, gen. contagionis. Tellus, the 
Earth, gen. Teiluris. Jubar, the Sun-beam, 
gen. jubaris. Nectar, the drink of the Gods, 
gen. Nectaris, Ver, the Spring, gen. veris.. 
Halec, a Hering, gen. Halecis. Gluten , 
glue, gen. glutinis, Ebur,Tvory,gen.eboris. 
Fel, g4'l, gen. fellis. Siſer, the Parſnip, 
gen Sileris, Siler, a ſmall withy , gen. 
SETS. 


Theſe Nouns are of Hrxc ſunt Maſculei 
the Maſcudine Gender generis nunerique- 


and plurall number tccundi tantum, 


onely. 


Antes, gen. Antium, the firſt rowes of 
Vines. Mcnlcs, gen. Menfjum , an iſſue of 
bloud, Manes, gen. Manium , the ſculs of 
the dead, Lemures, gen. Lemurum, gots 
or ſpirits, Natales. gen. Natalium , a ſtock. 
Penates, gen. Penatium, houſho!d Gods. 


Foyn to theſe fo- Hiſce fores,ladtes, 
res, 4 dow , or gate, grates >, muliebria 
gen. forium. Lactes, Jungas. 
the ſmall gut, gen. la- 


aium. Grates, thanks. Plur. nom. grates. 
Accu. grates, Voc. grates , being Fe@minines, 


2 4 KR 


173 


= 
+... lt 


. % OO "va LO 
ww > 06 = as, D T. ” 
= _—_— 


ad 8 
; : . 5 7 Fug as 
ve A . bY 0s OT TOI; 
a, 1 eB x AO» 


oy OR” Ot ny ls oy 
_ "7 oo re % CH 
_— 2 


Planitierk 
erabilita- 
ze Bar. Ex. 


Of Irregular words. 


XI 11d theſe Newters, Mayalia, Gen. Mapa- 
toram, & Mapalium. Dat. Mapalibus, Cot- 
1ages,&c. Sponſalia, Gen. Sponſaliorum & 
Sponiatium. Dat. Sponſalibus, &c. 4a Con-+ 
tract, or betrothing 4 mar: or woman. Mornia, 
Gen. Mciniorum, & mocnilum, Dat. Mocni« 
bus,&c. the wals of a City. 


— —__——— 


ct —_ ——_ —_— —_ — 
EE ——_. <—— —_ 


Itregular Nouns in the Fourth 


Declention, 
Me Ablative caſes Orum Ablatiyi. 
of theſe N MnSIATE {| cancim ſunt n 
en'y 1n uſe, ml; 


Nodtu, by night. Natu, by birth, TJuſly, 
&y bidding. Injuſtu, by forbidding. Prom- 
pru, with ſpeed. Permiſſu, by ſafferance. 

Gelu, froſt, not declinev in the ſingular 
number, wants tbe piural. 

Artus, the joints, wants tlie fingular 
11mber. Phlir. Artus. Gen. Arrum., Dat. 
Arrubus, &c. and Idus, the [des of a month: 
Par. Nem. Idns. Gen. Idunm,&c. 


ſrregular Nouns in the Fift 


Declenſton. 
Ouns of the Fifr Omina quint# 
Declenſton,admit Declinationis 
only three caſes in the in plural: tres ran- 
plural 


OF Irregular words, 


plural number, the rum admictunt ca- 
Nominative, Accuſa- ſus, Nomimativum , 


tive, and Vocative, Accuſativum, Voca- 


tiyvum, 


Except res,a thing: Excipe,res, ſpeci- Exc, = 


Ipecies, a ſhape, or es, facies $acielq; di- ; 
form : facies, a face, eſque, quz in plarali ;: 
and ACieS, an edge,and ſunt integre. 

ics, 4 day, which are 

verfed? in the plaral Mtmber. 


Expes, void, or paſt hope, ig onlp read in 

| the PRominative caſe. 
Fides, faith. Gen. Fidei. Requies , Teſt, 
Gen. Requiei. Meridies, Mid-day. Gen, Me- 
ridici. Rabies, the madneſs o of a mad dog, Gen. 


Rabic!, Want the plural number. 


ws, 4.9 OI =_ ——_—  ” ” PR 


TY 
kd — 


A mixture of {ome Nouns out 
of Rule. 


| Heſ? change no Hzc nullam vari- 
caſe : nil,nothing; anteaſum : nil, nt- 
n1j1il, nothing: fas, hil, fas,nefas, inſtar, 


{ar-fal : nefas, a thing & deſticuuntur plu- 


deteſtable . a curſed ral. 
deed : inſtar, Hike, 
45 it were : and want the plural. 


BFiſo Cxpe, an Onion : * Pondo,a weight , 
or pound werght : Gaulape , a Frize, or rough þ 
Garment ; Volupe, delefable, pleaſant. 


T 4 Names 


175 


1&0; 


EXC 2. 


EXC, 2 


Rule I, 


* Ts uſed {#y 


both in the * 3, {; 


nz2ular 


7 pluta!s a8 


: 
F 
| 
\ 


176 
Rule 2. 


Xule 3; 


Rule, 


Rule 6. 


Danese 


Of Trregalar words; 


Names of l[etteers 
are undeclined . at, 
Alpha, Beta. 


Words uttered mate- 
rially , or jor them- 
felves, are undecli- 
ncd : 


677Ve, 


Barharous or rude 


words, are undeclinel: 


as, frit, the light corn 
in the top of the ear. 


&, ths word 
bonus #s an Adje- 


Nomina literarum 
ſunt aclita : ut, Al- 
pha, Beta. 


Voces mater; ali- 
ter enunciat# funt 
aclitt : 
eft adjectivum, 


Barbarz dictiones 
NON varianteur , ut, 
frir, gru. 


Gru, dirt under the nail. 


Many Nuns exdi'ng 
m1: as, Sinanl mu- 
ftard ſeed. Gum, 
Gemme. Semi, ha!f, 
and Nouns ending in 
U : as, cornuza horn: 


Malta in 7:ut,Stua- 
Pi, Gummi, Semi, & 
in # dcſipentia ; nt, 


_ cornu, genu,non Va- 


riancur in ſingulart. 


genu, 4 knee, are not declined in the (ngular 
number, but are perfect in the plural: as, 


Am. Cornu. 
Gen. Cornu. 
Dat. Cornyu. 
Accu. Cornu. 
Voc. Cornu. 
A.l. Cornu. 


Singlariter 


Tf a Noun be com- 
pounded of two No- 
minative caſes, and 


Pluraiiter 


{ Nom. Cornua, 
Gen, Cornuum. 
Dat.Cornibus. 
Acc, Cornua. 
oc. Cornua. 
Abl. Cornibus. 


ur, bonus * 


S1 nomen compo- 
narur ex duobus 
Nominativis, & de- 

be | 


Of Irregalar words. 


be declined , both "the clinationem recipi- 
one and the other word at , utraque dictio' 
3s declined as Reipub- declinarur : ut, Ref- 
lica, a Commonwealth, publica, unuſquiſq;. 
Unuſguiſque , every 

one. Tusjurandum, &C. 


3 Reſpublica Reſpublice 
y = Reipublicz S \Rerum publicarom 
 *'E JReipublice = JRebhus publicts 
E JRempublicamC = SKeſpublicas 
.= /Reſpublica 2 /Reſpublice 
2 C Republica Rebus publicis. 
þ - Q& rcept alteruter , the one or the other. 


which is decitned, Yom. alteruter, alteru- 
tra, alterurrum: Gen.alterutrins. Dat. al- 
rerutri. Accu. alterurrum, &c. in the 

- Iafter part of rhe Tomdoſition onfp ; and 

} Leopardus, gen. Leopardi, a Leopard,with 
olus-atrum, gen. olus-atri, oz oferis-atri, 
an herb called Loveage. Duo aiſo in Com- 
Poiition ts not bariev as Duodevigetimus, 
&C, 


Tf a Noun be Com- Sj nomen\ compo- Rute 7. 
poured of a Nomina- natur ex redo & ob- 
tive caſe, and another liguo , rectus: folus 
caſe, the Nominaitve declinatur : ur, Se- 
one:y is declined: as, natuſconſuſrum.fi cx 
) Senatuſconiuirum , duobns obliquis, to- 
” but if of two cars tum invariabile ur- 
ihat are nat Nomina- Hhujuſmocdi., iſtiuſmo- 
tive, the whole Naun O1illicfmodi. 
is undeclined. 
i 5 Senatw- 


_ _ 00 mug wn 2 res — I ———_— go__— 


Ly 
F:. 4 


Nouns wanting the Pluraj. 


Senatus-corſulrum, an Ordinance of 
the Senate, 


- Nom. Senartuſ-conlultum. 

Gen. Senatuſ-conſulr:. 

. JDat. Senaruſ-conſulto. 
FINgsS Acc. Senatul-contultum. 
Voc. Senatul confultum. 

Abl. Senatui-conlulto. 


J Nom. Senatuſ-conſulta. 
"i Gen. Senatul-conſulrorum:. 
Ml | Dat. Senatuſ-conlultis. 
| Plural. X Acc. Senatuſ. conſulta. 
\þ Voc. Senatuſ-conſulta. 
Pi Abl. Senaruſ-conſultis. 


Obſerve all proper Propria cuncda. 
names, which have notes, quibus eft na- 
a reſtraining nature, tura, coercens, plu- 
% that they (hall not be rima ne fuerint : ur, 
4 Flurals : as, Mars, Mars, Cato, Gallia, 


Kyle 1, 


Gen. Martis, the Hea- Roma, Rome. 
£ thentſh God of battel. 
q. Cato, Gen, Catonis, the name of 4 wiſe man. 


in Rome. 


To thia rule belong p2oper names, 1. Of 
Heathen Gods. 2. Of Men. 3. Of Countries. 


; 4. Of Cities. 5$.Of Mountains. 6.Of Ri- } 

, vers. 7. Of Dogs. 8. Of Hrſes. 

"# 

* 4 ; 

4 Kyle Proper names ſum”- Propria nonnum- 

"WW trines are declined in quam , numero fle- 
bath m1m927, __- C{UAfCUT 1 T-OQUE. | 


1, CCIhen 


ke 
wi 


Redundants. 


r. Tfben moze of the ſame name are 
n::ted : as, trecenti Fabii, three hundred 
of the flock of Fabius. - 

2. 7a4ben Pzopzferp ifs onip ſignified : 
as, non omnes poſſumus eſſe Catones, wee 
cannot be all Catoes. 

Sint Mecxnates, non deerunt Elacce 


Marones, 


Thoa ſhalt adde to His frumenta da- 
theſe, 1. bread corn, bis, penſa, herbas, 
2. Things delivered by uda, metalla. 
weight. 3. Hearhs. 

4. Moiſt things, 5. Metals. 


| Odſervations. 

1. Bp bzead cozn, underfland Wheat, 
andBpe; nat Barip and Mats. 

2. Bp things deitvered bp weight, un- 
derftand Pepper, DUugar,ic. 
3. Bp bearbs, underſtandRue, Sage, 
I fo 
4. By moiſt things, Dpl, Uinegar,ac. 
5. Bp Metals, Goid, Sliver, Urgn,ac, 


w——— 


Ae... ard. ——_— 
ETA — _ 


Nouns Subſtantives, Redundant, or 


anounding, 
Ome Xouns are al- (NUadam duarum Ryte x, 
totred the form of Declinationum 
tw9 Decicnfns: as, formam ſortiuntur : < 


Mendaum, mena1,aad ut, Mendum, mende. 
menda , menaze, a Pavo, Pavus, &c. 
fault in writing. Pa- 
V9, payCnis, ard Payur, Pavi, a Peacich, - 


ſome »9blique caſes of mis adoptanr quoſ- 
a 2 jecmd. All cacs dam caſus odJiquos 
' are called 9bliue ca- fecunde. 
; ſes,vxcept the Nomina- 
: tive and Vocative, 
"1 1 Eaurus item 2 quzrcus, Pro frudta 
y 2c arbore 3 Ficus. Sit 4colns argue 
'F $5 Domus, 6 Pinus, progque arbore 9 Cor- 
if mis, Pinus 


mM _ - —- 
1%o Relundants. | : 

Rule 2, A Nominative caſe Ex Accufativo 
of the firſt Declenſp;n Greco tertizx infle- 
ariſeth from a Greek Xionis, naſcitur no- 
Accuſative caſe of the minativas primz : 
the third Declenſon : ut, a crater, Accu- 
as, Crater, acc. cra- fatiyo cratera,%c. 
rera. Sing. No.crate- 
ra,cratert. 

Rule 30 Same Nouns have Gemina nonnullis 
two endings in the eſt terminatio in ea- 
ſame Declenſton : as, dem Declinatione : 
Clypeus , a buckler, nt, Clypeus\ - : cly- 
and clypenm bacu- peam,1 : baculus, i : 
Jas, a fkaffe, and ba- baculum, baculi, &e. 
culum. Ee 

Kule Some Nouns onely Quedam in No- 

| vary or ab9und in the minativo ranrum 
Nominative caſe : as, variant : ut, vomis 

by Nom. vomis, & vo- & yomer, cucumis 

| mcr. Gen. vomeris, CUCUmer. 

a plow-ſhare. Nom. 

cucumis, and cucumer. Gen. cucumeris, 4 

: Cucumber. 

h Rule 5 Some Nouns of the Quedim momina 
fourth Declenſion couſe quarrcx Declinatio- 


Anomala AdjeRiva. 193 
Pinus and Cornus arg rather of the 
fourth tie 1 ſecund Declenfon. 
Gradere ad infernos ſpecus, Sen. Trag. Abt. per 
| & jpecn. 
Irregular Adjectives, 


Andundem, even ſo much. Sing. Nem. Rule t. 
4 7x Acc. Tandundem. Gen. Tantidem. 
_ Madtus, increaſed or augmented. Sing. Nom. 
Mactus. Voc. Matte. Plur. Nom. Macti. 

Plus, more, Sing, Nom. (4 Acc. Plus. Gen. 
Plurrs, Pla. Nom. Plures & plura, Gen.plu- 
rium. Dat, pluribus, &Cc. 

Plerique, many, the moſt part» Singulari 
caret. P/ar. Plerique, plerzque pleraque. 

Singuli, every one, each, if js (ſeldom read 
in the ſinguſar number. Plur. Nom. 1ſin- 
guli, ſingulz, ſfingula. Gen. ſingulorum,&c, 
Necefle, needs, of neceſſity. Sing. Nom. Q& 
Acc. Neceſle,and neccflum, neceſſary, or need- 
ful. Sing. Nom. & Acc. neceſſum, of the 
Neuter Gender. =o 

Nequam, an 7/{ man, a naughty unthrift,un- 
Decitned in boſh numbers. 

Tor, ſo many. Plur. tot per omnes caſus. 
Quot, Pow many. Plur, quot per omnes ca- 
ſus. Totidem, even , or juſt ſo many. Plzr, 
ratidem per omnes caſus. Altquot, ſome, 
Plur. aliquort,per omaes caſus. 

Nuns of number Numeralia d tribus 
from three to an han- ad centum pluralia 
dred Plurals, are not non variantur ut 
declined : as,quatuor quatacr, quiny; ſex, 
four. Plar. quatuor &c#tera cardinalia. 
per omnes caſus. 

Quinque,frve; fex, (x3 ant the refr.iue of Car - 
dinals. Mille. 


Rule 3. 


DG Inge won mn It 
ores 


Ss NC. yen 
a hv 


IE > 


En RE oe en 
w_ > he vw a 
- ping As. 
0 "= A456" 


> 6 
+ 


bs "” 


102 


Aule 3: 


Anomala Adjectivas 


Mille, a thouſand, when it is an Pdje-. 
ſtive, ir (5 unDeclined (1 the pliral num-: 
ber: ag, Plur. Mille per amnes cafus, UBut 
mille, when it fs a Subſtantive, ir is ? 
Deciined an rhe pPliral number: as, Plur, 
Nam, Millia. Gen, Millium. Dat. Millibus: © 


Theje Adjefives take Vc Adjediva tres | 
three terminations in fortune termina- 
the N:mmative caſe tiones in Nominati- 
ſingular « celer,ſwift, vo fingulari , celer, * 
and celeber, well re= atque celcber. . 


nowned. ; 

Acer, ſharp, or tart. Alacer,cheerful,quick. | 
of ſpirit, Pedeſter, a foot man. Equeſter, a | 
horſe man. Saltber, healthful, wholeſome. | 


Campeſter, of theplain, or Champion Coun- * 
try, or Field. Sylveſter, of a Wood, or Fo- v 
reft. Paluſter, of, or belonging to a Fen, 0; 
Marſh : ag, 
Sing. Nom, Acer, maſc. Acris, fxm. A 
cre, neut. Or, 
Nom. Aeris, maſc. and fem. ani? 
Acre. nent. 
Gen. ACTS. 
Dat. Acrn&c. like triſtis. 
So celer, celeris,celere, o2 Nom. celeti-. 


 majſc. oy fem. celeregneut. G2n.celeris ,%c. 


_ Locuples, rich, aboundant. Uber, jertil, » 
jruttjull. Degener , unnoble , growing out of 
kind. Pauper, poor, needy. Inops, poor,need). 
Soſpes, whole, ſafe. Superſtes, a ſurvivor. 
Comrs,gent'e, milde. Puber, full grown. Me- 


Ir, mindful, are (cldom read in the Eeu- 


Ter 
tithe 3: 4 


- Anomala Ad jectiva, 182 


- fer gender. eſpecially in yp ana nun: 
* ber, 


—————— 


& AdjeQtives Itrepular, in compariſon. 


> Adjefives which Quzderivantur Aa Rule 4: 
i_ | are derived of dico, dico, loquor, volo, 

i-| » loquor, volo, facio, facio, formant gra- 

= * form the degrees as it dus tanquam a poſl- 

were from poſatives in tivis in ens ; ut, ma- 

2 ens: 4s, maledicus, ledicus. | 
 maledicentior,male- 


D = dicentifſimys, 

ta ; Pofzt7ve, | Comparative. | Superlative, 

* = honus, good. imelior, better, \,optimus,beft. 

- & malus, 1M. IÞejor, worſe. peſſimus,worf?. 

2 magnus,great. major, greater. _maximus.greatej?. 

' 2 multus,much, jplus, more. plurimus,verymuc/ 

: vetus,old. vererior, elder. jveterimus,eldef. 

derer,/. deterior,worſe. deterrimus,wosſ. 

; nequam,lewd, nequior,more /ewd. ha » mmcir 

: | lew 


Theſe are forſaken Poſitivo deſtitu- Rule x, 
; of the poſitive : prior, rntur iſta: prior , 

© the former : primus, primas, oc1or,ocifſi- 

; thefirff : ocior, more mus; Penirior, Peni- 

þ ſwift : ociflimus , tiflimus, 

of ſwifteſt : enitior , 

more inward : penitiffimus,as far 7n as can be. 


Y 


Theſe a are forſaken Comparativo' ae” xt, 5 


of the Comparative flirmuntur iſta. 
degree ; Ne y 3? £ \ 


"CLINE! MR woes > 
" ” Ag 4 


| ae ai... ood. Macedo en co ttt. do facet. . fr... at —_——  —— — 
Us b * "RAS 


i 94 


Th: 24 
© 4 
i 


Anomala Adjectiva. 


Novus, new. Noviſſimus , the aff or hin- 


dermoſt. Inyitus,unwiHing. Invitiflimus, moſt 
unwilling, againſt heart and mind. Inclytus, 
glorious, famous. Inclytiſhimus, moſt glorious 
or excellent. Diverſus, divers, or unlike. Di- 


verſiilimus, moſt differing or unlike. Meritus, 


that hath deſerved. Meritiilimus, that hath 
rnoſt deſerved. Sacer, holy or conſecrated. Sa- 


_ cerrimus, moſt holy. Falſus, decerved,or falſe. 


Rule 7, 


Peſetiva 
fmt Sinz- 


| ſtamus 


Dextinwy. 


Rule 8, 


corps on a on SONG” OOO OR," at 


Falfiſſimus, moſt falſe. Fidus, truſty. Fidiffi- 
mus, moff truſty. Nuperus, /ate done, Nuper- 
rimus, /aft done, 


Theſe AgjeFives Superlativo carent 
want the Superlative iſta. 
degree. 


Dexter , right. Dexterior , mare of the 
_ rz7ght hand, Siniſter, on the left hand, Siniſte- 


rior, more on the left hand. Opimus, fat, rich, 
plentiful. Opimior, more fat or rich. Juyenis, 
young. Junior, younger. Senex, old. Senior, 
elder.. Declivis, bending d>wnward. Decliy1- 
er, more bending downward. Longinquus, far 
of. Longinquior, farther off. Salutaris,who!e- 


ſame. Salutarior , more wholeſome. Supinns, 


upward, alſo negligent. Supinicr , more 1alc, 
or negligent. — 


Anterior, the for- Anterior & -Lit- 
mer, and Licentior, centior, Poſitivo ca- 
over-liberal, want the rent,& Supcrlativo, 
Pofitive and Superla- 
tive degree. 


Fines Librs T crtis: 


OC OI_ 
Wee I 


*. FI DIErhEy mor on ak es HEY, AA 
I? SE. cs SR OS el IT”. SSR $2 HS I 


p—_ _ PE FEI” a 
a =__” ET. 


. *s - a 
I » OE cot Hgts ve Ac e 4 M4 CE _ _ 4 


EN 
k 
Lo ; : 
_ . 
i 
\ \ 
- 
q SY 4 
$53K 
wks RS 
Was. 
KEY: 
wt © 28 
[53 0 
. EI 
Why FF : 
< EO. 
Ac A . 
F hp 
DILISS 
We 3s C 
3 * VF "> Lo 
ny Ta 4 
1G . 
Eee! 
ny E 
wk L 3 
44 
LEP 
"1; 


om 
- Rules concerning the Preterperfecs 
Texſe and Supines of Verbs. 


:: A General Rule. 


Fo He ſyllable which Syllaba qu? IN Rgyte, 
n T; d:ubled in the fimplicis precent 
” beginning, or forepart froncte geminatur in 
. of the Preterperf. Tenſ ſupints non gemina- 
 ©® of the uncompounded tur , uti nec in pre- 
Verb, #s mt doubled in teritis &ſupinis com- 
the Spines, nor yet in poſitorum : ur,pen- 
* the Preterperfe Ten- do,pependi,penſum, 
7 ſes, and Supines of ſuſpendo , ſuſpendi, 
2 Verbs compounded : f(uſpenſum, 

 & as, pendo, to wergh. 

Z Suſpendo, to hang up, or hang upo?. 


Exception: 


In the Compounds of do, to give, difca, 
to learn, poſco, to require, and aito in ſome 
” Compounds of pungo, to prick, and curro, 
= te run, tte (pllable of the Peeterperted 
# Tente 'g doubled. 


4. 758 
I * 


Con-er7 


Us Ret Er ere => 5) ver 
OL Co x p—_—_ 


186 The Pret., Tenſe and Snp.of Yerbs 


yt ti em 4 
— —_— _ 


INGEIEN ” —_— — 


and Supine of Verbs of the 
firſt Conjugation. 


a 


amas, in the Preſent format Pprateritum 


=" 5 wel 
Vt ne rn aeets, he —g o" 
D_— SR,” ODE 


SR 
$9.2 : LW n 
Bo ' 
- Jars "9 


Concerning the Preterperfe& Tenſe, ® 


Rule I. O, 45, amo : 45S, 45, O. as, MN praſent! £1 


Tenſe formeth the Pre- in avi., & -ſapinum W 
terperfed Tenſe in avi: In atum : ut, amo,a- '# 


[4 as, amavi, and the mas, amavizamatum, X 

IS | Supine in arum : as, 'L 

0-4  — LT - -amatumn, 

He txcrclieto. - | 

1 : cCecline ; ng 4 

[# theſe Ldrbes Plico, plicavi, plicatum, to fold. 

bes as you FMultiplico,mulriplicavi, multiplicatum, : 

- YJearnthem. multiply. 

| | vupplico, ſupplicavi,ſupplicatum, to intreat. & 

o.. Replico, replicavi, replicarum , to rep!y, or | 

REA anfold, =. 

We” Duplico, duplicavi, duplicatum, to dy; ble. 

a; | i riplico, triplicavi, triplicatum, to triple. 

-4pplitatus go. þ applicui, applicxum, \ 

Lt #Pplicatus PP>1CO, Fs : to apy! 

F SL | applicavi, applicatum, \ 

W. EE .. _ = 

* Expli- COS explicitum, Þ 1 uti 

ny co, Qexplicavi, F explicatum, fo'd. 
Implico Implicui, 7 Implicitum, Y to fold 

 Llmplicavi, F Implicetum, F 7n, 


; n - = Wo —__ N R | 
Complica- Com. { Complicui, ) Complicitii,) to wrap 


tus x0mtB, i; | : : - Toge- 
AE | Pre, | Complicayi OS omp| icaty, ) ther, 
Exception 


* 
” of the firſt Conjugation, 187 
| Exception. 
3 : 


Z Juvo, juv, jurum,and adjuvo, adjavi.ad- 
Z jutum,to help. Lavo, lavi,lavatum,to waſþ, 
2 Poro,poravl,potatum, ana potum, to drink, 
2 Cubo, cubui, cubirum, to ke down, Domo, 
$ domui, domitum, to tame. Sono, ſonui, ſo- 
® nirum, to ſound. Tono, ronui, tonitum, fs 
* thunder. Attono , atronui, attonirum , ts 
 #Z make abafhed. Crepo, creput, crepitum, # 
E giveacrack, Veto, vetni, vetitum, to for- 
3 bid. Frico, fricui, friftum, to 746, Mico. 
P mIcu1, without Dipines, r0 ſbine. Neco, 
# necui, neftum. to kj}, Seco, ſecui, ſectum, 
E tocut, Do,dedi,datum, to g/ve, Circundo, 
# Circundedi, circunditum , t9 compaſs about, 
$ Pcſſundo, pcflundedi, peflundirum, to 
tread, or caſt under fort, to und). Satildo, ſa- 
# riſdedi, fatiſdatum, to put in ſufficient ſurc- 
ties for performance of covenants. Venundo., 
Venundedi, Venunditum, to ſel{. Stogſteti., 
» ſtarum, to ſfand. Circumſto, c:ircumſteri.,t» 
compaſs, or ftand about, the reit of the Com- 
{. pounds have ſiiti in the JPzeterperfen 
| Tenſe, and ſtjirum in the HuPine. Nexo. 
to knit. Labo, to waver, lack Pzeterpertecs 
 (Tenle, and Supines. 


Theſe in the Com- Hec in compotlitis Rute 25 
pounds change a into mutantaine: dam- 
e: aamno, to con- no,latto, facro. rra- 
Gernn ; lactosto allure; o,patro, 
facro, to dedicate: tra- 
ao, to handle : patro, to commit : as, 


Condemno, condemnavi, condemnatum, 
to 


bye 
oy 
k oy 
#0 
gt - 
© 94 
88 
oY 
'&-" 
_ Wn. 
M5 


183 The Pret. Tenſe and Sup.of Verbs 


- _— = _ ” < w 4- -# —— }.--- _ > th % hs. — i 
” " . £ - p " - L Fo , t-E —mat mn —_ 8" ee. y _ *ICA.” -, x 4 
"> . AS. 14 a 2 BY 614 eos te He oy” IL a a Mee es 91/4 ' *; 4 "gw Wn. Ne ov 9 vos hs —— PEE _ 
oO 3s "he eo _ es 2 as id AE: HS OT RINy 3 > kk —_—_ : : 
LO WY 8 þ > bY Wh See - 2] a bo FIT CER : 
yy 


' 
,Þ 
F 


I eee EEC 
— ————————— 
——_ _—_— 


£368 

EL. 
k 

i. 


ek 
$273 


te condemn. Dcelefo , deletayi , dcletta- /, 
tum, to de/ight, Confecro, conſecravi,con-þ+t 
ſecratum, to dedicate. Detredo, detredaa- |: 
vi, detrectarum, to ſhift off, or refw/e to do. 1 
Perpetro, perpetravi, perpetratum , to £oM- $2 
mit. GE xcepr, Retracto, todraw back. Per- I x 
trato, to hardle much, Ablacto, to wean, | t 
which keep a. 
The Compounds of Compoſita a calco 
calco, to tread uÞo9n,or falto mutant (4)mn Kh 
 flamp down; falro, to (4) ut, inculceo,in- 
leap, change ainton;, fulto. 6 
as, INnCulco , ro pour Ny 
 7n,o0r often to repeat, Inſulto, to leap wp, or 
to rebound. | 


Annotations. 


T1. Dhferve that manp of the Uerbs ex- © 
cepted to the firit rule , bave ſometimes | 
the WPeeterperfec Teiile in avi; as, re- | 
ſonavi, and dimicavi uſually. 

2, 4. Terfiie pong ſelf fo underfland * 
Whether ihe Uerb ſw:rves o2 devars | 
from the general rule in the P-cterper= | 
f:!ff Tenſe , oz Suptie, oz both. Jfoz þ 
rrampie, 4 '20:10d know, whetber feco, 
ecui,ſectum,” £ ercented tt che fect, perf. 
'Tcute, oz ſup. oz in both. Fir#, I ſeek 
the deſe&ed oz reſerved Ketterz, by cut- 
ring off o froty feco, and there ig Icfr 
{cc. To thele J add avi , atum. ſecavi, 
ſecatum , and the exception betng ſecui, 
ſectum, it appears that rhe Pzeterper- 
tet Tenſe and Supine are crcepted. 


25 :1t 


E of the ſecond Conjugation, 
ut fn lavo,lavi, lavatum, the Peeterper- 
fect Tenie onelp, 

E 3. Diſlvive rhe Compound Uerb: as, 
ol Incuico, {s compPo!!nded of in and calco, 
' and beſides the o:dirary decti:iing of 
7 everp Uierb, give tle ETagnate Tenſcs 
2 from the 1Pzelent and P?eterperfett ten!, 
w lib.1.p.95. 


7 The Preterperfet Tenſe and upines 
= of Verbs of the ſecond Conjugation. 


ſent Tenſe, Foun | perfectum tOr- 
eth the Preterperſeck mar in ui, ſupinum 
Tenſe in wm, and the in fitum : ut, habeo, 
Supine in itum: as, hahes, habui, habi- 
habeo , to have or tum , polthaheo, 
hold. Poft habeo, to poſthabes, poſtha- 
; "n back, or eſteem bui , poſthabitum. 
| lefje, 


Fl other Compounds of habeo, change 
Ia into hi: as, 

Adhibeo, adhibui, adhibicune, to uſe. Co- 
\ hibeo, cohibuz, cohibirum, to reſtrain. EX- 
hibeo, exhibui, ex: aibitum, to preſent. Inhi- 
y ' beo, inhihui, inhibirum, to withbo/d. Perhi- 
| beo, pert1bui, perhibicum, 19 affrm. Pro- 
3 hibeo, prohibui,prohibitum, to forb:d, Red- 
hibeo, Redhibui, Redhibitum, to ſue or com- 
© pel the ſeller to take again the thing that is ſold 
= by him. 


Exception 


1 89 


O., es, in the Pre= [NO es in praſentiRule x. 


7 ts Ge git cy” 2 ROT» POL, Sage, FENG OO 
__ * y - OY p . ,"_ 4 
he 7 0” þ. By ag; FOO th ws "wo ny a=. we "er .. 6.) FS" 
- he Vis i ts >, \* oi £5 ion. 
as, 6 » $, "WELL $ \/ gs” f Po x POP _ OO votp wx +6. _ hs, 
bILAs Fn & " # he g [ v4 I * 4 : % ay hs & 
= = 4. x a - 


by 5 ws ts 
ny WL © ; 37" C ant OY 
* OS. "ts ; ih ” bs \ hs "xg OT". 
p « ſa A ' 


» 
" 
F. 
& 
2 

+ F 


"x abi 
£ « LE 2 4 
$ 
a | 4 4 
\ Ms 

£3 7 : by 

6% "$34 

+#+K . 7 Þ 

32; "EET. 

(8377 & 

= MEE: 

jFÞ "+7 © 
F 4; 
: 23 
: * M 
: "Bat 

| 47 % 

F: 2 B 
PE: 3 — 4 

| 5% + 
P: bu 

=”, 

C 4, - 
bt” : : 

k EE 1 5 : 
3 "58 
WY 
Mat 
: oF, 
* -:: 
F-4 
þ + RF 
Kt; 
2 TY. 
2 __ 
_ > 
p 
=O 
'T 3-4 
(85. + 
FS. 4 
oF 

5 -3 
'T ' 3Y 

7:8 
£ 7 
$ 5 

£ 

b $1 

+ > > 

"of 
+*% 
b Fl E : » 
- - +--4 
: © 
4 F of 
« . 
7 is 
F 1.P. 
%. IF} 
:.. 
: - 
455 X {4# 
A 

% £2 

© v4 

© 3 
A " 89 

RR 

147 

«a #: S 

'+K; *# 

fn 

F . 

© . 

- * 
+ Ml 

I $ ' 

; 09 
* 7 -+ 
ko F 
E1 8 * 
, 
3 
y = 
bY 
2 
L . 
F- 
+ 
n KT 
- = 4 
pt 
4 .s- 
: , 
| FF” 
n a £1 
 $ F 
$1 v7 
EX 
; ; 
: 
i ; 5F- 
: 
NI F 
, +: ir 
v> . 4 
7 
7 
Tx L 
= S 
” 
# 
by * 

- Xx" 1 
* , 
© £ 

ESE. 
* > 
FJ 

S* 

Tx : 

Fs s 
x i 


"Y I Lg 7 
AC OW. I SE 


— hs - dhs+>" > Bt _ ©». wy >, 4r 
- nt ————— y bo 4 
y OIL cr < g ++ adit PIT np A " 5 Sp W- vcr 
x; 6 : F 4 <4 ER ILL of * 
> 4 << WT Wes. I, L & 
_ of ones og I I lt. - Jon: I ; 098 
4 "4 en 0 100 V 
. - i ent os oe, RI” _ 4; Ro 1 
+ > <inC n we 7" —40 be 23 -* + » ox», octdtion in ” ow 
on; Wont : ; ; - ISA 
np HeT WY. * PRE) OI bo a 
wh war; ng. 106.1 4 OTE = II - 
4 3% a om. 2" os Ce " , 
wo MY | _ an I os - en "4 
boy ng. 


190 


fe9. 


 pertedi ,perſeſſum, to fit jtid. Pratideo,prz- g 


ſedi, reſeſſum,to ref 7n a place. Subſidee,ſhh.B 


Fhe Pcet. Tenſe,and Sup.of Verbs 


_ Exception: 


Jubeo, juili, juſfum, to command. Sorbeo, i 
forbui, forptum, to ſup any moiſture. $ 
Docco, docui, doctum, to teach. Miſceo, 
miſcui, mittum, to mingle. Mulceo, mulii, 
mulſum, to pacifte, or mitigate. 
Suadec,ſuat1, lnatum, to counſel, Sedco, # 
ſedi, ſeſſum, ro ffr. Superſedeo, ſuperſedi, | 
ſupericſſum, t9 omrt, or eaſe, Circumfedeo, 
circumiedt, circumieflum, to fit round. 3 
Fil other the Compounys of ſedeo, | 
rþange ſe into ft : ag, F 
Ailideo , afledi, afſeflum, to fit n1gh unto. 
Conſideo, conledi, conſeſJum, to fit together. 
Deli:deo, deſed! 5 deteſlum, rg fit frill idle, 5 
Infideo, inſedt, infeſſum , to fit up3n. Obſt- 
dco, obfed!1, obſceflum, to *cj7eg72. Pertideo, 


jedi, preieſlum, ts be in drgi:ty. Refideo, re- 


ſedi, lubſeſlum, to ft under. Frendeo, fren-F 
di, freflum, t9 gna/þ with the teeth. Video,F 
vidi, vitum, to ſee. Rideo, rift, riſum, t; 
laugh at. Ardeo, arfj, arfum., to burn. Mor- 
deo, momorali, morſum, to bite. Spondeo,Þ 
ſpolpondi, ſponſum, to promzſe freely. Ton-Þ 
deo, totondi, tonſum, to clip, or ſhcar. Pran-Þ 
deo, prandi,pranſum, to dine. 6 

Tergeo, terf1, terſum , 7? wipe, or make þ 


clean. Indulgeo, indulfi, indultum,to grant #; 
lightly , or to make much of ove. Mulgeo, 
mul, and mulfi, mul&tum, to m:1h, or ftroak, | 
Augeo, auxi, auctum, to increaſe, Lugeo,lu-| 
*1, luctum, to mourn, or lament. \ 
Deleo, BY 


A. S. 


# 
3s 


of the ſecond Conjugation. 191 
Deleo, delevi, deletum, to deface, or blot a leo, 


ing written. Fleo, flevi, fletum, to weep. 


Impleo, implevi, impletum, to fil. 
Maneo, manfi, manſum, to tarry,or remain, eos 
= ruanco, permanf?, Permanſum, to abide t9 
® the end. Remaneo, remanſ1, remanſum, tg 
* tarry behind. Commaneo, commanſ!1, com- 


g manſhm, to tarry, or abide tgether. Ema- 
# neo, emanſ1, emanſum, to ftay out of a place, 
F. ' Obmanco, obmani1, obmanſum, to 4b7de long. 

& Intermaneo, intermanſ1, intermanſum, to 
® ſtay between. 


The Compounds of maneo, which change 
ma into mi, make the 3Pzeterperfect 
Tenſe in ui, and want the Supines: 
as, 

Ennneo, eminui , to be higher then others. 


\ [mmmineo, 1imminu1, to hang 6ver, Promi- 


neo, prominu1i, to appear, and ſtand out far- 
ther then another , to extend, Pramineo . 
| cannons to Log _ others. Superemi- 


Tbe Cempounds of teneo, cyange re fnt9 
ti: as, 
Contineov contin! 11, Contentum, to contain, 
Retineo, retinu,retentum,to retain, 
' Dctineo, detinui, detentum, to detain, At- 
$ cinco, attinui, to attain, withour Supines. 
= Pertineo, pertinui , to reach,or pertain, with- 
Tiibly SuPines. Abſtineo,abſtinui, to a: *ſfavn. 
without SupPines. 


Torqueo, rorf1, tortum, to wreath, cueo, 


HAXreo, 


anle 3, 


favi, fautam, to favour, Moveo,, movi, mo- 


Fas 


The Pret. Tenſe,and Sup.of Verbs ( 


Hzreo, hzf1, hafum, to ſi:ck, to. Torreo, 
rorrui, torſum, to roff. 

Ccnſeo, cenſui, cenſum, to ſappoſe or think, Þ 

Caveo, cavi, cautum, to beware. Faveo, | 


rum, to mnve. Foveo, foyi, forum, to ch.7iſh, 
Voveo, vov1i, YOrunt, to vow. 

_ Cieo, civi, cirum, to provoke or move to an« 
ger. Vieo, vievi, vietum, 89 bind. 


Theſe want ihe Pre- Carent prererito | 
terperfedt Tenſe, and adeojne Supino,hzc | 
moreover the Supine : polleo, renideo,pgla- 
Polleo, to be able.Re- breo, denſeo, flaveo, F 
nideo, to ſhin:, Gla- liveo,clueo, medeor. | 
breo, to be naked or Y 
bare. Denleo, to congeal or thicken. Flaveo, | 
fo be yellyw, Live», to be black and blew, | 
Clueo, to be named, or eſteemed. Medeor.,tq 
heal. 

Polleo, polles , fine przeterito, pcllere, 
pollendi, pollendo,pollendum, five Supinis 
pollens, ſo aeciitne the reſt. Fi 


Theſe want the Hzxctantum*carent E- 
Suprnes onely, arceo, Supinis, arceo,arcu', Þ 
to drive away. Abar- abarceo, aharcui. Þ 
CEO, to prohibit. 


T wo Compounds of arceo, change a into V 
e, and Have the Suntnes : ag, exerceo, | 
EXErCu1, CXErcitum , to exerciſe Coerceo, | 
cOcrcul, Ccoercitum, to reſtrain or keep in. |* 
Egeo, cgui, to want, Withour Supines. i* 
indigeo, indigui, to lack, fine Supinis. A- | 
CeO, ACU1, to be eager, tart, 5r ſapre. Luceo, F 
LK, 


of the ſecond Conjugation- Ig; 
| Luxi, ts ſhine, Pendeo, pependi, to hang | 
| or be hanged, Strideo, firidi, rt make a 
FP notſe or craſh. Algeo, alfi, to chill for cold. 
& Fulgeo, fulſt, ts ſhine or gliffer. Turgeo, 
= rurf, to ſwelf up or grow big. Uirgeo,urſi, 
L* to preſſe out, to urge. Frigeo,frix1, to be cold. 
+ Neo, nevi, toſpin. Liqueo, licui, to meft. 
© Pateo, parui, to be opened, Paveo, pavi, to 
# fear. Ferveo, fervis, and ferbui, ro be hot. 
> Conniveo, connivi and connixi, to wink 
\ | nith the eyes. Langueo, langui , to /an- 
= guſh. Timeo, timui, to fear. 


-  Timeo, times , timui, timere”, timendi 
eimendo, timendum, fine Supinis, timens 
&C, 


© SMT"; - 02% ex 3 
. i, pl Oy We AI 
TT 3-06 ES "— 


we 
Jn hy 


= Verbs Neuters in Neutra fſecundi Rule 4 
, # the ſecond Conjugation Conjugatione que 
Q which form the Pre- formanrt preteritum 
terper fe Tenſe im ui, per uw carent Supi- 
want the Supines, nts: ut, madeo, ma=- 
| dui, to be moiſt. 


þ Except. 


Placeo, placui, placitum, to pleaſe. Com- 
placeo, complacui, complacitum, to pleaſe 
very well, Perplaces, perplacui, perplaci- 
;F tum, to content very much. Beneplaceo, be- 
{ neplacuyj, beneplacirum, to pleaſe well. 

Diſpliceo, diſplicui, to diſpleaſe, wants 
the SuPines. Taceo, tacuzj, tacitum, ts 
keep filence : but Conriceo , conticui,to Þ9/d 
2nes peace. Obticeo, obricui, to keep felence. 
 Reticeo, reticui, ro keep ſr/c nf, © 
C: R Rint) . 


N LOPTERY by TTY 
Se Pen ak ME SS REET, ES: RED 4 
Y IR 6 RR OE EE es nn 


1 94 The Pret, Tenſe,and Sup. of Verbs 


Subticeo, Subticui, to keep ſilence, being® 
Compounds of taceo,changing ta tnto ti,lack! 
the Suptnes. Noceo, nocut, nocitum, ty! 
burt, Caleo, calui, calitum , to be hot. Va-- 
leo, valui, valitum, to be able of force, and. 
power. Oleo, olut, olitum, to ſent or ſavour,”: 
Suboleo, ſubolui, ſubolitum, to ſmell a Hittle,- 
Redoleo, redolui, redolitum, to ſmeU ſweet.” 
Oboleo, obolui, obolitum, to ſtink, Exoleo, 
exoley1, exoletum, to grow into ob[7uton. Obs! 
ſoleo, obſolevi, obſoletum, to wax old, Ab-; 
oleo, abolevi, abolitum, to abolzſh. Adoleo,! 
adoleyi, adultum, to begin to grow. Doleo,} 
dolui, dolitum, to be grieved. Pareo , pa-} 
Ty, paritum, to obey. Careo,caruy,caritum,y 


to want. Lateo, latui, latirum , to lie h1d.! 
Diliteo, dilitui, to /urk,, wants the HUuP, ! 


vc 


* 


5%, 


#S: 


*,Neuter. Feater Paſſives * wanting Supines. ' 


Pa wo 
are {o calle , 
led either Andeo, auſus ſum, to be bold or to dare 


in reſpect Ga udeo, gaviſus tum, to rejoyce or to be glad? 


of their Sole, to be accuſtomed, folitus ſum. Moy 
ib ©” reo, marrus ſum, to be ſad. f 
Or Prets  Audeo audes, auſus ſum, or auſus fui. 


Tenie, os Audere,audendi,audendo, audendum, fine 
doth, Supinis, audens; in like manner decltn# 
| thereſt. is 


$i 


E. 
'E; 

- Y P 
F' 


Kut 


Verbs Deponcars of the ſecond Conju- | 
gation, lacking Supines. 


Reor, ratus ſam, to think or ſuppoſe. Miſeh 
reor, miſertns ſum, t9 pity, Fateor, failwz 
1um, 9 confeſj o | - 5 


of the ſecond Conjugation; 195 


The Compounds of fateor, thange fa 
intofi: as, 


Fi  Confiteor z confeſlus ſum,. to confeſs. 
"1 Profiteor, profeflius ſum, to profeſs. Dit- 


A. fireor, ſine prererito, to deny, Tuear, tul- 
«| - tus ſum, fo defend. 

"0 

be” 

0 Deponents are declined ttke Verbs Paſſrves, 


= ſaving that thep« have Gerunds, the firit 
m,7 SUupine, and the {Participlie of the pzeſent 
i4© Tenſe; and future. in rus, like as 4- 
1, © Hive. Mn allo the latter Supine and 


- furure is dus, if thep will govern an Ace 
|. cuſative. 02 Ablative caſe: as, compledtor, 
- complecteris vel complettere , co:mplexus 


72 ſum vel fui, compleRi, compleenca, com- 


Verbs Imperſonals of the ſecond Conjugation 
having two Preterperfect Tenies, one 
of the Aﬀive, another of the 
Paſſrve. 


** Liber, libuir, and libitum eft , 2t Iiketh or 
- contenteth, Licer, licuit, and licitum eſt, 7f 
4 3s lawjuil. Pertadet, pertxduir, and pertZ- 
2 ſumeſt, to [cath greatly.or to be wery weary of. 
2 Pudet,puduir, and puditum eſt, to be aſÞ4- 
(17 med, Piget, piguir, and pigirum eſt, it grie- 
Bo K 2 wth 


m_—_ * & 
pe WY 1 w v8 
_ 4. > 6 2 ny 5 - E k 
4 _ . wy © & _ 
? 4+ Bos + Ru 1 A I * S, Q 
x - > ut y 
by +1 


2 a Ha 
qy-_ f antear "a n Ire oB "ho . - $a. 4Þ 
FR oP * 4 ak « <a | 0 oo p k yd j v df 
s . or 2 _ COOERTY , 
% Ig . - pit _ 


den - _— —_ 


—— 


BS " Ip. 

#- "%- a0» 6 ed $2 
4 go 
S. Mi %% 


Os *-*". 2. . 
5 uo us » 
Sw of : © Mo « 
<p * SS a 5” +: 
vga» F . 


4 
do 
DOR * —___ _0 ay 


< "* 4 gfD ks 


196 ThePret. Tenſe,and Sup.of Vetbs 


veth vr repenteth. Miſeret, it pitzeth, bath 
onlp miſertum eft. Liquet, it appeareth, or 
t 4s clear, hath no Preterperfect Tenſe. 
Poenitet , pornituit, ze repenteth, Liber, 
libebat, libuit, and libitum eft, or libitum 
fuir, libuerat and libitum erar, or libitum 
fuerat, libebir, Imperat, libeat,8&c. 


vs. a. ea co. rn 


| EY 
ct. 


The PreterperfeR Tenſe and Supines 
of Yerbs of the Third Con- 
Jugation, 


FD find the Pzeterper. Tenſe and ſup. 
of verbs of the Third Conjugation, 
obſerve the 1aft ſpilable sf the firſt perſon ' 
of rhe Peeſent Ten(e, accozding ts the . 
o2der of the letters. 


r, BO. 


Scribo, ſcripſi, ſcriptum, ts write. Nn- | 
bo, nupſ1, nuptum, to be married. | 

Bibo, bibi, bibitum, to drink, Incum-þ 
bo, incubui, incubitum, to lean upon, or en-} 
deavour earneſtly. Decumbo,decubui,decu- | 
bitum, to Jye dawn. Occumbo, occubui,| 
occubirum, to dye or lye donn. Procum-f 
bo, procubui, procubirum , te /ye flat ori, 


groveling. 
2, Co. 


Dico,dixi,diqum, to ſay. Duco,dux1, du- 
atum, tv lead. Ico,ici,itum,to ſtrike. Vinco 
vici,victum, to avercome. Parco, pepcerci & 
parſi, parcirum & parkum,to ſpare. . þ 

2,9CO, 
”y 


þ 


Wy” 
% 


ae 


of the Third Conjugation, 


3. ICO. 


Noſco, novi, notum, to know. Agnoſco 
agnovi, agnitum, to acknowledge. Cogno- 
{co, cognovi, cognitun, to know. Ignolco 
19n0v), ignotum , to parden- or Rnow well. 
Creſco , crev1, cretum , to grow or zncreaſe. 
Paſco,paviy paſtum, to feed, Depaſco,depa- 
vi, depaſtum, t9 eat all. Epaſco, epavi,epa- 
ſtum, to conjure all, Compatſco , compavi, 
compaſtum, to feed together, Compeſco 
compeſcui , compefcirum , to reffrain. Diſ- 
peſco, difpeſcui, diſpeſcirum, to drive away 
beaſts from paſture. Impeſco , to turn beaſts 
Into rank corn, Which thzzz Cumpoinds\ 
change paſco info peſco. Quieſco, quiey1, 
quietum, to reſf, Acquieſco, acquieyi, aC- 
quietum,, to obey, #30 conquteſc0,to abide. 
Requicſco, to reſt. Sueſco, ſuevi, ſueram, 
to wont, or accuſtome, or to bee accuſtomed. 


TWhence Suerns ſum, 1 am accuſtomed. $90 


Aſlueſco, to praiſe by cuftome. Conſucſco, 
to uſe a thing much. 

Deſueſco, to change ones faſhion, Diſſ- 
eſco, to diſ.accuſtome; and Inſueico, ts be: 
trained ina thing. 


\ 4. Do. 


Edo, edi, eſum, to eat. 
- Comedo, comedi, comeſum, and come- 
ſtum, to eat together. | 
Abedo, abedi, abeſum, to gnaw. 
Ambedo, ambedi, ambeſum, to eat about. 
Exedo, exedi, exclum, ts eat #þ. 
K 3 Super- 


197 


CEE 
L a a a es a ee, ad _— — E, 
—_ : ; 
wt ; # : = , 
£ I 6! 
. 
» : 


198 ThePret. Tenſe,and Sup.of Verbs | 


Snpcredn,ſuperedi,ſupercſum, to eat More, 
Obe34', obedi, »heſum, ts conſume. Peredo, 
redi, pereſim, to eate quite through, 
% do, ſi5edi. ſabefum, to eat underneath, 
Mundo . mar'-': , manſum, to eat. Scando, 
ſcavrdi , icanſiiing to climbe. Aſcendo , a- 
{ce .d!, alventum, t: mount up, With the reſt 
of {1171p n 's, change ſcando into ſcen- 
dc. *-Dd i anfmſifroſcenfum: as, con- 
ſcendro.comcend!,contrenſum, t9 mount up, 
'Defe. 1c Oo, detcendi, defcenſum, to deſcend, 
£6 or ſink, down. | 
Inſcendo, inſcendi, incenfum, to climbe 
þ unt!9. Cid, cndi, cnſum,- to forge os 
Smiths do. Prehendo, prehendi, prehenſum; 
to tahe, Accendo, accendi, accenſum, to 
kind/e. Incenc'o, incendi, incenſum, to 7n- 
fan.e. Defend: deſendi, defenſum, to de- 


- - a» ol » 4 P40 _ a "F.2 iwk Aa a as m—_— _— «a cd by py \g * ” IS F Ea oo, OT ER __ FT a 
y M-- | oo 4 «ib; ; <<: Ps, Aw, ants y 4 ; I. POT oo, SOIC... _—_— _— As _ £] 
4-21 FR bh I ” | 2. Me: p IF 7 "0 on Mr ls ans WaA+ entins 7 . 2 
5,499 ; > 79 Ts. hs + 2 &* Fa A " wg AS b WM 6 wn PR a D 
43S Ge Bf w k - WF 5'Y oe” : 2 CEE. v; [= je WR ” ws wo 
_ ms WW ian _- : : [I POTS © EI - 23 FORK EI "WE" EY no _ - 2 , . 
.. w . \ ".: _—_ EX "* > >- A . p 
# . « 5 ns" my Co no 2 , + 
k. © i «ak as, : It 9 et 
p < *'. A. a ha . 
2-7 "I $4 oi 6 _y oh þ ak þ 0 » x ra 
% s 2 ps, ach ph : hy * 1 


- 
EC ao A As. tb 
5 < 


F. fer, jave 57 prejcrve. Ottendo, offendi, of- 
$47  ferrſarn, to fnde by chance or do amiſs, Clay- 
s do, claufi, clauſum, ts {þut. The Compounds 
|; of claudo change claudo, clauſi, clauſum, 
| tnto clufo, clufi, cluſum : as, acclu-: 
do, accluſf1, acclufim , to holdin, Con- 
"* __ clud9, conclufi, concluſum, to conclude, Ho 
BE | __ Ciicninclido, to cloſe ab9ur, Excludo,to ſhut 
$ $ out. Includo, to cloſe in. Occhudo, to ſhut 
$14  - againſt. Percludo, to fhut fa. Praclu- 
2} 2380 do, t9 (but up or flop. Recludo, to open or rc- 
we 1 veal. Plaudo, plauſt, plauſum, to applaud. 
*  Applaudo,applauli, applauſum, to c/ap hands 
"i for py. Complaudo, complauf1 , complau- 
bs ſum, to clap hands for joy. Diſplodo,difplo- 
W ' $5, difploſum, to break, in ſunder with a noiſe, 
Pt to ſhoot off. Explodo, exploſi,exploſum, ts 
js:  biſſe out, Rado, raſi,rafum, to ſhave. 
a Vado, 


of the Third Conjugation, 


Vado, vaii, vaſum, to go; which peeter- 
perfect tenſe and ſupine is ſcarce to bee 
found. Evado, evaſt, evaſum, to eſcape. In- 
vado, invaſi, invaſum, to invade or lay ho!d 
en. Circumvado, circumvafj. circumvaſum. 


* to g2 about, Pervado, pervaſi, pervaſum, to 


g9 through. Lxdo, [:x11, lzium, 6 hurt. Ob- 
lzdo, oblzf1, oblxſum, to hurt jore, Allido, 
allift, allzfum, to daſþ or bruzſe 3 and the ref 
of the Compounds change lx into hi : as, 
Collido, collifi, colliſum, to knock or bruze 
t:gether, Divido, divill, diyiſum, to divide, 
Rodo, rof1, roſum, t9 gnaw, Ludo, lufi, 1u- 


- fam, to play. Trudo, truf!, trofom, to thruft 


out with vtolence. Fundo,fud, faſum,to pour 
out, Findo, fid1, fifſum, to cleave. Scimdo, 


ſcidi, ſciflum, ts cut. Pando, pandi, paſſum 


«nd panſum, to open, Cado, cecidi, caſum, 
to fall, Occido, occid!, occatum, to fall a- 
gamft, to are; With rhe reft of the Compounds, 


 thange ca into ci,but want the Dupines : 


as, Accido, accid!, to fall or happen to, Ex- 
cido, excidi, to fall out or fall away. Deci- 
do, decidi, to fall away. Incido,incidi,te fa! 
in, te happen. Recido, recid1, to fall back- 
ward. Succido, ſuccidi, to fall under. Pro- 
cido, procidi, to fall dzyn, Supercitdo, 1u- 
Percidi, to failupon. Concido, concidl , t9 
fall together. Intercido, intercidi, to fall be- 
tw/xt, Cxdo, c#cidi, cxſun, to beat or cut. 
Tbe Compounds of cxdo change c# ints ci: 
ag: Aſcido, aſfcidi, aſciſum , to cut aſunder, 
Excido, excidi, exciſum, ts deſtroy. Incido, 
incid1, inciſum, to tear in pieces, Occido, 
oecidi, occiſum, to kzil, Percido , percidt, 
perciſum, ts knack and beat vehemently, Pre- 

K 4 cido,. 


'©2 The Pret. Tenſe,and Sup.of Verbs | 


c1do, Preciat, Prez cilum , to firike or cy þ 
off. Intercido, intercidi, interciſum, to cyt 
Horn 67 Cot aſunder. Recido  recidi,reciſum, 
fo cat again. Cedo, celj1, 'ceflum. to give 
place. Pendo,pcpendi, penſum , to weigh, 
Tendo, tctend1 , tenſum , and tentum, t) 
frerch out. Oſtendo, oftendi, oſtenſum, and 
oitentum, to ſhew, or te, Pedo, pepedi, _ 
pedirum, to belch backward. Tundo,tutu- J 
di, tunſum and tuſum, to &Anxck, Con- 
tundo, conttidi, eontaſum, to beat. 


' = - - i »- X Ns 
2 'L, A uy #9 att ll *hot 7 r »4x nnd 
ou TAR 7 « ay te >» ae” AS 7&0 OE I0eT rr wh he: PEI c ILY *: cd Q - 10 
5 * AS 0 N < 6 ”"Y . ets VG RN Jo by » S > : "N - " 7 3% .; 
», 6 es 3 f - 4 . ” 
43» I when 5 ns : : ANTE" a2 0s oo 4 CR. x" » S on 
F. we" CE ae 4, 7 OY, "A > PI. os 2% 4 
; ot F SE "LR "OA dT ogy 2c; ene "LH 
6 - 149 raw : _ awd. WAL 5a Ia J at 
' . & 4 


Ei The Compounds of Compoſita 4 do 
+ _&o form didi in the formant didi,dicum: 
s Preterperfee Tenſe, ut, edo, Edidi, Ed)- 

and ditum in the $u- rum, to utter. 

pine. 
Reddo, reddi, redditum, to reftore. Per- 
do, perdidi, perditum, ro looſe. Abdo, ab- \ 
f  _ eidi, abdirum, to hide. Obdo, obdidi,ob- / 
's dicum, to thruſt againff, Dedo, dedidi, de- 
ditum, to yerid. Condo, condidi, condt- 
rum, to build. Indo, indidi , inditum, to 
put in. Trado, tradidi, rradicum, to del:- 
ver. Prodo, prodidi, prodicum, to betray, | 
Vendo, vendidi, venditum, to je!l. Credo, 


s 

[2 credidi, creditum, to believe. Abſcondo, 

p abſcondi, and abſeondidi, abiconiiim , axt 
j abſconditum, to hide. 

; Go. j 


b Rego, rex1, refine, to rule. 

: _ The Compounds of rego change re 
into ri, as, 

 Corrigo, correxi, corretum, to corre or 


4mend. Porrigo, porrext , porrecun : 80 | 
firetch 


| 
4 


frretch , or teach out. 


of the Third Conjugation, 


ſurretum , to ariſe. Pergo » PCIreXks, 
perretum, t9 go 07 proceed, Tego, texi, 
re&um, to cover. Aﬀiigo, afflixi, athictum. 
to beat the ground. Intligo , inflixi, infli- 
&tum, to cajt violently or fling. Sugo , fſUx1 
ſutum, to ſuck, Cingo, cinxi , cintum. 
to gird or incleſe . Lingo, linxi, lintum, to 
lick. Tingo, tinxi, tintum, to die color. 
Extinguo, extinxi, extindtum, to quench 07 
put out any thing that burneth, Diſtinguo, d1- 
ſtinxi, diſtinctum, to divide or ſeparate. 
Plango, planxi, planctum , to lament, Un- 
PO, UNXi, uUnctum, is anoznt. Jungo, JUNK 
junum, to jon. Emungo, emunX1, C- 
munctum , to ſnuffe a candle, Fingo,finx: 
ficum, ts counterfe.t. Pingo, pinx1, pictum 
t9 paint, Stringo, ſtrinxi, ſtrictum , to 
binde, Frigo, frixi, frictum , and frixum, 
to fry, er parch. 
Figo, fixi, fitum, to faſten. Lego, legi, 
le&tom, toread. Allego, allepi; alledtum, ro 


aſcribe or chooſe. Perlego , perlegi, perle-- 


Rum, to read over. Prxlego, prelegi, pre- 
letum, ts read ts, as a Maſter in expounding 
to his Scholars. Relego, relegi, reletam, 
torcad again. Subltgo, ſublegi, fublectum 
to touch lightly. | 

Dfher Comporinnds ' of lego change le 
into1li : as, Deligo, delegi , dele&um, 70 
chooſe, Seligo, ſelegi, ſeletum , to chooſe 
out, Elfgo, elegi,cletum, to ele; But 
Diligo,dilexi,diletum,to love; and neglige, 
neglexi.negletum,to neg/ed; inteiligo,mmtcl- 
lex1,ntellettum,to underftard, Aprieci.odF, 


C 


to $2, Perapn. peregi. roraiftiing:;. 
; a « , 


Surgo , ſurrexi, 


cz ThePret. Tenſe,and Sap.ot Verbs 
Circumaoo circumegi circumatum, to turn - 
er wind about, Satago fateg!, to be buſte a- 
boat a thing 3 if wants the Dupines. The 
_ relt of the Courpourmals of ago rhange a into 
[2 


as, 

_ Abigo abegi abactum, to drive from, Adi. | 
g0 adegi adactum, to bring or drive to. ExX- _ * 

; 0 excgi cxacum, to expel or require. Sub. 

L | 1go ſabegi ſubactum, to drzve or bring under, 

| Tranſjgo tranſegi tranſactum, ts drive tho. 

'ow, But Cogo coegi coattum, to com- 

pel. Prodigo prodegi , to ſpend riotouſ- : 

iy, Dego degji, to ive; which two want 


g zhe Supines. Frango fregi ſratum, to 
: break. 
f 


The Compwunds of fxango rhange 
fran tnto frin: as, 


1  .  Adfringo, to break, as againſt a wall, ad- 
f fringi, adfractum. Confriago confregi . 
F confractum , to break or bruiſe. Defringo | 
- defregi defractum, to break of, Effringo 
effregi ctfractum, to break in pieces. In- 
E:  fringo infregi infraqum, to tear, Perfrin- 
p go perfregi perfrattuni, to break, open. Pre- 
4 _  tringo pretregi prafractum, to. break be- 
4 fore. Refringo refregi refratum, to dimi- 
4 n!ſh. Difiringo diftregi diffractum, to break 


in pieces, to bruiſe, 


2 Tango tetigi tacum, to touch. 3 
a The Compmunds of tango change ta 


fnſot; ag, 


(4 [ Contingo Cont'g' contatum, to reach to, 
| Attin79 


of the Third Conjugation, 


Attingo attiol artactuni, to touch lightly. 


Pango panxi, and pegi pactum, to faſten 
or þlant. Expango Expegi CXpanXK1 Expa- 


Fm, t» ordain or appornt, So Circumpan- 

J p D | 
90, to ſet all about. Depango, to plant on 
ſet. Oppango, to faſten or jain. Repango, 
to faſten again. Compingo compegi com- 
pattum, to put together, Impingo impeg! 


1mpactum, to daſh or hit againſt , thange pa 


tnto p1. 

Pago pepigi pactum, to contraff or make 
a bargain. Pungo PUPUNI and punxi piin- 
&um, to prick, Repungo repupugi and re- 
punxi repunctum , to ſing againſt. Com- 
pungo compunxi compunctum , to puniſh. 


Diſpungo diſpunxt diſpunctum, to put out. 


things written. Mergo merſ1 merſum, to 


drown. Tergo rerfi terſum, to wipe or make 
clean. Spargo ſpari1 iparſum, to ſprinkle. 


Preſpargo preſipart! praſparſum, to ſtrew or 
ſcatter before. Proſpergo prolperti proſper- 
ſum, to ſprink/e all about, wtth the reit of 


the Compounds change ipargo tnto ſpergo., 


and ſparſum in:g ſperſum : ag, 

Aſpergo afperſ1 aſperſum , to caff upon. 
Confpergo confperfi confperſum , to ftrew, 
Circumipergo circumſperſi circunſperſam, 
ts cajt about. 
r2 caſt upon. Perſpergo periperſi perſper- 
zum, 62 (catter all ovir, And Refpergo Re- 
iperſ1 reſperium, to caſt water or other {i= 
Guur, 


Ho, No + Om. 


- 


# [ py = * 4 4 4 [4 ; 
Traio traxi traqum . to {rgp! 


Lalpergo inſperit inſperfum, 


Ss, a. Or 


- 4 -_—_ 
« 9” -S £ 
"9 hag 
Aa * 


+ 0 


5. * 
4 J ha - 
Hy i by , . - < p ; 
, RY > p : " >; __ ** w” pe 
ol þ 3 3 X -Þ A. 7 RG > þ 
% i LY 1-4 oa %s + Eee hes. Ig ay "I " + vr S. " o = 4 4 FR \ «<< & w © Fei. 4 - * 7 4 
, C > $0 - 5 4 I —_ I 4 oo BYS - . = a —_- - « 7 p -s ” _ % : k F 
I þ"4 ws,” ' 4 Tg 2d . » ; P =. 2 F 1 G 4 \ bs. Wo Ba wn nt T wo , fp » * +» 2#* Wr. Fe ++ . a" Ker. a * a A 
y Cy 4 x % F b ok . " +. ..& b k a. < # a6 : . © > * - 4 k 2 PA Y Fx ": PU * { pongh RE ; «apo 
*- 4 of - - —. , =» wn? 4 hn Ss - ES 4 A : "" y he wy Re i = 4 A oy , bk : 
£ C s o« R. bY , © 2 8-4; 94 mn "* £ ky 6, = $3. Fe Pry ” 2 OW? \ _— -w by + w 9 WS "wt ns v 
| or 4 WEL .*,; Md Wo. 7 we gf nd *3 , #.-- Fy - 0 4 gg”? —£ _— ON v , n Sag * an —"_ : Q a \ g -_ ſ «toi 
: 4 ” 4 fp) a. ety ve ; _ He AA 4 bh » bel 8. WC WEIS —_ Jay Bag 7 ——_ Penn 4 EF : PE S- . 7 OF | bn 
7 7 8 Rp TS ty roms aASELEY 4 c : * © _” Wo» we -. _ yo 4 K's pj ” 3,1 a - 8 « x >— "0: - WW ny" ; ' - F 
bf hw _— I i V0 + 8 Loc w_ c FP... x " T0: 1 Rn-th » - £ p. > A? P) a y 1 FS os MP2s ako bs | "4 *. 2 b TE {IS I a - b . 4 A. F PLN W i < PRE. ” þ Bu A ia - tobe as oy ig " 
- o g 4 4 4 oX Tab : "" + OT, SS b p "in th A. 4 Þ . + £ a” by 4 w- . * 4 2 ; : % 
> a4 —— = wy. - ESE 04 — x © ſy mr Sa. £ 2s 7 o7 po Ls ans. £08 oO FOR Nc + — 
2 £204 p o Is |, Fr RO” a. «4 2546 q __ 


— 


HAT oe 


” ” 
=: 
By SB. 


_ 
þ "0 ” I . 7 : as 
. + 4 | 
I w > y A. # 
F © wb", oe % 
ou " £ * 63... 2 k 
% 3 6 -<f LT.” - Fa" C 
- 6 ' X- 
- n PT 


>, *, 
as 
\ F 5 
"4 T s 


E 
. - 
+ 


_y 
a 
SE. 


OW A WF hs 
-—»&#-, Sk 
= nA 


Ny <c 2. es, 
= © 3s 
WIR * 0 


4 4d 
BERy 
ou 


M3 
#Y es vgs 4 uk ”, of 


» 
wt 4, lot 
Pi REY 


X's 
C 


EAR 1 kites * » hb bs FW 5c bd 
£ WY. 


- w_ = ned. 4 ad _ 
Q . vw 
" 4 % S. al o 
"7 8 « * : % #" 1, 3 m k a 
FR Te _ n _—_—_ > wn.” rn. X ( 
X J KC by k bh POP; þ a rho " 
Pas TM bhge.. my _ Ws 204+ 587 « . bY. © ro : . po tn ip ->--5 19% _ "A; EPIC a=, _ 
WS ” 4 F %; 8  -, 2 Rl So ned, +, I es; AT » 4 l - I % w- Ns So + * nnd 
%. nw bt _ * Fu" © 0 as 55 T. [9 Ns Cech . AY , : Pa eS: f pot en 7 
mY x, A 8 Þ,- % "a, I 0-5 Pay'y & car * VE" ow "2 . 27 > "Va OY - © ” : v Wy. ” WY p 
. 2 BW a ; : ' ? h => = _ 
* _ "S. Re N EP ” a - "PA & v4" +»W, -* HF , . ” . 
of 4 - . - -_ Py TI _ Y A 
- £8 he W234 WER, "XZ 2 44 * + BS! + "x" . 
_p oy by ary o w ” *; ms IRS * R 1 ""0 MLT. oY OY of c fx; U 6 - 74 
$ F ns g Ty ov | 2 od l * 


_— "_s— " 9 oh _— o ml «-Y 
by Ws GU Cee... @% jo—_— wot 
"w OT RNA. _ 
46-4 10: 1a ONE 


on ROOT oO OE Oo TEES 
af _— a 4 4 
xa | 
, - "p" k ds ilideor * 
op ; uy PS rn ; , 


* 


204 ThePret. Tenſe,and Sup.of Verbs 


ho, attraxki, attractum, to draw to. Con- 
traho, contraxki, contractum, to bargain, 
Detraho, detraxi, detrattum , to draw from. 
Diſtraho., diſtrax1, deſtractum, to draw aſun- 
der. Exrraho, extraxi, extratum, to draw 
oxt, Pertraho , pertraxi, pertrattum, to. 
draw by force. Retraho, retraxi, retra- 
Rum, to draw back, Subtraho, ſubtraxi, 
ſubtratum, to withdraw. Protraho , pro- 
rraxi, protrattum , to draw forth with w19- 
ience, alſo > prolong. Veho, vex1, vectum, 
to carry. Conveho, convexi, convequm, 
to carry by ſhip. Evcho, evexi, evetum, 


rw carry aloft, Tye, 


Lo. 


Colo, coli, culturm, to tz!7, Occulo,oc- 
e1lai. occulcum, to hide. Conſulo, conſfu- 
fui, confultum, to coxrſelſ, Molo, molui, 
molitum, to grinde. Al», alm, alitum, and 
alrum , 1 nourrſh. Sallo, falli, ſalſum, 
ſeaſon with ſalt. Pello, pepuli, pulſum, to 
dr;ve away. Vello, velli and yulft, vulſum, 
fo pluck up by the Toots. © Avello, avelli,and 
avulſi, to pluck, away. Revello, revelli, and 
revulii, to pluck again, or pluck away clean, 
Fallo,fefelli,fallum, to decerve. Refello,re- 
felli, to refute or Teprove , [ack Dupines. 
Excello, excellui, excelſum, to excel. Prz- 
cello, precellui, pracelſam., to ſurpaſſe of 
tbe oid Qcrb cello. Perccllo, perculyper- 
culfum, ts ftrike. . Antecello,antecelluj, ro 
exce! or ſurpriſe, wints the Dupine. Tol- 
zo. {aſtuli, twHlaram, to /;fr or ſet up. Ex- 
II, errun, eaatun, fo brave up. 


Shito! - 


* * 


— 


of the Third Conjugation: 


Suſtollo, fuſtuli, fublatum, ts 1:ft on high. 


Mos 


Emo, emi, emtum, to bxyy, Coemo,cocm 
coemrunt, to buy with others. 


The reſt of the Compou:ds of «mo 
ciangee intoi: ag, 
_ Eximo, exemi, exemtum , t take away. 
Perimo, peremi, peremtum, to h7/l or deſfroy. 
Redimo, redemi, redemrum , to redeern oT 
ranſome, Como, comfi, comtum, to kemv or 


trim. Promo, promfi, promrum , to dra”, 


Sumo, ſumf1, ſumrum, to take. Premo,pcei- 
f1, preſſum,to preſſe. Tbe Compounds change 
pre tato pri; as, Apprimo, appreili, ap- 
preflum , to preſſe together. Deprimo, de- 
preiſ1, depreflum , to weigh diyn. Com- 
primo , compreſh, compreſſum , to refran: 
Exprim9, exPpreſſ1, expreſlum , to expreſſe. 
E xpreflum, to wring forth or expreſſe. im- 
primo, imprefſi, impreſſum , t9 mark, Op- 
primo, oppreſh, oppreflum, ts oppreſſe. Per- 
primo, perpreſli, perpreſſum, to preſſe bard. 
Reprimo,reprefli,repreſſum, ts repreſſe. Sup- 
primo,ſuppreſſi, luppreſſum,to ſuppreſſe. Fre- 
mo, fremui, fremitum, to 7047, Gemo,gema! 
gemitum, to groan, Vomo, yomuil, yomitum 
to vomit, 


No. 


Sperno,fprevi,ſpretum, to deſpiſe. 
Sterno, ftravi.ſtratum, to filrew., Sino, fivi 


{1tun1 


205 


IE EY 
* 2 ts mo "7 
& 


\o6 The Pret. Tenſe,and Sup. of Verbs 
| {itum, to ſuffer. Lino levi licum, to beſinegy, 
Cerno, to ſee; wants the peererperfect 
—— _ — renſs and ſupines. But cerno, to enter up. | 
Coneerne,tO op or poſſeſs, crevi cretum, An oid Uerb. De- | 


- WS." 
a hp 


: A dE 06's ga bath ies. 6. 
oe wor ber 7 TA ay co 


feeclearly- no decrevi decretum, to judge, Dilcer. | 
no diſcrevi diſcretum, to know well and! d:. | 
ftintly. Excerno excrevi excrctum , to | 
purge, Incerno increvi incretuni, to try by | 


fiftmg. Secerno ſecrevi fecretum, to at- y 
tide, Temno temſt temrum , and Con- " 
temno contemil contenitum , to deſpiſe. 
Gigno. genui genitum, to get. Pono polui 
polirum, fo put. Cano cecint cantum, to 
fing. Concino concinui concentum , to 
iing in one tune; and the reſt of the Com- 
pounds Which change ca into ci, tnake the 
Pzererperfect tenſe in vi, and the ſupines 

in centum : as, Incino mcinu1 incentum, | 
to fain a ſmall voice. Percino percinu! 
percentum, to «continue in ſinging. ACCino 
accinui accentum , to ſing to. Prxcino 
Pracimu Pracentum, to ſing before or fore- | 
tel. Recino recinui recentum, 70 ſing again, | 
Occino occinui occentum, to ſing together, | 
or againſt, Succing ſuccinui ſuccentum zo 
make a ſoft noiſe, 


Woot 


CORES © > 


_—— honey 4 «i | " , pm hr cen 20 1 
by, 0. OY AE aw - 


Ls aaa 22 > 


Po, 


——_— 


Carpo carpſi carptum, to crop. The Com- | 
pounds of carpo rhange carpo into cerpo, \ 
any carptum into ccrprum : ag, | 

Decerpo decerpf1 decerptum, to pull cr 
Pluck of, Excerpo excerpfi excerptum), to 
tahe ard chuſe. Djtcerpo diſcerpht diſcerp- 
tum, to C12 or Fer in pieces, CONCErpo CO- 

<rrts. 


PF mY wa ES 
Pat ts kf FP. 
* - > 2 « Fx -" 4 
*w".: OW; 2 
= _=_ Pn OY GP _ 
ba, i; _— 


| 
| 
| 
| 
| 


y HO 


"Rt 


of the Third Conjugation: 207 
cerpſi concerptrum, to pull in pieces. Pre&- 
cerpo pracerpti preacerprum, to pick flow- 

ers. Serpo lerpſ1 ſerprum, to creep. Repo, 

repſ1 reprum, t9 creep or go ſoftly. Scalpo 
ſcalpſi ſcalprum, to ſcratch. Sculpo ſcalpſli 
iculptnm, to carve or engrave in metal. Rum- 

po rup! ruptum , to break. Strepo {treput 
{trepicum, t9 Make a noiſe, 


Quo, 


Coquo coxi coftum, te ſeeth or boil. Re- 
linguo reliqut reliqum, ro foriake. 


RO. 


Sero ſevi fatum, ts jor, plant or jet.  Pre-, 
ſero preſevi prejatum, to ſow before the _ _ 
| ? | J Jevi, reſa- 
tne, Tbe Compounds that give leyi in the tum, to {et 
Pzeterperfect renle, gibe situm i111 the (14- or plant a- 
iines: as. | Pann. Its 
Conſero conſevi consitum, - to plant or Janet 
ſow together. Infero mnſevi tnsitum), to plant ery com 
or ingraft. Aſltero aſſevi aſcirum, to ſow thing. 

or plant nigh. Circumſero circumſeyi cir- 
cumsItum , to plant about. Deſero defer! 
desitum, to ſow or plant. Difflero ſevi $1- 
rum, to ſow abroad, Interſero interſev1 
mterſitum, to ſow or plant between. Perlſe- 


ro. perſeyi persirum, to ſow all over. 


Sero tn another Cgnification aives 
{ſerui, fertum, 


' Sero ferui fertum, to approach , ſet by, or 
lay in order. Aſlero aflerui aſferrnam, ts a!- 
firm, Conſtro conſervi conſertum, to 1min- 


gies, 


wh 


wy 1 - 
6 - " 
PIR. 44 
, 


a PR" Arr ee >> 
o \ Pn * 4's 


On net PU On od at 7 OOO OS” TO I IR RR OI I ond 
ue —_— | -"e ER 


% ir i ” % — _ both” 3 : - 
5 W 4 - . "I. uu # , y 
_ « — " we . . : 
$5 PR < OR) . cconfipe_c.ym m_— 0 . 4 
Mm . 4 oY 6 0 p Þ . _ wa ons 
R 7 * 4 A . F 4 ” ig ow -> i 
F - " « —_ - - H «e we ons 1 
: So Fs 1 4a x; [ \ pes , ©" "2A aF S ds © IS »» un, ud . 
z þ Sh ©L , _ 3 Ip Wk; V Pope -« /. as AVI OT ey =_—'Y WIR WO” * . POR 
Ws. % : DL y ” hea, \ 4; : Ki SOS br * RT y 
b wy oy « rg 3 < 5 "i oof © II KJ - . < 
ſ & <2 "5 a KC oe P34" 4 7 - en - ZI 
"IN" 1 _ Wes. 1 SS "af oa bt Fa £ 1 w 27 7 Pg 
EA» 2 ACS - % GN x «Rt - CA _ $7 ts "TR : ; 
: " > 4 "Þ : # >. 
» 4 v Io . = 
1 


40A git 


Sau FR 


4 ee "®. = - Somnagh i. a. 


en —_ WY 
mano CC EY ve eee OI CEE EI A On CO" FER 


Es 


208 The Pret, Tenſe, and Sup. of Verb; | 


« . . | 
F te nnſcre- gle. Deſfero, deſern1,  defſertum » 0 leave, fi 


re 4144) \nfero,inferui,inſertum,to bring inty, Inter. 3 


to bring a ; _— 
ran te Tero, interſerwi, interſertum, to put between, | 
9D to ming/e. Ditlero, diſſeru, dillertum, to dij- | 


fute, Exero,. exerui, eXertum ,. ts put forth, | 
Gero, gcli, geſtum, to bear. Verro, verri, 
verſum, to draw or pull away. Uro, ufhi, v-! 
ſtum, to burn. Tero, trivi, tritum, to wear, \ 
Curro, cucurri, curſum, to run. Pracur- 
ro, pracurri, prezcurſum , to runne before, 
Excurro, excurri, EXcucutri, excurium, to 
T4n out. Procurro, procucurri, procurſuni, 
t) Tun on. Decurro, decurri, 4nd decucur- 
ri, to run down in haſt. Accurro, accurri, 
accurſum, to Tun to.. Concurro, concur- 
ri, concurſum , to74n together, Diſcurro, 
diſcurri, diſcurfum, to run uÞ and down. 
Recurro, recurri, recurſum, t2 run again ; 
with the reſt of che Compounds raft awap 
tbe reduplication. Quzro, quxſtyi, queſt- 
tum, to ſeek. 
The Compounds of. quaro change qQuz 
into qu1: as,  - | 
Acquiro, acquifjvi; acquisitum,. ts obtain, 
Conquiro, conquiſivi, conqusitum, to ſearch 
for. Exquiro, exquiſivi, exquisitum, to 
ſearch or try out. Inquiro, inquiftvi,ingqui- 
fitum, to examine. Perquiro , perquiſiy1, 
perquiſitum, to ſeek ks ary Requiro, Te- |, 
 guwiivi, requifitum, to ſeek again... ' Fero, © 
tuli, latum, ts bear or ſuffer, | 


0... 


Viſo, viſi, vifum, to vr/et &r ſeck after, 


Laceilo, laceifivi, lacctiirum , to provoke or 
#,;n, 


N 


NS 
OR POGr ER, 


E, FP fiir «pg. Capeſlo, capeilivi, and capeſh, ca- 
' fivi and faceili faceſſitum, to goe avout t9 


flitum, to take in hand. Faceſlo facel- 


doe. Arceflo arceſſivi arceſ{ſirum, to cal! jor, 


| t9 £0 to call. Depſo depſui depsitum,ts knead 


dough. Pinſo pinſui pinfirum pinſum and 
piſtum, to bray in « mortar. E 


To. 


Micro miſi miſſum, to ſend, Verto yer - 
ti verſum, to turn. Peto petiyi petitum, 
ts ak, Meto meflui meſſum , to reap or 


mow, Fledto flexi flexum, to bend, Ne- 


Ro nexi and nexui nexum, to knit. Ple- 
Ho plexui , anciently, Plexi plexum 
to intangle. Pedto pexi and pexui pexum 


' tokemb. : ; 
* Sifto ſtiti ſtarum, to make to fland, an yuy, pics 
Aytive. : compoſite. 
+ Siſto, ſteri ſtatum, to ftay, remain or + A bor- 
appear, a Verb Neuter. rowed 
pret. and 


The Compounds of iſto, if rhep bave Sup. of /to. 


' the Dupines, doe bozrow them of ſto : £0, cm 


a9, proprio pre. 
Conſiſto conſtiri conſtitum, ts ſtand faſt. teriro argue 
Reſiſto reſtiti reſtitum, to withſtand. Ob- /4pi79. 
fiſto obſtiti obſtitum, to refeſf. Aſſiſto Fro” rig 
aſtici aſtirum, to aſſiſt or fland by, Cir-%,, ſwpin 
cumſifto circumſtſri circumſtirum , to Rim fac;- 
environ. Perſiſto perſtin perſtirum, to a- #nt - ſed 


bide or continue. Defiſto deſtici deſiirum /#!7%5 eft ab 
core uſt 


' deft 57 leave off. Exiſto extiti exti- 757 
rum, to be or 10 appear. Infiſto inſtiti in- ages, 


ſtirum, to infſft. Prefiſto praſtiti preſti- 
cum, to ſtand before, 2 


—._— 


2109 ThePret:Tenſe,and Sup.of Verbs | 
_ Subfiſto ſabſtiti ſubſtſrum , to abide or # 
Way fill, P 


ps 
28 
"8 
Wu: 
8 
BY 
5 bf 
bo 
þ- 
* 


Solve ſolvi ſolurum , to looſe. Volvo | 
volvi volutum, to roll. Yivo vixi victum, |: 
to {zve. Lavo lavi lautum, ſometimes lo- | 
rum, fo waſh, uniſed tn the third T onju- / 
gation. Diluo dilui dilurum, to r:nſe or | 
make clean, Abluo ablui ablutum, to waſh | 
away or waſh off. Eluo elui elvrum, ts | 
waſh out. Promo prolui prolutmn, to | 
waſh much, - 


X0, 


þ + : Texo teXui textum, ts weave. AtteXo, | 
| _ atrexnui artextum, to knmt or weave with, 
EXteXO EXteXut EXLEXtum, to Hnwedve, 


FR ' 
© + £* ih 
AÞ c 
BIS > - . [y ® 
" 2 b = 
| : > ; 
£ : * 4 
Y p- _- X, . 
b. bf 3 <2 ” 
£ £ SY 
: | : 
*ax + 2M 
z 
* 
# ; 


Facio feci faftum, to do, Calfacio calfeci þ 
calfactum, to make hot er warm. Benefaco, | 
benefeci henefatum, t» d, well. Malefa- F 
> cio malefeci malefatum_, to do» evil, Ol- } 

| facto olfeci olfactum, to ſmell out a thing, ts 
* Fx ud juſpeF. * Compendefacio compendefeci. 
| to abridge, * Commonefacio commonefeci 
commonefadtum, to. warne, Floccifacio } 
Hloccifeci floccifatum, to efteem of ſmall © 
' price. Naucifacio naucifeci naucifattum, to | 
eireem little worth, Satisfacio fatisfeci 1a- 

tisfactum, to ſatisfe. F 

The rett of the Compounds of facio , noc x 
cOHM- | 


: 

þ 
o 
1 
2 


Y y og IG. a : *4 i, a. to ener os a 
FM, . uo 4B M L wy { $5082 Ay II —_ w 
” _ hy m7 1 #, os oh _- _ 6 4 dy x 
4 Tang ; Hide Wy _ : a 0: ROE $4 
_.* G a : 6 = 
- 2. " 4 RA Fe "WIPE a; *_ 1 2 TE" "" 
TA&5 > DS 0 ONES 47 2 AO. 
k its 8 43% * 
MU TAIT On” NT. DE WT, + b CEL * of OE TEnd yr Fs ".-* i Ln 299." y 
ay W-* av / Tn Vt Coogee” OO wr _ "iy pe . Fo £ OS « by” : 
' 


% 4 5ght - = q . 
rat AD 


6 
at 


4 i a 
ey " -—_ _ 
_ ws by - = 
- *P = a TY 
7 eh 
4 qa Ln 


NN On 


ho” 


P -—_ Pos” RS Fn Ke FY OE. IE oe eee 
a... cy 3 ra. 
ie 


5. 00G 
MET 7 


- + yy oa 
. , - £%-a4s- 


of the Third Conjugation, 


# pounded of a Noun, Verb oz Adverb, change 
 facio into ficio,and fatum into fectum: ag, 
atficio, affeci, affectum, to af... Conficio, 
confeci, confectum, to finiſh. Deficio, de- 
feci, defetum, ts lack or fail. Efficio, cffe- 
ci, effe&um, to effef. Inficio, infeci , infe- 
um, to defile or ſpozl. Officio, offeci, offe- 
cum,to hurt. Perficio, perfeci, perfequm, 
to perform, Praficio, prefeci , przfetum, 
to ordain or ſet over, Proficio, profeci, pro- 
fectum, to profit. Reficio, refeci, refetum, 
to reparr. Interficio, interfeci, interfe&um, 
to kill. Sufficio, ſuffeci, fufftetom, to ſuffice. 
Jacto, jeci, jactum, to caft. - 

The Compounds of jacio, change jacio in- 
to jicio, and jactum into jeqtum : ag, abji- 
cio, abjeci, abjettum, to caft away. Adjicio, 
«djeci, adjetum, to caft or add to. Conjicio, 
conjeci, conjetum, to conjeffure. Dejicio, 
dejeci, dejetum, to everthrow. Ejicio, Cje- 
ci, ejetum, to caſt out. Circumjicio, cir- 
cumjeci, circumjetum, to caft about. In- 
terjicio, interjeci, interjetum, to mingle or 
caſt between. Prxjicio, prxjeci, przjetum, 
to fling before. Projicio,projeci.projetum, 
to fling away. Subjicio, ſabjeci, ſuhjectimn:. 
to lay under. Super)icto, (5 ſuperjacio, tu- 
perjeci, ſuperjecta oF ſuperjactum, to lay up- 
on. Trans$jicio, tranjeci, transjectum, to cajt 
or ferry over. Aſpiciogalpexi, aſpe&tum , 75 
behold or look on, in like manner, Circumſpi- 
cio, to look, about. Conlſpicio, to beh9/d. De- 
 fpicio,to look down. Diſpicio, to look about. 
- - Infpicio, to {90k on. Perſpicio, ts ſee plainly. 
© Przfpicio, to {ook before. Profpicio, ts ffy 4- 
far offi Reſpicio , to look back. Sulpicio, 

ts 


211 


ten 


The Pret:Tenſe,and Sup.of Verbs 


to loak up, alſo to honour and ſuſpef, are all | 
Compounds vt the vid Uerb Specio. F 
Allicio allexi alletum, to allure 5r Þ 
entice. Ilicio jllexi illetum, to enduce F 
by allurement. Pellicio pellexi pelleQum, F 
to deceive with fair words, Perlicio perle- | 
x1 perlectum, to allure 6 entice. But eli- | 
cio cElicui elicitum, to draw by fair means, © 
JU Compounds of the unnſed.Uerb lacio, / 


Dio. 


Fodijo toll foſſum » to digge, Infodio | 
infod1 infoflum, to 7nter, 8 


Gio. 


Fugio fugi fugitum, to fly, @&o con- | 
fugio, to fly for help. Defugio , to negleF, I 
Profugio, to wander, gc, - -- {| 


70. 


Meio minxi mictum, to piſſe, and com- | 
meto comminxi commictum, to piſſe toge- 
ther. 


Pi0. 


Cap1o cepi captum, to take, (Mbe Com- | 
pounds of capio change capio into cipio, | 
and caprum into ceptum : ag, Accipio 
accepi acceptum, ts ryceive. Qoncipio 
Cconcep1 conceptum, to concezve, Decipio 
decepl deceprnm. to geceive. 

© 0 


of the Third Conjugation. 


ji þ So Excipio, fo entertam. Incipio,te be- 
” gin. Percipio, to perceive. Recipio, to re- 
© ceive, Pracipio, to command, Sulcipio, to 
- undertake. Occipio, to begin. Rapio rapui 
- raptum, to ſnatch, The Compounds of ra- 
- pio change rapio into ripio : and raptum 
F intoreptum : as, Arripio arripui arreptum 
x to take by force. Abripio abripui abreptum 
{ to take from. $0 Corripio, to lay hold on. 
-- Diripio, to rob or ſpozl, Eripio, to ſnatch 
© away. Praripio, to catch before. Proripio 
' to withdraw ones ſelf. Surripio, ta ſteal or 
0 | take away. Cupio cupivi cupitum, to de- 


B fre. 


Rio: 


Pario peperi partum, to bring forth young. 


" Conjugation , and change pa into pe. 
Tio. 


 Quatio qua{li quaſſum , which Preter 
# Tenſe quaſſ1 is (carcelp read. 
| (The Compounds vf quatio change qua 
into cu: a2,Concutio concuiii concuſſum 
: ts move, to brandiſh. Decutio decuiſi de- 
- cuſſum, to ſtrike off Diſcutio diſcufſj dif- 
L cuſſum, to remove or to examine. Excutio 
- &+ excuſſh excuſlum, to ſhake -of. © incutio in- 


» | cuſ incuſſum, to daſh. Percutio percuiſi 
> | percuflum, to ſmite. Recutio recui?i recul- 
> | fum, fo ſmite again. Succutio ſuccuſh ſuc- 
> |: cuſſum, to ftrike under. 

= Uo 
| 

tt ; - 


\ 'The Compounds of pario are of the fourth 


eI 


—_ 
\ Ee cies 


214 The Pret. Tenſe, and Supines, &c. 
U O. 


Induo indui indutum, to cloath. Exug 
exui exurum, to put of. Acuo,acui,acutum, 
to whet. Arguo argul argutum, to reprove, | 
Imbuo imbui imbutum, to infe## or todie Þ 
cloth, Minuo minui minutum, to diminſh, |: 
Suo ſui ſurum, to ſow or ſtitch. Spuo,ſpui, / 
ſputum, to ſpit. Sratuo ſtatui ſtatutun, f 
to appornt. \ 

Tbe Compounds of ſiatuo change ſta |. 
ints ſti: ag, - A 
_ Aſtijtuo aſtitut aftiturum , to place by, {| 
Conſtituo conſtitui conſtitutum , to deter- | 
mine. Deſtituo deſtitni deftiturum , to © 
forſake. Inſtituo inſtitui inſt;turum, to in- 
flitute , begin , oa, ng or ſet in good order. | 
Proſtituo proſt;tui proſtiturum , to-proffi- \ 
tute or ſet open to every man that cometh. Re- } 
ſiruo reſtitui reſtitutum, to reſtore, Sub- 
ſtituo ſubſtirui ſubſtitutum , to ordam inÞ 
place of another. Sternuo ſternui ſternu- Þ 
tum , ts ſneeze, Tribuo tribuj tributum, þ 
zo give. Ruo rui ruitum, to 74ſp, Phavo F 
plui, and of od, pluvi plutum, rorain. Luo 
tu1 lujrum, to pay, ſatisfie or purge ; alſo t!Þ 
ſuffer puniſhment. Fluo fluxi fluxum, to 
few. Struo ſtruxi ſtratum, to build, | 


. Wh . 


Verbs of the 3 Conjug.want.Pret: 115 


—_———— 
_—_— 
——O_ — — 


Preterito quecunque carent, careantque 
Supno. 


AY fas + to decline or bow, Sido, to ſettle 
| er ſink, Attollo, to advance. Furo, 
| torageor bemad. Glico, to grow or increaſe. 
|. Hiſco, to gape. Fatiſco, to chink, or chap. 
| Veſcor, to eat. Liquor, ts melt. Reminiſcor, 
. |. to remember. Divertor, to turn aſide. PIrae- 
z © vertor, to get before or overtake. Ringor, to 
. grin or fhew the teeth. 
|. Vergo, verg!:s, preterito carer, vergere., 
\ vergendi,vergendo,vergendum,ſine Supinis, 
} VETgeNs, UC. 

> Divertor, diyerteris yel diyertere, fine 
© preterito, diverti,&c. 

> 2. Verbs ending in ſco, Tack the Preter- 
| pefeft Tenſe .and Supines, when thep are ve- 
 ribed of Nouns: as, Diteſco, to wer rich. 
[| Sterileſco , to wax barren. Repueraſco, tz 
wax a child again,%c. 

Verbs itn {co Belcending oz coming of 
= Verbs, bozrsw their Preterperfe& Tenſe of 
tbe Verbs, from whence thep come : ag,Te- 
} peſco, to wax warm , bath the Preterperfe& 
Tenſe repui, from tepeo the Primitive Verb. 
3. Paſſives whoſe Aﬀives want Supines, 
 baveno Preterperfe# Tenſe: as, metuor, ti- 
” meor, t9 be afraid, berauie the Preterper fect 
2 Tenſe Paſſive ig fozmed from the latter Su- 


\ pine Ave. Yerbs 


216 


_ tior paſſus ſum, to ſuffer, Gradior greſſus|# 


gra ints gre: As, 


Verbs Depon. of the 3. Conjup. 


Verbs Deponents of che Third 
Con Pon. 


Abor lapſus ſum, to ſlide. Adipiſcor 
adcptus ſum, to get. Comminiſcor,com:- 
mentus ſum , to deviſe, Expergiſcor EX- | 
perredtus ſum, oF expcrgirus, to awake... I- 
raſcor iratus ſum, to be angiy, Naſcor na- :. 
tus ſum, to be born. Nanciſcor naQus ſum, |. 
to get. Obliviſcor oblitus ſum , t9 forget. | 
Paciſcor patus fum , to make a bargain. | 
Proficiſcor profetus ſum , to goe forward. | 
Ulciſcor ultus ſum , to revenge. Fungor, 
fun&us ſum, to exerciſe an office or duty. Fru- | 
or fructus ſum, 7 fruitus ſum, to enjoy. W. 
Logquor, loquurus ſum, to ſpeak. Sequor, 
ſequutus ſum, to folbw. Queror , queſtus & 
ſum, to complain. Amplettor amplexus ; 
ſum , to embrace. Complector complexus Þ 
{um, 'to comprehend or maintain, Revertor Þ 
reverſus ſum, to return, Nitor niſus (QF ni- 
x1s ſum, to endeavour. Uror uſus ſum, t: Þ 
w/e. Morior mortuus ſum, to dre. Pa- j 


ſum, to go by ſteps. Retrogradior, to re-P 
coatl or to return back. _F 
The Compoundg of Gradior change 


Appredior agoreſſus ſum, to aſſail. Cir-#* 
cumpgredior circumgreſſus ſum, to g1 about, 
Do Congredior, to encounter. Digredior, to ** 
£9 dfide, Egredior, to go forth.  Ingredior, 7 
'0 goin, Prapgredior, to zo before, alſo Us: 


"e 


| Verbs of 3 Conyug. lack Sup. 
| paſſe by. Progredior , t9 proceed, Regredi*” 


orrus ſum, to ariſe. 


fo.irth Conjugatien and the 4nfinicive 
2Pood, atwapyes of the folirth, the reit of 


ortus ſum vel fui, oriri ortend! oriendo 
 eriendum, ortus oriens oriturus Ccglen- 
| US. 

| Potior potitus ſum , to obtain, fg uſual 
ip cf the fourth Conjugation, though ſom 
- Terminations are aiſo of the third: as, 
\- Potirur and potitur. 

Potior potiris or potire, potitus ſum or 
poritus fui , potiri potiendi potiendo po- 
» tiendum potitum potitu potiens potitu- 
! rus potitus poriendus : Fido fiſus ſum, te 
| truſt or ty belreve, 


*oM Thee Vervs ſeldome HZxc raro aut nun- 
- cr never retain the Su- quam retinebunr 
$Þ pine. verba Supinum. 


” Lambo lambi, to lick, Scabo fcabi, to 
- ſcratch cr claw. Diſco didici, to learn. 
F Poico popoſci, to require, Piallo pfalli, 
| to ng. Volo volui, to will, Nolo no- 
lui, to n7Z. Malo malui, ts be more wil- 
3% ling. - Strido ſtridi, to craſh. Rudo,rud!, 
r, * to bray [ike an aſe. Ango anxki, to trouble. 
t  Clango clanxi, tv ſound a trumpet. 

7 L Ningo 


or, to go back, Suggredior, to go by ſtealth. ,,_ 
Tuor tuitus ſum, to /ooR or behold. Orior compoſerir 
tertzae Co r- 
Orior bath the ſecond perſon ſingular fn 74247097; 


the Preſent Indicative of the third ary 97994 :5-7 
CKju loco 


_ſucceſsit 
{KGOY CUM 


the Terminations follow the third Con- furs comps- 
J ugatian. | ſ:tis tertie 
Orior orEris cr orere and Oriris cr Orire © 4g4170- 


by v7 110 | a. - ” *F - & ha. 10 - « 
a % k 
* - i : : 
> 
” 4 " A 


__ 


PR A x , » = > q , b : , 
q X #' py « £ 8 * X J Ko — 4 4 
: Xx. . - ” - 5% P 4 — KD" pe ! . 2 ". W. my. £ b .. " "x -- 
Fe > $4 PRA Y AL.<a ? —_ SP de + oF & > —& * S — A 7 OE” pe AE Barat i O., % MY 4 EF... F | ";" is 
1 ee nd - re a ye FP» 99 4RA 4 Ma of Ms * ” 0 - #-& z x ot®, p : *- , —- 4 q » wt -- $ p & of , * 4x SE A 
R 3 8 fa, " , ' 3 > %s oth = Tx _  c þ AE n r J Gs ith _— pl LI INE $4 <2 ah : < Y 5-8 : A $17, of I . . 

a Font _— x. 4 . P woe $005 <* wn " p. Til aE...4 % i us ; oh « at .», Pe” LY ”s 2%. w”_— = 44 DE $a, Is. WI Rr a. AARRR + [5 _ : & NR « 4 

ro ” 4 2-4 F ot : - gt P {JE ts "_ M es, © n. * * _y | 

x 6.3 w_ ly, F Py » = —_ 
« 1 s © - Ky ES 4 & 2 l 
_ 2 


__— RI er 
x Ne; BS ©. Sage +61 


* WIS 
we oY a 


Fs x 
ol _; 

JE ne IB 

nee, 


- nu —_— 
a. 
$3 


- S "A : 
rig 3 
*.. AS. "'y 


The fourth Conjugation, 

Ningo ninx1, to ſnow, Tremo tremnmi, J 
to tremble. Sterto ſtertui, to ſnort. In- : 
ceſlo inceſſi, to invade. Sapio ſapui an{Þþ 
Sapivi, to be wiſe , whole Compotnds F 
change ſa into fi: ag, Defipio defipui, t 
bennwiſe. Infipio inf} Jpui., to deat. Refi. 
pio reſipui, to be wiſe again. Renuo renui, 
to refuſe, Annuo annw, to grant unto. In- 
gruo 1ngrui, to Invade, Congruo congrui, 


zo agree. Reſpuo reſpui, ro refuſe, Metuo, 


Met, to fear. 


KO —_—_— 


In the Fourth Conjugation: 


BB. 4, audio, it, 
a5 , audis. in the 
Preſent Tenſe, ' formeth 
the Wrcerter eetTenſe 
11 vi , and Supine in 
In itum: 45, audiyi, 


auditum. 


Eo 1vi itum , 


der. 
avout. 


Venio,to come;ſen- 


 tio,to think; are ex- 


certed, 


to £9. 
aditum, t9 £2 or "come ts. 
1nter11 interitum, #9 dze utterly. 
'EXfrum, to go out. 
prodii prodirum, to go forth. 
vi and redii reditum, to return. 
Ivi obii and obitum , 
ſubivi ard ſabii ſubirum , 
Ambio ambivi ambirum , to compaj\ 
Cio civi citum, to provoke 67 mover. T 


19 Is, in po, y F 

pretcritum format; 
In ivi, & ſupinum inf 
Irum ; ut, audio au 
divi audirum. 


Adeo adivi adi 6; 
Intereo 1nteriy : 
EXeo EXIV| FI 
Prodeo prodivi an 
Redeo red: 

Obeo ob 
to g9 about. Subci 
to enter Or go Wn 


Excipiuntur venid by 
veni ventum ; ſen” 
tio ſenſt ſenfum. & 


+ | 


—— <—"_ . 
hd 


Thefourth Conjugation, 
Fito vindo vinxi vin&tum, to bind. Ful- 
cio fulſi fulrum, to wnderprop. Sepio ſept! 


feprum , -t2 hedge. Haurio hauit hauſtum, 
2 draw. Sarciv farſi ſartum , 9 patch or 


amend. Farcio farſi fartum, to fluff. Infar-. 


cio infarſ! infartum, to fill or pour rm. The 


ther Compannts whereof change far in- 


fo fer: 18, Refcrcio referft refertum, to 
fill hard. Differcio differſt differtum , ts 
f.7. Impertio impertivi impertitum, "and 
impartio: impartivi impartitum, to beſtow, 
Diſpertio, to give part to .one , and part ts 
another, Diſpertivy di ſpertirum. 

-Bipertiv bipertivi bipertitum, to part in 
29 parts. Qunadripertio quadipertivi qua- 


dripertitum, to part into four parts, Sancio- 


ſanxi ſandtum, and ſometimes Sancivi fan- 
citum, t» eftabliſh, Salio falii and falui, 
alt, to leap. 

The Compounds of .falio change ſa into 


{1; ag, 
Ex1lio extlui, ad eXil1 exultum, to leap 


out haſtily. Difltilio diifilui, and diflilii dif- 


ſulrum, to leap down jrom off a place, or leap 
hither and thither, Infilio infilut, and. in- 
hi inful: um, to leap upon. Profilio pro- 
filui, and proiilii, to fiream forth. Abſi- 
lio abfilui «nd abfilii, to leap from, wbirh 
rwo want Entipines. Defilio dctilii, and 
defilui deſultum, to [cap down. 590 aflilio, 
to leap upon, Confilto, to leap together, Prx- 
f111o, to jump before. Refilio, to leap back, 
Subfilio, to leap or dance. Superſilio,to leap 
upon. Tranſilio, to leap over, Salo falivi 


ſalitum, ty ſeaſon with falt. Punio punit 


and punitus ſum , to puniſh, Amicio ami- 


219 


— 


- — - - — o__— - = IR 
o "CAEKSTR'S - - n—_ . OPS ae Le SO Roe St, roms = = —— ” 
ama 
- — 


220 Of the Fourth Conlupation, 


Cui, and ſometimes amicivi and amixi anu- 
um , to cloath. Sepelio ſcpilivi ſepulrum, 
t» bury. Raucio raufi rauſum , to be hoarſe, 
Singultio ſingulcivi ſingulrum, to ſob. Ape- 
rio aperal apertum, to open, Operio Ope- 
rui opertum, to cover.  Comperio comper! 
compertum, to find out by trial. Reperio re- 
peri repertum, to finde by adventure. 


_ E—_ CR. 


Verbs Deponents of the Fourth 


Con)ugation. 


Xperior expertus fum, to try. Oppe- 
rior oppertus ſum, to tarry. Comperi- 
or, tc know for a ſurety, by trial. Comper- 
tus, found ont, proved, known aſſuredly. Af- 
fenrior aſlenſus ſum, to aſſent, accord or agree 
with, Metior menſus ſum, to meaſure. Or- 
dior ofſus ſum, to begin. Fio, to be made, ts 
become or grow, Wwanſg the Preterperfe# 
Tenſe, foz factus lum is of the old Uerb 

facior, 
Ferio, to ſmite, wants Preterper fe? tenſe 

and Suprnes. 

mg. ve Verbs ending fu urio called Meditatives, 
13. deinge Want. the Preterper fect Tenſe and Supines. 
enco com- Erceept parturio parturivi, to travel of 
ponirur 2 child-bjrth, Eſurio eſurivi, t» be. an hun- 
vVernnm © gred. 0 


mon $6 Fare Geſtio geſtivi, to leap for joy, wants 
componiruy (Ve Supine 3 anÞ Veneco, to be ſold; yeni, 
2 jc ſwups. f02 venum, to be ſold, ts & Noun, 

i. p 0a Lo Fry po: 
Sl. = Verbs 
I) ines, : | Ph 


Verbs defeftive. 121 


= _ Wn 2 


Verbs DefeQcive: 


1. Aio,to ſay or affirm- 


Preſent Tenſe Indicative. 
) A10, I ſay. 


Ais, thou ſayeſf, IE £93 4k Aiunt,the) 
Ait, he Jaith. = 


Imperfect Tenſe Indicative. 
IE { ſaid or did ſay. 
(oe thou ſatdſt or d:dſt ſay. 
aiebat he ſaid or did ſay. 
of b 196g we ſaid. 
Plir, I 2 p&iebatis, yer ſaid. 
3 Aichant, they ſaid. 


2 Ajas, be ſayeſt. Aiatis, ye ſay. 


Preſent Subjundive, 
3 Alat, he ſaith. je Aiant,they ſay 


A Participle of the Preſent Tenſe, 
Aiens, ſaying. 


2. Inquam, 7 /ay. 


Preſent Tenſe. 
Sj 1*) inquam, I ſay. 


2 SInquis, thou ſayeft. 
7 > 1 | Inquit, he ſaith, 


L } Inquimus, we ſay. 

ds _ Plur, «< 2 >Inquitis, yee ſay. 

= . 3 ) Inquiunr, _ ſay. 
| 3 


” q LY -* ” 
PORN n Kt ps. vb .8 OE at 19% OG”) 
Sr Cn La os , 1a TERA: 2. ; 


"ge, As * _ can 


3 Oe, 


OE es ER Ds SS ed li rn hn 


en 
_—_ 

s J- Ot : 
—_— £ w— a, » 


" a3 
” = : 
a Dy \ 4 - 
y MM ao . bs, 
< "48. - P. £ be , 
* Rk * fo i, > alk 
= "_ — 


© 97 


Lg - 
ET ates ad. Eo 


wilt 
_ Ninques, hind ſay. 
Sing. il. alt 


S j2\\Faxis, thou haſt brought or wilt bring 
> 


Si tg. 


' Verbs Defearves- 
I-nperf2 4 Tenſe. 
Sing. 3 Inquictat, he ſaid. Pla. 4 Inqui- 
ebant, they ſud. 


 Pretes per fe: 7 Tenſe Future Tenſe, 
R : Tnavith. 2 thou paſt faid. . 
5 T Inquit, he hauls: fard. * 


w9'# 


OR Co ETD LE Sg 2 4 "OR Iu DONGETIN- VI REgE F9Ed 73g, 
x2 4 BF. fr . - of * - » 5 CE J 4 % 6 
4 "dj WA FLV %4 Ee OE 2 % ; $ 3 £ SIG pg 4 Fs ST: 0 a Wy” Ah BY % 
SAS EOS IST, WOT ON WEE 06? nn og TS ies on, STE 7 Se PO TI 
PU Es DEE rr ogt LEE MEE NT IS 500 NO OS A 54 z k BEE Nb I TS i nd 
, i % ” TE, Is 8 wy EO as de vr Cl X; $81 £ \ yr ry  F Velde x 6 ry gx 7s hns > Fot 
. PT NCI _ &72y, E ns. act 3,446 104 feet l : bent Y by 


.f will 
Inquier; Des > . 
- - 65 qr 6 Inque « Ly teh Jay 
F2eK. 


3 Faxim, 1 will ao or bring to paſſe. 


Preterper feft Trnſe and Future Sub- 
1juneFrve. 


< 1 \Faxim & Fax0,I have brought or will 
Q bring topaje. 


= t2 Þa 

= > "Bd : hath brought or will bring ts 
paſſe 

Pluraliter 43 Faxint, they have 07 they will 

bring to paſſe, 


4 Auſzm, 1 aarſt. 


Pretrporel Tenſe Subjundrve | 


Auſim, 1 G 
they | 
> CAuſis,thou _ ” kg ow) 


2 pull he 


5 Quzſo 


- Pye — 4 — - ” PE In $ - - 4” b 
—_—_— on. Y : 
. _ 


| Verbs DefeRives. 223. 
Quzſo, T7 pray or deſire: 


$: Indicative Modd Preſeat Tenſe. 
* Sing. 1 Quaſo, 1 pray. Plur, 1 Queſu- 
= mus, wepray. 
* 6Ave, all hail , be thou glad, 
reſt then merry. 
Imperative Mood. 


Ave. 
: I thu glad. 


Smg. S2% 0 
— Avero, | 
Ayeto 
Blar. S 2 be. yee.glad. 
Averote 


Infinitivue Mood, avere, to be glad, 


7 Salve, Goa ſave you, 


Imperative M929, 


Salre T 
God Jave Ju, 
Salveto © xp 
;þ Salvere ? 
Plur, God: ſave yer. 
(ave :LOTC, 5 
Infinitzve Salvere, to be ſaved, to bei 71 good 


health. 
Future Indicative, ſalvebis , then ſhalt b: 


faved. 
Jacobum velim ſalvere jubeas , 1 would 


have you commend me to James. 
Bu, Apdgt - 


224 Verbs Defecives: 
8. Apage, fie, fie away- 


Apaze illam hoſtilitatem, away ws? 
that hofiultty. 


Imperative AS14d. 
Sing. 2 Apage. Plur. Apagite, fie away. 


va 
Wh. 
Shi 


9: Cedo, /ay, give or reach forth. 


Imperative Mood. 

Sing. 2 Cedo. Plur. 2 Cedite or cette. 
Cedo manum.,give me thy hand. Cedo aqnam 
manibus, give me water for my hands. Cedo + 
coram ipſo, ſay tr ts hys face. 


nt l ade + « am \ \———_ - , * Ys. 
ps er Pt gr A At tes 1 POTTY og Im Ly 


mn morn ou 5 Ys 


TR 10, In fits he began , or he ſaid. A 
tr, Odi, Thate,or 1 havehated. : 


Capi, 1 have begun or taken in hand. | 
SMeminit, ta call to mind, or to remember, | 
Jave the Preterperfes , and all Tenſes | 
": which deſcend of the Preterperfed Tenſe: ag, |. 
49 Od{i,eram,erim, iſſem, ero, iſle. 


OE RY COS OS © Oye nn om IR -. ing 0, ee >, te I 
SCENE bin % 


Y Cocpi, cram, erim, iſlem., ero,iſle. 

' Memin[1, eram, erim, iſſem, ero, iſle. 

£ Imperative Moed. Sing. 2 Memento, re- |. 
j member, Pluy. Mementote, remember yee. þ 


12, Ovo, to rejoyce with nee: 


Indic. 3 Ovat, he rejoyceth , and the Part:- 
ciple oyans are onlp in uſe. 


13-Dor | 


ES EE IE og 


. > ' " = "IF ” any 
rol rn —_ I = 
_— Þ 4 ap ti yas FA * - 

—_— m_—_— ——_ = 4 070%, 


CORN ——_— 


4 Rs Ne een 
' 


2} 


ate. A 


q 
| 
\ 


Verbs DefeQives, 


| I 3» 

Dor of do, and for the firſt perſons in 
the Preſent Indicative ; neither der riog 
fer , the firſt perſons in the Subjundive 
Mood, are in uſe. But we read in the 
Compounds of for. effer : ag, Quid {ir quod 
horres ctfer, Sen. Trag. Thier, a&.4. ve. 537. 


CESIPOWKIIES> cy ah Vain ———— _—— 


OS 


> —-- 


Verbs derived , are, 


rt. Inchoatives, ending in fco : as, inge- 
miſco. | 

2. Frequentatites, in to, fo, x0,co, tor. 

2. Deſrderatiuves 82 Meditatives fn urio, 

4. Diminitives, tn 11lo and iflo, 

5 Imitatives, tl flo o2 or, Bacchor, 


Pr p—— —— —_— - 
apes. 4 - _ —_——— 4 


>. 
po. 


A SS a 
FY 


" _ * 
q oo OE te 


t 

v3 

* 

$ 

*, 

+ 
+* 
, 

g 
hs, £4 
yz © 

: ® 
4s 
® & 
$7 
MF ” } 
| ff bY 
+*Y ” 
= 0 
bel iy 
4 * 2 
8 #3M 
4 "7% b, 
* - Bd 
..& 
_ 
' 
we 
; 
v 
_ 
- i 
» 
To 
+ 4% 
' 
$4 
* v. 
EL 0 
> 
SY 5.7 
Ll 
> 
Po 
+ 
ad 
x1 
wee 


%, ' * y * ET l " . D 4% of © : 
i p23 bt the oa Ib. OS . - PR... ay ly of 
#24 3 4 we, «64444 Bp " "8, x5 Ren PR. _— "=. ” 
_— ._. by Y «a _—. . z Fas 
""mF I *, . i * 
Pa ow . \ YN ; 


»— 5 
- owt. nth 


cans 
As 
va 


. Ie 7 Og a : __D= 
.* - 
bo 32 


} 5 


| SOSSSSASIOY 


"mm 
FIFTH BOOK. 


Jn " Ynraxis, o2 the right compoſition o: 


putting together of the parts of 
Speech amongſt themſelves . ſg £t- 
/ ther in Concord, 02 Government. 


Concord is: twofold-: 
1 Plain. | 
2 Figurative, 7 


wwe —_ WR —OaIng wot 3 Ro" oOASLOSE Ie 


— 


Plain Concord. 


Verb Perſonall / Erbum Perto- 
agreeth with kf nale ecohxrer. 
Nominative caſe im cum Nomitnativo 
number axd perſon; numero & perſons. 

a9. 
* Lahor oninia * Vincit, labour overcometh 


all things. 
Anris bona eſto, * qux libenrer *audit 


it w a good | 

HEITR, as of £0 ear which willingly heareth | 

' Obferyati- NE Propta”, | 
£15 perie- 


Qly, and Odſervations. 


examine a5 
> 1 The littie ffar Seweth which weeds 
fome of have tn them the vertue of the Rule, 


them with Which would be examined Dp parſing. 
2Yery Part 2 Lear! 


Ruler, 


7 3% 
L 
$ 
W 
V 
F , 
Ni 
6 


Cencord Plain, 


2 Learn the art fo find out the Uerb 
{n ys ſentence bY tie df nally; 
. Df the JPcrlens , 1, thouyhezwe, yoe, 


th Bs * 0s; 
2.D: ſigns of the Tenſes,Li.1.p.46,47. 
F oz erample : La2our over cometh all things, 


that ending in eth, ſpeweth the word over- 


cometh, to be tie Uerb; aid tn the vthcr 
ſenrence heareth , cth a ſign of the IPre- 
ſent Tenſe Þctive. 

2. The \ominative caſe is found by 
the anſwer to the queRion, who or what 2 
whether it come befoze the Uerb, Cag it 
ultaſlp doth ) oz be ſet affer tle betb, 
as it (5 ſometimes (viel. ) TGben 
the verb ts of rhe Actrperanis EPocd. 

When a queſtion ſs aghkent : as, (4d he 
jo : FE 3. TWHhen the ligne (:t) oz (there) 
cometh befoze the Uerb : as, auris bong 
elt, it is a good ear, 02 an ear 3s gyod. 

4. Wy Agrecment fu number 19Qct- 
ſany, that if the Noininative cate Le or 
the ſingular number, tye Verb mu be of 
the ſingular numver ; but if pinral, tis 
berb iniuſt be pjural. 

To aarce in 7erlon is , if the Noiti- 
tative caſe b2 of rhe firſt per'on the verb 
muſt be of the firſt perſon ; if of the 12- 
rond ca Bf the third, the verb miuſ ve oE 
the fame Perione 

s QUerb JUmyerſonal hath no Poir{- 


native caſe befoze it in the Latine, tF90:1c,7 


if (omerimes ſrems to havs in the @ Eg. 
iſh: as, [mft, me oportet, Then c14jf, 


Lib] fieer, 


FAY 


(2, 
mY 


_ _ Concord Plain, 


Rue 3 The Adjeftive a- Adjedivum ciun 
greet! with the Sub- Subſtantivo,Genere, 
ftantive , in Gender, Numero & calu, con- 

 Number,and Caſe,be it ſentit ; ut,as. 
a Noun AdjeFive, Pri- 
noun, or Participle. 


*Neglectis * urenda * fijx innaſcitur 
- Agris. Fearmbrake to be burnt, groweth in 
selds, lightly regarded or untilled, 


__ *. Verus *amor, * nullo * fuco, verum | 

 4mat, True love, loveth truth without paint- | 
ng. 

Obſervations: 


'Ts finde which won ts a Sabſtantve, 
note that all thinag are Noun Subſtantives: 
8g, a Book, a hat, {yc. Mtber notes pou 
i have, 1 1. p.2. bur in this Rule whatloeber 
M. aniwereth tothe queſtion who, os what ? 
= is fo: the S«bſtantive to the Adjedive : fo; 
a an 4djedive put (n the Neuter Gender will 
. ſnall reſpeſſg luppip the place of a $46- 
ftantive : ag in Concord Figurative, Rule 2. 
i | a Rule 2 

qt The Aegi ve agreeth in Gender, Aum- 
=: | der and Caſe, that is, JF the Subſtantive 
 beof the Maſculine Gender, the Adje&ive 
muſt be Maſculine, JE the Subſtantive be 
Feminine, the Adjedive muſt be Feminine, 

7 ike the AljeFrve mult be Neuter. 
. TE the Sub/tantive bee of the ſingu- 
hs number . the Adjective muſt bee fin- 
gular; but if of vhe plural, it muſt be 


Plural. 
+ cn 


+ Pi oc Ws 1” 19”. pred her pic 

\? > RS S188 NS. EOS, rr 
: "Ip K wer t# 4 . _ gee, 

I Sa I Ss EA DIES Sono ono _ 
" '. lb as. , ' th hs 

. r=. te ole oa te. a ne 
” » - ” s 
Ph. 


x 
bo 

© " 
| 24 
1 


D 


Concord Plain. 


3. Toagree tn Caſe, the Adjetive mult @.c..1.. 
be the ſame Caſe with the Subſtantive : (cholar ts 
ag, Negledtis apris, the Ablative caſe, tbe decline 


7 | Plural Number , and Maſculine Gender. 


| Urcnda filix, the Nominative caſe , the 
Singular Number, and Feminine Gender, 


| The Relative qui 
agreeth with the Sub- 


it, in Gender and in 
'umber. 


Relativum Nw? , 
cum Subſtantivo An- 


 ſtantive going before tecedente, convenit 


229 


the Sub- 


frantive 
and Adje- 
Qtive togee 
ther 
through 
all caſes. 
keeping 
the gend, 


Genere, & Numero. Xule 2. 


* Foelix * qui potuit bont fonrem vi- x4;.« 
ſere lucidum; he # happy which could goo 
to ſee the clear Fountain of geodneſſe. 

Nemo eft qui non velit pacem, fed nor: 
omnes yolunt operarl juſtiticiam 3 There 5s 
no man who willeth not Teacez but all wil 


mot work righteouſneſs. 


If 4 Nomiative 
caſe be put between 
the Relative and the 


Verb, the Relative 


ſhall bee ſuch caſe as 
the Verb , or fol- 
lowing word Tequi- 
reth. 


S1 Nominativus 
Relativo & verbo 
interponatur, Rela- 
tiyum, ejus <erit 
caſus, quem ver- 
bum ſequens po- 
{tular. 


* Quos * amamus, nunquam moriu 
pertimus, whom we hue , wee never affau!t 
or ſmite with backbjting or flander, 


Rule 5: 


Gratti 


Concord Plain, 

| Gratia ab officio * quod * mora * tar- 

dat abeſt, Thants is wanting from that god 

turn which lingring delayeth. Cui benedi- 

Fit unGguam bono ? What gd man hath he at 
_ any time ſaid well of ? 


ith: : qualis,of —Qui<,Qualts,quan- 

what ſrt; quantus, tus, quor, quorus, 
how much : quot, uter, &Cc. rationem 
how many : quorus, candem Cain Relati- 
*j what number : u- volubeunt. 

cer, which,or whether 

of the two. come undcr the ſame rule with 
the Relative. | 


—. p 
 *Quot * amicos, * quotque * inimicos *": 
* habeas res adyerfz docent. Aduer ity tec- 
cheth how many friends, and how many enc- 


nies tw hat. 


Obſervations: 


:. The Relative bp an He/leniſm oz Gree, | 

v2optlerp of ſpeech, is par ſometimes fit | 
the {ame cafe with the Antecevent Sub- 
ttanttve: ag. Cum ſcribas , atiquid * c0- 
ram * quotuny confueviſii gandeo. 

2. Net onip theRelative mt rhe Sub: 
fantive jopned with if , beilongerh to | 
Rule 4. Ag, Quem librun legis? QUuian- *© 
ram ram puras? Tanras blaſphemias evo- 
m1r, quanrcas repetere & fcriberc extorreſco, 

- quas Copiolas coliigimns , refundimus, 
what riches 2 wit 


[.3: The wap to finde upon which wozd 


£2 Relative Depends, if, 1. Bp rePer- 
ring 


we wa A, g »% angie. ec P % F I er” IN a. is. rn: ne ts - Ne = > OE. Ads 4” 
" $4 4 . > n - 4 4 4 w_ 4 . | ty » _ * 2 Fe - thy; a - TY x oy 
jy ol a 2 ct : ai kh _ 5 - + % - bs \ 7-0 a IE. > = Le a N of 1 
= [I P _- RT ;, E £ dt 4 L 4 : " + - » F og % . 
\ 60 eai ym hd. - —_— I a* 4 ; ra... 4 {2M : + 4 FO h pi . be ue be _—— "LAN . - 
mg CU TOOL < ) ; © 6 Bs Rs 0 ; a Ir 60 ; YAO 
> 7 a, Ex ARS, <ITS” - AS 4 i" FY », 7 4 a var FY _—_ __ % p . : - $ o 4 8 n we oy 
FT ys Þ ; y % _ = bh - n ; aid 2 ay - * : > bg be ; wy 5 oe : I w—_ : 
4 eng eth ie *% BE 0 iy F. ho = OR RC - as . l >, > te. . +: Gall _ Q , 
oye _ _ a Wo. ” o ; 
. 


Re 


— — 


a -—__ ES mon tO RR SOOT EO OT, en Co Ts 
_ , +. wor , _ . Y 


Concore Plain. 
ring the Pntecedene Subſtantive. 2.Bp 
TUting fo? the Relative hic, hxc, hoc, and 
repeating it with the Subſtantive. 2.Yoin 
the wozes together arcozbing to oder of 
ADApnecch , anvd pou fhall eatfip finde the 
wwo2d on which it vsth Depend ; as, 
Utere virtute, qui nijhil eft melius qua 
virtute, changed thue, hac virtute 3 ozDe- 


red thus, nihil eſt melins hac virtute, 


wherebp it apPearsg qua DePendeth on 
melins, and trucidatis quos placitum efler, 
Set, the 4. HE: 0. 

4a. The Þntecedent Subſfantive is 
ſometimes repeated with toe Re attve : 
19, diem fcito efſenullum, quo die non 
dico pro reo, knw that there ws not a day, 18 
whick ary. 7c. Poptio UT placerent qUIdSsS 
{eciſler fabulas, that #, fabulex quas fabulas 
teciſicr, XC. 


A Subſtantive will Snbftantivum cum gyie 6. 


agree with a Subſtan- Sudſtantivo ejuſdem 
trve of the ſame thing rei ant perionx con- 
or perſon in caſe: a, veniet caſu. 

an, the, being, or 1g 

ſrgn coming next after the latter of two Sub- 


' ſftantaves, 15 4 fren of appofition. 


Eruitur * ferrum *inftrumentum, * au- 
rum * precium {celeris. Iron the inſtrumenr, 
Gold. the price, or reward of wickedneſſe , #5 
digged out. 


Obſervations. 


Grammarians tall this agreement of 


{1Þ- 


et Ag PIE O IPTG AIAN 


© ce oonmks i} at. AG þ SH nh =, L * 
aaa etl etc A RIP To, 4? Im Ir ls eo i _ es ; e266 
a nes - wats * . m " n 
c——_ 


_ on <%. __—_ Ps 
i. tg ES bs L 


+ < a So att - Iz "II "= " ”— OW "4: — wy - wp" 4 Ya 1" LAT , v1 + TIMES TY 9%.” 0 -—* , 4 4 
Beg fe | * mags order genre a FR. - ab Ln , pr gee a ne # res Ss es re iro F 
. Yn oe ps I. - 


"Mb. A b 
bo vs. 
Stk her 


OE ERULELTY EE. 


Concord Plain. z 
Subſtantive with Subſtantive, Appopri- f 


' on and Epexgeſis: to which there belong- | 


erb eight Obſervations. 

1. Thar the lacter Subſtantive a- 
areeth with the fozmer in number alſo, 
uniede one of che Subſtantives bee a 
Collective, that i, a Noun in the fingu- 
lar number which clanifieth a Plural - 
as, * turba [uxuricſa * proei. 

2. JE the latter of the two Subſtan- 
tibcs bee moveable, that (8, admit of a 
Maſculine Termination ar.D Feminine: ag, 
Magiſtcr , Magiſtra, herus, hera, then tbe 
latter Subſtantive (Hall bee of tbe ſame 
Gender alſo with the fozmer : as,*ven- 
ter * magiſter artis, the belly-maſter of art. 
Et genus & formam *Regina Tpecunia do- 
nat. | 
\ 3. Tf the foamer Subſtantive bee the 
Epicene, oz Neuter Gender , ten the fatter 


1f it be changeable is the Maſculine : ag, 


* Aquila * Rex avium, an Eagle the King 
"f Birds. * Tempus ſtultorum * magi- 
iter,&c. Time 4 teacher of fools. 

4. Yf tbe latter Subſtantive bee un- 
rhangeable, then there is no-reſpect had 
to the Gender : ag, *valtus * imago ani- 
m1: Magnum * pauperies * opprobrium - 
zaber quidvis facere & pati, 

5. Two oz moze ſingulſars are ar- 
counted foz a plural : as, "odium & *me- 
tus peſſimy ad dinturnitatem * cuftodes. 
6. If the firſt of the two Dubſltan- 
fibes lignifics a thing with life , the 
Fdjective o2 Uerb agareeth witb it : as, 
* Tulliola * deliciz noſtrz * thigitat. 1 

#7 LL 


gant: lavdo1d quogue. 


Concord Figurative. 


*, Tf both the Subſantivis bee of 
things without life, the Uerb oz Ydje- 
ſive agreeth with the latrcr Subſtan- 
ſrtbe:a9, Fama malum quo non aliud ve- 
locius ullum. : 

Liftip, if one of the Subflantives be 
the name of a place, the YDdjectibe oz 
Uerb agreeth With the common Noun, 
rather then the Subſtantive pzoper. 


 * Ludos *Conſualia fimulavit ad *quos, 


If the two Subſſantives belonging 
to this rule differ in caſe, it is rathev 
ſo be obſerved then imitated : as, In op- 
pido Antiochiz. ED 


ae. ſt — —— — —_ a — 
—_ ww ——__—_ —_ —— wid Ai om erg Tn Lee WW _TMYFRC RPw_rrT..] 


Concord Figurative. 
Ellipfis, 


He Nominitives 
Ego,T : tuythou: 
Ile, hee: nos, wee: 
vos, yee : 11li, they : 
homines , men : are 
very ſeldome expreſſed, 
except to put difference 
er to ſpeak ſomething 
more earneſtly. 


Omiaativi cgo, 
Weu, Hie, nos, 
vos, ih, homincs 
raro exprimuntur , 
nifi ad diſtingnen- 
dum, aut vehemen- 
tius aliquid cfferen- 


dum. 


Quicquid dicunt laudo; 1d rurſum fi ne- 


que. 1 commend what- 
foever men ſay, If again they deny , I alſs 


Erft 


praife tha:. 


s Ka” a4 
BM Wig a 
5 - 


4”. We 
a - A 
HORS.” 


. » ” 
a, >a; Cay 


By 


; & * 93-4 wet 
Ko Rat 8 i — XA "4s oC o a 
a " or . a" X - hut 44 . has ">. Wa ” 
4 x ,F - © Wark - & 4 2» - oy. R _ , 4 > " —_— . ; wat + a * pow uy Fr 
n -S ”. Yo R : ho : wo FR - 3 - 4 u", *r- +6 ” 4,5 4 " 
” % 4 « ws * : ®...*. 4 ye” 1% i rg C7 bus = POR + On > ? 7 > of - - M0 Yn." 2 - e® > 
” :, «pp 1 - . pon ot. 7 Ons «4 = % by yt q , ny a; þ " _ 5 b a " o__— , / Gn . ""Y & 
2 Us. 2923 m2 Fug" > 3 2 = rd MELIOS a ewetrigs *E a "4 09 OR 7 A ” vo re, T0 « \ * _ SS — ws þ eY - 
j. 5 Wares. WG. 4>. w = AW Keio * » I af ne” OE —*g") "Jag , Ds "_"Y "FL x; © IE. ..4 "a4 63 | "_ : EO) WF -- V4? 
. « * . Pate, >" 4p x 544 - aa ; > wn , #5, we _— 7; Wines” wee Gs >. A ; 2 
Mw, og 1 «dS. *s - uf 22 "IS AS s k is} . L F ws 0 bet” x - "> Soy wares 
| 3 q * 3,4, «W b i = - le © £ . ne Lak BW 44 ard 
« oO 4 OR V MI by 5% FO q . : : 4 $ x 


» 7 
4 «a bl ' 
+ "$<ſygyot 5 
4 Fg Rs + uy 


Rule 2, 


Concord. Figurative. 


Etfi * ego (Domine Jeſu) commiſt unde 
me damnare pote:z * tunon amifnt unde 
ſervare ſoles. Althwgh (0 Lord Feſws) 7 
have committed whereby thou. maiſt condemn 
me, yet thou haſt not loſt , whereby. thou art 
wont to ſave. ” | 


Obſervations. 


Fil lentences oz: fingle woad?, ag di- 
cunt, ferunt, aiunt,&c. wherein ſome vob 
's underſtbod oz left ouf;may be referred- 
r9'thig rule; fo2 Ellipfis, (gnih&b a-lvaving 
out : as, the Ttprb ſubſtan. any Sften, and, 
in tonat, pluic, ningit, 7t tPundreth, rain- 
eth, ſnoweth, underſtand Deus : as, Deus 
tonat, 02 coelum, 02-acr : again, lucelcit, 
dieſcit, 7t is bright, it is day; that ts, di- 
es orirur, the day ſprings, and in Pzover- 
bial ſpeeches : ag, fortuna fortes, under- 
ftand adjuyar, and ad * conſtiturum Pau- 
lo ante veſperany veniebam, z. e. * locam, 


Enallage, or Immutation, 


1, Sometimes @4 Aliquando yer- 
Verb of tre Infinitirvee Dum-infinitum, ad- 
Md. 2 4n Adverb. verbium membrumn 
3. A partoj the fen- orationis, aut ditio 
tence. 4. Or aword artificialiter poſita 
p4t artificially (1.e.) ſupplet locum- No- 
jor t ſelf, ſupplieth or minativi aut Sub- 
eaketh rhe place of the ſtantivi. 

Nominativu? caſe © 
SUDNantiv?. 
*tYellc 


Concord Figurative. 


* Velle * ſunm cuique Feit, nec voto 
vivitur uno, hx own will 7s to every one, 9 


* each hath bis own will, mor doe men live 


wth one deftre. 
Obſervations. 


z. C0o2ds put in fiead of a Nomgna- 
tive caſe, oz Subſtantive, are effeemed 


* as Neuters, vf the fhtrd'perſon ; where- 


foze ſuum is the Neuter Gender, and eff 
the third perſon ; and: arcozding to theo!d 
riſe,2 clauſes 02 rnoze require Pfur,ag, 
7, Tu nmltum.dormis, 2. Er ſzpe potas, 
* quz ambo * ſunt corpori inimica, thox 
ſteepeſt much, and rinkeft often , both which 


things are naught for the body, Valla faith, 


that the Unfinitive AÞood is not put foz 
a Noun, except in the Nominative and 
Accuſativercaſe, Non dicimus, pro poſſe 
meo &c. ES. 


Adje&ives put ab- Agjefiva abſo!n- 
ſo/utely, Ge) with- te, fine Subſtantivis 
out Subſtantives, ſup- poſita, ſupplent 1-- 
ply or take the place cum Subſtanrtivi © 
of a Subſtantive, of quibus multa rec- 
which many are put duntur in Neutro 
in the Neuter Gender, Genere. 


 * Amicns certus, 1n Ire 1ncerta Cerni- 


Rulc 2: 


rur , 4 ſure friend #s tried in a doubtful » 


matter, : 
Omnia funt hominum tenui pendentia 


filo. All things of men are hanging on a ſlen- 
der thred, or mans ſtate or condition, # eaſily 
changed or broken, Obter- 


ks ts ave ea E "4 ys 9—Y 
NE Ee Ent heres Es OS 


Io ine ane 2 ro AE 
wy 
”. _—_-. 9 154 Y 
"* 2 £1 <8 Gs wg A ra p 


= < 
7% IV 


_ g 


Rule 4, 


Aue 5, 


Concord Figurative, 


Obſeryations. 


:. The A4djefive in the Maſculine Gen- 
 &7 bath homo, oz man: ag, Ruſticus fo? 


Rufticus homo: Amicus foz Amicus ho- 


Mo. / 


2. The Adjefive (in the Neuter Gen- 
der hath res oz negotium. 'opus oz quid, 
o quriddam underood, V7. li. 1. pa. 37. 
AS, omnia foz omnes res, oz omnia nego- 


ti2, Opera,&c, 


Subftantives are _ <ubſlantiva quan- 
ſometimes uſed for Ad- dogue pro AdjeRi- 


1edves, 


vis. uſurpantur. 


Heroas fenfus fo? Heroicos fenſus, neble 
or heroical arguments, reaſons er vefſes. Ma- 
rem ſtrepitum foz maſculum ſtrepitum , 4 


man'y ne: 


 Juvenes jocos Fez juveniles 
19C0S , youthful ſports, &C. 


When a Verb an- 
Jwereth to two or more 
Nominative caſes. Alſo 


an Adjefive to many 


Sabſtantives, coupled 
together with a Con- 
mnchon or a4 comma, 
they agree with the 
neerer expreſly or ma- 
n1feftly, with the other 
cr reff by addition. 


Quum verbum dy- 
obus aut pluribus 
nominativis reſpon- 
det. Adjetivum ite 
pluribus ſubſtantivis 
conjunctione aut 
commate nex1s: cum 
viciniore conyeni- 
unt expreſse,cum al- 
tero vel reliquis per 
ſupplimentum. 


Ur 


Concord Figurative, 237 
| Uzt *probus abſentes amicos ſua opera; 
| ica * improbus ſua incuria proſequitur, as 
| an honeſt man defends bis abſent friends; (+ 


; a diſhoneſt man forſakes Cthem.) 


\ Fn compariſon the Uerb oz: @djetive 
* agreeth with the Momin. caſe 2 Sub. 
| ftantibe farther oF : as, Nihilominus ego 
* quam vos Chriſtum amantes diligo. 


An Appoſite will a- Appoſitum cum p,. 
gree with the more digniore ſuppoſito Danes, 
worthy Suppoſite. quadrabir. 


 Neque * ego, neque * tu * fecimus hoc 
” &c, Neither I, nor you have dine ths, 


Odſervations. 


1. Bp Appoſite, fs underſtood a Uerb 
o2 PWdjective; and by, Suppoſete under- 
ſtand a Fominatibe caſe oz Subſfan- 
tive, as the Appoſete oz Uerv fecimus a- 
greeth with the moze wozthp Sppoſete oz 
MNominative caſe Ego. 

2. The Maſculin? Gender ig mmoze wor- 
thy then the Feminine, and the Fxm7- 
nine mozz wonbp then the MAruter tn 
things having life : zg, Mars venuſyue 
capti. 
3- The Neuter GenJder is Mo woetbp 
in thingy without life, ef what Gender 
loever the Subſtanitve be : ag, divi- 
tiz, decus , & gloria in oculis fica ſunt. 
Riches, bonour and glory, are ſet before you. 

| | Quorum 


Concord Figurative; 

Quorum nomina & vietures ſunt que 
clara , pet ſometimes when. the ſuppoſites 
are all Maſculine oz all Feminine , the 
abpofite is alſo Waſcultne oz Feminine, 
* Linea & * ſuperficies .* dividuz ſunt. 

Sometimes the appofite agreerb with the 
neerer Maſculine oz Feminine,and not with 
rhe Neuter : ag, Concilia *caeruſque homi- 
num jure * ſociati. 


Scumet im:s aiſo with the ſuppoſite Fars 
theſt off: * Amor tuus ac judicium dome, 
utrum mihi plus algnitatis in perpetuum 
an voluptatis quottdie tit * allaturus, non 
facile dixerim. | 

4. The fic} WYerfon is moze wovrthp 
then the ſecond, and tbe (2cond thenthe 
LCD. 


SyLepiis. 
Two or mre (ngu- Duo vel plura ſin- 
lars are accompted for gularia habentur pro 
a plural. plurali. 


Nuila fors longa, * dolor » AC * yolup- 


*as invicem *cedunt, No condition (5) 
continaal, grief and pleaſure by courſe give place. 


Obſervations, 


By ſingulars underſtand Nominative [4- 
(cs: a2, dolor and voluptas, which have 
cedunt, a @Qerb plural, 

2. T no 92 m9ze Subſtantives ſingular, 
which will bave an Adjective plural : as, 
Stolidus * amaror & liher * captiyus, ſunc 
avijncluſz * ſmiles, Pater & *Mater *re- 
1191011. 1. Dome- 


Concord Figurative. 


1. Sometimes tUnguiars are confent. 


with a Uingular : S1 *quercus & *ilex 

mulra fruge pecus, mulea dominum * juycr 

umbra. Hor, {1b.1. Ep.16. 
Meretrix & materfamiljas erat una in 


| domo. 


2, When the Peepcfiricn cum i ptit in 


ſiead of the Conjinction Topulative, | ik is. 


ufuallp fingutar : ag, * Ccciſus * eſt *cum 
*[iberis * Marcus Fulvius conſularis , foz2 
Marcus & liberi occiſiſunr. 

3. 4fa Cunjunaion digjuncive come 
derhozen the fingulars, the TUlerb map be 
fingular : as, *LcRalus * aut me * perti- 
cus EXCEPit, Hor.Sat. 4. 

Non vides, fi quando militum animos 
vel prede. promiiſz * magnirudo z *yel 
tormidara vidoris * crugelitas 4 - vel op- 
probrat# " pudor | ignaviez *.vcl laudum 
denique * cupido * {timular 2 


Proleplis ig when a piural wozd contat- 
ning the wfole, ig afterward Tvived tn- 
topartg in the ſingular number, and tte 
Uerb agreeth with the whole , not with 
_ the parts, but bp Syllepſis: zg, * Cure- 
mus Xquam utergue partem, * tu alterum, 

* egoitem alterum ; Let us both 1ngk un hs 
part alike, thou the one ( jon ) 1 likewiſe the 
ether, Curemus, the pturaſ , detrh not a- 


gree Wirh tu andego,&c. the Par'isg, but. 


by Rule 7.pet are underiiood fo the parts: 

ag, tu, cura £80 curabo. Prolepſis.ig. 7m- 
plicite , When one of tre parts is UnDEr- 
flood : as, Alter. in altcrius iaRanres,, lu- 
mina' vulrum, quercbant taciti noſter ubi 


cflec 


t2 
3 
\& 


ES 
- £ 

$3 
+ 
= 


5 , ju 4 ” w—- R _ E * dv "9 pw X _—_— 
; LA & 1 fl _ Mes "4 # po a> Y "ON 
Ee Kndh - — X Yo $545.98 : vo, Lo met = _- —_—- 
No vs 5. TW - A > 1 AT" Wand >. PV ff-,- : te <7? / " $£ OY 
% " by $5 gg + KO : ACIS Ka OT vs %y offs 7 
; \s EIN "OE 36> 2=2ihegys ot "7, ETA, 5 het 
R Le ; & IEF. 


gory W -- < $8 + 47 " ee IR : = (#*” of 
17 #30 a. me % 1 oe 0 xt es AS 


Rule 8. 


Danes, 


Concord Figurative. 


eflet amor : The one caſting his eyes on the face 
of the other, holding his peace, did ſeek where 
oar love ſhould be, Jt map be re:olved 
thug : Utrique Jaftantes lumina in alterius 
vultum, alterjactans lumina in alterius & 
alter in altereus vulrum quzrebant , - Where 
the Uerb querebant, and the Part iciple 
jactantes are plural. Foz that two o 
moze clauſes ſingular, are accounted fo; 
a Þ[i1ral. 


Syntheſis: 


Syntheſis, # the Syntheſis eſt vo- 
compoſition , or orde- cum fſtructura con- 
ring of words agreeing grua ſenſu,non yoce. 
in ſenſe, not in word. 


A Mun of multi- Nomen multitu- 
tade fingu'ar, is ſome- dinis fingulare,quan- 
times joined toaVerb, doque appolito jun- 
Adjefive, or Relative gitur plural. 
plural. 

Pars abicre, utergque deluduntur dolis : 
Part are gine 3 both are mocked with deceit, 


Obſervations, 


I. By a Noun of multitude underfiant 
a Noun in tbe ſngular number compee- 
bending a Þluraſ: as, 1. Gens, rurba, 
phy vulgus, populus. 


2. Partittves tingular jopned to a plu- | 


ral, belong fo thig rule : as, Quis, quiſg; 
aliquis, neuter, uter, omnis cun&s, a[rer, 


| 


"2 As NS AAS wn, 
Cat RE SS RL att bo > © i 


folus, quidam reliquus, uterque valemus; , 


bot? | 


Conſtruction of the Nom. caſe. 


both are. in good health, Alius, alium, ex- 

pectate, one terry for another. Aperite ali- 
quis oftium, ſome body epen the dore. 

E 2. Sbſtantives put foz AdjeGtves : ag, 
ubt illic ſcelus eſt, foz ſceleratus oz ſcele- 
ſtus. ; 

4. When homines, men, (ig underſtood, 
oz ſome other Subſtanive, ag cives, &c. 
| which the fenle will eafilp ſuggeſt : as, 
” duo millia crucibus affixi underffand ho- 
mines. 


Td wo” 
a. Fw 


Big! < a ns tiva. 

| 2, {grbs Paſſroes. =. Fam 
 3.Verbs Neuetrs,f 3. Er verba geftus 
& F* demeanur or behaui- Neutra in Nomina- 
| our, paſſe over into a tivum tranſeunt: 

» Nominative caje with 

'Þ 4,07 an, &r no: ſign, 0 the before it : Ag, 
U News winus religioſus , quam qui ,ſiby 
'Þ viderur religicſus, Mo man 5s leſſe r&1gi0us 
= then he who ſeems to himſelf religious. 


Obſervations. 


” To underſtand. this: rule : note, 

E 1, Verbs Subſtantives ate, ſum, 1am; ex- 
& iſto, zo be 3 forem, I might or ſhould be, anb 
& fio, I am made or become. 

2. Verbs Paſſives: ag, dicor, 1 am ſaid 
4 veccr, Tamcalled: and well nigh all Verbs 
> Paſſves, except theſe four, rogor, I am 
= «Red : exoror, 1 am intreated : poſcor, 1 
* am required: doceor, 1 am taught, which 


F 


r, * retain the Accuſative caſe of the thing: as, 


z 
% 


IS) -— rogantur fententiam, M 3.Verbs 


341 


- 1.Verbs Subſtan- 1: Yerba Subſlan- Rule 1; 


And Audie 
? for voeor. 


2 - "I WP 
A * v5 $” « "<. —_ I 
®.., 5% a k : _ < 
, : DM ORs. n 
mo” 


z : ' , $8 23 F Words, COPIER” 
& "4 4 o nY y rs : i a wy a = W--- _—_— _ the 0 s «A On Ta -4 
hes. oo Wh ook tE SLES + I ; : Fa «vx. ARE £64 CR ef * 
2 bo... res as IS.” 3 eb 1 ve —_— FI "Mes 2s Ma. 
"5 : - 4 4 Ll LY ON & + 4s Tons 
, - C + 
Y _ 


* 


» - L A F 
OR 0, OE RN my 
F ot a I» 4 wer 
T1 ha - by Y 


3. Dt - 
- 


7 _ . # 4 


_— «- Þ 
ml 


— 


PT, 


_ lad 5G ; SER oy KK "ae... Hy ye v4 : WE PINT 
43G» 74. % KW wht LY" Ye Sooke 
= *% oy X ; wo Abs 
h ba. 
" _—_— 


DS . 
- o 
a RA, 


; 
* 
; $1 
* +» 
LT T1 
- * 
# i; 
4 ; 4 
RF” » 
_— : 
Is - +. 
Eo 4 
Rr 
© 56 
$367 - 4 
4 
fy f 
* © 337 
W 4 - 
a» 
4 DAE: 
4 , x - 
a A } 
by d 7 
T T3 « 
;V* 
5 
£ 
4 5. 1 
>, {4 
> [+ 
4 
- 
b [ + 
ES: 
+ *2 " po! 
—_. © 
7 + 
p. Y : 
RS 
*Y wy * 
| 4 "Y 
» i 
E- 5 > } 
Vt 
y 2 BY) 0 
"IJ 3 
"7 pe 
F; 4 i# 
X} iy 
: x Þ 
Fi + 
My ; 
z5 
; 's 
% 
"I 


' bo, 1 lie down: ſedeo, I fit : evadosto prove | 


| bave a Nominative caſe after them, with,q, | 


-and the Relative qui, forterimes agree wit 


Note this rather then uſe it : as, 


3. Verbs of Geſture, or behaviour : AS, eo, 


Conſtruftion of the Nom. caſe. 
TI ge: incedo, I walk: vento, I come : cu- 


or become : dormio, to fleep : maneo,to tarry, | 


oz an: ag, pner ſum, Iam *a boy: forem | 
diſcipulus, T might be * a ſcholar : nemo | 
naſcitur antifex, no man is born * an artiſt, \ 

4. M11 Verbs admit of a Nominative caſe 
after them, of an Adje#;ve, elpectallp it | 
it be put adberbiaily ; and then befoze | 
the caſe of the Adjeive the fign is loſt. Scri- | 
bo epiſtolas rariffimus foz*rarifſime, I write | 
Letters very ſeldome : and ofren befoze the! 


raſe gf Subſtantives : ag, multi videntur |; 


veri culrores Dei , many ſeem true worſhij- | 
pers of God. | 

s. The, alſo after ſum, and Verbs of cal-_ 
ling : as, dicor appellor, ig a ſign of the, 
Nominative caſe: ag, tuvirille es , thou ai 
F'the man : Deus appellatur Deus pacis, Gu}: 
x called * the God of peace. # 

6. The Participles of Verbs belonging! 
totbig rule, are f1 like manner conſtrued; - 
fatus habicus, &c. as, fata videbor 6 
nus. VE 
9. Verbs Subftantives, and the ParticipleF 
of Verbs of calling and efteeming : alſo fie 


the latter ſuppoſite, inſtead of the fozmeÞ 


: Non omnis error ſtultiria dicenda eſt; « 4 
dicendus, uſuallp. Not every error 35 to be 
call, ed fo ly 0 £2 


Conſtruion of the Nom. caſe. 243 


En, behold / and FEn8 ecce, No- Rule x. 
- | ecce, behold! re- minativum aut Ac- 

e | quire a Nominative cufatiyum adfci(- 

|. or an Accuſative caſe. cunt. 

+ Audiat hzc tantum, vel qui venit, *ec- 

n | ce *Palzmon, Onely at leaſt let him that 

; ' comes, hear theſe. Behold, Palzmon. 


Obſervations: 


e, 1. {n the Nominatives eſt ig ynderfeod : 
!-; AS, ecce agnus Dei, foz ecce eſt,&c. 

tel. 2. Jn Accuſatives, video is underliood : 
e'. as, eccealterum foz ecce video alterum- 
ur; 3.\The Dative caſe tibi, ig oftentimes 
þ-| added: ecce tibi czuſmodi ſortitio, Beh6/d 
: alotting of the ſame ſort for thee, 


O an( InterjeFion) - Ocxultanris, col- 
of rejoycing, of prat= Iaudantis, aut etiam Rule 39 
feng, and aiſo of ſcor- deridentis, & heu 
aing, or mocking, and Nominativo prapo- 
heu are put before 4 nunrur, 

Nominative caſe. 

= O©O magnuspolt hzc inimicis riſus! 0 great 
; laughter for our enemies hereafter  Heu pi- 
; eras, heu priſca fides! 0 the godlineſſe | 0 
the ancient fidelity / 

Foz the Voc. anv Aceaſ. after O, (ee 
Rule 5.p.300. KC. 


A Subſtantive or an Subſtantiyum avt Rule 4 
Adjeive put Sub- Adjetivum Sub- 
ftantively, governs a ftantive poſitum 
- Gemtine caſeof adi- regit Genitiyum dis 
Nt wers thing. bs ver{[@Tet. 

UM 2 of, 


% 
35 
: = 
S# 4 
E "+ 
b bs 
Fa 
6+: 
4 "7 
Fg 
1 [-y 
* > 
£ » *, 
» 4 
has © 1 
_ > 
4 4 
o % 
F 
* A = 
o k E Sz 
- bY 
7 
iS; & 


a. YN 


IO DIES _ oe 


= "» "7 
y "i "3 "i 
& ef z % 
v wi, Sg bony $4. ects ere 
* gy 
"" 
ON hd N 


as. A Ad FI % 
"5 : I. " thay = i « 
V7 » 3. 3... 
A r tt ON þ 4 
<p RIS 6:2 4 22x h : l 
, eq Afi SRC. c- - nt 
le. - os; : 


j# 

Ls 
# 
«P 
t 
: 


X —_ wah Po 
ys X - by 
a 4# "20h _—_ v# £*ytrs & Os — SIS. \ . om ns ny 
el. ha. te « ,, 
» TR aa ated. xt = 


ESD 


—- RIGGS 


Xs - 
wag 3 _ 
5 —_—— S 


244 


'NEUS., « braſſe ring, 02 an Ablative caſe with 


_ ts changed into an AdjeF:ve , Derived | 
of che latter Subſtantive ; as, a Lond # 
Merchant, oz Merchant of London, Mer- 
 _ cator Londinenſis. Chaldzam , Arahi- 

cam, Punicam, Fchiopicam, Perficam, Sy- 


4. {| 


* riacam, Medicam edicere linguam, 


—  — ——————— ——————— —_— — 


Conſtruction of the Nom. caſe. 


Of, befoze thelatter of two Subſiantives, 
is a (gn of the Genitive caſe. 
Major *famz * ſiris eſt quam virtutis, 
there is a greater thirſt of glory, then of virtue, 
Illius erg6 venimus, we come for his ſake. 


Obſervations. 
This ule ts Divided into two parts, 


1. $ubſtantives. 2, AdjeFives Put Subſtantively, 


_ Subſtantives, 
x. The latter of two Subſtantives having 


”” befage it is a Dative. - 


Urbi pater eſt urbique Maritus, he 7s a 
Father t) the City, a husband to the City. Hee 
Rule 1.p-271. 

2. When the latter Subſfantrve ſignifie9 
the matter of the fozmer, then it ts made 
inLatine bp an Adje#ive Poſſeſſrue, deri- 


re wm ee. 


bed of the latter Subſtantive. Annulaus x: 


ex, after a Noun beginning with a vow: 
el v2 conſonant : ag, Annulus ex auro, ex | 
marmore : but afcer a Verb the maſter is | 
put with e oz ex, as, factum eſt ex lapidc 
oz factum eſte lapide. 

3. Wihen the latter Subſtantrve is the 
Pzoper- name of a place, the Gentive caſe 


| ConſtruQtion of the Gen. caſe, 246 


4. Jf tbe fozmer Subſtantive flanifieg. 
the poſſeſſour of a place, then the latter 
Subſtantive 18 put in the Genztzve caſe : ag, 


- 
5 a 
F1.2 
"Tex 
ht 
$4 
$2 | 
« -+ Ln 
| K 
is 
# 
Fo, 
k 5 * 
FF 
8 
-&; - 
» © 92 Jg 
"- 
ba N the 
* ® 
4 
F 


The Genitive of the poſſeſſour is 
elegantly changed into the 
Adje&tve poſſeſſive : as, pas» 
tris domus, paterna domus. 


Rex Angliz, 


5. JE the latter Subſtantive fignifping 
the name of a place, be an Appellatiue, oz 
g | common Noun, it {is made into Latine either 

'* bp the Agzeive poſſeſſive , o2 Genitrve caſe : 

- AS, mos patrix, 02 mos patriuns. 
x 6. Proper names of men, are uſuallp tiir- 
*» ned into Adje&ives, derived of them , and 
\. Jjopned ts Subſtaatives common : as, Ho- 
ratiano verbo libenter utimur. Tulhanus 
Sermo. Socrareo melle depluit totus. 
Catoniana fenrentia, Demoſthenica ora- 
tio, flomericum carmen. Evuripideum 
carmen. Verſus Ennianus. Fons Pegaſeus, 
and Oſcoxum lingua. Gallica voeRx. 

7» Home Sbſtantives have a Genitive 
v2 Ablative with de : as, 

Miſericordia, folicitudo, pudor, certa- 
men, Opinio, mentio: as, certamen glo- 
riz, oz de gloria. Miſs of, afrer locutio, 
colloquium), loquela, is made bp de. M. Bird. 

8. Of , befoze the ſubject of a book, 
map be @naliſhed concerning 2 as, | 
-- Ovid; of the Art of loving, and ig'made 
 * bp de, and of, befoze the place oz pedi- 
Y* gree of 4man, is made by de, &, ex. 


—— my" —ernrgy "ns : 


246 


ConſtrnRion of the Gen. caſe, 
© Conceraing Adjectives, oblerve, 

x. AdjeFives rut Subſtantively are , hcc 
remporis, id temports : ſo muſrum, plus, 
plurimum, tantum, quantum, mInus, mie 
ninum, fammum ,-extremum, dimidium, 


nliimum. 
2. Adje Fives out Subſtantively, bat? not 


_ the Genitive c:ſe of AdjeFives of the Third \ 
Declen/ion afrer them; but of the ſecond # 


we maſt nat %-, aliquid utilis, but alt- 
quid commodi; noe aliquid fuavis, but 


aliquid jucundi, and aliquid bont, 


3. Adjefives of Juality : ag, qualis talis 
ace aot put Suoſtantzvely. 

4. 4djeFives of quantity put Subſtantive- 
iy, have a Genitive caje after them of all 
Nrans Subſtantives Deritned ; but of Agje- 
&;ves ip of the ſecond Declenſion as afoze- 
fat ; 4S, quantum pecuniz,&c. and of the 


 Ungular number. 


5. Where pou read AdjeGives of the {c- 
cond oz third Declenfion tn the plural number 


- put Sudbſtantively with a Genitive caſe, thep 


_ are eramples not to be imitated, bur per- 


mitted to Poets and Hiftorians ; as,Telluris 


 operta , opaca locorum, amara curarum, 


cunca terrarum, acuta belli, inania fame. 
C1. Sufficiens we uſe ſatis: ag, 
| fatis periculj, 
2, Majus, we uſe plus : as, plus 
pericullt. 


"F264: 
o 7 : 
- 2 $ + - * 
» 22.04 # 
£ S 2 F N- 


LES rok, As ; puree 
: a S $ + LN A Np * P 8 A | £ q 


« a > 
- BR py 
n 
: NY 
_ % i G4 


6. Fo? 4 3. Nullum, we uſe nihil : ag,ni- -. 


hil periculi. 
4. Magnum, we uſe mulcum:as, 
_ multum pericult. 
. 5. Parvum, we uſe parum : ag, 
it Parum periculi. 7. Me- 


ConſtruQion of the Gen. caſe. 


-. Medium and dimidium, are uſed 
Subſtantively, and AdjeFively : ag, dimidi- 
am fati, dimidia pecunia, and dimidium 
pecuniz, in medio coelo, and in medio coe- 
li, in the midſt. of the Heaven, 


Pronoun, 
8. Theſe Pronouns Meus, Tuns,Suus,No- 


fler, Veſter, are uſed in Poſſeſſion z eſt liber 


meus, 7? 5s my book. 

Tut mei the Gen. of ego : tui the Gen. 
of tu: tut the Pronoun Subſtantive; alſo 
uoltri and veſtri Genitzves-plural of nos and 
vos, Are uſed when paſſion ts Ganified, any 
in wbith others are active : Foz erample, 

Favor noſter, z that favour which 3s 19 #5 
towards others : but favor noſiri, x that f- 
wour which others have to u& ; cara mca, 
4s my care ;- Cura mei, # anothers care of me : 
mars tua, 3s that part which 4s due te thee : but 
pars tui, that 3s A part of thee, be it hand,foot, 
body, ſoul, Cc. imago noftra, that x the r1nage 
which we poſſeſſe : but image noſtri, that 5 
the image which repreſenteth ws. 

9. Sui, and ſuus , ſna, ſaum, are called 
Reciprocals, becauſe thep look back to the 


Nominative caſe of the fozegoing Verb.*Pe- 


trus nimium admiratur *ſe,parcit erroribius 
* ſuis, Peter loveth himſelf too well.,75c. 

1. Jf ſuus have reſpect to tbe caſe that 
cometh after the Verb, it foz2 the moſt part 
lignifieth proprius, proper, and map be tur- 
ned accs2ding taibe oper .afezeſlaid.: as, 
trahir *ſua quemg; * volupras, that ig,pro- 
pria, and it is reſolved paſſively, quilque 
trahitur a yoluptate ſu. 

M4 2, If 


247 


ar” 1 CORES. R1H *% ha” 
OOTY my [Ph 
er Vs 
_ * 
— ———— 4 , nd wry + wt = G >; 


__— « ro c_—— Pp 
cn " £ ' , 
© way % 
ng = 
: b 
» 


Rule 5, 


Conſtruction of the Gen. caſe. 

2. Tf manp third perſons meet together 71 
ene word, foz Plainneſfe ſake, and to take | 
awap doubt : ipſe, is, ile, iſte, are uſed ' 
foz ſai oz ſuus: as, ' omnes bont, quan- 
tum in * ipſis fait occiderunt Czlarem. = 


The uſe of inter ſe, and inter ipſos, 
amongft themſelves, 


3. When the relation is to the Nom. | 
aative oz Accuſative caſe, we ule ſui, 1ibi, © 
ſe : as, deleQat hoc iplo quod inter ſe - 
omnes partes corporis quodam [epore con- 
ſen-iunt., Damonem & Pithiam mter ſe .. 
fuiſfe. 0 
2. Yf the Genitzve , Dative, 02 Ablative - 
caſe go befoze , then ipſe is uſed: ag,a. 
doctis inter iplos nec mihi c#terorum | 
Judicio videtur ſolum ſed eriam ipſorum 


Inter ipſos conſentiunt. 


| Hic, 11le. : 
_ Nic ig uſuallp referred to tbe latter and | 
neerer ſuppoſrte 3 ille, tos the woze remote, | 
oz farther oif. s 

Efſe dehet unde aliquid fiat; deinde a 
quo fiar, hoc cauſa eſt , 11[ud materia Sen. | 
Fp.55, | Li 

Oratio Deum lenir, fed lacryma cogiy, | 


 hecungir, illa pungir. 


The former Sub- Prius fubſtanti- _ 
ſtantive 1s ſometrmes vum, quandoque re- 
concealed or - under- ticetur. - © © 


flood. + £0 
.& Obſer- 


? 


a ww Md/ 


» Fu” 


_» 


ConſtruQion ofthe Genecaſe., 


Obſeryations. 


1. Df relation betwirt the father and 
child: as, Deiphobe Glauci, foz filia 
Glauci. Deiphobe, daughter of Glancus. 

2. (The fozmer $#bſtantive of place,(i.e.) 


4 holy place or temple : ag, ad Dianz, foz 


ad xdem Dianz, to the Temple of Diana, 
and (o ad Opis , and ante Caſtoris, foz 


ad zdem Opis, and ante zdem Caftoris. 


3. Che foemer Subſtantive of time: ag, 


; Tertio Calendarum, foz tertio die Calen- 
- darum, the third day of the Calends. 


4. The fozmer Subſfantzve Causa is 


+ fometimes underſtood :: ag, Jusjurandum 
' rei ſeryandz, non perdendz condirum ef? 
- fox causa rei ſervandz, a folemn Oath was 
: framed for the cauſe of preſervation , not de- 
: ſtreying our ſubſtance. 


5.The JPzonoun Primitives me, tai, ſur, 


 noſtri,veſtri,are ofcen included 02 under- 
-. food tn the Pofſeſſives: ag, Solius meum 
-. peccatum corrigi non poreſt, fo? meum 
- peccatum mei ſfolius, my ſin only canner 
be amended. 


Tunm hominis ſimplicis  pedtus vidt- 


'mys, foz Turum pectus: tui hominis, &c. 


Er fleſtti & noſtros vidiſti flentis ocelles. 
Valla ſatth, this is not tolerable in p:ote.. 


foz if the Pzimitibe be expzeſt, one nun- 
-Ver Will be- put foz another: as, vidiſt! 
-ocellos noſtros, noſtrum flentium. M.Far-- 
navy. ſairÞ, there is Synechdoche. numer1, 
-anD thug relolveth it. 


Noftros ocellos flentis, foz meos ocelios _ 
me1 flentis. M <5 5.) fo 


— 


Conftruftion of the Gen. caic.- 


5. Bitherto map be referred that rule 
tn Lily. Hxc poſſeſſiva' meus, tuus, ſuus, 
noſter & veſter hos Genitivos poſt ſe recipi- 
unt, ipfius, ſolius,&c. and the Genztive caſe 


of Participles of the Preſent Tenſe: ag, Cla- 


mantis lequenris; and note that ro theſe 
Genitves pou muſt not adde Subſtantives ; 
pou map ſap, audio verba tua docentis,but 
110t docenris magiſtri,&%c. but rather qui es 


 magilſter. 


Sum, requireth a Sum genitivum 
Genitive caſe 4s often poſtulat quotics 
& it ſignifjeth poſſeſſi= poſſetſionem , pro- 
on, property, or duty. prictarem aut offi- 
Of after Sum, 5s 4 cium ſignificat. 


fgn of the Gen. caſe. 


Boni paſtoris eſt rondcre pecus non de- 
glubere. It is the duty of a good Shepheard to 


' ſhear his ſheep, not to pull off the skin. 


Obſervations. 


x. This rile may be referred fo the 
fozmer (7. e.) Rules. foz the foumer Sub- 
ftantive ts no lefie underioun befoze the Ge- 
nitzve caſe : as, Hzc veſtis eſt Patris (1. ce.) 
eſt veſtis Patris, 02 nunus,proprium, oth- 
cium, pars, daty, property,office, or part, i un- 
Derfiood : as. otficii mei ſum aibitratus, 1 
thought it part of my office. Jam me Chriſty 
totum efle ſcis, %c. foz rotuin proprium, the 


 #bole peculiar,doc. 


2.Theſe Pronoun 4dje4ives, meum,tuum, 


juum, noftrum,veſtraum, and Adje#ives Poſ- 
ſeſſwes, 


_— —— 
_ \ ——_—_—_— 
" - 
V 


i b 


6 


] 


ConſtruRion of the Gen.cuſe. 


ſeſſrves, hamanum, of 4 man : belluinum, of 


a beaſt : regium, of a King , and ſurh like, 
are uſed in the Neuter Gender and Nominative 
caſe; officium proprium, &c. being under- 
ſtood, which aiſo at pour pleaſure map be 
erpeſſed. : | 

Humanum eſt errare, belluinum vero per- 
ſeverare in errore, it # amans part to erre, 
but the part of a beaſt to perſevere in an error : 
Noſtrum officium eſt commuſſa plangere, 


_ non plangenda committere, 7t z5 our part to 


bewail things committed , not to commit things 
bewailed. 


The praiſe or diſs» Lavus & vituperi- Rule 7. 


praiſe of a thing is um rei frequentius 
commonly uttered or in Ablatiyo vel Ge- 
uſed in the Ablative nitiyo effertur, 


or Genitive caſe with 
of before it. 


; Ur quiſque contemptiiimus eſt , ita ple- 
runque eſt * lingna *ſolutiffima, 45 any 
man 3s moſt baſe, ſo is he commonly of a moſf 
_— tongue: eoanimoſum, 1 an of that 
mind. 


Obſervations. 


I: When the praiſe oz diſpraiſe (9 put af- 
ter a Noun 02 Verb Subſtantive ſum es fui, in 
the Gcn tive caſe homo, man;,oz res thing,uap 
be underſicod befoze it; but befoze the 


Adlattuc of the praiſe oz diſpraiſe , preditus 


oz imbutus, inducd oz furniſhed, map be un- 
deritoop ; puer victatefatis eminent, 7. e. 
preditus : ct lingna ſolutiſfima, 7, e- imbu- 


Las 


- " oO : — h Y - 1, - ay 
3 TTL SON 
RT mn 


” , 2 
Rr 4 o my” a7 F A Ry # a” 
s* _— I. » G00 SW” 2 z : 
Dae Wo 7,5 
- r tAT 20%" ded 
. 


0 q 
CACMNY 6. er Earns 2; 
F Fa "a >: po VFUY 
_Y = 
oy . 
a, ju - 


+4 > 5 aL 


HS ho For Lf 


lap. 


ids 4 # YO 614.37; GY 
"VS 


# A .- « 
«7 wa ©. $4 Xx 75 . a 
F . > . Ys ; LY: 4 
WY wr TINT. "2 : WS .» ” 
6 wy Eo 9) ow *-<.\, » b MT. py 2 * 
bk —- Sos "oe te > © W-# 
, FRF 1 : 
45'S the oe — « 
» ad wsS”.. 
wo —_ oy F ;® » y s 


ne” 
wy " 
> 46. a - RC $500 I _ ry 
mn Bw CANT we wa. 
SY 8 en, hs £2 oe 7. en ITY . 
6 4 LN G ” 
jw © "4, 0 , 
0 a 


® - 
#* 
ww 


Son. Pie a WOES 
jr 9 


&+: + 1 ba. ORC 
OTTY: fx 
© OOO 4 5 


- % 
Od 
$- | a4 
> Wh. a 
ks = EP 
2 .. WS E 
gre wn tag ty 5 2 $ 


: JO BL __-—__— 


5 Confirution of the Gen, caie. 


tus lingua, &c, eſt fronte caperaca ſed cal, | 
lido ingenio, he 5s of a lowring look, buta | 
cunning wit. EXxilis eſt animi, he 3s but of a 
ſhallow brain, 1d eſt, puer, oz homo Ext- 
i [1s,&C. | | | 
'P 2. Some pheaſes are alwapes 'Ablu- 
1. tive: as, Bono animo eſto, be of good 
W - Pe courage. Nunc f1 es ariimo vactto expono 
2 nobis quod quzrimus.* Drhers are al- 
q warg in the Genztzve : ag, Non mulri cihi 
' hoſpitem accipies ſed multi joci , Concer- 
3 11tng 8thers let not the ſcholar much trou- 
F ble himſelf, but uſe either the Ablative oz 
| _ Genitire af pleaſure, if homo map bee 
underſiood 411 tenſe befoze the Genztiwe,. 02 
; preditus befoze the Ablative, for it wil be 
, bard to pzove that all Juthozs have uſed 
fuch a phzale in the Genitive ve Ablative 
oRelp, becauſe ſoine Have, foz ag few 

bavs read all Aluthozs-, (s all Grammari- 
ans do not limit the Rule. EE 7 

3, Foz homo bonz frugis, « thrifty man, | 

we read homo bonz frugi, and nulli rei | 

erimus, befoze which, if Datives, we map | 
ſaith MM. Farnaby, underfiand deditus uti- _ 
tis, oz 1doneus, given or bent, profitable or fit : 

ag.deditus bone frugi, . | 

k:1tc3, MNouns ſevering or - "Partitiva & Parti- 

dividing into parts, tive paſita, Compa- 

and put dividingly Trativa , Superlativa, 
Comparatives, Super- interrogativa,g& que- 

latrves, Nouns asking dam nymeralia Ge- 

\plurali gau- 


queſtions, and certain nitivo \ 
Nouns of number, de- dent, 
fight In , or require 4 : 
Gentive plaral, baving the ſign of before it. © 


— 


OY CO rr os . Os.” - = 2 24 _ ” n i . 
Ee OS wee; ne IR Tr nba , ML oy S " 
. . ® : yes 4 3% 4 4 - 
# Þ&.- L BY — OW 4 % . 
; RS ; 


Ne Cre AN ATI EE nn 9 ell : ; en 
pe b 2 0s 7 3 Shs 
. , a: "eo Se $4 [OM 2? F 1 
" L# k o XF Fe 0 * « % 


. ConſtruRtion of the Gen.caſe: 


O * major *juyenum, in quacunque 
hominum verſeris frequentia, Cave alienz 
converſations eflc aut curious explorator 
aut temerarilus judex, 0 thou the elder of the 
young men, in whatſoever company of men #heu 
art converſant, beware to be 4.4 curious ſearch- 
er, or rajh judge in anothers converſation. 

Nouns partitives,are 

Aliquis, ſome one. Alius, another or ſome, 
Alter, another, or one of the two. Uter,which, 
whether, or either of the tro. Neuter,neithey 
the one, nor the other., Uterque, both the one 
and the other. . Ullus, any. Nullus, none. 


Solus, onely one. Quiſque, every one. QUu1- 


cunque, whoſoever. Quidam, fume onr. 
Quiliber, every one, or nhomicever thou Wilt. 
Quiptam, ſome body, Unulquiique , every 
one, Quoruſquiſque, tow many. Multi, 
many. Panci, few. Omnes,.7, mr every, Wc. 


Partimyn part, or forme, Unus toe f0lus,on'y, 


Obſervations. 

Firſf, note that the Subſtantive comin 
after rhe Adjed:vwe, put partitively , ig un- 
derſtood in the ſame caſe of rhe A4dje&ive, 
which aifo agreeth rherewith : as, multz 
:ſtarum arborum, foz mult arbores iſtarum 
arborum z- oz elle. e numero it8 unperfioor 


befoze the Genztive caſe: ag, © numero iſta- 


» - 


rum arborum. | 
DSecondlp,an Adje&ve put partitively in 
ſome rxamples, agreeth with the Nom. caſe 
fs the Verb: ag, Leo animalium fortifſimus, a 
Lion is the flouteſt of living creatares; foz Leo 


_ eſt fortiſſima animalin,z,e. fortiſlimi animal, 


92 fortiſhmn e numero animalium. 


2.Th: 


3, 


bt - 
*. 
q-$ 
ol :, 
> 
i# 
+ 
"4 
% 
4 
a 


z 
:, 

,.1 

> 

7 
£2 

; oY * 
. 

#* 

a £ j 
» 2 
# 

4. 

: 

* 

* 

i I 

£ 
4 : 

2 

* 

bs 
ry . 
* +. 

4 
Fx#$1 
Wo 6 . 
© 1 "6 

*:4 
35 43% : 
<£= 
: 2 
48; # 
» _— 
+ + >£; : 
-» © ET 

? 8.4 ,* 
220 
444 
+; 

< SIE 
: x" 
A 
BE 5 4 
FL MD . 
0 
=. 72 
* Tt. 
wy 
= 3% 4 
4 KS 
B29 -; 
q 
T2 
<> 
- +3 

& x +. 

4” 
"CG 

7 . 

, "*; 

x8 

: 

Fa nc 

RIS 

_ <p 

£7 oy 

”% -- 
+. 

£7 

5 Sh 

#9 

ge » 
wo i 

” OE 
hl -©* y 

+ TW: 

z230 

F7 v- ; 

43 

Z 
£5. 

F 

6 
F, F 
Fg : 

. v1} 4 

p XK 

4 
a> - 

4 i 

/ 7% 
= a8: 
hk 

6 ” 

: : 

vw 
> 

[1 l 
"#0 
» .- 
18.2 
as 
Mm 

BY 

'F. 

*K 
Cog & 

* 

_ | 

' þ& 

fn #4 

+ & © 
a" * 


254 ConſiruRien of the Gen.cafe. 


2. The Genitives noſtrum and veſtrum 
not noſtri and veſtri are uſed after Part:- 
tives: as, nemo noſtrum; and note that 
noſtrum not noſtri ts always led if a 

 Genitive caſeplural be added to it : as, con- 
rempror noftrum duorum. 

4. Tbe Genitive caſe after Partitives is 
ſometimes turned tnrs an Accuſatzve, with 
inter 02 ante, o2 into ai Ablative with de e 
o2ex. Non unuse multis ſed e mulris 1in- 
pularis. Vir bonus e magiſtraribus,eft unus 
de millibus. Primus ab Hercule belongs not 
to this Rule, but td the Rule of Prepoſitions. 


Adjeaives which _Adjectivia quz 


Ruilc | a) t 
T fientfie, 1. Defire: cupiditatem : {ci- 


2. Knowledge: 3.Re- entiam : memoriam; | 


membrance : 4. Care: Curam :; metumt © at- 
s. Fear, and their que iis contraria 11g- 
contraries, require a mificant Genitivum 
Genitzve caſe, with ad ſcifcunt. 
 theſign of before zt, | 


» 


* Neſcia mens hominum * fati, PE he - 
ate _ 


futurz, mans underſtanding is ignorant of 
and future fortune, © 


Words belonging to this Rule." © 


1. AjeFives (ignifptng defire : ag, cupi- _ 
Qczo fe dus, defirnus : avidus, greedy or defirons * ſtu- j© 
«xamdin diols, ffudrous or defirons, perſtudioſus © ag, © 
v3veret E- ftudioſns nobilitatis}, one that favoureth the 
r4/m3 per- State of the Nobility : ab aliquo Cicerenis |? 


Swd1oſtr 


fuilſes {tudioſo, by one of Cicero s Scbolarvs.: candi- 3 
; datus, defrroxs, or one that endeauaureth to obe + 
tain any thing: ag, candidatus cloquentiz, 

4 7 


<enip-,.v en A - 


ara om mn -- 


ConſruRion of the Gen.cale; 


a ſtudent of eloquence. 2. And negle&:; ag. 
ſocors fururt, nothing regarding that is ts 
come. 

2. Adjedives of knowledge and ignorance. 
which admit of the fign 7» befoze the Gen:- 
tive caſe ; ag,peritus antiquitatis, skilful in 
antiquity : gnarus, expert or sk;lful : prudens, 
skjlful ; callidus,crafty or skilful : ſolers,wit- 
ty cr crafty : ſolers cunfandi, wiſe iy uſing 
delays : providus, foreſeeing: mulrorum 
providus, that confidereth many things before 
hand : docilis, eaſily or quickly taught : doci- 
lis prav1, quickly taught that which 1s not good: 
Prafcius, foreſeeing,or perceiving dfore hand : 
przsagus, one that gheſſeth or divineth : divi- 
nus, one that gheſſeth or foreſeeth : certus, aſ- 
ſured or determined : as, exitii cerrus, ſure ts 
die: fururi cercus, afſured of that ſhould come: 


- urinam tui confilii certior tactus eſlem, 7 
: would I had better known your mind or purpoſe : 


non incautus, not uncircumſpeF or not unp!u- 


' dent : imperitus, unskilful : imprudens, un- 
' $kzlful : 1gnarus, ignorant : rudis, 7gnorant : 
alſo with an Ablative: ag, rudis es certe Awder de 
1n hiſtoria, thou art doubtleſſe ignorant in hi- 


ftory : inſcius,zgnorant : incertus, wndetermi- 


' © ned; corcus,7gnorant : devius, ſwarving from 
- 0r 1gnorant : dubius,doubtful. 


3+ Agjefives of Care aud Careleſneſſe : ag, 


© anx1us, careful ; ſolicitus,carefal : curiofus, 
> careful : ſecurus, careleſſe or negligent : incu- 
 rioſus, careleſſe : ſocors,negligent : incautus, 
- unwary,not foreſeen , are atſo uſed with the 
-* Prepoſition de anda : ag, de verhis ſolicitas, 
- careful of his words; and to after inluetus, 
" knwont , & Gennive, | 


4. Age 


cerning 
dcath> 


Rule 1o. * 


Tenſe 
caſe, 


Conſtruftion of the Gen.cale. 


AdjeFives of fear and confidence : ag, 
Timidus, fearful. Trepidus, fearful. Pavi- 


dus, fearjul. 


| Impavidus, fearleſſe. 


Inte- 


ritus, not abaſhed, without fear. Fidens,bold, 


So Compos,parta. 
ber. Impos, void. 
Particeps , partaker. 
Exors, not partaker. 
Conlſors , partaker, 
govern a Gen. caſe. 


Sic Compos, Im- 
pos, Particeps, Ex- 


ors, Conſors , Gcni- , 


tivo gaudent: «©, 
Impos animt, one be. 


fedes himſelf. 


Nunc me * compotem * voti facis, Now 
thou makgſt me partaker of my wiſh. 


Obſervations. 


Compos, ig ſcmetimes read With an 
Ablative caſe; ag, Immorralitate compos, 
Heins Orat.1. prada compotem , 1.v. 3 


we aiſoread Participem ſtugiis, Ovid. d: 5 


_ Ponto [.2. El.7. 


Nouns ending 11 4X, 
derived of Verbs, and 
ſome Participles of the 
Preſent, and Preter 
changed into 
Nouns, require a Gen. 


Tempus * 
mer of things: 


Verbalia in ax, | 
& participalia quz- |. 
dam preſentis & | 


prxteriti Ttemporis, 


Genitivum - poſtu- þ 


lanr. 


edax * rerum, Time a cenſu- || E: 


: - Obſer- * 


Ko EF 


DN OR ER oat. - FI 
WF WeEEt gt 


Xo % ; * X. F : 
id WEL ALLY 
* 4 Pm LI EY Too 
od-5ev A. 
EEE ME Dy AS For EW 


BAT Ge RIES 

0 - 2 3 "MR , 

rn ado R372 
F; 


pas Be Deere 


ſe 
$8 
wn 


Conſtrudion of the Gen. caſe. 


Obſervations, 


1. Noun9 ending in ax: as, cdax, 4 
great eater , or devourer, of edo. Edaces 
multi cibi, devourers of mach mear. Capax 
that taketh or containeth , of capio. Capax 
amicitiz, that can confider what friendſhip 
is. Invidie capax, able ts {defend himſe!f 


f againſt envy : and with the JPrepoſttion 


ad : as, prxcepta CapaXx animus, a minge 
«pt to take rnſtruffion. | 
Ferax, fertile or fruitful, of fero. Fugax; 


' that fleeth, or one that eſcheweth , of fugio. 
: Sagax, that perceiveth , and foreſecth quick- 
. hy, of ſagio, ts percerve quickly. 


Rapax, greedy, or devouring , Of rapio: 


4 Tenax, that holdeth faſt, and f anna 
ep 


.” as, pertinax redte, that wilt net 


art from 


* right and honeſty. Spernax, that contemneth, 
* or deſpiſeth. Petax, one that asketh. Wnd 
- alſo in the Degreeg of compariſon? as, 
- mentiſque capacins altz. 


2, Participrals, oz Participles changed 


- tnto Nouns whbirh are eaſfſp diſcerned, 
=> becauſe the JParticiple endeth fn ig,and 

- governeth the caſe of the Uerb; bur the 

- Roun is commonly enaſftſhed with. 
(that) befoze tt, oz (Cone that) ag, 

- {Cupiens,a Participle eng!itſhed cover:ng. 

= t Cupiens,a Noun,one deftrous,or that loveth. 


Ind ls experiens,one that trytth or proveth. 


+ Sitiens, one that thirſteth after, or defireth. A- 
* mans,one that loveth, or favaureth.'Negligens, 


—_—_ 
$83 7 
$ 


L 


Obſeryans, oe that obſerveth. 


one that 1s careleſs. Metuens , one afraid «7. 


256 


WEE A © As 
bv Pe B24 x4 


py 1 ; 
etna 5 Be xs at 
<. ' ag 
NE yr #4 6 


* 
” F 
ws WS?) DN Le 
= Js ps 2 Ine, 4 A he PF po 
Bi (Eu i 4 — >; LH 
. bg , None 


4 Dy . 4 
: þ 5 . F _ a 8 ” en, wy b,-0 7 ROS 
Ng, We 9 Aol i Ll <> 3 p44. 
_ * ory T3... TE 4 a Fringe. 39 AIR, TRL. © 
# x*&%F# * 2 A -F % BIJ\.2 


DO "3 neg . , p . "i #4 ys 
a? : \ "= 
= u6< # _ PSs " _ 


F. > Lg \ -\®, if 


> 
wo i," 


0 
4 


-—— 2 S 
bY 
»* _ 
TT 4-1 
* 9.4, % - 


X- 


. *. ws +, CI If, 4; \. F-- bt Rf RIS. - 0Y 
- org » - ol a | FN 4 w_ - oe 
TEMP” AMN dS, i ater fey 

: | 


EE REL -Y9 
= Aa " ls Ts OE WD PRC", 


Conſtruction of the Gen.caſe. 


Obſeryantior, one that doth more diligent!» 
obſerve. Omnium officiorum obſervantiſh1- 
mus, he doth obſerve all occaſtons poſſtble to ve 
his friend a pleaſure. Reverentior,'one that 
hath more fear and reverence. SC1eNs, one 
cunning or Skilful. Inſolens , not accuſtomed. 
Bellorum inſolens, 198 accuſtomed to warre. 


| Servantiſſimus , one that obſerveth greatly. 


Aqui ſervantifſimus, a great obſerver of equi- 
tz and juſtice. 


3-Participles of the Preterperfedt Tenſe:ag, | 


Erudirus,cunning. Erudiciiiimus, very well 
Learned. Expertus, sk1ful, or one that hat! 
tried. Conultus,skzlful and canning. Con- 
ſulrus eloquentiz, very eloquent. Inſuetus, 


not accuſtomed. Inſuerus laboris, not wented | 


ta labour. Inſuetus contumeliz, not uſed 19 


eaunting or reproach, Infolitus,not accuſtomed, | 


Infolicus rerum be!licarum, not. ac 
WAY. 


The reaſon whp theſe. and manp moze 


$ 


euſtomed 11 


govern a Genitive caſe,ig ({aith Learned Ma- 


jter Farnaby) bp reaſon af the affinitp oz 


aeeroeile ur their fignification to Adje- | 
ctives of knowledge, deſire, care, fear, 02 their | 


rontrarics. 


M. Danes giving the reaſon whp theſe | 


Particzples of the Preſent Tenſe govern a Ge- 
1tive caſe, faith, that becauſe fo? the moſt 


part thep are e&naltfhed like Subſtantives | 
1m tor92trix 7 as, amans fog amator Maj- # 
caline, and awatrix Feminine : and mozeo: | 


ver pzoceedeth to ſhew the difference be- 
rwirt the Participle and the Noun-P articipl: 
in tbſs manner. 


1. Patiens incdiam , Wbich is a Partic:- 
ple. 


£ 
3c 5 
- 3 
F 
: p 
: 
z 
"_ 
4 
—— 
Ln 


f 


[ 


| 


——_— 


Conſtruction of the Sen. caſe. 


p.-, is ſpoken of one nho now already ſuffereth 
want at that preſent time. Wut patiens in- 
edix, which is the Noun-Participle, 3s ſpo- 
ken of him who can eaſily ſuffer want, although 
peradventure he be now fed to the full. 

2. So Dofus Grezcam linguam, 7s ſpoken 
of him who hath learned the Greek tongue, 
neither is it now a matter , whether he know- 
eth the tongue or not, it being a Participle 
of the Preter Tenſe. Wut Doctus grace 


 linguz , 7s not ſpoken but of him who now 
' knoweth the Greek tongne or 15s sRgIful therein. 


Satago, 19 have e- Satago. Miſereor. Rule 37. 


nough ta doe , or to bee Miſereſco. Milerer. 
buſie about a thing. Miſereſcit. Poeniter. 
Miſereor, to pitte, or Teder. Pudet., Pi- 
to have pity or compaſ= get, Genitivum ad- 


y fron. Miſereſco,to be mitrunt : ut, 
* moved with pity, or to 


have pity or compaſſion. Miferet, 72 pitiet/, 
Miſerefcit, 7t pitzeth. Poeniter, 7t repentet>. 
Txder, 7t wearzeth, or irReth. Pudet, 7t f4- 
meth. Piget, it irketh or grieveth , recei\? a 
Genitive caſe. 


* Rerum ſuarum *ſatagit, he hath enoug? 
to do about his own buſineſſe, or of his own mat- 
ers, 


Obſervations. 


To underſtand this Aule obſerve, 

1. That thele Verbs Parniter, rxder,miſe- 
ret, miſereſcit , pudet, piget, govern an 
Accuſative caſe of the perſon, and a Gen!- 


t;ve of the word following of : as, * radet 
; Omnes 


J 


239 


fe, os "Ts 
"od . PP Tus 6 -— 
- * bo: Wo . Av” - - SY : L. RNC as 
MY pe ES WI 
: "Sk pt, 5 b, LO, :® 
- 6 i 
_ SL, 


od * 4-7 


266 Conirugion of the Gen.caſe. 
omnes * nos * vitz, verbatim, it wearteth Þ 

4 all of life. ; 

2. That there map be another Accuſa- Þ 

tive caſe of the thing in the Neuter Gen- Þ 


| fer : as, ty 
W _ *XNil * me * pacniteat ſanum Patris hu- Þ 
i jus, Hor. Sen. 6.1. 1. ant ſometime two } 


Accuſatives, whereof . one ſpould bee Gen, 
as, Non tec hzc pudeat? Ter. but then | 
underſtand a Pzepoſition : as , ob hec, Þ 
 Menedem, vicem miſeret me(7.e.J ob vicem. 


ih | 3. The {nfinitive ood ſometimes ſup. 
# plpeth tbe place of the Genitzve caſe : as, 
. Piget reſpondere -malediQis criminationis 
7 adeo ineptz, quem pnitet peccaſle pene 
j eft innocens.  _ © 

Lit | 4. Miſereſcit hath ſometimes a Date 
4 | caſe: as. miſereſce malis. 
\ s. Dometimes the Genitive caſe after 
Cj; | porniter,, ts changed into the Pzepofition 


E || de : ag, de matrimonio pcenitere. 3 
| | 6. Yn Engliſh the Nom. caſe ig often 

 oþ ſet befoze the Imperſonals, and then pou 
muſt change pour ſpeech bp (it: ) as, 1 
repent, (1.e. ) it repenteth me. Art thou aſha- 


, þ med,(1.e. )doth it ſhame thee 2 Pertzſus, bath 
; a Gen. 82 Accu. caſe, pertitſus ignayie, ot 1g- 

FE naviam. | 

j 7. bd hereto ernbeſco : as. erubeſceret 

F-1 fortunz; alſo erubelcere in re aliqua, and 

| Þ Rule 13. Cubelcere malis alterius:{ee Obſ, upon Rul. 18. 

|. i | _ Intereſt, it 3s profi- Intereſt & refert } 
|  tableor belongeth, and Genitivum fibi ſub- 
( referr, it 15 expedient, jiciunt,exceptis mea, j 
x or it availeth, put to tu, ſui,noftri, veſtra 
i themſelves, or govern CUji 
} 4 


Confrudcion of the Gen. caſe. 


E a Gen. caſe. Theſe Ablat. excepted, mei, tua, 
(ua noſtra, veſtra, ca. '@ 

| * Nullius non *refert bene viyere, it 
* behaveth every one to live well. © 
Faciendum aliquid , quod illorum magis 
Z quam ſua retulifle videretur, ſomething is to 


ENTS 


ns 


of 


$ be done which might ſeem more for their pro- 
F fit, then for his own. 

} Intereſt mea, it toucheth or concerneth my 
S trofit. Intereſt tua, it concerneth thy profit. 


E noſtra, zt concerneth our profit. Imtereſt ve- 
# ſtra, 7t concerneth your profit, Cuya intereſt , 
# whoſe profit doth it concern. 


K 


Obſervations. 


1. 'The beſt reaſon J meet with why 
z intereſt, and refert, have after them a Ge- 
nitzve of Subſtantives, aud an Ablative of 
{ the AdjeFrves mea, tua, ſua, and is this. 
E Intereft is thus compounded, in, re, eſt; 
& and refert thus, re, fert, not wirh the 
| Pzepoſition , but the A4blative of res; (6 
| that the Genztrve afrer intereſt, is rhe la- 
ter of two Sabſtantiues: as, intereſt ma- 
giſtrarus, 7.e. in re eſt magiſtcarus,zt pertains 
_ toa Magiſtrate, and the Ablative caſes mei, 
E rua, ſua, &c. agree with re, in caſe, gender, 
jand mumber: ag, Plautus utrumque veniar 
necne nihul in re eſt mei. —— 

2, Intereſt and refert have a Gen. caſe nat 
& 01elp of rhe perſon, but alſo of the thing: ag, 
Z Plurimum *cetere *compoſitionis,quz qu1- 
| ZW bus anteponas, 7t much mattereth in , comp«ſe- 
tron,to know what words are to be placed before 
8 ters, 2.Ube 


— 
5 IF, Bhs 5-4 - Cas G % 
TT LD EK ot 


= Intereſt ſua, 7t concerneth his profit. Intereſt 


261 


3 
$= 
y/ 
: 
i 
v 
W 
: 2h 
* 
"* 
I 
« 
"I2 
La 
2Y 


As Rule x, tives, unius,ſolius,ipſius, ipforum,paucorum, 


7.258. 


Rule 13, 


Conſtrugion of the Gen caſe. 


= 2. The Genitives of the value, are put af- 
ter intereſt and refert, without Subſtan- 
rives (viz. ) tanti, ſo much: quanti, Þ9w 
much : magni, much : permagni, very much : 
parvi, little : pluris , more - and alfo Ad- 
verbs: as, multum, much : plurimum, very 
much : parum, /ittle : minimum, very little : 
paululum, very /ittle,or ſomewhat : infinitum 
exceedingly much ; vehementer, greatly : 
quantum, how much : rantum, ſo much; mul. 
rum, much ; nihil, nothing : pauxillum, very 
little : nunquid , whether : facile, without 
deabt or controverſee : aliquid, ſomething : ma- 
Lis, more : minus, leſſe : maxime, moſf : mi- 
nime, /eaſ? : paulum,/:ttle. 
4. The Ablatives mea, tua,ſua, noſtra, ve- 
ſtra: admlt foz eloquence ſake theſe Gen!- 


mei, unius intereſt, yeſtra paucoram intes 
reſt, tua {olius refert. 

s. Someſimes thep admit of a Preps- 
{:tion, intereſt ad decus & laudem civitaris, 


Verbs of efteeming Verba eſtimandj 
or regarding, havean cum accuſativo rei 
Accuſative " of the xzſtimatz habent ge- 
thing eſteemed, and a nitivum #ſtimat1o- 
Genitive of the value. nis. 


7 Plurimi paſfim * fir pecunia , mony 1s 


every where eſteemed very much. 


* Max imi debemus * zſtimare * con- &# 


ſcientiam, Wee ought to - effeem conſcienc F 


ON 
BR 
wo 0 
. »- bor 
ee 
AE a8 
EE 


aoſt = WÞ- 
[3 


Obſer-| 


Conftruction of the Gen. caſe, 36: 
Obſervations. 


| 1, &ſtimofSronfirued ag weil with an 
| Ablative a8 Genmtrve caſe: as, qui magni X- 
E ſtimat hbertatem, * parvo omnia falia * #- 
| ſtimar, he that efteemeth liberty much , effee- 
| meth all other things little : ſo nonnihilo 
zſtimare. 
| 2. Verbs Helonging fo thig Rule when 
| thep are Engliſhed to eſteem : Pendo, to 
| efteem. Habeo, to effeem. Duco, to eſteem. 
| Puto, i» efteem, prize, value or account. Eft 
| for zitimatur,it 35 valued: as, Pluris eſt o- 
| cularus teſtis unns; quam auriti decem, one 
| eye witneſſe 15 of more account then ten ear wit- 
| neſſes-; bur in anotber ſenſe thep have ano- 
| ther confiruftion : as, ducere uxorem , to 
marry a wife, whichjaiſo ig ts be carefullp 
| lookt unto in other Rules. 
| 3. Theſe Genttzves of the value, are put 
| without Subſtantives. Tanti,ſo much. Quan- 
ti, how much, Max'mi,moftf. Parvi, litle. 
Minoris,/eſſe. Minini,leaſt. Pluris, more,or 
of more account. Plurimi , moſf, or of moft 
account, Nihilt, 9s nothing. Flocci, #5 4 
lock, of Wool, or as little worth. Pili , as a 
| hatr. Nauci, as the ſhell or pillof a nut .Afhs, 
as a farthing. Rujus , 4s thus much, Te- 
WE runcii, 45 a farthing ; to which, Genzrves 
"4 being pur alone , underſiand rer, Zris, oz 
# pretii. 


| 4- Note theſe as elegant phzaſes : 


Ki 
Wen 
Was 
LT 
PRs. 
$ 
5 
2 
& 
1 
b4 
" 
bt _ 
A 
3 -&* 
ws 
= $ 
EF 
" £34 
Dy Y 
le 
bh A 
St i 
* 
Lt 4 
Wet £ 
by," 7 
+. 
3 & i 
_ * "' 
_ ; 
"_ g P 
*® = 
0 s 
of 4 
RS + 
PS: + 
oe 
k4 
x i 
. Se 
PTS. 
IP 
Fa *B 
#65 
©, 
- LEP 
b "S | 
L's 
"s 
4 
I* 
' = 
o; ; 
- Sos b- #. 
#4 ; a 
i; 5 
T4 Ex. 
WY. 
» 8 
4 4.9 
T5 
PL% Ny 
 B*4 
in; 8: 
"i" 
++ ov 
- AF 
; 
r "Y 
"ON 
* 
Ag , 
£ + 
I. ” 
I t 
. 
&* 
3 uv 
» To : 
Lo 
x ” 
w1 
E 
- 
» 5 
SE 
= 
b.- 
4 
[+ 


; ps. « adaug. 
<u . 


A qui bont facto, I take in good 
Aqui boni conſulo, F part. : 
ro 


i 


4 


"OO operons mam 1am ee EEE 


Rule 14+ 


Conſrugion of the Gen.caſle. 


habeo, 
Pro nihilo4, duco, >1 efteem #5 nothing. 
puto, 
In minimis res noſtras ponere, to eſteem our 
own dffairs lightly. In magnis viris eſt ha. 
bendus, he 4 to be accounted as a great man, 


AdieFives of guil- £3 Agjedtiva reatus, 
tineſe, and Verbs of & Verba accuſandi, 
accuſing , condemning, damnandi & abſo]- 


and abſolving , beſides vendi . Genitivum 


the Accuſative caſe of poſtulant , qui cri- 
the perſon requrre a men aut poenam f{ip- 
Genitive caſe , which nificer , preter Ac- 
ſrgnifieth the fault or cuſativum perlonz. 
puniſhment, Some of Quazdam ex his Ah- 


- theſe require an Abla- lativum cum vel ſine 


tive caſe with or with- Pre poſitionem de. 


out a Prepoſition. with 


the ſign Of, 


Qui *Yalterum * incuſat * probri, ipſum 
ſe intueri oportet, he that accuſeth another of |þ 
a reproach full aft, eught to look, into himfely, 


Obſervations. 


1. Adjedives of guiltineſſe. Reus, acc 


\ ſed. Conſcius, guilty, which bath ſome 


times a Genztive, and ſoinetimes a Dat:v, 
and ſometimes a Dat:ve of the thing, bil 
bath alwaps a Date of tbe perſon ; as, 
* Conſcius * ſfibi * culpz, knowing himſel 
faulty, Conſcius alicui in privatis rebus, 
that knoweth ones private affairs. Manifeſtus, 
convieted or proved openly. Mendacii convi- if 


Fail 


Conftrudionof the Gen: cal 


&us, openly proved a lyar. Manifeſtus delidt, 
manifeſtly convifed of an offence. Afﬀinis, 
acceſſary 0r partaker, guilty or privy to. Aﬀ- 
nis alicujus culpz, and aftinis alicui cnlpx, 
partaker of any mans fault. Afﬀinis ſceleri, 
and atknis ſceleris, guilty of wickedneſe. 
Poputaris, a companion, fellow, or confed: rate 
of the ſame Town , City, State, or condition. 
Populares conjurationis, companions in the 
agreement. Comperrus , convied or ſound 


| guilty. Flagititi compertus homo, a man 


| convided of jome hainous offence. Compertus 


| in ſtupro, taken in adultery. Innoxius,guilt- 


| Jeſſe. Infons, guiltleſſe , not partaker. Fra- 


| rerni ſanguinis inſons , not guilty of his - bro- 


PM ey 


thers death. Suſpec&tus, miſtruſted. Crimi- 
num capitalium ſuſpectus , ſuſpeFed guilty 


o 


| of an effence worthy of death. 


Verbs bf accuſing, (Tc. 
Accuſoyto accuſe or blame. Accuſfat me 1d, 


| 7.c, ob id accuſo * re illi, oz apud illum, ot 


| coramillo * ſceleris accuſo te magni ſcele- 
| ris, oz de magno ſcelere, oz crimine aliquo. 


Apo, to ſue or accuſe, is cunitrued With 


| the Prepoſitron cum : as.,Egit cum ſervo, he 

accuſed his ſervant. Ex ſyngrapha cum ali- 
| 59 agere, to ſu? or bring an acHon upon ar 
| ob[1gation. | 


Appello, as, to commence an a&tivn againſf 


ne. Appellare aliquem de pecunia, to cal! 
& 4pon any one for debt ; and appellari magna 
& pecunia, to be ſued for great debt. 


Arceſlo, to accuſe. - Judicio capitis ali- 


= quem arceflere, to accuſe of a deadly. sffence. 
| Arguo, to accuſe or blame. 


Arguere aliquem 


MN {celer;s. 


265 


os 


266 ConſtruRion of the Gen. caſe. 


ſceleris, crimine and decrimine, to accuſe of 
appeach of wickedneſſe. - 

Alligo, to accuſe or appeach. Aliigare 
furti, to charge himſelf with theft, Alligare H 
ſe ſcelere, to ſhew himſelf guilty of a miſchie- 
wV015 act. | 

Aſtringo, to be guilty of,or accuſe. Aſtrin- Þ? 
oere ſe furti , 19 commit felony. Aſtringere F 
ie ſcelere, to commit ſome wicked fat. 

Defero, te accuſe or appeach, Impietatis Þ 
deferri, to be accuſed of wade, De- 
ferre nomen alicujus, to accxſe and complain [| 
upon one, Deferre ſermones .de aliquo ad Þ 
'F alrernm, to bring tales and reports to one anc 
bi. her. | 
+2 jb Incuſo, to accuſe or blame. Incuſaho | 
oY probri, 1 will lay diſhoneſty to thy charge. 7 

3 Quid me aincuſas, foz ob oz proprer quid, f? 

wherein doſt thou finde fault with me, W 
Infamo, to defarne er report i of. Infama- & 

re aliquem patricjdii, to flander one of mur-[ 
 thering bis Father. | 

'  _ Infimulo, to.nete or accuſe. Herum avari-F 

j tiz infimulace, to lay covetouſneſſe to his Ma 
ſters charge. 

Poſtulo, to accuſe or ſue, Poſtulare ali 
quem mjuriarum, to ſue in an a&#10n of tre-Þ 
paſe, or of the caſe. 
| Convinco, to vangquiſh,to prove manifeſtly, 
k to confut?, Convincere aliquem :falſ1, t: 
© - prove a man a falſiffrer, Male adminiſtratz 
$ | _ Provinciz urger!. | 
"Þ Damno, to condemn, Dammnari capite, | 

be condemned to die. Pe pecuniis repe || 

tundis damnari, to be condemned -of. extorti-} 

. af. Damnarus longi lahoris , me" bo 
'; 


"LR oe e 
EE OE CLO 12204 
So 4 OSS, 
EdgL BY S's of $ OITE 
Ne - OE = 32 OE, 7 537- 


: 
q 


ConſtruQion of the Gen. caſe, 267 


lang labor. Damnari coccitate,vos vero fortu- Pammatue; 


na, tam luxurioſo ſumprui non damnayir. - 


Barcl. Euphor.par.4 . : Abt. witht- 
Teneor, to be guilty or convinced, Tenert out,bus 


de vi, to be guilty of wiolence or murthey. uot with 
Plecti capite, to be beheaded, Condemno.to 4*. 
condemn. Sponſjonis condemnari, to be caſt 
= inthe wager. oe de * 
F ASolvo, toacquit, cum famulis operum 
- ſolutis, Hor.11. l.3. 
* Abſolyo, toquitor diſcharge. Belli, bello 
Z debello.' Libcro, to free or quit. Liberare 
2 aliquem metu, to put out of fear. Purgo, ty 
2 clear, derealiqua, confirued with de libe- 
7 ro, is commonlp uſed with an Ablative:as, 
S pericujo liberare. -{f 7 © * 
; C@Thele Verbs following bave commonlp 
* an Accuſative of the fault, and a Genitzve 
& of the perſon, ercept i Roſſefſives, Joc. 
.F Yohere the Adje&ive agreeth with the Sub- 
| ſftantive, denoting the crime. F 
 KReprehendo, to blame or reprove. Repre- 
© hendo illius negligenrtiam, 7 blame his negl;- 
© gence. Reprehendo ruam negligentiam, 2 
Wu reprove thy negligence. Do Peccata alicuyus 
.| corcipere, to reprehend ones faults. Confili- 
{| umalicuyus vituperare, to blame ones coun- 
ſe]. Ignaviam tuam culpare, to blame thy 
'@ foth. Vitium aliquod notare, to reprehend 
| or reprove ſome vice,  Increpas meam igna- 
; @ viam, doſt thou blame my ſloth, Exculfare tar- 
{ ditarem lirerarum alicujus , . ts excuſe ones 
8 ſlowneſſe in ſending Letters. Traducere car- 
| mina manifeſto fatto, to note ones verſes to be 
8 ſtoln out of -others;” ' Snggillo, to defame , de- 
: B ira or reprove, Morte mnlQtare, to pun 
EB N & oy 


Ig 
1:0 
£ 
Sv 
4 
LEE 
X. F- 
Ces, 
Sf 
wo 
Jo" 
<a 
—_ 
he 
ORE 
SE 
$: 
TV 
&- 
X: 
yk 
345 
$4.3 
LV 
Te 
OF 
IN 
fi 
- 4% 
$2 
_ % 
© i 
—_ 


5 

E BI 
& $45 
at” 7 
bd of 
29) 
ns 
i, 
RMe25 
Ee 4 
Wa 4 

o 

* 

ww 


LY ar RR. ned 


_ 4 . 7 NY as 


4 ——_; _—_— WU ap wrt one X 48 pom es, er $ PInY 
334 I 4 Mare pn, $00 "gt % f 


263 


Rule IF» 


ConſtruRion of the Gen. caſe. 


by death. Familiam mulGare, uſque ad mor. 
rem, # beat « family to death. ;;-:;/ : 
Urer,both. Nullus,none, Alter, another, þ 


Neuter, neither of the two, Alius, another, 


Ambo,both, and the Superlative degree are Þ 
nor put ty Verbs belonging to this Rulc,cr- Þ 
cept in the Ablatrue caſe,accuſas furti,an ſiu- 3 
pro, an INE oz de utroque. 2 

Verbs 0 f remem-  Memoriz, $ obli- : 
brance , or forgetting, vionis verba, Geniti- Þ 
defire a Genitive or vumaur accuſativum Þ 
Accuſative caſe, Ad- defiderant,AdjeQiva | 
7eatives a Genitive, Genitivum. 7 
following the ſign of. 

Vive *memor * lerhi,{;ve mindful of death, 


Obſervations. 


1. Verbs (ignifping remembrance, 02 for- 
getting, Tequire a Genitive caſe, 02 an ACCK- : 
ative of the thing : ag, : 

Le&ionis, oblitus pub- 

Obliviſcor, or lice falw|* 

Leionem, os. 

15 ut thep require a Genitive Caſe of the 
perſon only, and not an Accuſative : ag, ob-þ 
{tviſcor fratris; not fratrem. 

2. Adjefives Uignifping remembrance 8 
forgetting, require & Genitive caſe onip of th | 


thing Oe perſon. 


3. Memini, to woke mention , of ſpeak of. 
is £onfirued with an Ablative caſe with dc, 
and ſometimes a 6G en8tive;, and {0 is in} 
mentem venir :- 4K;hn 'mcntem: -venit pote- i 
ſatis ,: 02 de poreſſaret | Det memint is 
conſtrued F 


« 
96-7 
PEAS 
R 
8” 
NE 
Loſe” 
_ 
Med 
<4 
:S 
FR, 
RS 
3s 
"0? 
7 
25 
> 
4 
YH 
* * 
$5 
ex 
3s 
. 322 
AE. 
Y $5 
B 
JE 
Ts 


> 'FY 
«FA 
2221 
A , R- 
a 
9% 
bs 
Bos, 
{+ _— 
" r 
RI 
PR 
CAS 
24 
v7 
bs, 
3M 
Ns 
OY 
4 64 
315 
2s 
I 
Kea 
= 
<S 
1 
b 
_» 
Ft 
7s 
# 
Re, 


Conſtruction of the Gen, caſe. 25g 
confirued with a Genitivez not an Accu- 
ſative caſe of Pronoun Primitives : as, 


— me1 me. 
Meminiſle  tui Snors te. 
ſui Cle 


Moneo.and admo- 


Neo,to warn, 07 put 7n 


mind. Commoneo , 


Admoneo , com- 
moneo, commonefa- 
cto, cum accuſativo 


de. 


Mitatis meX, 


commonefacio, with habent genirivum, 
an Accuſative have a' autablativum , cum 
Genitive or Ablative Prapofitione de. 


with the Prepoſition © 
'. Theperſon warned is Accuſative, and the 
thing whereof he js warned, is Genitive,folow- 
mer. | 
Putavyi ea de re, admonendum efle te, I 


thought that thou wert to be put in mind of that 


Fitter. A....is commodis admonitus cala- 
Obſervation. 
_ Tf the thing whereof one ig pitt fn mind, 
be an Adjeqrve put Subftantively, it t8 PuT 
tn the Accuſative caſe alſo : as, * illud *me 
*F1dmonuiſti. Multa admonemuT ab amicis, 
ſuch Aajefives are theſe , quod»quid, hoc, 
1\tud, illud, id, idem mulra pauca. Unum, 
duo,tria,&c. and ſometimes of the thing 
in other Nouns : aS,moneo te hanc rem, &c, 
Panp AdjeFrves have a Gen. caſe after 
them, when causa gratia, oz ratione, are un- 
Derſioob ; ag,cgregius,impiger, ferox,pervi- 
cax,faucius,fatigatus, floridus, maturus, 1n- 
glorius,feſſus,laſſus, integer, re&us,ſerus, fe- 
ſtinus, invictus,trepidus,&c. ag, tloridus #- 
V1,7.C, ratione yi, To . 
N 3 By 


Rule 16, | 


 Induleo,ty be ſorry. Inyideo, faſtideo, cru- 


Rule 17, 


| Ubi terrarum, where or in what place? Ubi- 


ConſtruRion of the Sen. caſe. | 

By Greek, conſtry- Per Helleniſmun|: 
Eton theſe require a he#c Genitivum po-|? 
Genitive caſe. | ſtulanr. 2 


7. Verba definendi , Verbs of ceaſing or 
leaving off : ag, define querelarum, foz defi-|” 
ne aquerelis, leave off complaints. Defiſte. 
re pugnz, fo? pugna, 0 de pugni, to /eav.” 
off fighting. Abſtinererixz, foz rixa, oz i; 
T1xaA, to leave off brabling. . 

2, Verba imperandi, Verbs of ruling: as, 
Regnavir populorum, fo? populos, and do- 
Minor. 7 GO 

3. Verba admirandi, Verbs of wondring: 
AS,nuror, 

4. Verbs ſignifying a paſſion of the mind; ag 


beſco, furo, vereor. Ea; 
5. Verba prreicipandi,Verbs of partaking: 
ag, participo,.' 
6. Verbs of caring: ag, curo, ſtudeo. 


Some Adverbs of Quzdam ad vyerhbia 
of place and time re- loci, & temporis Ge- 
ceive a Gemtive caſe nitivum poſt ſe reci- 
after them.  _ paune. 


_ Pie vivite , * ubicuuque * locorum vi- 
vitts, Hve godly, whereſoever ye live. 


Obſervations, 
Adverbs of place belonging to this Rule. 
nam gentiam ſumus, #2 what Country be we ? 


Ubjvis gentium , in any' place, in-what place 
” you 


? 5, FELT $77 > Us 
RS Pg Tea, 


2 days. 
2 ea temporis, and interea loci, in the mean 


Conſtrution of the Gen. caſe. 


you writ, Nuſquam gentium, 7n no place. ES 
| loci, in that place. Ed magnitudinis, to that 
| bigneſſe. 
® corner of the world ſhall I fly 2 Huc viciniz, 
= herein this ſtreet by us. 

= nimus! Is the matter come to this paſſe ? 


Quo gentium fugiam, to what 
Huccine rerum ve- 


Adverbs of time : Nunc dierum, nowa- 
Tunc remporis, at that time. Inter- 
while. Pridie, on the day before. Poftridie, 
en the day after. Minime Gentium, in x0 
wile. 
Chen pridie and poſtridie, are conftru- 
ed with an Accuſatrve caſe, afrer pridie un- 
derffand ante, and after poſtridie under- 


fland'poſt: as, pridie idus, foz pridie an- 


re 1dus. 


i th 


P"- 


he —— A. Ear: an 


Conftru&ion of the Dative 
| cale; 


Ouns and Verbs 


0 NG I I SIDE OI w EE CD ELEURTIET ERTIES CITIZEN II AC 5 LOGS oe Ob Ou Oat 7. RO . Rd 

CITY eden BET Ts 0057: <P ph ES TR Hp Eat Rae Re Woo SOT I EN 5 LOSS Fs My WA I ag IN, . . PR 36, 4 

SIC Ie ou EW Es PS Kt or 3 er DEP I PIR RNS fk ot 5 HR 3s FEI ok es * IL nog NA eo HO A. ES abs 

eget. 9” ns : . og EA I EY ffs x => Be © Ar 00 CI £ "3 + RE Is "335 RE Oat Sn On Ss os For 76; Ion do As DY Ie, io gar YER: 
OE Re ee FARE a Rr a ret ex; 4 oo EET LIE Eu ent MS DN te Bak 2 


require a Datrue 
caſeof the thing , vr 
perſon, to whom any 
thing 1s gotten,or taken 
from, following this 
frgn ro 07 for,and ſom- 


'J ba, Dativum 
poſtulant , rei , aut 
perſonz, cui aliquid 
acquiritur aut adgt- 
mitur, 


??mes nto,to, or Upon. 


* Debemur * morti nos noſiraque, wes 
sf ours are due to death. 


N 4 


Obſer- 


271 


\ TOmina & Vere Rule 1, 


of OS. WT 


4 ”% pays 6 -- F _——_ . . 


ConſruRion of the Dart. caſe. 


Obſervations. 


1. Tiiig Rule is fo general, that it com- | 
pefenverh nor onlp Nouns Subſtantives, and | 
AdjeF'ives, but all kinds of Verbs, AFrvwe, 
Paſſive , Neuter , and Deponent. Ditherto | 
are referred thoſe pheaſeg , where the 
Primitive ts put in the Dative caſe foz the f 
Poſſeſſive : as, illuſtravit mihi oculos, foz 
meos oculos, Caret tibi peus inani am- 
bitione, Hor.ep.10.p.294, {uo ſibi hunc ju- 
gulo gladio. 

2. On'oz upon, are figng of the Dative 
C by vertue of the compoſition ) after 
Atives : as, injecit ignem #dibus, he ſet or 


Caſt fire on the houſe. Atrineo, pertineo,ſpe- 


ao, yave an Accuſative with ad. 


AdjeFives ' and 0 Adjedtiva & Ver- 
Verbs, Ggnifying pro- ba commodum , aur 
fit,or diſprofit, govern incommodum figni- | 
a Dative caſe. ficantia, regunr Da- |: 

: tLVinm. 3 

Nulli frei * utilis» good for nothing. 


Obſervations: 


Adjed:ves belonging to this Rule : Com- 
modus, profitable. Bonus, gd.  Foelix, fa- 
vourable, or profitable, Proſper , proſperous, 
or lucky. Salutaris, wholeſome, healthful, or 
profitable. Incommodus, nunprofiteble. In+ 
urtilis, unprofitable. Malus, ill. Infoelis, 
unhappy, unlucky. Exitioſus, deadly, dange- 
rows, Pernicioſus, deadly, dangerous. Le- 

thaltis, 


. 


Confiruftion of the Dat: caſe. 


thalis, deadly. Damnoſus:, burtful. Pericu- 
loſus, dangeramytyc. 


To oz for after theſe Adjedves, £32 lign 
of the Dative caſe, but ſeldgme the Acc#{a- 
tive With ad. 

Verbs belonging to thig Rule : Commodo 
to profit, Othcio, to hurt. Incommodso, to 
diſprofit. Noceo, to hurt, and Yerbs rom- 
Pounded with ſatis,bene, and male : ag,la- 
tisfacio, benefacio, malefac1o. 


wa £4 


—— vv» MMF ww 8 


Note here and diligentip remember . 
foz it is pzofitable fo all whe would not 
miftake, what Verbs have after them per 
7 ſe, oz iminediateip the caſe of the Rule , 1. 
; Of the thing. 2. Dez perſon. 3. Mz both, 
/ and wbich govern a caſe befide the caſe 
d fn the Rye. Foz example; Officio hath 
a Dative caſe immediately (1. e. ) (no word 
coming between ) of the thing 02 perſon : ag, 
Lztis frugibus officere , moribus officere, 
'! lucris. offeqturam : and noceo , nemini no- 
; cere, reipublicz nocere, Without the ſign 
- ftooe for ; and thelike of Verbs compoun= 
' Ded With ſatis, bene, and male, and bene- 
verto, to profit, fg conſirued with a Datzre: 
as, hoc tibi bene vertat, which Pbſervati- p/-, 
9149 [0 be {soked ints tn all the folſowing faith, 70. 


Rules, ; cituram ee 
Þominem, 


Theſe Verbs juyo, adjuvo to Del. 3 
Lzdo, to hurt. Offend, t9 hurt, bave an rn” 
Accuſative. caſe immediateip, becauſe they 


are. Adives, 


Ruie 4; 


ConſtruRion of the Dat. caſe. 


Werds which fugni- Quz volaptatem 
fie pleaſure and grief, & dolorem fignifi- 


Gel ght in « Dative cantDativo gaudent, 
caſe, 


Turba * gravis * paci, a rabble gr rout, 
urdenows, or grievous to peace. 


Obſervations: 
Adjearves of pleaſure and grief, ars Dul- 


£15, pleaſant, Jucundus, pleaſant. Amarus, 


griewods. Acerbus, grievsus or diſpleaſant. 
Ingratus , unpleaſant. Injucundus , wnplea- 
ſant, Moleſtus, grievous, Gravis,grievous, 
aro have a Datrwe caſe with the fign to oz 


for befoze ir. 
Verbs belonging to this Rule : Placeo, ts 


pleaſe. Sedeo, Engliſhed to pleaſe. Diſpli- 


cco, to diſpleaſe. Doleo, te be grieved, which 


ſometimes admitteth an Accuſatrve of the * 
thing befoze which pou map underſtand | 


propter : ag, ru tua-damna dolo, foz pro- 


pter tuadamina : aff with de:as.,ſfum mi- | 
ſum nuſer & de me quod doluere nihit: af- |: 
ter theſe Verbs put a Dative tmmediatly, | 
although vbefoze it there be not the gn to { 
' 62 for: ag, Cujus enim * malis non *in- | 
doleſco perinde ac meis. Qui *fſibi * dif- | 


plicet in vitis *Deq * placer. 


Words which -fig- Quzauxilium, fa- |}: 
fignifie help, favour, yorem , arque his |* 
and the contrary t1 contraris ſignificant, | 7 
theſe require a Dative Datiyum adiciſcunt. | 


$ «/e. 


by 


F: 
F=25 


ConſtruRion of the Dative caſe. 


Bonis nocet quiſquis pepercerit malis, he 
* hurteth good men, whoſoever hath ſpared bad, 


ed) 
*.23 \ 
Wa! 


Obſervations. 


þ Adjeives appertaining to this Rule; A- 
micus, faumrable. Benevolus,friendly or fa- 
voxrable. Blandus, gentle or friendly. Cha- 
rus, dear, or favoured, Familiaris, a friend. 
Intimus, a dear friend. Socius, « Mate or 
fellow. Propitius, favourable, Preſto, ready 
at hand. Preſto efle alicui, to help, or lend 
one hjs help. Ad-nutum tuum przſtd eſt, he 
# ready at your beck, Tnimicus, hurtful. In- 
teſtus, hateful, or hurtful. Infenſus, diſplea- 
ſed, or unfavourable. Odioſus, hateful or 
grievous,unpleaſant. Inviſus, hated,or odz0us. 
To oz with after theſe Adje&ives, tg a ſign 
of the Datrve, infenſus mihi. 
Verbs blenging to this Rule ; Auxilior, 
to help. Opitulor, to aid or help. Patroct- 
nor, to defend, Indotatis patrocinari mo- 
deor, to heal, Rura medetur venen1s, O14- 
rionis renuitati arque inopi# nulla ratione 
: mederiqueas. Faveo, to favour, Grator, 
; to givethanksto. Gratulor, to be glad and 
 repyce in ones behalf. Gratulor tibi hanc 
rem, gratulor tibi de hic re, gratulor tib1 
in hoc, 1 rejoyce in your behalf for this thing. 
Gratulari fortunis alicujus. Opem fero, ?? 
help. Subvenio ſuccurro, to help. Plaudo T# pro fir:- 
to flatter. Suz plaudir ſnaviter prudentiz. £3215 7 
Parco, to ſpare or forgive. . Parcere ſeni. , "ne * 
Indulgeo, to fav;ur. * Indulgere labori. yy. a. 
Parce tamen hzc tibi indulgeas. FautriaFarn, 


attoritati, Pou lee theſe are uſuallp con» 
tirne? 


"ad "=" 7 621 5R.oa 3. — xe VU %ay by <P. 3 _ mm "DET, 
24 . eh Be ne o_ _ gun Srorregs " N he IE ad 
or ER © - 4 I, * *aps 4 wt ncy; = © watt gow . 
. "i F 5 - . A A BY wh" - wy _ ”. : 
_—_ = wo _ 5 ov , a 4 " 
. ed REIN Eg =» ">" -..9n" BL er 2. ates "OO "Oy 
, | ns. 7 F mop: RMS. 


f 


Confirucion of the Dat, caſe. 


'firued with a Dative caſe immediatelp. 


although befoze if there be neither the ſign 
to noe for. 


Adjeives of likenes Adjetiva fimili- 


| and unlikenejs : alſo, tudinis, & diſſimili- 


Communis, common. tudinis, communis, 
Proprius, proper : and item proprius & ſu- 
fuperſtes, a ſurvivor, perſtes Dativo uſita- 
are joyned any to tius, nonnunquam 
Dative, 'and ſometimes & Genitiyo adjun- 
20 a Genitive caſe. gunrur, 


 Aranearum * ſimiles leges * caſſibus. 
Laws like to Spiders webs. 


Obſervations. 


Adieftives of /ikeneſſe : ſimilis, [ike : par, 
like : amulus,like: Iabra zmula roſis, lips 
7n 4 manner &s red as roſes: #quus, alike : 
geminus, equal/; germanus, very [the ; 1- 


_dcm, l[ihe. 


. Some Compounds of con : aS.concors, 
agreeable, or alike: cozyus, of the ſame age : 
cOXtancus , which 3s of one time and age : 
conſentaneus, agreeable . : cognatus, agree- 


vlevuery like. 


Adjedives of unlikeneſſe : diſſimilis,unlike: 
d1ipar, unlike : diverſus, contrary : alienus, 
contrary : Iinzqualis, unequal, not even; Int- 
cuus, xot ndifferent,or juſt,unjuſt. 

Alienus , governs a Dative oz Ablative 
alone, o? with the Pzepoſition a, o2 ab, 
ANI od a Geniiite, 


Aliennmn. 


” # 


Conſtrucion of the Dative caſe. 


Altenum arti, nt agrecable to art. 
Alienum ſua Majcſtate, nat meer for bis 
Majeſty. 
Alienum a ſapiente, not meet for a wilr 
man. 
3. Commonip AdjeF:ves when thep [ig 
nifie /;keneſſe, oz unlikeneſſe , i manners » 
learning ,, &c. have a Genitive , ſxpe (olet 


277 


ſmilis filius efſe Patris, but likeneſſe n | 


form, age, fortune, (4c. a Datrve. 
4. A afcer AdjeFives of likeneſs, hath 


| underſtood befoze a: ag, like a. man, 02 


/:he to a man, And 10 befoze the : a3, like the 
man, foz like to the man. 


Verbs of comparing Yerba comparandi 
require a Dative caſe Dativum requirunt. 
follow/717 to or with. 

Neceſle eſt fibi nimium tribuar , qui * ſe 
7 nemigi * comparat : 1t is neceſſary that hee 
attribute too mach to himſelf , who cornpareth 
hnnſelf to no man, 


Obſervations. | 
I. Verbs of comparing , bave an Accuſa- 
:1ve caſe of the - thing compared, and a 


* Dative of the thing to which it is compa- 


2. This Dative caſe is ſometimes turn- 


F- ed into the Accyſative, With ad : as, 11 ad 
2 cum comparatur, and ſometimes into the 
Ad/at.with cum comparo V/7rg:l1% cx Hamero. 


3. Verbs of comparing are compono, ts com- 


x are « comparo,to compare : confero, to com- 
if pare: 2quo,to compare: adzquo, te compare : 
# £9 upcro,te compare ; contendo,to compare. 


Words 


Rule & - 


ConftruRion of the Dative caſe. 


Words which frgnifie Quz aptitudinen 
fitneſſe or the contrary, fignificant aut con. 
chooſe to themſelves a tra Dativum 1ibi ad- 
Dative caſe with ro aptant, 
or for before zt. 


a Aprtus alliciendis foemunarum animis, fit 
kf 3 to allure womens tmndes. 


ns! Obſervations. 


1. Adje&tves belonging to this Rule. Ap- 
rus, idoneus, habilis, opportunus, ineptus, 
all & nalilþed fit, unfit, asd the Verb apto : 
ag, Sublarus impedes, & vertice humani(- 
{1me aperro, me oration1 aptabam. 

2, Sometimes thep admit an Accuſa- 
tryve with a Prepoſitron : ag, inepti ad 
magna. 


AdjeFives of neer- Propinquitatis ad- 
ncſſe, delight in a Da- jettiva Darivo gau- 
tre caſe, with the fign dear. 

w 

Vicinus 111i, very like unto him. 


B®ales.| 


> Ops Ep... = 


Obſervations. 


It '1. AdjeFives belonging to this Rule: 
: Vicinus, near, next. Propinquus, near. Pro- 
| prior, neerer. Proximus,next, Finitimus 
next. Confinis, next. Conterminus, nzgh, 

Contermina ripe, nzgh to, or cloſe upon the 

bank. Contiguus, very near. Andpropin- 

Quo POEtiCe, 

2. I though this be theuſuat mph 

 04v.1, 


Conſtruaion of the Dative caſe. 


ion, pet ſometimes thep admit of a Pre- 
poſition ad. Proximus, ad dominum nullo 
prohibente ſedeto, and qui te proximus eſt 
foz ad te. 


Words which ſtgnifie Que facilirarem 


eaſineſſe and the con- ſignificant contra 


trary , will have a Patiyum voſunt. 
Datrve caſe, with the 
frgn to. 

Nil mortalibus arduum eft, nothing 3s dif- 


_ ficult to mortals, 


Obſervations. 


Agzetrves belongtng to thig Rule. Facilis, 
gentle, Miris,meck, or mild, Obvius, gentle 
or eaſte : ag, obvia urbs inimicis,a City eaſte 
to be taken. Alſo obvius,to meet ; ag,fſe mihi 
obvium dedit, he met me, And alſo thc 
Adverb obviam, to prevent, ſtop, or reſiſt: AS, 
Itum eſt obviam fſuperbiz nobilitatis, hee 
met with-, or ftopt the pride of the nobility. 
Pervius, eafte to bee paſſed. Pervia domus 
yentis, a houſe open to all windes, Perſpicu- 
us, edfre, or evident. Dubius, deubtfull oy 
difficult. Difficilis , bard, Durus,, hard. 
—_ hard. Invius, hard. Laborioſus, 

ard. 

Verbs :. as, Liber, it liketh. Si * libi- 
rum ttbi erit, if it ſball [ike you. Non eff 
injuſtitia in confilio Det #rerno de ns *quos 
#libuit perdendis. Licet, 7t is lawfall. Li- 
quer, it7s clear. Expedit,it 7s needful, thep 
are uſuallp conflirued with a Datzve caſe, 
babing # oz for befoze it. 


Praceps 


77 


Con{trucion of the Dative caſe, 


Przceps ad iram, inclined toanger.Pronus 
ad vitia, inclined ts wice.  Proclivis' A la- 
bore ad libidinem, ready to fall from labour, ty 
anlayful luſt. Contiruev with the IPzepoti- 
io! ad. 


4 Ruldd +-iiVerbals: ror: 1 a6de- _ Verbalia in bilis 
4 ; hs derived of verbs Dativo gaudent. 
1 ending in bilis,del7ght 
: ina Dative caie, with of before it. 

3 __ Meretrix * cuivis * mercabilis. Ovid. 4 
I light houjewife that may be bought of any one. 


ih Rule, Words which figni- Que fidelitatem' Þ 
4.3 fre fanhfulneſs or nn- aut infidelicatem , 
| jaithfulneſs, require 4 denotant_ " Dativum 


Dative caſe. poſtulant.. 
Vereor ne *cui dete plus quam *tibj 


* credas, 1 fear leſt thou believe any man of 
thee, more then thy ſelf. 


Cong Rr 


Obſervations, 
! 1. AdjefFives pertaining to this Rule J 
1 Fidelis erchil Fidus, truſty, Credulus | 
WY light, or raſh of belief. Infidus, awnfaith= | 
| Ful, Malefidns, unfaithful: Toafier them 2 
+8 a fignof the Dativwe caſe, 3 
( - 2. Ferbs: Credo,to believe.. 'Fido,re _ F 
d Dithdo,to ditraſf. Fidem habeo, to'belreve, jÞ 


Confido.,to tfu uſt,or put truft in, F vin facio: Þ* 
as, Fidem Pedoni apud me faciebat,he made | 
YM me believe. Pedo, thep have uſually a. Dat. |* 
W7'Y 11mmediatly, oz per ſe. 3 
= 3- Homeiims5:hep avmit of an _ ; 
Calts © 


$-i% \ its Saber ah _ * : 
"RAR wnaipuac- 01 
PRE es ng Eo 


Conſtruction of the Dative caſe. 


| caſe, befoze which pou map underſtand a 
| Prepoſttion : AS, anni tempore confiſe. 


4. Credo, to commit, bath an Accuſ. caſe, 
at nemo EX yobi1s audet ſe credere pugnz. 

5. Jithough theſe and manp other verbs 
bave after them a Dat. pet the Relative 
quod 02 quid, Adjeives put Subſtantively, 


Rule 3. tn Concord Figurative, which bp the 


rule of the Relative, Rule 4. tn Cencord plain, 
{Po1id be ſuch coſe ag the Verb governs,are 
not withitanding put in the Accuſ. as, de 
irriſione quid reſpondes, non ignoro illud. 
S1 quid monitorise geſtu, uc aliquid re- 
ſponderet. EO 
$1 quid mthi credas,fi quid ſub te profece- 
rit ei libebit quod non licet, cum. perieulo 


| cuſtoditur quod mulrtts places. It ts other- 
| wiſe With the perſon : as, Eſt Deo gratia, 


habet quibus tuto poffit fidere & quibus 


. maXkime fidit, and With a Subſtantive jppn- 


LACR 


og 


ed tothe Relative, S1 cui flagitio ſuccum- 


Words of obeying, Obediendt, &re- 


7 reſiſting, or withſtan- ſiſtendi voces dati- 


ding , require a Dat, vum adiciſcare. 


"7 
as 
MTS” 
WR 
"07 
E BS 
am 
4.30 . 
Fe o 
WS © 


* Djabolo fi *reſiſtatur eſt ut formica 11 


7 * obediarur utleo, if werefiſt the Devil, he 
= 4 as apiſmire, if we obey him as a lion. 


Non hene crede mihi , feryo fervitur a- 
MICO. | | 


Obſervations. 


| r. AdjeFjves belonging to this Rule, ſup- 
$ piex, humble or ſuppliant : morigerus,obedient. 


Dito 


\ 
\ 


281 


tt. «a. an. Ati area} Prog wed ea 3, 


ao __ ” DE SLES 


. of ag oy: . Et FRE 
Ee —— Ss ET, Er RAGS" I 


' 
49 
« 
2; 
6 ; 
F 
$ 
"7 
k 
g 
g 
i 
71 
% 
Vs q 
;, 
t- 1 
A 
i 
a} 
x 
Y} 
i; 
Y 
£ 
3 
£ 
4 
A 
- 
: 
” 
4 ; 
” 
2 
'% 
p* 


282 


flatter, Repugno, to refiſt, and pugno, to | 


ule IZo 


_ reſtoring , receive a reddendi , Datiyum 


 ConſtruQtion of the Dative caſe. 


DiRo audiens,obeditnt, Obnoxius, ſubje? Þ 
or obedient. Rebellis, rebellious, or diſobedi. F 
ent. Pagnax, ſtubborn,contentious,0r contrary, Þ 
Adverlus, oppoſite, or contrary to, Which have Þ 
a Dative of the wozd follswing the ſign þ 
tO. | £ 
2. Verbs Pareo, t» obey. Obedio, to obey. þ 
obſequor, to obey. Obrempero, to obey. Mo- \e 
rem cedo, to obey. Morem pero, to obey, 
Morigeror, to obey. Servio, to ſerve. Fa- 
mulor, to ſerve. Ancillor, to ſerve humbly, | 
end diligently. Velificor , with diligence t 
endeavour 87 prockre. Honori ſuo velificari. 
Blandior, to flatter, fawn, or decerve. Adu- 
lor, to flatter, as dogs ds their Maſter. Aſſen-F 
rior, ts agree, conſent, or accord. Palpo, toff 


refft. Certo, to contend or ſtrive, which ad: 
mit of cum. Cumaliquo certare,. Adver- 
ſor, to reſt, Ludtor, to ftyzve with, or ſtruge 
gle againſt, Relu&or, to wraſtle, or ſtrive] 
againſt. Reclamo, to gainſay, or cry agataiſt | 
which govern a Datve caſe immediately off 
tie thing oz perſon, whether there be tan 
o2 no. Firhough fomerimes we read a 
P repoſition : ag, cum votis ſuis lucantur| 
In antiquos mores ſuos veluti profeſla lite 
pugnabar. In voluprates reclamare , &c.| 
Adulor, aflenror, afſentior, advyerfor palpo,| 


are alloread with an Accuſative caſ? lom-} 
rimes. | 


Verbs of giving and Yerba dandi, & 


Datrve caſe. admitrunt. 
Dart * tibi divitias, he grveth riches to 
thee. Obſer- 


 ConftruRion of the Dative caſe: 


Obſervations. 


1. Verbs of giving and reſtoring, have an 
 Accuſative caſe of the thing giben : as, dat 
- divitias-, anbd & Date of the perſon fol- 
'F lowing the fign to: ag, dat tibi divi- 
\ TOIAS., 
| 2, TheDatneoften loſeth its ffane, if 
"| thenafurali ozder of the wozog be inver- 
. ted, oz miſplaced: as, 1 promiſe thee this, 
| foe 1 promiſe this to thee : I givethee this, foz 
I give this to thee,(yc. 
3. Verbs belonging to this Rule, Dedo, 
| torender wp. Tribuo, to give. Largior, to 
| give liberally. Trado, to deliver. Mando, 
| as, to commit, or to give incharge. Concedo, 
| togrant, or give. Niniſtroyo proffer, offer, er 
give, Suppedito,to grue,or miniſter. Com- 
modo, to lend. Przbeo, to grue,, or offer: 
Exhibeo, to offer, preſent, or grve, Impen- 
do, to beſtow, or employ. Reddo, to reſtore. 
Reſtiruo, to reſtore. Refero , to render or rc- 
ftore. Remunero, ts requite, Remetior, to 
meaſure again. Wild Remunerare aliquem 


munere , to reward one with a gift. Fadta 


7 dia mea nou remetior , 1n the night [ 
7 remember again all that I have done or ſpo- 
Ren. 

= Do hiteras tib1, I ſend a Letter to thee, that 
= theu might'ſt bear it to another, tibi tanquam 
# Tabellarto. 


Do literas ad te, I ſend a letter to be carried 


b0 thee, that thou maiſt read it. 
Obſerve in general that, 


4. Ancient Griterg were wont ts = 


283 


Ces ic .. 


 þ 284 Conſtrucion of the Dat. caſe. 
| the Prepoſition ad almoſt to ail Verbs gover: þ 
= ning a Dat. Do t9 uſed elegantlp with in Þ 
18 ll ro the Accuſat. of the thing - as, dat ani- Þ 
3&6 mum in lucus. 
T 4 Ruletzz Verbs of being an- Yerba iraſcendi,in 
188 © E1gpaſs into a Dat.caſe Dativum tranſeunt, Þ 
 Þ having with before 1t. 
by! 1 x 
Fidis * offendar - * medicis * iraſcar ; 
nn 7 * amicis, 1 can be di{pleaſed with my faithful 
Phyſitians , I can be angry with v'y Friends. : 
* Obſervations. 
3 Verbs of being angry. - Iraſcor, to be angry, 
4 Indignor , to be mad angry , to be * age 
; Succenſo, ta be angry jor good. cauſe. | f- 
 fendor, to. be offended, or diſpleaſed... 
Thep babe a Dat. yy immediately of 
the thing 02 perſon, © 
L Þ Rule 14. PVerbs of eomman-  Verba 1mperand; | 
as ding, and fhewing, & nunciandi Dati. | 
HEE 1- recerven Dat, caſe. yum admittunt. | 
- * Imperar aut * fcrvit colleca pecunia | 
In * cuique, money gathered together ,commandeth | 
"nl er {erveth every one. 
| | | 
Fi | Obſervations, 
F imperat 
F [ ih = i (i Verbs : Tmpero.,to command with auth ority. | 
( hos digns- Jubeo, to command. Prciplo , to Corm- 
==Y mand, praciperealiis. : 


Pommor, 


og Air 1 re 


15 Bio tf oe ol gs os des. #428" 4 
rp | k PIETY *..; -. AN 


Conſtruction of the Dat. caſe. 


| Dowinor,ts rule. Dominari aſtris. Do- 

| minar! in ſuos. Mando, as, ts bid or come 

| mand, mandarealicuj, mandare in ultimas 

| terras. 

' Nuncio, to ſhew. Nuncio tibi ſalutens 
! 2b ſodali ſolidam, I have hearty commendat1- 

: ons to you, (Ic. 

£ Renuncio, to.refuſe, or have nothing to doc 
E with. Renuncio civilibus officiis, renuncio 

# amicitix , noſpitio,. muneri, underſtand 
| repudium vel nucium, as ſome will. 

| Dico., to tell. Declaro . to declare or ſhew. 
| Aperio, to sþen or diſcover. Expono , to a 

| forth, or ſhew. Explico, to ſpread open , 

| declare, Monſtro , t ſhew. Indico. h 

| (bew. Explico, to ſpread open, or declare. 

| Monſtro, to ſhew. Indico, to {bew, Sig- 

I nifico, to note. Oftendo , to ſhew. Nar- 

ro, to bew, tell, or report, Parefacio, to 


5 quam maximum militum numerum 1mperat. 

$ Imperat prztoribus. Jubeo , to decree, 9r 
{appoint , governeth an Accuſ. caſe, Legem 
a | Juthir. 2. It is ſometimes conlirued with 
1 an Accuf. of the thing - Juber ea que fa- 
; J cienda ſunt. Clpecialip, quid,what ; hoc, 
= this; illud,that; 1d, that; aliquid,ſomething; 
Y nihil, nothing 3 multa, many things, being 
; | Adjedtjves prit Subſtantrvely. 3. Jt t8,con- 
Z firued with an Accyſ. caſe of the perſon , bp 
Þ reaſon vf an Injin. Mood underiisod after 
it. Imo filium potius jube, otherwi te jutlic 

militibus, juſfir cuſtodibus. Voluptatibus 

imperare. Quot voluminibus pracipiunt de 
reftitutione, precipio tibi hanc rem, ſupert- 

oribus nubibus pracipiſſet, and pracipe lu- 
| gubres cantus, Hor. Ode 24.1.1. "= Foros 


%; 
” 
5 
oY 
=> 
5 
"i 
<3 
boi 
þ+ 0 
Is 
$20 
"_— 
Fg 
, 5 s 
= 
4 
oh 
e\F 
< 
A 
&] 
© 9 


x: ane Kone? Sh one Heat ik w 34 
6 Kd Ap OE HI <td Wages - 


YR open , declare, or diſcover. Provinciz toti 


285 


286 Conſtrudcion of the Dative caſe. 


Verbs of ſhewing, have uſuallp an Accuſa. 
_ tivecaſeof rhe thing, and a Dative Of the 


perſon. 


Rule 15-Y Verbs of promifing, Verba promitten- 
owing, threatning,pay- di,debendi,ſolvendi, 
ing, require 4 Dative minand1, Dativum 
caſe. adſciſcunt. f 

Hzc tibi promitto, I promiſe theſe things } 
to thee. | 


Obſervations. 


1. Verbs of promiſing. Promitto, to pro- 
miſe, Polliceor, to promiſe. Spondeo , to 


| promiſe, which have an Accuſative caſe of 
the thing promiſed , and a Dative of the 


perſon. : 
2. Verbs of owing and paying. Deneo, to 
owe. Magnapere tib! debeo, I am greatly 


! bound to you. * Solvo, to pay. Appendo, to 
"8 pay. Numero, ts pay , which bave an Ac- 
F: cuſative of the thing , ano a Dative of the 
4B perſon. SO 

, 3, Verbs of threatning : Minor, to threat- 
3 en. Minitor , to threaten. Intermjnor, to 
threaten much , have uſuallp an Accuſative 
of the thing, and Dative of the perſon.  Mi- 
| _ _ raturſponiz ſux. Hinc & hinc tauros-pre- 
# Þ mens vitulis minatur. Sen. Trag. Thyes. ve, 
EE | 729. quz nihilominus veſtris nunc minatur 
&Þ capitibus, quam aliorum minitatur ſenatui, 
BE; Mortem fratri eſt minitatus. 


Rule x6, * TheſeVerbs delight Hac dativo gau- 
in a Datrve caſe uſual» dent ſuadeo, perſua- 


Conſtruction of the Dat. cafe. 287 


ly ; ſuadeo , to coun- deo,reſpondeo,vaco, 
| (e/: perſuadeo, to nubo, miſceo,hzreo, 
mave or perſwade ; voveo, devoveo, in- 
reſpondeo,t») anſwer ; nitor, inſtdeor. 
' vaco, to apply, or give 
himſelf to: nubo4to be married : miſceo, to 
mingle: hereo, toftick faſt; veyeo, tovow, 
C, 


_ 
4 Eng Ln ERAS "oP Rc ; > Bog P24 Y Mp wake; +0 k- "5" 


Obſervations, 


| Suadeo andperſuadeo tibj. Suadeo, ts 

| counſel, hath an Accuſative caſe of the thing 

| counſelled hence. Argumentum ad ſuaden-_ 
| dum fidem reſpondeo tibi, {1 moniris meis 

| partum reſpondeas , ad hzc ille reſponder, 
| and tux epiſtolz non reſcripſi, I have not 

| anſwered your Letter: VaCo, nec vacat mu- 

| ſis, nec ſuis vacaret. Nubere uxori. Miſ- 

* ceo: as, Metum miſcebant operi. Vilior: 

turbZ immiſcui. ProreQtura viro miſcet 

- © fitiente rubetam, Juv. Sat.1.ve,co. miſeroq; 

e Þ tumultu miſcetur, Virg. An. 1. 2, miſtus in 

Bacchum cruor ſpectante re potetur. Sen. 
Trag. Thieſt. ve.56. and harere in parent!s 
valtigits, herer lateri lechalis arundo. 


T3 — 


LS 


WW Dx &# 
F287 


Sum, with the Come Sum cum comPpo- jute 19, 
pounds except poſſum, f1itis 'preter poſlum W: 
require a. Dative caſe exigit Dativum.. 
with to or for before 
it 


Multa * petentibus *deſunt multa, Ma- 
ny things are wanting ta men deſiring mam 
things, 


Ob-. 


hk att en tit A... AM ba ce gf —— > K,.- 


: " n _— ” = wrt _ * R . [5 4 PI * 
=_ a "6. 
a KA vs CO WC Eat wt Grim nt 


©; 


one Ag s Wb A w_ - $0 


ESE p 
ry wh, A 
c 5% a4 
” 


Conſrudion of the Dative caſe. 


Obſervation, 


1. Abſum, is sonſ[rued with an Ab ive 7 


Abfint inani funcre n2niz : A qua vita abſirſf 
prudentia. 


2. Adſum, ſomefimes hath a Prepoſt tion 


maefc ad aures, in pugna non affuerat. 


Deſum, inſum, interſum , cabfum 


lad: 210 ſomtimecs an Ablative with a Pre: 


poſition ; Defuir in Antonio, infſunt in amo- 
re, in hoc interefſe in nulla re ſubeſt tu-Þ 


PiC1O. 
Eſt and fuppetit for 


Datrve caſe. gut, 


An neſcis longas * Regibus *. eſſe *ma-} 


NUS z Knoweft thou not that Kings have long 
hands? pauper enim non eſt * cyj rerum| 
* (uppetir uſus. 


Obſervations. 


x. 70 aftereſt is a ſign of rhe Dat. Fw 


if the 0zder of the wozds beobſerved: as, j 


1 have a Book,, if a Book us to me:: thou haſt 4 


E0ook , or a Book 1 to thee : he hath a Book 
or « Book 17s to him, Plurally, Wee have a} 
Book, or a Book 4s to #5: yee have a Book, | 


or 4 Book 1 1s to you : they have a Book, or 4| 
Book is to them. 
2. Ff pou tranflate pour cpeech bp habe | 


; then this phzaſe boldeth not at all. which if 
pou |? 


: 


Eft & ſuppetit prof 
habeo, requireth a habeo Dativum cxi-P 7 


Conſtruion of the Dat. cale. 283 


| pou map with ns lefle eloquence doe. 
Spe tacens * yocem yerbaque * vulcus 
- YU * haber, by the pheaſe of eſt thug : ſzpc 
2 yox & verba ſunt tacenti yultui. * 


Sum, wth ſome 0- Sum, cum aliis 

| ther Verbs . require & quibuſdam Verbis, Rule 19. 
double Dative caje, geminum adieiſ{cit 

! 1th) to and for. Dativun?, 


_— 
DO SRI TOs " IE es ® Fe 
4 DESI ped hte 195/24 Wo 4 NG: FS 3; 
VR OTE, co Bury — EI IN et SLISDAS REED 7 res, 

es 8b be © RB 7-78 . "Þy) 0. fed 


Pietas ncmin: fraudi eſſe dehet, God/::: 
nght to be a guile to no man, 


Obſervztions, 


IT. gfe a and to come after ſum,a notes 
: the Now. to the Dat. and when the Nom. is 
q changed into the Dat, it hat? "0 Datives: 
q pictas ſapienti Jucro eſt, godli;:2/; js gain to 4 
"kY Je man, or for gain to a wiſe man, 

> i . Verbs baving after them two Accuſa- 
| in cajes, whereof the latter ig pur inthe 
3 ſame caſe with the foziner, by Rule 5. p. 
- 229. END 8 Dative, Doe ij% like manner 
Fofien 1hange the latter Accuſative caſe 
into the Datve, and fo bave after them 
Fi wo Datves, and an Accuſative, Hunc 
bi locum domicilium, o2 domicilio delc- 
1 gerune, 

S 3. Verbs belonging to this Rule : do, 
8 fo grve: duco, to efferm, juage, or think * 
| verto, to impure . * 1d mihi vitio veltir, hee 
Wn blameth me for that : pateo, to bee opened: 
$ nao, to give. Galaſimo tomen mihi indi- 
yg dit parvo Pater. Plaut. Stich; ac.2. Scen. 
j I, Cut nunc cognomen Julo. 


S 


Verhc 


KY FED IT» OR «8, SME EF it a 
ROI SES. 4 4 Dads 6 2, PEE ITY Ae 4 
SE Sd ik FO RE ofa. RIS ER 

ONS OED Ih GI IR Rt FE fs 

SOR CIRRR SEITILIT (onto WE 


299 Conſtrugion of the Tat. caſe. 


Verbs of taking a- Verba adimend;, 
way , of driving a- arcendi, difſidendi, 
way , of differing, Dativum f1bi uſita- 
have ordinarily a Da- tius ſubjiciunt- 
tive caſe after them 
following the figne from. 


Rule 20. 


Inimici mei, mea mihi non meipſum ade. } 
 merunt, My enemies have taken away mine, þ 
not my ſelf from me. | 


Obſervations: 


ve EN ROTATE , 
998 OE ra M0 OLE dh PO A. 3 oe 


Sometimes thep are conſirued with 
( the Prepoſitions a, ab, ce, ex, oz de. 
AF 1. Verbs of taking away. Adimo, to rake | 
away. Eripio, to take away by force. Demo, | 
to take away. Diripio, to take away by wii-F 
lence. Surripio, to ſteal or take away privi-% 
ly. Detraho, to pul away. Tollo, to takef 
away. Excutio, to take away. Excurerel} 
| oculos alicui, to daſh ones eyesout of his head. | 
* | Lacrhymas excutere alicui , t9 make one cry. 
T' Extorqueo, to take away by force. Execo, i 
cut away, or cut out, Detero , to diminiſh. 
| _ Curto, to diriniſh. Abrogo , to take aw 
C or depoſe. Poteſtatem alicui abrogare , t| 
deprive ene of his authority. Non excideraſ 
T- ment, Barc. Euphor, p.157. Adimam cantzÞj 
f re ſeveris, Hor. [.1. Ep. 19. And arceo, 4 
þ | tendo, prohibeo, diiſideo , differo, diicre-I8 
q | . 14 Þ% diſſentio, diſcedo. 7 


Some Verbs com- DPativum poſtu-| 4 
pounded with pr, ad, lant verba quzdanl J 
co2, ſub, ante, poſt, © compoſita cum, Pri : 


Conſtruction of the Dat. caſe. 


eb), in, inter, ſuper, ad, con, ſub, ante, 


require a Dat. caſe, poſt, ob, in, inter, 


: ſuper. : 
Quod fatis eſt, cui Contingit , nihil am- 


: plins opret, Let him wiſh no more, who 


| hath what is enough. 


Obſervations. 
' This of all the Rules in the Grammar ,'s 


\ moſt intricate. 


M. Danes to untangle it, makes thzee 
of it, and doth well, 

1. That A#ives and Deponents ſignifp- 
ing 4&rwely, have an Accuſ. and Dat. Ini- 
quifimam pacem juſtifſimo bello antefero, 
vis ſuam ſortem ſupergreſſa. Hoſtibus in- 
dior, 

2. That Neuters and  Pafſjves ſs com- 
7ounded, have a ' Dat. without an Accuf. 
Hoc mihi ſufficir, animarum faluti invigi- 
tare, f1 oleum vaſt ingerartur, 

3. That przeo, preſto, precedo, pre- 
curro, have a Dat. o2 Accuſ. any manp 9- 
therg alſo coinpounded with ante, ob, in, 
doe cbange their Dat. into tbe caſe of their 


| Peepoſition. 


Dthers ſap, Verbs (s compounded 


{ bave uiſuailp a Dative, and add to them 
circum and contra, and ſap that few New- 
ters compounded with inter and ante,bave 


an Accuſ. caſe. 
The beſt inſtruction is to relp upon Au- 
thozitp; pet it is ts be noted, 
1. Jf to oz for, come after anp fuch 
Verb, pou map put a Dative, cum nemini 
O23. Q broad; 


291 


- 
\- # 
EE y . 
l 3-0 
\ FLY 8 
> 4 , 
: FY : 
X + 
6 £® 
os Oy + 
* 
' 
at. 
A {4 
3s 
* 468 
s 
ke 
2.8: 
& 4 
I z 
* #32 i 
4 - 
F v7 
ts 
6 x A 
'7 "Pp 
8 
4 : 
6 
{+ 
LD 
F 
M3 
& 50 
*: 4 . 
= 
© 
7, 
ﬀ y , 
f- 
. i 
7 


* Neu:ra 
plura [z 
gaudent 
verbo ſurr- 


of Sr 
PUTT? 


ConſtruRion of the Dat.caſe. 


obtrudi poreſt irur ad me. Conducir hoc 
tuz laudi. Interyenit his cogitationihus 
ayitum maſum. 

2. Wanp Verbs (o compounded , belong | 
to fozmer Rules, which are Difrerned by | 
their &nalifh: as, Advyerlor, ſuccurry, | 
3gnoſco, preciplo, invideo,&c. | 

23. Have alwaps a book in readineſle, | 
to note what is the uſe of authozity : as, | 


Prez. 

Pretenduntur precordja cordi.. Legatiz 
imperat quos legionibus Lrafeterar Prafi-f 
dere diet & nod), to rule over. fc. 


Ad. 

Adhzreo religioni, andad murum adhz 
reo, end juſtitiz honeſtatique adhereſcere f 
Adequito caſtris. Adfremit his quatitque} 
caput. Foemina connipedi ſemper adhin-# 
nit equo. Adhinnire ad orationer, to 7 
ceive a ſpeech with applauſe. Adnabam terizÞ 
Chriſtus homo pariter ac Deus afſidec Deg 
Aﬀulſir rnhi ſpes. Huic edium parti atf: 


z\ 
> 


3 
of 


i 


 fulget fol. Aﬀulſit fortuna mihi, &c. 0p: 
ſzne dictis aut fatis arridere. 


4 
4 4a 
of 
F-J% 


TE 


Con. K 

Habeo alia multa quz nunc condonabfy 
tur. * Helleniſmus. Levem Magiitrum ip 
miſericordem principem vocant, qui ſcelc!p! 
bus quibuſdam vel connivet, vel etiam bþ 
cet. Oimnis oratie merikus confonet, Cot 
gruit mulicr mulieri magis. Convicior pot 
tifici, & ignorantiz eonjuncta eſt arrogaifs 
"TH. | » 
- Supe 


AS 
NN; 


ConftruRion of the Accul, caſe. 


C ; Cub, 
| S$iinvitisnobis iraſcitur nunquam rationi 
" ſuccumber. Alteri fucceflit tertius & tertio 


'Y | 
p | quartus ſuccedunt teFo, Pecunia fortunz 


, | ſubjacet. Si conſuetudini ſuffragatur ve- 
} ritas. Cui (ubit ratio. 
| Ante, 


Antecello, antecedo, anteco,anteſto, an- 
| teverto 1lli Gr illum. Virtus omnibus re- 
15 | bus anteir. 
i 2 Poſt. 


| Poftponere honeſtum officium ſcorto, to 
| fet more by an harlot, then by honeſt duty, be- 


F with a Darzve. 


On... 

3 Obtredarelegi, and proximo. Populus 
Z aflucſcar bonis oppedere. Nottro labort 
43 cbſtrepere, to cry out againſt our labour. Ty- 
44 crannidt obiecundare vitz infidiari. 
In. 5 
* Quorum cruditionem imitatur , eorum 
3 quogque moribus diligentifſima #mulatione 
|: nfiſtar. Non modd mvidetur illi ztati, fed 
g ctiam faverur. Inſtare operi. Miferis 1n- 
ſvltare. Dum Priami Paridiſque buſto in- 
47 fulrer. Cupiditas mihi incefſit. Imperits, 
o-#F divitiis, inhiare, and inhiant ad ca quz per- 

2 cnnia ſunt ac ccoeleſtia. Inſidere medullis, fo 
ſtick faſt to the marrow. Innatat concreto 
\anguinj, Alients malis ingemiſcere incum- 
O 3 bens 


| rauſe it fs 4Gize, it hath an Accuſative 


293 


\ 
d 
+ 
"} 


4 
f 
: T 7 
: F © - 2 
+ > © 
p. p oF 
6 T4 if. #3 
: a3 4 - z 
is I i 
: $33, 
£8. 
+ 1 * 
= "$. ” L 
: b. & 
oy} 
J & 
| F } 
; / : 
+ @E 
6 $ 
| 4 
, By = 
| 2 / 
. p di 
+4 $73 
1 p . 
4 45 
| } 
cg v 
: * , 
q \ "a 
8 . 0 
y »þ $ 7 
: 4 ; 
EY 'T 
AE: .? 5 
i WM 
A * 
k = . - 
» 
Hh 4 
4 ['S] 
& 
4 
, b- 
14 
$5 
R 
- e 
1 


8 


A 


© 9 
S 


 clufuri hoſtem commeata a commeatu , & ; 


frento. 
man. Vzvidtis, wo ts men vanquiſhed. 


_ of Greece, piunt. 


Conſtruction of the Dat. Cale, 


hens tereti olive, Marmori non pulyeri n: F 
{crbere.. 


Inter, 


Lupus interyenit fabulx. Interpoſita Þ 
cruribus ſuis arundine. Cut nemo inter- Þ 
dicere poſtit. Interdico tibi ayua. Inter- Þ 


Hoſti commeatum. 


\ 


Circum. . 
Vinculum libertart mez circyundarum, 
Murum filyz c1Fcundatum, 


Obeo, adeo, aſpicio admiror, admit not ; 
of a Dative. z 

Prxeo, przcedo, prxcurro , preverto, | 
przvenio, preſto, to excel. Prxyerto, prz-| 
vertor, with manp others have an Accu, F 
Precurritis mihi, precurrit rationem ante» 
that 1115, anteire ezteros, 


£ PA - <p OE ETD, PEE 8 IST oh 3 EA IE LOORY 
PE aa S alle.) oa SI RL od © 9h 


flct, air, a/ar, and Hei& ve Dativo | 
dhe" Js 2, are pit Fe | apponuntur. F 
a Datrve caſe, with the 


Hei * mifero * mihi, «4s to me wretchea 7 


'Theje have « ſmack Ita Grecian is | 


Noftco generi non deeet. Vohis decer, W 
yoluprati mearror comes conſequatur. Quz f? 
comitantur huic virz. Alienis rebus curos. | 

Poets bn 


1 - 


Conſtruction of the Accuſ, caſe. 295 
Poets uſe the Dat. Ukſurpant Poetz 


for an Accuſ. caſe, Dativum pro Accu- 


ſativo. 
It clamor ccelo, foz ad covlum. 


ur” Eee noo. ————_. 


— 


ConſtruAion of the Accufative 
caſe, 


PFErbs Afﬀtives , Erba Adiya , 
 Depenents , and Deponentia i1- 

alſo Neuters, frgnifying tem & Neutra Adi- 
attively , govern an ve ignificantia re- 
Accuſ. caſe of the thing gunt Accufativum 
er perſen , into which rei; aut perſonz in 
the aFion - op mz: quam tranſiractio. 
medrigately with the or 
without a fign. 


Rule 1, 


Creſcentem ſequitur cura pecuniani, eare 
Yoweth money encreaſing. 


Obſervations. 


1. Of after olev, fapio, crepo , 1$com- 
monlp a fign of the Acuſative caſe , crepat 
facinora ſua. 

2. Exoſus and peroſus ffgnifping «aQ:vely, 
govern an Accuſative caſe, ; 

3. Verbs Neuters, have an Accuſative caſe 
vf their oven, 02 neer ſigniffration, whbirh 
ſometimes 19 turaev- into the Ablative, div 
Videor vita vIyeTre. | 

4, Cedo, foz tell me, oz give thou, governs 

O 4 an. 


ds I 27 Os el "I or ABC TOI 4: 1% 9 « he _- WH Rr Inge ow aditec ty} Pm 
To Wet" rc 27 LL hin. then” . " . — veil. as; oth . 
b A A 4 —_———— OAT ol eo 8 p 
Tr +, » . A 0 _ ml P _ *u PAY 4 hs = "R \ , 
M.” RE Matt oO 2p = L "a I'S bg ON: A —_ on. rn 7 EJs 
, —_— 
= 


"= 
: <P CE RL SIT 12% 


- NO man 
© ? , 


oo BR bis . 
Sa hk. © FEY 


Br KS 


_ 4, adi. 71 * TT” Pb” RO SD 
»” TGT TL. $* AE ty a n £ TOS wats 
- ” » #S 02 iT 23. 
- * "wa Gn wan 4g. " ” - wy ale - RIO, 
-- w— worked > #24 bes ye het on <p 12 YO A 4 
{Far 8 at 8 x ” o 7% "7 PLIES 
- = Pptheen out -4 tos Scart It" \ My p1 
9 i ”w ; e.the 


LS. LE ae IE Ea 
jd pat 5 Ss. ries 7 te ons, - 


ConſtruRion of the Acculſ. caſe. 


an Accuſ. caſe : ag,Cedo quemvis arbitrum, 
5. Archaice, 92 of old Subffantives, go- | 
verned the caſe of their Verbs. Quid tibi Þ 


hanc curatio eſt rem. 


Fg 


Poets put abſolutely 
Accuſ. cajis of Adje- 
#rves of either of both 
numbers, in the Neu- 
ter Gender of Adverbs. 


Toryum foz torve, grimly. Stridens hor- | 
rendum, ſþrieking horribly. 
maniter, mightily, wondrouſly. 


Verbs of osking 
and teaching : alſo 
colo, and ſome other 
Verbs, govern a double 
Accuſative caſe, one of 
the perſon, the ther of 
the thing. 


* Frugalitatem & * 
tos * docuir penuria. 
taught many thriftineſſe and temperance. 


Obſervations. þ 
r. Of, after a Verb of acking, is a fign [_ 
of the Accuſat. and from after celo. C 
2. Verbs of a5king, are. 


Poſeo, 


num regunt Accuſa- : 


to require, Flagito, to #k importu- |-? 
OP Poſtulo, ro require or demand. Ob- F 
0 beſeech peartily. _ Oro , mtreat. } * 


Accuſativos Adjes 
Aivorum in Neutro F 
Genere utriuſque p: 
numer1 abſolute po- þ 
nunt Poctz pro Ad- | 
VETb11S. 


Immane,foz 1m- 


Verba rogandi & | 
docendi , celo item, | 
& al1a quxdam gemi. |: 
tivum, unum perſo- # 
nz re! alterum, bs 


temperantiam *m1- © 
Extream need hath | 


Rogo, to 65k. 2 


Hortor, |. 


ConſiruRion of the Voc. caſe: 


Horror, to exhort, Percontor, to 45k. Doceg 
t) teach. Edocco, ts teach perfefly. Erudio 
to inſtru&. Rogor,l! am asked, Doceor, I am 
taxeht. Poſcor, 1 am required. Moneor, Z 


am warned , which Paſſtves allo keep the 
» Accuſ. caſe of the thing. 


Cunca edoctus perlegatus , Saluſf. coe 


| hortartus c#teros. 


3. The Accuſative caſe of the perſon afrev 


| Verbs of 45king, is often made by the 4b- 


- lative caſe with a oz ab, veniamque ore- 


mus ab iplo. 

4. The Accuſative caſe of the thing after 
aoceo, moneo, ard celo, ig vfren made bp 
the Ablative with de. Hxc Patrem celavit, 
oz de his, hoc illum celatum voluiſtt. 


5. Mogeo and admoneo have an Accuf. 


of the thing of Adje&rves pur Subſtantively: 
ag, hoc, 11lud, iſtnd, quod, 1d, quid, nihil, 
unum, multa, which as Y have betfoze ſaid, 
are pur fo many other Verbs in the Accu. 
caſe : as, 11 quid urimur , Hor. Ode 6. I. 1. f1- 
quid illa erjam perplexe annuerit, 7f ſhee, 
(5c. and two Accuſatives , conſulam hanc 
rem amicos. Me aliquid juvare. Me quid- 
quam adjuyas. Quod te horror, te id con- 
ſilo 1} quid me voles. Nihil imperium fpe- 


 Ctabant yergo id lachrimatur. Id ſtomocha- 


bar. Si id credis & me ignoras. Ter, Heau- 


* #072 nec te 1d Cconlulo, 


The meaſure of athing Menſura rei 
and ſpace x diſtance of ſpacium feu diftantia 
placezare uttered in the loci, in Accuſativo 
Accuſ. caſe, and ſome-= effecuntur. incerdum 


rimes in the Ablat, & in Ablativo. 


Q- Rule 4» 


Q 5 Nega = 


297 


» 


ac Pry 4. .t py 
ns LIL Go. AD a ne Ong er tC A Or A ee re tr he 


— — 


RuK 5, 


theſe Adjeives : longus, latus, altus,craſlus, Þ: 


_ Conſkrudtion of the Accul. caſe, 

Negat fe a te *pedemdiſceſlifle , he 4. | 
nyeth that he hath ſeparazed himſelf a foot from | 
$2. 


Obſervations. | 
1. Tbe meaſure of a thing ig put afcer [ 


ong, broad, high, thick; bp meaſure under |- 
ſtand an inch, a yard, a pole, a foot, ten ſoot, þ- 
2, Sometimes the meaſure is put in |: 
the Gen. caſe: areas latas pedum denum, | 


 longas quinquagenum fatito. Murum in |. 


altitudinem quatuor cubitorum erigen- Þ' 


_ dum ftatuir. 50 menſura, ſpatio, lengitu- | 


dinc, latitudine crafſitie, which are ſous Þ 
itmes put inſfead of the afozenamed Ad- | 
je&ves, and we read ad duos pedes al- | 
cum. Fo 
3. WP drffance of p/a0e, underftand paces, |: 
furlongs, miles, Foe. 23S, nec longis inter fe |: 
paſhbus abſunt. A redaa conſcientia trank- ©: 
yerſum unguem non opoertet diſcedere, wee © 
muſt not depart from a god conſcience a nails ® 
breadth. L 

4. Uf tbe ſpace be in the Gen. caſe, under- |* 
ftand via, viam, oz itinere before it, abeſt |? 
bidui, that ts, icer bidui, and we read ad |* 
milliaria viginti, aRD circiter millia patſ- 
{uum. | 


O an InterjeSfionojf O cxclamantis 
entcrying, governs an Accuſativum Tcgir, |. 
Accuſative caſe, Ih fic % hem. | 
2/ſs hen. | *& 

o i 


: ConftruSion of the Voc. caſe: . 299 


'| Ohominem impurum / O lewd man.Hem 
Davum tibi. O Davus to thee. 


Sometimes the InterjeF1on 6 is undere 
 f60B befoze the Accuſative caſe, me muſerum/ 


FEI? Ehay 
v4 TP Ls "Car _ 
ST” 57 : 
' I * 
yy (4 YL x "= pþ 
3 WR IOND 


WE: 

Be -E 

20Þ! 

” curnonades ? ko © me WC 

Wu, S © 

0 JP 

BE; 

BIS Tine _ TRIES Fe REY I 
x 

63 


Confleadlion of the Vocative 


caſe, 
Fl 0) An Interjefion YVocantis vel Ry 5: 
E of calling or. of appellantis vo- 
| naming, governeth a cativo gaudet : ut& 


 Vocative caſe, and alſs hem,heus, proh,ohe. 
7 hemheus, proh,ohe. 


-: © formoſe puer nimium ne crede colorz, 
: 0 fair youth , truſt not too much to externall 
Obſervation. 


The Interjefon 6 is ſometimes Unber- 
| {700d befoze the Voc. caſe : as, Matte virtute 
2 cſto, fo? 6 mate,&c. Quibus Hedtor ab 2715s 
4 <xpectare venis, foz 6 expectate,&c, 


Conltrucion of the Ablative 


caſe. 


Ae 7 nſtrument,zhe Nſtrumenti,canſa, Rule I» 
M cauſe,7y the man- & modus in Abla- 
ner is put in the Ablat, tiyo efferuncur. 
caſe | þ Det«<- 


Conſtruction of the Ablat. caſe. 


* Deteriores omnes ſumaus * licentia , we 
all! are the worſe by evermuch liberty, 


Obſervations. 


1. This Rule ig common to all ſo:ts of 
Verbs, to Subſtantives, and AdjeFives. 


2.To know when the woed is the inſtru- | 


-ment,it ts eaſle ; foz a - it bath* commonip 


with befoze tt,ſo it ig a Subſtantive of a thing 
matertal, ſignifping a bodp, o2 ſomething 
rhbat map be (ſeen: as,4 knife , a ſword, 4 


club, gc. and anſwereth to rhe queſtion | 
 wherewith,induo te veſte. TT 
3. Thecayſe anfwereth to the quefftion, | 
_ why ? with the ſigns by oz for: as, Idid þ: 


it for thy ſake: why? tua cattia, for thy 


ſake. 


a thing immaterial , Without a bodp, and 


Cgnifping ſomewhar that cannor bee Þþ 


ſeen. How hath he fperfermed thy? Sui 
ſponte, of his own accord. Fa lege, on that 
Fondition. : 

5s, Sowetimes to the cauſe 02 manner 
sf the a&:on, a Prepofition is added: as, 
prz, ab, de, per,propter, ob; but to the :n- 


Jtrument the Prepoſition ts ſelDome o? never | 


erpzeſt. Nec loqui prez mocrore poruit fem- 
per magno cum metu dicere Incipio. 


6. ){therto belong gaudeo,]zror, atficio, | 
prolequor : of after glorior, ts a iigns of | 
the Ablative. Sud victoria gloriarentur, but |. 


| 


then de 02 in ſeems to be underfiovy, which 
are uſuallp erp?elt, Th 2 


4. The manrer anſwereth to the queſti- [: 
on, how ? with theſe figns of, at, with, by, | 
throueh, and commonip is a Subſtantive of |: 


W5:- 


2 Le s LE 00 , to get $ $27 : ar 30 $$ 77E 2 SH SO -, © G At 
Sat ot les: DOE OE RE ot i os SS EEG ES. IS 


, F, ns, 3 % | i. - 
>a I Shea) £1 bi os ned es It, (nes »N Dt , 
HS ey EN ae ad: 
OOO ot ETSY WE Sy ETD THIRDS CATE LIN a 4P TOS. 


ConſtruQion of the Ablative cafe. 30; 


The part affefed, Pars affe&a, genus Rule 29 

the deſcent , Rindred, patria, ſubjiciuntur 
» ſtock, or lineage, the nominibus AdjeQti- 
Countrey , are Put af- vis, Verbis Neutris, 
ter Nouns Adjedtives, & Pailivis in Ablati- 
Verbs Neuters, and vo led frequentius, 
Verbs Paſſiuzs, in the apud Pceras in Ac- 
Ablative caſe, hut with cufativo. 
Poets very often inthe 
L Accuf, 
* Crineruber, niger ore, brevis pede, lu- 
; menc Izſus, Red haired, black mouthed,ſkort 
| {:cted, fore eyed. Infignis genere, renowned 

7:7 his lineage. or as touching h us flock, 


P Xe TE TR : A 

1 OE I.” ada aCdnrdad VF, T..- : __” 

ONT Op ol GS tet 1a INS 
ET ILED I8 - SIE ne 


: Ob{icryations. 


Z 1. Dptbe partafſeSel, underfiand affe, 
F* Seu with colour ©: as, white, black, red,zyc. 
red as touching the hatr z here the part affect- 
ed with redneſſe, us the hair, or lameneſſe, ſick- 
neſſe: as, lame en the feet; the part affeFed 
with lameneſſe #s the feet, o3 lomethirng be- 
longing to forme part. 
2. Befoze the Accuſative caſe per, quoad, 
= 92 ſecundum, map be underiieod. Baccha- 
| nalia vivunt (7:e.) ſecundum Bacchanalia; 
& Bacchanalium ritu, 
2- Sometimes the part affe#ed is put in 
the Gen. caſe : ag, diſcrucior animi , I an 
fore tormented in minde, and diſcrucior a- 
nimum, AnD diſcrucior animo 2 alſo theſe, 
' animi nimius, integer, anxius, PrZceps,ar- 
= rectus, abjectior, incertus, ſuſpenſas, matu- 
': rus, validus, miſer, amens, fidens, ſancis, 
trepidus, timidas, fervidus, rectus felfus, 2- s 
ger lapſus, nvictus. The | 


v4 


Conftruion of the Ablat. caſe. 


The price of a thing Precium ret in 
#s put in theAblat.cale Ablativo ponitur, 
with the ſign for , In, 
at. | 
Nocet empta dolore yoluptas. Pleaſure 
bought for grief, hurteth. Vita hoc ill1 pene 
fteterit. This almoſt coſt him his life, 


Obſervations. 


Verbs be:onging to this Rule: Emo. to 
buy. Vendo, to ſell, Veneo, to bee old. 
Conſtitit, 7t coff. Stetit, zt cot. Condu- 
20, to hire, Loco, to let out to hire. Eft, it 
x worth in value, or at the price of, Quod 
-20n opus eſt aſſecarum eſt. Aſtimo, 29 
jeſſe, or value, Cenfleo, to levy a taxe, Redi- 
mo. to redeem. Addico, to ſell to him that 
will give moſt, Liceo, to beprized. Liceor. 


' to ſet theprice higher. Licitor, to cheapen. 


2, Adjeftives : ag, Venalis, that 35 [et to 
i«le. Carus,dear. Vilis, cheap. Vill, good 
cheap. Paulo, for little. Plurimo , for very 
mnuch, Duplo, for double, which ſorte- 


Times are put without Subſtantzves. 


3. The thing bought, iS put tn ſuch caſe, 
as tbe Verb governs immediatiy, but rhe 
price at which it ig-bought, is rhe Ablatire : 


\ . .. % 
Ambitum quem tor anguſtiis emunt certe 


abique invidia habent, Valet. ſometimes 


admits of an Accuſative caſe of the vale. 


Valet aſles duos, oz affibus. 

4. (Thele Genit7ve caſes are put without 
Subftantrves after Verbs of price. Tanti, fer 
i much, Quanti, for how much ? Tantidem, 
ter ſo mach at that price, Quanticunque , for 

how 


. 


Conſtruction of the Dative caſe. 


how much ſoever, Pluris, for more. Minoris, 
for leſſe. But if Subſtantives bee avned, 
chep are put intrbe 45/atve caſe together 
with their Subſtantives : ag, tantamercede 
docuit, and fomnetimes in the Genitive;as, 
VIr mMeninn precii. 

5s, For after muro and commuto,. is & 
tign of the Ablative caſe ; the thing chan- 
ged, is Accuſative 3 the thing foz which it is 
changed, is Ablatruve. Valet ima fummis mu- 
care : per momentaria yoluptas * in * per-_ 
ennem cruciatun * commurahitur. 


303 


| Words ſignifying Quz copiam ſ1gn-,, , 
plenty or want, delight ficant aut inopiam, © 
in an Ablative or Gen. Ablativo gaudent . 
caſe of the thing, vel Genitivo rei,qu? 
wherein any thing a- quid abundat. 
boundeth. 


Animus * culpa * plenus, ſemet tinicr, 
- A minde full of vice ſeareth it ſelf, Qmws 
4 actio vacare debet temeritate, & neglige::- 
' tia. Every a&ion ought to be vord of Taſþneis, 
| and negligence, | 


_ Obſervations, 


T7. The common figns befoze the Ab/a- 
| tive are, of, 08 with, ſatur dierum. 

d 2. The thing filled, the thing emptied, fur- 
* nifhed, encreaſed, ts Accuſative, oz luch caſe 
- ag the Verb governs , and that wherwith 
| it is encreaſed , furniſhed, Fc. is Ablative. 
: Ego hoc fte * faſce * leyabo, Yeget *quo 
” 8 *ab undas * confilio. Adjedives, 7 
{41 


i 


CEPT IEC Eero fee R.-; 


FAS.” FOLIO 
£ _— 6 
—. = 4 _ 2 


4 Te 
_P. - W R 
a3 : TN 2 _ m 
VEL " F woporhG. & I 
OT OCD 
% 


ny Se Ss ms - _ - - PR es 7 OD OR I wn m2 one 
—_— 


| fuſus, flowing, abundant, exceſive. Sterilis, 
barren, or empty. Pauper, one that wantcth, 


 Gravidus, full of. Madctus, more encreaſed 


Conſtruction of the Ablat- caſe. 


gftcr theſe pur an 47/at. or Gen, I 
Plenus, ſul. Dives, rich, or full. Loc. Þ: 
ples, wealthy, or full” Satur, fertile, or full. Þ 
'Fentns, ſffrouting out, or full. Diſtentns , full | 
 Feecundus, abundant, fruitful, or full. Va. þ 
cuns,u1id, or empty. Iinams, empty or void, Þ 
Orbus, deprived. Inops, deſtitute, Nudus, 
void, or cimpty. Liber, free, or void of. 


Eenignus, fruttful, or much given to, Vini 
fomnique benignus, much given to wine and Þ 
ſleep. Fertilis, fruitful. Liberalis, free hear- F* 
ted, bountiful. Proſper, proſperous, or lucky, | 
Lxtus, fertile, or fruitful. Largus, bownte- 
05. Prodigus, waltfjul, cr abundant. Pro, 


| DI ik 

F fcer theſe uſuallp put a Genztive, Pe 
| 

C 


amd. aan £44 


a 


ne nh LIE PLES CENT PR IE IGens 


Pang» 7 


"ann, 


or lacketh, Argent! & auri pauper, tat hath 
little money. Indigus, needy. Egenus, needy, F* 
faching. Imnnmis, free. Expers, word, or [i 
without. Expers metu, without fear, Pu- I? 
rus, 191d, Viram publice infamiz innocen- 
tm laudare, 


OTH SAL. © - 
EF ae TPO 
i a hs 8 


After theſe uſttallp put an Ablative. 
Cnuſtus, 1aden. Gravis. plenteous, or full. 


augmented. Madti virrute eſtote, Madtc 
animi morumque tuorum. Refertns . full, 
repleniſhed, or ſtuffed. Differtas,filled, or ſtuf. 
fed. Foctus, full. Caſſus,u9id, or empty. Vi- 
duus, bereft, or deprived. Extorris,baniſhed, 
Exul, daniſhed, which aiſo have ſometimes, 
UUf verp icldome a Gen. caſe, 
Li5>cr, yacuns, unmaunis, purus, nudus, 
100P5; 


Conſtrucion of the Ablat.caſe. 


- | poſitton a 92 ab. 


Adverbs belonging to this Rule go- 
berning a Genttive caſe. 


| Abunde, abundantly. Aﬀartim, abundantly. 
| Satis, ſufficient. Parum,little. Quoad, as far 
4: Ag, quoad <jus fieri poteit, as farre 45 
| could be. Ne intermittas quoad <us facere 
| poterts, ſcribere ad me , omit not as much 
| #5 thou canſ? to write to me. 

_ Opus anduſus ffgnifping need, require 


an Ablative caſe of the thing needed, with oj 


| befoze ft, the perſon needing, if it be expel» 
ſed, being ths Dative. Sapiens nulla re in- 
diget & tamen multis 111i rebus opus eſt, 4 
wiſe man lacks nothing, and yet he hath need 0 1 
many things, 1. e, which are uſeful to him, an 


uſed with the Participle of the Preterper fe 
7 Tenſe, Opus eſt conſulto, 7t is neceſſary to take 
god advice. Opus eſt invento, they muſt fin: 
7it out, Opuseſt facto , they muſt perform 1t 
|: Opus eſt exquiſito, we muſf needs {earch out. 
[; Opus eſt cauto, they muſt take heed. Opus 
* cft parato, 7t 3s needful to prepare. Opus ef? 
* tranſcurro, they muſt r#n quickly , and lome- 
: times wirh a Subſtantive : as, hoc mihi 
& opus eſt convento homino, 1 muſt needs 
# (peak with this manz and ſometimes the 


| jacta, which is very neceſſary to 52 caſt, 


Verbs belonging to this Rule, which Have 


rather an Ab/at. then Genitive. 
_ Abundo, 


| inops, orbus, extorris, admit of the 1*2c- 


Flyer he can want them, Opus 49 elegantin 


| Paſſive Supine : ag, quod eſt maxime opus 


—_7 


- : ETD _ _ A > EFT o 
aun. EO Be a nn i "8. i f  E 7:6 Wl p * Wives Pre 
"SICK aro RO IRS non we nt, EE ni OP” os as 

- ba 1 Fenty wr ne 47; 7 Fe 7" op > EI So th 4; = * > he 
5 =. PTE 1 p ESD $07 8 4 Pte Wo Ne Þ M4 _- wy F: * UW, 6-H nes 
we 4 . » « bk FS Ind 
. . "RYE w 4 oy ee oe oo. i; 


EIS Se woot? «g's F 


4 


T Loo des 1 M 
« PE by - Ds ks a ante. ab X ou - ap————_ —— . —— agar ——; 
mY nr > - "_ 


> 9 cron DOSE regu) Wn res _ _— 4a p & Put WAL, Fen s toy temas ey = roars eo > 


— I — 


2:06 Confirucion of the Ablat. caſe. 


Abundo, to abound, Mano, to ſprang or in« 
creaſe. Aﬀiuo, to abound. Luxurio,to abound 
exceſſively. Augeo. to furniſh or fill. MaQto, 
r) grow 97 increaſe in, to fine. Onero,to lave, 
urden, or overcharge. Satio, to cloy or fill, 


"1 Cumulo, ts augment or increaſe. Opulento; 
1 Fj to enrich, or niake wealthy, Premo, to over- 
i957 charge. Beo, to comfort, or enrich, t0 make 
© þ- glad or happy. Communico,to take part of : 
| [ a9, mensi ſui communicare,ahquem,te give 
133 ene meat at bis table.Levo,to unburden, or to rid 
| ÞÞ  eutof, Exonero,to unlaad. Nudo, to make 
[ 4 0d. ' Spolio, to bereave. Orbo, to bereave, 
vE Viduo, to bereave. Exhaurio, to empty or 70b, 
4K Privo, to bereave. Expedio, to quit or diſ. 
| / charge. Fruſtror, to diſappornt. Fraudo, ty 
T deprive or deceive, Paupero, to make \cngh E. 
E's MUNZO, to cheat. Emunxi argento lenem, [ 
#4 cheated the old man of his mony, Vaco, ty 
" # | Yank. | 
OY Afcer theſe anAblat. oz Genitive. 
F i Impleo, to fill. Compleo, to fill. Egeo, 
1% ro lack. Indigeo, to lack, Egeo,zris,careo 
F' to want. Saruro, to fill or cloy, Scateo. to 
I 3 be full. Portior, to obtain. Hic ipſec GU1 rC- 
T8. rum nunc potitur Rex. Potior yoto, I 


ebtzin my deſire, 


| S: Rule F. Urtor,to\uſe. Frugr, Urtor. . Fungor. 
$3 t9 enjoy. Fungor, to Fruor, Veſcor, Yi- 
exerciſe an office or du- Ctito, Vivo, Nitor, 
| ty. Veicor, tojeed, Naſcor. Creor, $a- 
Defng; Vidtito and vivo, to tus. Ortus. Editus, 
inkacre live by eating .Nitor,to Sto. Confto. Abia-_ 
cupios, leave or truſt ty,Nalcor tivo gaudent. A/ſ 
| 70: 


8 


Condrudtion of the Ablaticaſe. 307 


0/e 51, Creor, to Abutor, defungor,Teres. 1 
"e bred, or begotten. perfungor, confruor.delire to 
Sarus, begotten. Sto, 18 enjy together: Fru-... d of 
to /f2cRekeep or ſlang to, or,to enjoy thoroughly, © HE 
Conſto, to confiff, o57 Convelſcor, ro eat to-fingi cure 
| = 
depend of , grvern an gether. to be rid 
Ablarrve caſe, | of cate. 


Bom * utuntur mundo ut * fruantur. 
* Deo mali "uruntur * Deo ur * fruantur 
mundo. Good men uſe the world, that they 
may enjoy God, Wicked men we God, that they 
may enjoy the worid, 


Obſervations: 


1, Uror, fungor, fruor, veſcor, habe uſu- 
allp an Ablative caſe of the thing oz perſon, 


immediately afrer chem, without anp re- 


ſvect had to a ſign : as, veſcor carnibus, 
and nitor, aS niti ſanguine, Fiducia yirtu- 
tis nobis nitendum eſt. Rapto,and ex rapto 
vivere, to [ive by ravin or ſpoil, MFnd quor 
artibus, quot moleſtiis conſtet hzc vita. 
YPlſo quz toca ex rebus fictis commentiti11- 
4ue conſtaret. Jam illis promifſis non ſtan- 
Jum eſſe, quis nou videt, now who ſeeth not 
that it is not meet to ftand to thoſe promiſes,and 
abutor, to abuſe. Divitus abut1, to waſte 
prodigally his ſubſtance. $$ Defungor, to 
diidatch. Periungor, to dee ones office well. 
2. Of afcer naſcor,creor,fatus, ortus,edi- 
tus, it £3 Aa fign of the Avlative,and ſom- 
tines a Pzepolitton therzwtth, ab his ma- 


J0tibus ortt. | 
Pignus 


y. i $ ns oo - 7 s Yr Ow 
Po NY we eos OG wo arent at 4 wager & m—__ © 94 x" * IT - 0 A oe Ee. Fes 
a wy my ” b 
& 3 , % HEE? a — . . 


_ bog hs - "#5, oe = 
A , $9 3-4 
Po F= 4 CC at 
REG Lo SOIT eo RE. 


> \ 
: _ —— EE. 


ro ee Es AE... 
ws, er HT A I. RE I 
Oe ge IR oy nu 


3c$ 


Rule 6. 


Rule 7, 


Canfruction of the Ablat. caſe, 


Dignus » worthy. Dignus, indignus, 
Indignus, unworthy. dignor , praditus , 


Dignor, to vouchſafe captus, contenrus, 
or think worthy. Pre- fretus, auferend1 ca- 


ditus, indued. Cap- ſum adjecum vo- 
rus, taken 1n.Conten- lunr. 


rus, ſatrsfied, or well 
pleaſed with. Fretus, truſting, or having con- 


fidence in, or being bold upon, will have an Ab- 
latrve caſe. 


* Indignus eſt * dandis qui non eſt gra- 
tus de datis. He 7s unworthy of things ts bee | 
given, who is not thankeful for that which is | 
given, 

Obſervations. 


Of afcer dignus, indignus, dignor, is a 


fign of the Ab/ative caſe; and 


With after przditus, Caprus, contentus, F 
no? on after frerus. Contentus modicis, | 
meoque Izrus, fretus, juventa. -Whben Þ 
dignus is rean With a Genitzve caſe tt iS a ? 
Greek conſtruction, < 


Comparatives govern Comparativa re- || 
an Ablative caſe of the gunt Ablativum no- | 
Noun, to which compa- minis, cui fir com- | 
riſon 1s made , and paratio, & guod ex- þ 
wi-1ch js expounded by ponitur, per quim. | 
than. WM 

*Aſperius uihil eſt Yhumilj cum ſurgit in Þ 
altum. There is nothing more untra#table, then 
a poor man, when he riſeth to height or prefer-| 
ment. Plus anno, above a year, 

Odbſer- 


ConſtruRtion of the Ablat caſe, 


&'3 
C) 
\© 


_ Obſervations. 


\ 1. Than after the Comparative degree of 
| X:uns oz Adverbs, ts a fra of the Ablative 
| caſe : but if quam be expzeſt, it coupleth 
| {ike caſes With the Comparative after the 
+ as, Aſperius nihil eſt quam humilis 
| C]bo | 
| 2, Sometimes an Accuſative caſe ig uſed 
| with a Prepoſition : (ſcelere ante alios 
- | immanior omnes. Crucem ſtatui juſſir pre- 
-| rer cEteras altiorem. 
3. Nalo ts conſirued with an Adlative 
| caſe after the manner of Comparatives : as, 
malim hordei granum omnibus gemmis, oz 
 malo foe magpis velim. 


af, An Ablative caſe, Comparativis ſub- Rule 8: 
© which ſignifieth the yicitur Ablativus,qui 

| meaſure of exceſſe, is menſuram exceſius 

: |. ſet afrer Comparatives f1gnificat, 

# + with the ſign by. 


DINE > 
31 
IIS, 
3, 
"A 


* FT Seſquipede eſt quam tu * longior, hee 
| is taller then you by a foot and an half. 


-| Obſervation.  . 


Verbs of exceeding, befides their Accuſ. sf 
* the thing exceeded, map habe an AblJative of 
” the wwozn (ignifping the rhing wherein 
- rhat excejs iS, and alſo anocher Ablative 
of that which (arnifizth the meature of 
exceeding. 
Incredibile eſt * quanto * herum * an- 
rco 


doen, \ - 
* #: - _ [ Fe as : wh Jo a ” "0a 4 T7 
: =, : mw . Ah _ Ma. * Se... 
vein = A 4 : "Go XK '* ? - 
«<6 I LY a F * ES L Ns == 4/Þ: I ER re bY -*>, an Wes Ds SOON nh , 8 bes _ 
ove ' . _ bo * 7 ES CS,” 3 nt hy odds. -, '; 
©7S x ; , h inn i ht « Pay £ 
+ #6» < fc4=" 2; FY wa wW o 


"ME ® ea eg 


TIT 


> «& 
tan 
ms We. edi... $a 


# "'Þ 


JIO 


Rule i Os 


Conſtruaion of the Ablatecafe. 


treo * ſapientia.1t 7s a thing not to be believed, 
how much I excel my Maſter in wiſdome. 


Comparatives , and 
moreover Superlatives 
for intenſton ſake , doe 
take co, ſo much : 
quo, by hew much : 
hoc, by ſo muc? : pau- 
ld, by little : nimio, 


by a great deal : tan- 


Comparatiya ade 
& Superlativa inten- 
dendi gratia, admit- 
runt, Eg , quo hoc, 
paulo, nimo, tanto, 
quanto, multo,erate 
natu. 


tO, by ſo much : xtate,by age : natu, by birth, 


and aliquanto. 


 * Guo quifque ingenio * minus valet, 
*hocſe * magis attollere & aylarare cona- 


UI, 


By how much the leſſe every man 1s able 


in wiſedome, by fo much the more he endeauou- 
reth to advance or magnifie, and to ſpread a- þ 


road himfelf. 


Obſervation: 


The befoze the Compar tive, is turned in- 


'106Latine , bp quo, eo, tant9. 


The better 


ſoldier, the worſer man. Miles quo melior, Þ 


eo vir Nequior, 


In other reſpe&s 
Comparatives and Su- 
perlatives keep the caſe 


ef their Poſttives. 


In aliis Compara- Þ 
tiva &. Superlativa Þ 
poſitivorum caſus rc Þ 
rinent. B 


Natura * tenaciſhimi ſumus *eorum, gus 


radibus annis percepimus, 


by nature we keep 


thoſe things moſt ſure, which we have learnt in 


oar untaught years. 


An 


Conſtruction of the Ablat caſe, x11 


An Ablative caſe is Ablativus abſolu- Rule 11- 
tahen, or put abſolute- te ſumirur , adje&to 
ly, a Participle being Parricipio,vel etiam 
added , or alſo under: intelle&o, 
food. 
| Niljuvat *amiſfo claudere ſepta *grege. 
| It helpeth nothing ts ſbut the fold, when the 
| flock 15 loſt. 


Obſervations. 


Tounzerſtand this Rule, 
| 1.The Nom. caſe and bis Verb, muſt come 
| afcer ſome of tbeſe, when, whileſt,:f,through 
| 02 after, that, which when the Ablative is put 
| ab(olute, are not expzet bp dum,com,quan. 
do, 1, quanquam , pofiquam : as, amifſ9 
| grege, foz cum amittatur grex. 
2. The Nom. raſs ts tarned into the 
| AG/at. as, grex into grege ; and the Verb 
| if it be Ain, into a Participlc of the Pre- 
| (ent Tenſe ; If Paſſive, into a Participle vf ihe 
| Preterperfee Tenje ab amiflo. But i? rhe 
| Verb be ſum', the Part:ciple is not erpeſt. 
Þ but underſtood: ag, te duce, thox being 
| Captarn, and nondum lhera civitate,under- 
ſtand exiftente, and the Part:cip/e is ro 
| agree with rhe Ablar. ceſe ablolute. 
|F 3- When the whole ſentence ſupplict 
© the Place of a Subſtantrve, the Participle is 
put tn the Neuter Gender, and this onelp in 
| Participles of the Preterperfe# Tenſe. 
* Permiſlo, ſeu dicere prius, feu audire 
Þ maller, Ir being permitted whether he would 
| ſpeak firſt or hear. 
4. Yn theſe and ſuch ttke ſaping*, Yor 
| nap 


* The A- 


_ Aive Par- 


ticiple 1s 
rurged 
Palltve, 


Rule 12g 


Conſtruction of the Ablat: caſe, 


map uſe the Ablative ablolute , 1. Ceſar be- 
ing Vidtor. 2. Ceſar being crowned, 3. Cafar 
triumphing. 4. God * ſending his ſon redeemed | 
5 ; Deus miſlo filio, &c. 5. Having when | 
the Participle is of a Verb Paſſive : as, his 
verbis diftis, having ſpoken theſe words. Con- 
feis bellis, having finiſhed his wars. 


Verbs, 1. Of recei- Verba accipiendi, 
Ving. 2. Of buying. mercand1, auferendi, 
2.Of taking away.4.0j amovendi , diſtandi 
putting away. 5. Of & ditlidendi, adſcit- 
diftance. 8. Of diſa- cunt ablativum cum 
greeing , dot chooſe or Prxpoſitione a, ab,c, 
require an Ablat. caſe, vel cx. 
with the Prepeſttion 
a 20,c,07 EX. 


Accepi literas a nuncio, 7 received the Let-F 
ier fram the meſſenger. | 


Obſervations. 


- 


i. Veros belonging to this Rule : AccipioÞ 
to hear or recezve. Audio, to hear. Intelligo 
to learn. Cognolco, to percezve. Diſco, to 
get the knowledge of a thing, to learn. Conyicio 
ro conjedture., F. 

2. Emo, to buy. Mercor, to-buy. Conducoþ 
0 buy, or take houſe or land ts hire. 

3. Sumo, to 'take. Aufero, to take away. Þ 
Ernpio, to ſnatch away. 

4. Moveo, to put away. Arceo, to drive: 
way. Pello, ts drive away. Defendo. to kee) PM 
from. Propulſo, to drive away. Prehibeo,f 
ro keep from. Caveo, to defend. Furor, 
ſteal. 5, Ditto, 


ey of the Ablat.caſe. 313 


Diſto, to differ. Diſſideo , 19 differ. 
1} Piſſcnrio, to differ. Diſcrepo.,to differ. Dil- 
cordo, to differ, diſcern or to vary. Diſtin- 
gu, to differ. | 
Fithough manp of theſe Verbs have afrer 
them in another ſenſe, another caſe wiih a 
Prep:ſtti9n : ag, conjicere ſein pedes, oz in 
fugam , to run away , pet of 02 from after 
cbem ts a ſign of rhe Ablative, with a 
Prepoſitian, bp this Rule, and oftentimcs 
a Pative, bY Ruſe 20. in conſtruction of the 
Dative caſe : ag, diicrepet his alins. Perf. 
| Sat.5. v.18. aurem ſubſtriage loquaci, Zor. 
 Ser.l.2.Sat.5. derogas fidem ſuam, divini- 
| tati, Hein Orat.18. 


| Mereor, to deſerve, Mereor cum Ad- Rule 13. 
| w1th the Adverbs, he- verbiis bene : male: 
| ne, well : male, WM; melius: pejus: op- 
YL melins, better : pejus, - time : peſſime : ita: 
Fe: optime, 45 Ablati Ras _ adharet 
| well as can be : pefſi- cum Prapoſitione 
; me, 45 bad 4s can be ; de, | 
| ita,ſo, cleaveth faſt to 
| an Ablative caſe. 


| 
| 
| 
| Cur * de * improbis *bene * mereretur? 
L Why would he  dejerve well of ill m_ > Virz 
| it2 de me meritl, men that have {; deſcrved of 
Mee, 


| Divers caſes of d:- Eidem verbo di- Li!y, 
; vers reajons May bee verſi -aſus , diverſz 
þ wa to the ſameVerb. Tativ5nis apponi pol- 


; fun 
| Dedir mihi yeſtem pignori , te prelente, 
p 

F propris 


0, 


7 VO un ai ae At ih abs FUG bra et i Ah A rect IO 


Conſtruction of the Ablat caſe. 


propria manu, he delivered his garment to mee 
to gage, thou being preſent, with hjs on hand. 


Obſervations. 


r. Dedit hath the Accuſative veſtem , bp 
the Rnle Verba Adtiva, li.s. pa.295. Rule 1, 

2. Mihi ig the Datrve caſe, by Rule 12. li, 
s. P2282. 

3. Pignori fg Dative, bp Rule 19. lib, 


5, pag.289. | 
4. Teprzſente , the Ablative abſolute, 


"Kd. 34s I TY ©. 485 FI - Sp & - "I Re * 8 
” 0 Ss Pon. contra eres + $ para. Doo 2 , , _ "%%4 , is» _— 
hy on . Or OLE ACTS. ere Rr TI att ry "% ___- > ki <a mw BIKE > - « ho "8 
W w #4 - ah whe 4 14; <a va ts. , al 
. PX, 
: " P |; ” —$ 
x nag. md . Fry \ : a 
< ws . OI amt 0 "I%- WE £5 As ; | d ; 
WS. FY os . TY , R 


TO IFY "2s . 


H 11.5. P-ZII. Rule 11. 
#3 5. Propria mann, the Ablatrve,bp Rule 1, f 
}þ | 1,5. P-299. 
=. The qreftim and Interrogativum & 
*, Lili the anſwer thereof, ejus redditivem «© | 

*x ſhall be the ſame caſe juſdem caſus & tem-F 

and Tenſe. ports erunt. | 


4 

[ ; Quarunm rerum nulla eſt fatietas ? Div 
$ © tiarum, Of what things ts there no fulneſe!|f 
| Of riches, Quid agirur, Satur. . 


F Obſervations: | 
"F 1. Byrepetition of part of the queſti'Þ 
'Y oR, the Caſe oz Tenſe bp which anſwer ts! 
= be made, is eaſilp diſcerned : as, quism 
'Þ fequitur ? who followeth mee 2 nemo z tha 
$ ts, nemo me fequitur quid mericus ? Vi 
J gam, that t9, virgam meritus,&c. ; 
1 2. Alio when rhe queſtton is asked b/þ 


[ cnjus,cuja,cujum, whoſe 2 ag, cujum pecuiÞ 
Melibzi ; that is, pecus Melibz1, F 
2. W: 
I 


Verbs of a various conftrfion: 

2. De when we mu anſwer by mens, 
ruus, ſuus, nofter , veſter : ag,EKcujus eſt 
hic codex, whoſe book, is this 2 meus, mine ; 
that is , tic codex eft mieus,, this book is 
mine. | | 

4. Lailly, when the queflforvig made bp 
a wozd that map govern divers caſes : as, 
quant! emPptz 2? parvo. Quanti ergo ? Ofto 
aſſibass becauſe for after the Verb uf price 


_ is a Ggnotthe Ablative, ercept ranti,quan- 


ti,&c. Rule 3.p. 302.1.e, 


—_—__—___—. 
-—_ _—— 


i. td 
A — <<Sz 3 


+. ”—_”—— — ———_— 


Verbs that have a Yivers 
conſtruction: 


ſpe of - their di- pro diverſa ſignifica- 


© ters ſignification , are tione, varie conſtru- 


> grverſly conſtrued. untuF, 


Veybs belonging to this Rule: 


A Anſculto, to obey, fs ronfſitued with 


a Dative : ag, auſculto tibi 3 but auſculro, 
| tb hear, harh an Accuſative : ag, auſculto 
| te, - 


2. Conſulo , to ak councel of, hath an 
Accuſative: «g, conſulo te, to give councel, 


i it bath a Dative caſe: as, conlulo tibi, ts 


determine or give ſentence , an Accuſative 02 


| 4blative, with a Prepoſition, Peſſime iſtuc 

FE in te atque in illum contulis, thou doff deter- 

| mine as badly as may be againſt thy ſelf and him. 
\ FP 2 


Ll 


3.Laboro 


Py 


”, 


bs 


| go Verbs in re- Quzdam verba Rye 3, 


pl aa if "_ Wadi 4 LAY > « 


ee er NE RT gy IP erode, CITID n > q _ RT ar, _* J 
5 BO % 0: rob a * #4 _ 0 Ow 
4 n a ; I 
; » _— . 2 bs. a . 
A ab rs I 1x" ; 'E gages 2. I Aw 4 a 456 * 
4 s,. ” w—_ -.- _ IT = W Fe Ws : 
Fe: vs _ - n C , 1 0 e LH" « = 

$ yy KY —_ Fa , : - + g de a "= " : x ! 
f A ». |. 49+ a ” : 


a. ; 24 <we/40 ew i.  GCERCIEEEGITIBECIE la © Cc <>. DIO 424 ce Bf $6 roes aid <9 —_ e238 aa 9 eras cnn Ar 
_P 
% 


Verbs of a various confiraion; 


- Laboro., to-endure pain and grief , or t9 
be diſeaſed. Laboro febri, I am ſick, of a fea- 
ver. Laboro pedibus,and ex pedibus, I am 
Tame or diſeaſed in the feet. Laboro de falu- 
te publica, I am careful for the Commonwealth, 
Laborare- dolore, to labour and travel with 
child, &5c. CEPT 3 6 | | 

4. Impono, operi finem imponere, to end 
a work, Aris honorem imponere, to offer : 
ſacrifice on the Altars, Impoſuit mihi , he ge- 
ceived me. ; 

s. Prxſto, ts excel. Homo homint quid 
praſtar, how much ene man #s better then ans 
ther. Praſta te eum, qui mihi areneri; f 
unguiculis es cognirus, ſhew thy ſelf to bee 
the ſame man, that 1 have ever Rnown thee from 
thy tender youth. | 

6. Caveo tibi, 1 provide for thee, that thu 
take no harm. Cavyere periculum, to avoid 
or eſchzw danger. Ur a Caſſio caveret, thath 
he would take heed of Caſſnis. Quod nihil d 
11s Auguſtus caviſſer , becauſe Auguſtus tok$ 
no heed of them. ; 

So that Cayeo.,to beware leſt one take hun Þ 

is conſirued with a Dative caſe : but caveÞ 
_ 80 beware leſt one cauſe or do hurt, ig ron{irw 
ed with an Accuſairve oz Avlative with auf 
ab. Poſt fermonum ambape; malo caver| 
Juiſir, - f 
7- #1 metuo.timeo, formido, have ih| 
lame confirucion : as, meruo tibi, 1a 
careful of thee: but metuo re, 7 fear theft 
left thou hurt me ; and mecuod te, I jor {i 


f 


| thou hurt me. Metuo de vita, : an aff. 1: Þ 
Eo be 


leff thy Words Ws d; baſt, That WY canes 


& * 


” "IJ £ 


hs... af 


Verbs of a various conitruRion: 


te, and timeo mihi' abs te, 7 fear leſt thou 


wat Purt me: bur timeo tibi, 1 am afraid 
on thy behatf, left ſome hurt will come to 
thee. Timeo With the Prepoſition de, t9 u- 
{ed both waps : as, de republici yalde ti- 
meo,! am greatly affraid of the Commonwealth, 
leſt 7t take hurt, De ſuperiſis ingrate times? 
0 unthankful man, art thou affraid of God, left 
he hurt thee 2 Formido, to have great fear, or 
21 be greatly affraid, hath the ſame conſiructi- 
of! with metro... FS 

8. Srudeo, Enaitſhed 1 will er defire, 


| hath an Accu. caſe : ag, omnes unum ſtu- 
| detis, yee all defire one thing : but ftudeo, to 
| ſtudy or give himſelf to, hath a Dative im- 
' mediafelp cf the thing : as, Studuit medi- 
cine, he ſtudied Phyſick. Catalina ſtuduir, 
he favoured Catalines ſtde. 


9. Conduco.. 2t. 1s profitable, or maketh 


| much for : ag, conducit hoc tux laudi, this 
F maketh much for your praiſe, and in the ſame 
| ſenſe if fs conſtrued with ad oz in, to the 
| Accuſative. - . Conduco,ts hire, hath an Ac- 
| cauſative ; as, coaducit equum, hee hired 4 
| Dorſe. 


10. Convenit, convenzent or agreeable.Con- 


Z venit illa tibi , /hee is meet, or fit for thee. 
» Szvis inter ſe convenit urſis,cruet bears agree 
$ amongſt themſelves. Hxc fratri mecum nom 
F conveniunt, my brother and Ido not agree in 

4 theſe : quanquam de hoc parum inter auto- 
| res convenit, albeit Authours doe not agree 
| concerning this matter, And with an Acc- 
KF /ſative: as, priuſquam legatos conveniret, 
| before that he met with the Ambaſſadors : AAD 
& convenienter, ths Adverb : ag, vivere natu- 


F 3 LEE 


bak. & ©. 2 A”, -v 4 = pa ww 
$978 by 4 $ this "REY . c Se 4 w 
> Cues 1 & _— "0" PI, « Koo = -od4. » * <P - 
webs, hrs. 4 - 
: ae 0 1 "Os W h 
2 $9; (on "I 
ed 
> p b 5 k, ” 
ada 


NS, ky rp « es PE. 
"0 UI Ja IR EC ors as HY 6 ar +: hy $0220 kn 7". WV 
ok 3+ ch : 


Rute 33 


Verbs of avarious conitrufAion: 


rx convenienter, to live agreeab:e to nature. 

11. Contingo, to happen 07 chance, a Dat, 
Queis contigit, to whom 7t happened , And an 
Ablative with in, im magnis animis ingenil- 
--ve id plerunque contigit. Contingo, to 
truch, an Accuſative, funem contingere. 

12, Amulor, to envy, a Datrve : AS, eMmu- 
lor tibi : zxmulor, co 7111tate, an Accuſative ; 
ag, zxmulcrte. 

13. Deficio, to fail, a Dative, 02 an Accu/, 
as, vires deficiunt mihi, 82 deficiunt me, 
2nd deficere animo, oz deficere animun ,, to 
fail or quail in. ſtomach, or courage. Deficio, 
to forſake or leave, a Dative , quum jam 
glandes atque arbuta facrz deficerenrt Syl- 
vez. Deficlo, to revolt or fall off, an Ablative 
with a Prepoſiton, a Galba ad Senatum de- 


tecerat. 

14- Differo, to differ, an Ablative with 
ab : ag, differt ab illo, and Acc#ſatve with 
inter : as, differunt inter ſe, and diftero, 
t9 put off, an Accuſative. Differt vadimoni- F 
vm, and With 2 Datzve, bp Rule 20. lib. 5, þ 
Pag. 290: F ; 

15, Profpicio, ts ſee to, or provide for, Dat, F 
as, Profpicere ſaluti , to provide for ſafety, 
- ad 'to foreſee, an Accuſ. proſpice | 
urura, 


_ Some Verbs keep- Quxdam  verba } 
ng the ſame fignifica- eandem retinentia Þ 
ton , notwithſtanding ſignificationem , di- | 
are allotted a divers verſam tamen for- | 


" Conſtrufion. tiuntur ſiructuram. 


I. Dono, to beſtow #r reward, Donat pha- (| 
eras | 


S 08*' a0 - 


bd HP V—_ ws 


Verbs of avarions conſtruRion; 


lcras militi, he beftoweth horſe-trappers on the 
ſoldier, oz donar militem phaleris, he rewar- 
ath the ſoldier with horſe-trappers. 

_ 2. Impertlo, to ſalute, alls to employ. Pln- 
rima ſalute impertit Parmenonem, he ſalutes 
Parmeno heartily, Impertias aliquid rem- 
ports huic rei, thou maiſt employ ſome time on 
this matter. 
3. Mitto tibi, I ſend to you, and mitto 


ad re, 
attecumY 
4. Moderari to temper the paj- 
afteqtui (on. 
 Cſenſui, Y the ſenſe cr mean- 
5. Latet , Ing is ſecret 0 
ſenſum, unknown. 
mortem, 
6, Occumbere Sr dfe. 
mort1, 
morbo, 
-,Medicor I heal a difeale, 
morbum, 
Cargentum,) ts ſavour 
2.0lere redolere 67 ſent 


argento, J of fitver. 


9. Manere promittis, to ſtick to his promi/e. 


Pena te manet, pun!ſhyment expects you. 

10. Przſiolor, to wait 7 abide, Preſto- 
lari ſpet. . Preſtolari tibi, and prefſtolari te. 

LI. Refero, to report or prepeund. Retulit 
ille mihi & cetulir ad Senatum, he reported 7t 
tome, and propounded it to the Senate. 

12. Obtreare alterius laudibus,oz laudes 
to detradt from ones praiſe, QbtreQar! legi, 


eak, againſt « Law. 
ſteak, againſt « L4 pP4 gSubeo, 


319 


_ - ” wr as v 4 —_ . 
_—_— ——— — — os; DER RE » 
II ” P " - a ” % —_—_—_—— pLvny KA N os 
- ” l 4 "A . +4 =& _ 6c , " * 


o « DO Piel A wo PE 
6 $4 y t . « F cs 
"I CA na der ns I INS =o dos a -— Hl 
ba LS os | SE! Mt. A 
—_ KP, x $@.NED q 


ST iis » hn IONS. an « 
ww 


-. £ - fas 
Na Int POR wo "" ed Fer 
: = n 


* m7, 06 
2 ye*.0 "0 $ 
wt >, Gao as: 
© a > 


320 


Rule x, 


= 


ConſtrnRion of Verbs Paſlives. 


13. Subeo, ſulit me comes, to my mind, 
187 ſobit mihi ,, and ſubit animum , fubic 
mente, ſahit memoria , 1 remember. Sub- 
Ire 2crrum,, and ſubire muro, to enter znto, 
and goe under, and ſubirelimina, and ſubire 
ad tea. 


14. Initerno, to cover or ſpread upon. In- 


ſtrayit equo penulam, he ſpread his cloak om | 


$75 horſz. Inſtrayit equum penula, he cove- 
red his horſe v-ith his cloak. 

15. Aſpergo, to ſprinkle. Aſpergo labem 
civi, I caſt a ſpot upon the Citizen. Aſpergo 
civem lahe, 1 ſprinkle the Citizen with a 

or. 
Pp 15. Induo. t9 pat on, Induo fratri veſtem, 
1 cloath or put a garment on my brother, and 
induo frarremn veſte, 1 cloath my brother with 
& garment. Qi1diibert indutus, Hor, [ib, 1. 


Ep 17. comantecin Androgel galeam indui- | 


wr, Fr. 24n.2. 
17. Pluo pluit lapis, and pluit lapides 
2n3 piuit lapidibus, 7t rarneth ſtones, 


Conſtrucion of Verbs Paſlives. 


N Ablative caſe 
"A of the doer,is put 
after Verbs Paſſives, 
with the Prepeſition a, 
ab,or abs,and ſomtimes 


Affivis ſubjicitur 
Ablativus agen- 
tis cum Prepofitione 
a, ab, yel abs, &in- 
rerdum Dativus. 


a Dat. of the word 
following of or by. © 
Deforme 
AD 


* 
WS 
X 
o 


w 


| Conſtruction of Verbs Paſſives? 327 
\ 4 Deforme eſt quos dignitate przſtas, * ab 
. * his virtute * ſuperari. It is an ill-favou- 
red thing to be * exceeded * by * theſe in vir- 
twe, whom thou excelleſt in worthineſs. 


Obſervations. 


\ KF 17. Verbs Imperſonals of the Paſſive voice 
fall under tbig confiruction : * ab * hoſti- 
bus conſtanter * pugnatur. | 

2. Videor, I ſeem, hath alwaps a Dat. 
caſe : aS, mihi fic yidetur. TP 

3. Of, out of, by, from ot concerning,after 
a Verb, ts alignof a Prepoſetion , ſerving. 
to the Ablative caſe, a,ab,abs,de, E, ex : ag, 
veneo, flo, ab hoſte veniri, fatus ex limo, 
loqui de Rege quid de iis exiſtimandum eſt? 
a Deo expetenda, unlefle thep bee other= 
wiſe ercepted in ſeveral Auſes: as, 9 
afcer Verbs gf deprivement ; as, orbo privo 
ſpolia & levo, libero, ig a ſign of an Ablat. 
caſe : AS, ſpoliat nos judicio, privat appre- 
batione omn1, Orbar ſenfibus. 

4. Verbs Imperſonals of the Paſſive vorce, 
ſometimes habe rhe Ablative caſe of the 
doer, and alſo the Infinitive Mood eſſe un- 
derfiood : as, ſirato diſcumbitur oſtro foz 
diſcumbitur ab illis. Gaudeo ventum ad 
te, Foz ventum eſle ad re. Dum fſtas redi- 
run oportuir, foz te reditum efle, &c. 


Other caſes except ® Cxteri calus ECx- Rye 2. 
| the Accuſative, abide cepro Accufativo , Danes, 
in Paſſives, which» manent in Paſſivis 
were (the caſes) of qui fuerunt Adtiyo- 


7 Adives; a8, rum. 
6: P 5 * Perſolyi 


- pon a er en gry 
PR ns” 


* 3: AE 


"ror Po SONS. p< Sa 
—— : A ESH Ei rts 


; ; hy ; 2. ſb: A 
TE RT OE OE. no bom; Cee ao $5 £ * + 4. ORR = » » _ - 
mor av ww _ — RRC 0" _ RT ES — 
#4 » 


Ruje 3, 


Kule 3s 


wk 
wit Th _» 
ha, a T” 

hs 


by 7 , - 
: &* X o 
, : : 
$; oF 
| b 7 
* *þ F 
Vw Y : 
; z ; 
: 7 
Ts. v 
n + 
Fl 


ConſtruAion of Participies: 


* Perſolvi gratia non poteſt nec mat 
* patri, 4 man cannot worthily recompence, 11 
not an ill Father. Ejus orationi yehemen- 
ter ab omnibus reclamarum eſt, Foz omnes 
r-clamarunt- Occurritur autem Nnobis, & 
gquidem A dodtis & ernditis, fo? dodii & 
eruditi OCCurrunt nobis. 


——___OUU} 


o a 6 
os on _ 
———_—©. Wit 


ns Bn OI TEEN LEY 


ConſtruQion of Participles. 


Articiples govern JJ Arricipia regunt 
Y the caſes of their caſus ſuorum yer- 
Verbs, when they re- borum. 
taine the ſenſe of 
Paiticiples. 


Ccecz ſunt divitize ac * fe * infpicientes 
eXcacant, Riches are blind, and they blinde 
men beholding them. Ta&urus ſydera. Noci- 
rurus tibi. Lucis egens. 


Participia pafliya 
frequentius Dartivo 
oandent, 


Participles of the 
Paſſtve voiceguzry of- 
ten govern a Dative 
caſe with the ſign of 
before it. 


Honeſta bonis viris non occulta perun- 
tur, Honeſt things, not hidden, are deſired of 


g06d men. 


Semel omnibus eft calcanda via lethi, 
The way of death js one day or other to be trod 
of all meh, 


Obſcc. 


q 
Ny 
CE IIECIRTTTIOTYT hn —_—_ - —_ 


Conſiruftion of the 1 nfin. Mgod. 


Obſervations. 


1. The Particip/e of the future in dus,'g 


oftentimes put in the Neuter Gender abſo- 
iutelp, without a Dative caſe: ag,orandum 
eſt, foz orandum eſt nobis, and with the 
caſe that the Verb governeth : as, uren- 
dum eſt #tate, tuo tibi judicio eſt uten- 
dum. 

2. Muſt is turned into Latin either bp 
oportet,it behoves, debeo,[ ought,oz the Par- 
ticiple in dus. Abeundum Jeſt mihi , Z 
muſt g9 hence. Studendum bonis literis dum 
adhuc viger ingenium, Si mori nolim 


fade miſero carendum eſt, Oportet me ab- 


ire,debemus ſtudere,&c. 


_ 
1 0 Eo, 


« % — - LY 
x Rar” rx a py MS 
B «et hats 


Conkrudion of the Infinitive 
Mood. 


He Infinitive dee T Nfinitivus pendet 
pengeth of Nouns, J Ia nominibns, ver- 
ers, or Particaples. bis aur Participiis, 


* Audax omnia * perpeti gens humanz 
rUit per yetitum nefas. Mankind adventurous 
to endure all things, runneth headlong through 
miſchief forbidden. | 
,. Miſere dilcedere quarens , Hor. Ser. 5. 


1x. : 
Obſet- 


| 


R ule 2; 


COU Oe OR MU LON CNET  IOERNRRTECNTTY 0 pos Uo 0 a rt $581 


” 


— 


TT 


Kule 20 


| Theſentence is n9 lefſe tranſlated by 


Conſtruction of the 1 nfin; Mood. 


Obſervation. 


1. Fthozs uſuatip when a perſon oz 
Subſtantive rometh verween two Verbs, ha- 
vina the fign to, do change tie (peech bp 
ut, that, oz qui, which : as, 1 have meat to 
eat which yee know not of. Cibum habeo quo 
veſcar quem vos neſcitis. Eſt foz Licet ad- 
miſteth an infinitive. Eſt quoddam prodire 
tenus. 

2. Chen a thing ig Done to an end,and 
the fign tocometh befoze a Verb, pou map 
change pour ſpeech bp ut,that , ex eo quod 
ipſe poreſt in dicends aliquantum remittet, 
*.ut tu tandem aliquid efle videare; and 
to after the Participle tn dus,pur abſalutely; 
ag, non vivendum eſt ut edas fed edendun 


ut vivas, thou muſt not live t1 eat, but eat tv 
fve, ro Infinitives map Depend the one on 


the other. 1!lum ad ſe venire oportere. 


Verbs of the Infini= YVerba Infiniti mo- 
tive Mood place before di pro Nominativo 
themſelves an Accu- Accuſativum ante fe 


ſative caſe inſtead of a ſtatuunt. 


Nominative, but have 

after them ſuch caſe as the Verb properly g9- 

verneth. 3 | 
Omnem crede * diem tibi * diluxiſſc 

ſupzemum , Beheve that every day hath (hi- 

ned to thee the laſt. 


Obſervation. 


quod 


Conſtruaion of the Infin. Mood. 


quod oz ut, though not ſo bziefip and eſo: 
quentTp. 


1. Byquod E ngliſhed becauſe , noting 


a thing done, o2 afrer Verbs of ſenſe: as, 


gaudeo quod tu advenifti ſalvus. 

2. BYy ut, that, after Verbs of comman- 
ding, intreating, o2 deſiring, and of a thing 
to coine : As, juiſit ut pecunia mergeretur, 
and juſſir pecuniam merpi. 


Decet, it becometh, Decet. Juvat. De- 
Juvat, 7t delighteth. oporcer. Delectat 
De oportet, 7t beho- Intinitivam regunt 
veth, Deleat, it Accufativo (xpc 
delighteth, govern an prxcunte. 

Infinitive Mood , an 
Accuſative caſe oftentimes going before tt. 

* Me *juvat in prima Chriſtum * colu- 
iſle juventa, It delrghteth me to have loved or 
honoured Chriſt ; oz 1 am glad that I have lo- 
ved or honoured Chriſt in my beſt youth, or the 
prime of my days. 


There is ſomtimss a Ellipſts eſt modo 
defef or want of the Vetbi regentis. 
Verb gxverning the In- 
ſinttive, 2 

1. Df decer, it js meet. Par eſt, 2t 75 
meet: ag, hxccine fieri flagitia , that theſe 
Villantes be commi ttcd. 

2, Corpir, he began, ig oft underſioov 
befoze the Injin!tive Hood : Ag , criminibus 
terrere, fog coepit criminibus terrere. 

3. &5m-times ryere is a defect of the 
Infin irve Mord tt (elfs 68, fidibus ſcire, 
undxfand cancre, to know to fing to the harp. 


4.The 


Rule Z9 


Rule 4» 


ny " 6 
Et ol ew et nb Vets 6... <a EEE "Ft Gr. ow 
"= I oo ——_— —_— DEE 
£ Oe "=" NI 
She £4 4 = . pl 


FS. OI IN F 


vhs WR 96! 4148 wad þ. orange 


CAMS. < 


= 


Rule Fo 


226 Conſtruction of the Infin. Mood. 
_ 4. The Verb proficiſci, to go, afrer cogito 


and volo : z8, cogito Athenas, foz cogito 
proficiſci Arthenas. Rhodum volo, under- 
fand proficiſci. 

s. Habere ts underfiood after volo,nolo, 
malo: as, vin vinum , wilt thou have any 
wine ? 


Sometrmes Infin- Ponuntur inter- 
trves are put for Su- dum Infinitivi pro 
pines, and Gerunds or Supinis & Gerundiiz 
Gerundive woices , but five Gerundivis. 


_ eſpecially amongſt Po. 


ets for metre ſaRe. 


Magnum dat * ferre talentum, fo? feren- 


dum. 


A Nominative caſe Nominativus Sub- 
7s put after Infinitives jJicitur Infinitivis 
of Verbs Subſtantives, verborum Subſtanti- 
ſeme Paſſives, and vorum Paſlivorum 
Newters of geſture. quorundam, & neu- 

rrorum geſtus. 


Cato eſſe quam videri bonus malcbat. þ 


Cato choſe rather. to be, then ſeem to bee good: 


But an Accuſative Pracedente vero 
er iDative caſe going Accufativo aut Pa- 
before, they havethe tivo, utrinque eof- 
ſame caſes on both dem caſus habenr. 
ſides, as, 

Cato ® ec *efle quam. videri * bogum 
malcbar, Cato world rather himſelf be , ther 
ſecem to be goed, 

O-ſcrs 


F2 


ConſtruRion of Gerunds. 227 
Obſervations. 


1. The Verbs beforiging to this Rue. 
are Rule 1.1(ib.$.241. 

2. Thefe Verbs licet, expedit, datur, oz 
ſome other Verb governing a Dative caſe, 
caſteth rhe Datwe before the Jnſinitive: ag, 
natura * beatis ® onnibus * eſſe ® dedir. 
*Nobis * neceſſe * eft fortibus * viris 
* efie- 

3. In theſe and ſuch like examples, the 
Accuſatrve caſe iS underfliood befoze the /n- 
finitive Mood. Expedit bonas efle yobis, £2: 
yos cfle honas. 

4. Yn tmitatton of Gzeek ronfiructior., 


The Infinitive hath Infinitivas non 
not ſo much an Accu- tam Accuſativum 
ſatrve as a Nomina- habet quam ' Nomi- 
tive. Nativum. 


Patiens Yocar1 Czfaris ultor , foz patiens 
{ g© vocari Czfaris ultorem, Suffering thy ſelf 
| ,0 be called Cxiars Revenger. 


———_— nt. — 
Ones abt. 
—_ 


= —  — 


Conſtrucion of Gerunds: 


Erunds and for- (Sm & pt i- ; 
mer Supines go- ora ſupina re- pas 


vern the caſes of therr gunt cafus ſuorum 
Verbs, verborum. . 


| Quis * talia * fando remperet A Iacry- 
be LHIEFE 


* Ms Sos... Od LR, REY 


: w FIOY nd 4 n! 
—_ wy Po ver yl As > b. at.. - 0 
EY ; Y : , 10 Joo pgs. 44d , 
PROS Ss PER ET} wa hl Os wel vg Tanger; oo op ng oO, I EE yh, OE s X 
, ; - F Tons LX 2 OR wy % as 
o FRY 
ets 9 vn: nn , i 8 ey CI * - ; . ; 
3 - = - ON , = «4p : 
44 _ , "RW —. o- bead, ; A *F 45 61. $1.4 ” Oe 4 - wed + 4 
q 4 _ y [4 »; a 0 as  w v m ham AC " 4 
i £ 4 ” - "EY . "WM F : 

. Ws 7+ K b ' . 


Conſtruction of Gerunds. 


mis, who in ſpeaking { uch things can ebſtaine 
from tears ? |  - 
Ibo ad remplum * Chriſto * feryitum, 


cur * re is * perdirum. 


Obſervations, 


1. A Prepoſition : ag, of, in, with, for,from, 
22 by, befoze a Wop ending in zng, iS a ſign 
of a Gerund either in di, do oz dum. 

2. Subſtantives ending in ing, which are 
Derived of Verbs: as, Dodrina , /earnng. 
Audirio, hearing, and the like, avmit of the 
ffgnes (a) vz (the) befozethem, lib. 1. p.2. 
and other rciauſev ending tn 7g, belong 
to other Rules : as, he 1s 74 a cunning Wit, 
eſt callido ingenio, Rule 75.11.5.p.251. and 
bave ſomewhat in the & ngltſh coming be- 
tween tbe Prepoſition, and the wozd ending 
in ing: as, the hand of one writing , manus 
ſcribentis; a woep ending in zng, after anp 
G naitſh of ſum, ts made bp a Verb: as, 
what 1s he doing ? quid agit? he 1s writing , 
{cribir. 


Gerunds in di, like Gerundia in di 
Genitives are governed tanquam Gcenitivi, | 
of ſome , both Sub- reguntur a quibul, | 
ſtantives and Adfx- dam tum Subſtant:- 
#ives. v1S tum Adjectivis. 


Grande * ſubſidiam optime * agendf 
przbet amor negotii. Love of buſineſſe af- 
fordeth great help to do moſt excellently. 


Obſer- 


\ 
Cotto,” 3 inks - vlltbene ans Ce tis I... 9 any EIN NE OI IS - " - a 5 
00 
Ny % 


 Conitrufion of Cerunds, 229 


Obſervations. 


i. To 02 of, nert after Subſtantives of 
things not material : ag. ſtudium reim- 
pus, ars otium, &c. and Adje#rves which 
govern a Genitve caſe, Rule 9. p. 244. ag. 
cupidus, peritus, ignarus, gnarus,&c. Adu- 
land1 gens prudentiſfima, cuncandi ſolers. 
js made bp the Gerund in di, except with 


Poets, who uſe the Infinitive. 
2. The Verbal Subſtantive ts ſometimes 


uſed inſtead of the Gerund7ve voice : as, qui 
| e<rant in muro cuſtodiz causa collocati, oz 
| cuſtodiendi causa. * 
| 3. The Gerund indi i9 ſometime con- 
' firued With a Genztzve plural: compoſui 
| hunclibrum inſtirnendi puerorum gratia, 
| foz pueros, and ſui confirmand1 causa, Ve- 
{ ſtri conſolandi gratia, foz fe and yos. 


| Gerunds in do, like Gerundio in do, Rule 3, 
Ablatives, depend upon ut Ablativi pendent 
| Prepoſettions ſerving I Prepolitionihus A, 
to the Ablative caſe. ab, abs, de. ©, x, 
| cum, iN, Pro. 


F Tgnavi *a * diſcendo, cito ceterrentur, 
| ſluggiſh ones are quickly diſcouraged jrom learn- 
| ing. 

Obſervation. 


| Af Verb, Participle, oz Adjeive, (not go- 
| Lterning a Genitve caſe) having afcer if 


| a wozd ending in (ing ) withof: as, of 
teaching : 


Rule 4, 


Rule 5. 


teaching : with in, as, in learning : aiſo with: 


< Y " . mp nn RG 260 Ge IH Bai iS hte ne 
- og et IE I Tr 2 30 Ae: 


Conſtrucion of Gerunds. 


ag, with reading: for, ag, for ſpeaking: from, | 
as, from walking : oe by, as, by hearing. The ] 
wozd ending in 71g, (hail be made by the ] 
Gerund in do: as. memoria * excolendo | 
* augetur, * Ex * defendendo quam ex| 
accuſando uherior gloria * comparatur. | 
Ratio reRe loquendi eſt * junta * cun} 
* loquendo. Impiger in ſcribendo. Neg- Þ 
ligens in diſcendo. Defeſſus ſum ambulando, | 
Tam weary of walking. . 


They are alſo put Ponuntur & citra|. 
without a Prepoſition, Prepoſitionem tan-}' 
like Ablatives of the quam Ablativi mod 
manner or cauſe. vel caulz. : 


— Nikhil eſtquin male * narrando poſhit de- | 
Pravarier, theres nothing but may be corrup-| 
red, by ill reporting. ® Omnia * conando dos | 
cilts ſolertia vicit, ; 


Obſervation: 


Soemetimcs alfo thephabe rte confiru- þ 
ion of a Dative caſe; ag, mox * apt 
" natando crura dar, and map bemadebp Þ 
the Subftantive tn the Datve caſe: as, deli- | 
genda nunc arbor eſt ſuſpendio. ? 


Gerunds in dum, Gerundiaa in dun} 
after the manner of Accufativorum ritu | 
Accaſatruves , are go- reguntur A Prepoſli- 
verned of Prepoſitions tionibus, | 
ſerving ta the Accu. 
ad, inter, ante, 6b. 

ByMpter. Nullum 


Conſtruction of Cerunds, 
Nullum ad nocendum tempus anguſtum 


on malis. No time 3s ſhot, for wicked anz* 


Obſervations. 


The Gerund in dum is. uſed, 
1. (then a thing is done oz (erveth ts 


- an end: as, Locus ampliſſimus ad agen- 
: dum, 4 moſt ample place to treat or plead in. 
 Accipe hos ſex aſſes, ad chartum & cetera 
- comparanda. 


2. Wfter Verbs of motion: ag, co ad 


: piſcandum. 


3. Wihen time is denoted, anſwering to 


” the queſtion when : ag, inter coenandumi, at 


[upper time : ante domandum, (4. e.) ante- 


quam domentur, before they be tamed. 
 _ 4. To, next afrer anp Subſtantive of 
| things material: as , gold, filver, iron, Qc. 


poſco te pecunias ad ſubjugandum, 82 ad 


: tubjugandos hoſtes, oz after anp of theſe 
| AdjeFives, apt, ready, flow, profitable, unprofi.- 
| table, aptus, paratus, tardus, idoneus , 


bonns , utilis, inutilis, cemmodus, in- 


' commodus, ad militandum, vehemens ad 


dicendum. @e: after Verbs EnglilÞed t- 
exhort, to 7ncite, to prevail : ag, hurtor, inci- 
to, valet, traho, flagitor, is a fign of the 
Gerund tn dum. Mz elfe the lpeech map 
be changed bp (that oz which) non omnia 
ingenia ad res magnas agendas ſunt idonea, 
02 quz res magnas agant, 02 ut agant. 

s. Gerunds of Verbs Adives, having at- 
ter them an Accuſative caſe, map elegantip 
be changed ints Participles tn dus, a Gerund 


mdi into a Genztive, A Gerund tn do into 
a1 


Rule © 


ConſtruRion of Gerunds. 


an Ablative o2 Dative,. a Gerund fn dum 
into an Accuſative, and agree with the 


- Subſtantive following thein : as, exercende 


memoriz gratia, foz2 exercenai memoriam: 
Nunc tempus adeſt parazidz cruditioni fatis 
idoneum, oz parando erudirionem, 02 ad 
parandum eruditionem , v2 ad parandam 
eraditionem, Ind hxc faciunt recuperan- 


dorum ſuorum causa, 82 recuperandi ſua. 


1Stt if the Verb govern not an Accuſat, 
caſe, it ig not changed int3 the Partrciple 
indus, bp this Rule; foz we bo not (ap, 
veni huc tui ſerviendi causa, but tibi ſervi- 
endi causa, Hhecaule fervio hath pzoperip a 
Dative caſe after it ; pet fa the Datrve it 
ts read, ſuhſervit pedibus mundandis, 7t 
ſerveth to make clean the feet ; noz doe wee 


ſap, ad carendam yoluptatem , becauſe ca- 


reo hath an Ablatine; per in its proper 
caſe we map fap, in carenda yoluptarte j 


noz do we fap, ad ſcribendum te, to write to 


thee, but ad fcribendum ad te, becauſe 
we fap ſcrihere ad te; but ſcriboas tt 
governeth an Accuſative caſe fiminediateiy, 
map have the Gerund turned inro a Parti- | 
cip!e tn dus : as, non omnia ingenia ad res | 
magnas ſcritendas ſunt idonea, 


CP lee, eu eres oe erat 


— - — 
Tm TIE O—— — _—_— 


Conſtrution of Supines. 


HE firft Supine PRius Supinu active 
frgnifieth aFively, * ſignificat, 8 ſequi- 
and followeth a Verb tur verbum,aut Par- 
or Participle, ſignifying ticipium, ſignificans 


moving to « place. motum ad locum. 


Inimicus 


Conſtruction of Sup. 


Inimicus cum blanditur *captatum * ve- 
nit, when a back: friend ſpeaks fair, he ©: 
meth to entrap. | 


Obſervations. 


1. To after a Verb of moving, is a ſtan 
of tbe fir Supine, oz Gerund ffi dum, with ad 
92 Participle of the future in rus , oz pou 
map change pour ſpeech vp ur, that, as, 


venit captatum. Venit ad captandum. Venit 


captaturas, venir ut captet. Plautus ſazth, 
Nulli negare {oleo qui eſum me yocat. Plaut. 
Stich. a&.2. Sce.1. Supple.ire. 


2, The firff Supine of Neuter Paſſives. 


(tbat is, Verbs Neuters, which in reſpec of 
their fignification are Paſſive : as, vapulo, 
vzneo,liceo, exulo) fignifieth paſſively : as, 
do yenum ſervos; and wben the firſt Supine 
ig put afier do, loco, voco, withour a Verb 
of moving, the Verb ig includeb : as, Pam- 
philum cantarum provocemns, 7. e. yenire 
cantatum. Tbe firit Supine jopned with 
iri, fgnifierh paſſively , and maketh the fu- 
| ture Infinitive tn the Paſſive varce : ag,poſt- 
| quam audierat non datum iri uxorem filio, 
| aftcr that he had heard, that (he ſhould not :b:e 
' grvena wife unto hi ſon. 

 _ Aqameilt,itum eſt,and ceſſatum eſt, are 
Imperſonals. 


The later Supine Poſterius fupinum 
* foloweth Nouns 4d- ſequitur nomingAd- 
þ jetves, __ jectiva. 


Nil dictu faedam. viſpcue hac limina tan- 
gat 


Rule 2, 


334 Conſtruction of Time: 


oat intra quz puer eſt , Let nothing filthy t: 
be ſpoken and ſeen, touch theſe threſholds,with. 
in which there is a child or boy. 


Obſervations. 


To be, coming nert after a Noun Adje- 
ve, is a fign of the latter Supine: ag, 
fciru & creditu neceſſariun, factu optimum 
mirabile didty, fas oz nefas auditu. 

{n thcſe ſapings, redeo obſonaru,ſurgat 
cubitu, redit venatu. The latter Saprn: 
ts put after Verbs frgnifping moving from a 
place, unlefſe thep are to be accounted 
Nouns of the Fourth Declenſron. 


— 


| III 


- ConſtruRion of Time: 
Rulez, 'PTHE Imitoftime TErminus tempo- | 

when «thang 5 > ris. quiindo cul 
done, 4s uttered in the factum fit, in Ablati- f 
Ablative caſe with the yo effertur. «+ | 


fren at. 


 Alio quidem atque alio * tempore, om- 
nes in eundem locum tendimus, at one tim:Þ 
or anotier, we all goe to the ſelf-ſame place, | 
Luce facra requieſcat humus, requieſcatF 
arator, 0n the Lords day,tyc. : 


Obſervacion. 


BY time underſtand not onlÞ hours, days 
moneths, Years, any thetr Parlſg, but ofber Þ | 
; Sabſtan-l 


Conſtrucgion of Time. bs 


Subſtantives denoting the time when : as, 
iu oculi primo intuitu. Laci, temport, 
| velperi, foz luce rempore,&c. 


 Conitnuance of time Duratio temporis pj. . 
| is very often uſed in in Accufativo fre- 
| the Accuſative caſe, quentius effertur ; 


, Þ and ſomettwes in the interdum & in Abla- 
n | Ablatrue. tiVo. 


th Quistotam * diem jaculans non aliquan- 


:F do collineetr, Who is 1t that ſhooting all the 


. | day, may not ſometimes hit the mark. 
Obſervations, 
- 1. Ps part of time {s known bp anſwe- 
| ring to the queſtion Cwhen ?) fo continue. 


” ance of time fs known bp anſwering to 
+ the queſtion how long 2 ag, when came he 2? 
0- | Tertia hora, at three a clock. How hng ſtay- 
id Þ ed he 2 Tres horas, three houres. 
ti 2. Bp rhe addition ſometimes of a 
* Þ Prepoſition, ft fs apparent that the con: 
| firaction of time is Elliptical : as, In pau- x;1;, 
| Cis diebus, within a few days. De die, by 
m-þ day. De note, by night. Promitto in di- 
me em, 1 promiſe agarnſt a'day. Commodo in 
menfem, 1 lend for a moneth, Annos ad 
cat} quinquaginta natus , 'about fifty years old. 
| Studuj per tres annos , 1 have ſtudred avout 
Þ three years. Pacr 1d Ztatis, a boy of thar 
| age Ad tempus, ad diem przfcriptum ve- 
| nit, Pe came at the time appainted. Non plus 
ys, þ tiiuim, oz tridno, not more then the ſpace of 
her Þþ tfree days, Tertio Calendarum, 7. e. _ 
41-Þþ Ie 


% Fo " 
L 
DEI DE 
—— 


235 ConſtruQcion of names of places. 


die Calendarum, ard ad tertium ' Calen- 
darum ( 1,e.i4) ad tertium diem Calenda- 

tum, about the third of the Calends. Diem 
ex die, day after day. Ante ſex annos, ſix 
years ſince. AND ab hinc ſex annos. Milo 
ex illo and ex quo, underſtand rempore 
ever ſince. 

In rhis Rule there (9 much variety a- 
mongft the Latins: as, anno mundi qua- 
dringentefimo, ſupra quatuor millia. Cum 
eſſet annorum duodecem. Repente, nocti: 
Circiter meridiem. In ante diem quartum, 
until the fourth day. Wnd ex ante diem, 
Per idem tempus, intra ſex menſes, hinc ad 
friduum. Poſt meridiem. 

2. Luci, tempori, veſperi , are old Ab/4- 
tives Pur fo2 luce, tem pore, veſpere. 


Ei. ai Do _ . ———— 


OE. 
—_— — — 


| Conſtruction of names of Coun« 
tries, Towns or Cities. . 


Ames of Couns- Omina region, 
tries, Iſlands, inſularum, pro- 
| Provinces , and com- yinciarum, ut & ap- 
F mon Nouns, alſo follow pellativa, prepoſiti- 
4 a Prepofition, onem ſequuntur. 


Rule I, 


pI x p. - Ba Es: i Tn 


Ex Aſia rediens, returning out of Aſia. 


NO I 0 Oe OA 
ESE UGBE EF heads Ihe) nk aha 


þ Names of Cities or Urbium nommn 
#4 Rule -D Bec RN oo bs : a - 
Towns, wich fregnifie quz Mm loco fiontir 

in or at a place, and cant, & reſpondent 

anſwer to the queſtion ad quzſtionem({ abi ll 

where 


oO 0, ONS of. oO PAR EIT I as Ee; 
+ - « avid, 4K > 44 y "MF 
a —_— 


ConftruQtion of names of places. 337 


where? if they be of 11 numeri fint ſingu- 
the ſingular number, laris & primz vel fe- 
and firſt or ſecond cundz Declinationis 
es 745 , they are in Genitivo cfferun- 
uttered in the Genitive tur. 
caſe. | 
Omnia * Rome yenalia, all things are ſa 
lable at Rome. 


If the names of Si Urbium & op-Rule 3. 
| Towns or Cities be of pidorii nomina fint T#f*r:Car- | 
» | theplural number one- pluralis tanrum nu- _ 
| , or of the third meri, aut tertizx De- $,.,,4; re 
1 | Declenfion, they are clinationis, in Abla- Abiatives. 

| put in the Avlative tivo ponuntur, 
* | caſe, 
EP PRE difficile eſt Arthenienſem 
| Arhenis Laudare, It 5s no hard matter to 
- þ praiſe an Athenian at Athens. _” 


 Movingtoaplaces Motus ad tocum RUle4- 
put in the Accuſative in Accuſatiyo,a loco 

| caſe, froma place, or auye per locum, in 

| by aplace, in the Ab- Ablativo ponitur. 

u, Þ Iatve. | 

0- | Non licet cuiyis adire * Corinthum, It 

p- Þ 7s net lawfull for all men to go to Corinth. 

t- | Eſt lupus infeftus gregibus , diſcedite 

f © Roma. The Wolf is hurtful to our flocks , 

} Cepart from Rome. 


Obſervations: 


wp 1, Places are divided into greater places : 
MB ag, England, Scotland, France, Ireland, Italy, 
DUB © c. oz common places : as, th: Market,and 

| Q_ all 


a oo OT Pima... * Des rs — ? 
5 - cd ita | | 
n x Inn mn m—_— l | F , F-. | 
g = — * Aon... (his _— 
4 —_— — DD —— : bs 
#- j - . wy hs NT : 
F" ED EEZDE DI NET: | 
4 


238 Conſtruction cf names of places, 
all Appellatives oz common Mouns that fignt- 
fie a place, amd theſe fali under one and 

the (ame conſtruction , Having uſually 
their Prepoſitions in, aa, e, © x, ab,per, jopn» 
ed with them, fianifping ++, ro, from, or by 
a place : as, ab Fginaper Afiam, in urbe in 
diverſorio, in templo, &c, biii Peto, to py, 
ts conſiruev alwaps without a Prepofetzon : 
as, Perere Italiam. Milo fome orber 4p: 
pel/atives (oimetimes: as, Tham v1a facra 
rora urbe vagari. Linde reaits? Foris. Ubi 
eſt prz foribus. 
2. Smaller places: ag, Towns and Cities 
containeu in thoſe greater: a$, London, 


-. 498 Y : 1 
- T0 bl Ay Kew, h M af 
= IS 27] LS *©. F<, 2 os Ys PO , 
"A » cies Kee ” 63 5 LM OT. OP Ns es) 4 - Wn <— hs ' 
i —_— Pe": 8 A; | 5 4 Fun . : A B; 
on Son . : Apa: Roms. le OG 3b A na mo * PRPFIR PL W7 ..-. . EST - ” 
: £ E Py WS 
- we <#e > A... ”s - * þ — Ns K5 
W Bo b —_ <>.” i 


: 7Yrk, Cc. Lugduni habitat? venitne Lug- | 
1 duno ! 
+ Ih Io Wefoze the Genitive caſe in rhe con» | 
'S\. fruction of, at, oz in the place, in urbe, ozin 

x oppido, ſeemeth to ve underſtg8d : as, in) 


718; 18 oppido Antiochiz, and ſometimes Preps: þ 
: |; fitions are added tothe Accufative and 45 
0 lative ; ag,ad Trojam. Apud Thermopy las, 
| per Eboracum, Romam verſus, de Brun- 1 
| dufio. | 
M. Hewe;, 2. If ts the pzoper name of che plarf 

pou adde another wozd : as, in, to, oz fron 
the City of Tork, 02 at, oz from the Uni-F 
verfitp of Oxford, pou mult uſe a Pf 


oe —_ 


4 

Poſitions Ab Academia Oxonienſi. Si - 
+ Rules. Rus, humi, domi, Rus, humi, donif* 
s muliciz, belli folow militiz, belli, prof 
k the form or conftryu- priorum ſequuntuſ 


en of proper names. * formam. 


Conſtru&ion of names of places, 339 


$1 urbis te txdium ceperit, concede frus, , _. 
. . * . [4 YOMETME 
ubi vero curis, * domum repedes, if Ped-..,;c;nie 
rineſſe of the City hath caught thee , walk into halirar , & 
the Countrey ; if of the Countrey , Teturne Terre pro- 
home. ; cuambere, ' 
follow this 
” Ryl:. 
Obſervations. | 


r. Rus followeth the conſiruftion of 
to place : ag, Ego rusibo, 1 will gre into” 
the Countrey. 2. From aplace: ag, Video 
rure redeuntem ſenem, 1. fee the old man 
returning out of the Cauntrey. 3. In a place 
anſwering to the queſtion (where? ) ag, 
rure paterno, at thy fathers Countrey Farm, 
and ſenex rus abdiait fe. | 

A iſo ruri ſe continet, he keeps himſelf tn 
the Countrey. | 

2.Humi,on the ground, followeth the ſecond 
Rule Bf at a place in the Genitive: as, hum: 
an ſublimi putreſcas, cuid incereſt?whether 
thou rot on the earth , er above. the earth, what 
matters it? which ts alſo ſometimes uſed in 
the Ablat. caſe ; as, & requieyit humo. 
| 3. Domi, at home : 1. Followeth the 
\| Cconſiruction of at a place, Rule 2. as, domi 
| fuimus, we have been at home : gliſs abde do- 
| mo. 2. It followetb the Rule of to 4 place 
of Rule 4. as, abiitrefta domum, he's gone 

| ſtraightway home. 3. {t followeth the con- 

[- (irucion of from a place, Rule 4. ag, Unde 
mh Yenis? demo , whence cameſt thou 2 from 
| ome. 4. Domi, at home , hath onelp tbeſe 
oh £4;eaves jopned with it, domi mez, at my 
| fojes dom tux, at thy beuſe : domi ſuz,at 
| £4 /.cuſe:; dominoſirz, at aw houſe 3 lomi 
E Q 2 yeltrz, 


Rule 1: 


quids 


372 Or > 
quid. 


Rule 28 


ConſtruQion of Prxpoſitions. 


veſirx, at your houſe, 
ther mans houſe. 


4. Niliriz,in war,onlp followeth the con-| 
firuction of (at a place Yag,miliriz fuimus, we | 
have been at war : ofberwile it is (aid, Lvit; | 


in nulitiam. 


Donu aliene, at ano» | 


5. Belli, at war, followeth' the confiru-| 
tion of names of places onelp itn the Genz-|: 


zrve caſe : AS, belli fuimns, wee have been * ; 


in' war. 


CE ea 


Conſtruion of Prepoſitions. 4 


PRepoſet itzons are often 


neglefed or under- 
Rood: a,de,c,pro,in, 


ad. 


A Prepofution in 


compaſttion- ſometimes 
governs the caſe which 
zt governed out of com- 


poſition : 2, ab,am,cx, 


in, circum, de, inter, 
pretcr,ſuper, trans, 


 * Quemſzpe * 


Ire ſuppetias, foz ire ad ſuppetias. To gd 

to help: Summum foz ad ſummani. 
2xi4 me pures alium ſapiente bonoque foz alium i ig 
ever -2; ſapicnte, Hor. Ep.16. I.1. 


, nonnuncuam Ca{lin 


eompoſitionem ref 


cranſie caſus, aliquand! 
 Invenit, Msforrune at length findeth out hong 
whom it hath often paſſed over, 5 


+ ———— — { 


P Repoſitiones Cope 
OmMitruntur. p 


Neve 


Przpoſitio i in con 
poſitione ceundenf 
regit, quem, extil 


gebar. 


5's 200 21 
and ans. ack 


a %, me 4.1 


R Whos 
\ Xa 
Ty 
wo 
6 


: Conſftruion of Prepoſitions; 


23S 
Fn, 
FE 
n 


Obſervation: 


|; Verbs appertatning ts thig Rule : Super - 
| ſedeo, infilio, tranſeo, abſtineo, circumſpi- 
'? clo, intercino, prztereo, adeo, ambio,amec- 
./: ven, averto, abſono, excludo, decedo; but 
..; excedo and exilio, are allo confiruer 
= with an Accyſative caſe : a3, cum limen 
© exirem, ft map: be ſaith pr. Farnaby of 


Accuſative caſe.. 


4 Prepoſitions abound doque & Prapoſiti- 
# or are repeated after ones 2, ab, ad, con, 
© Verbs compounded with de, &, exzin. 
2 them. 

3 FAdvocaboamicos * ad hanc *rem, 1 
(7 will call my friends to this buſineſſe. 


 -- Obſervation. 


& This Rule and the foemer anſwer one 
i the other; the one underſlanding the 
7 Decyolition befoze rhe caſual wozn co» 


with; ' and the other erpzeſſing it ; and 


2 tiong in theſe Rules are the ſame with 
7 thole in the conizruction of the Dative, Rule 
& 21. as, ad preces annuere, ad gratiam ad- 
movere, 1t zs good to watch unto Authority as 
Y 7s there ſaid, Exiifle de poteſtats, cx quo 
[3 Eramus egreſſ}. 
# Q 3 Con- 


Z 

; | 
= eres, extra , which is allo jopned to an 
; 


| ming after the Verb compounded there= 


mozeover, becauſe {eme of the Pzepoſi» 


341 


Sometimes alſo Redundant quan- Rule 3- 


© wax, 
"Wu k 


"oy. A 4 < 4 # ”- ® 
« i. ay _ J__ Nr n 
e . o by " 


Bk Dk 
* , RI ITY " 

ol "2 _ 4 

ww 0+, AM; D 

- | 
2 "lm _— . * 
' OED _- 4 _ 

jr __—_ OI— 


+ | : 


342 Conſtruion of ConjunRione. 


Rule Is 


lc 


—__@—_ hs 


em. 
La 


_ 


( onfigution of Conmunttious, 


Onmnions Copu- 
latives and Diſ- 
qundHvues : alſs Ex- 
ceptives: niſl, pre- 


terquam, an, and 


Eleves, quam, ac, 
arque and nempe, 
Kailicer, videlicer , 
aamely, that 3s to ſay, 
for the moſt part cou- 
ple likes: Caſes, Moods 
and Tenſes. - 


On)unctionesco- 
Cs & dif- 
junRive , item EX- 
ceptive,nifr, preter- 
quam:an, & electivz, 
quam. ac , - atque, & 
nempe,ſ{cilicet, vide- 
licer,fimiles ur pluri- 
mum ca{us,modos,ac 
remporaconnettunr. 


\ 


Omnia quz * gemimus 8 * ex * pave- 
ſcimus tribura vitz ſunt, AH things that wee 
grieve at, or-fear, are the tributes of hife. 


But ſometimes by 
reaſon of a divers 
conſtruFion , they cou- 
ple unlike Caſes, Moods 
and Tenſes. 


o 


 Quandoque aute 
pro divers ſtructura 
di:Jimiles caſus, mo- 
dos,ac tempora Ccon- 
nectunt. 


Vixi * Romz *& * Venetiis, I have [:- 


ved at Rome - and ' Venice. . © 


Nifi me * laRtafſes amantem * & vans V: 


ſpe * pr 


oduceres , but that thy hadſt allured | 


me thy lover, and dreweſt me on with vain hope. Z 
Tib!1 gratias *ege *&rte aliquando col- 
laudare * pollum proditiones odifle & exe- 


TIATec. 


Con- 


Conſtruction of Moods; 343 


Conſtruttion of Meds, 
Ur E ngiilhed, 


1. That, oz 4s that. walk x 
2. Seeing that. 
3. Leſt that,afrer metuo,timeo,vereor 


1. Grant that, ſay that, although, rte- 
quireth a Sub juntive Mood. | 


r. Aderam *ut * viderem, I was preſent 


that,g5c. 
2. Non eſt tjb1 Genin ut * qui toties 


* fefelleris. 
3. *Metucham * ut * ſubſtaret. 7 feared 


my os (Fc. 

* lc *definr vires tamen ft laudanda 
retoain although, &yc. Metno ut yerum 
fit, 1 fear leſt i$be not truth. 


Ut Ergliihed, 
r. After thah, 2. How. 3. As, governs Rule 3. 
an Indicative Mood. 
r. *Utab urbe * diſceilt, after that I de- 


parted, zyc. 


| 5 2, Cernis ut 1gnayum corrumpunt OCIa 
| © corpus, Ur capiunt vItIum N1 MOVEeanrur 
F ) 2QUE. 

F 2. *Ut * ſunt Gallorum ſabita. & re- 


pentina confilia. 


Ur & naltthed, like as. 
Ur enlifhed like as, adbereth to an Indica- Rule 3 
Q 4 tive 


TA oo, Cn Ce eding Rk yp pony, "vg = 
44 jy $ <6 y 8) - - 2" —_— l * *.. sf . = : 
. ws - *g - TIS * Hs c 
LEE ING way. - "4 7 __—_ _ - P . Sy « ”y tn 
WE op pre ies AF Greg A W. F * us EE EY 5 4. bu ” 
AS ov Pe; rt ot oats * + w_ _ owl r . " WE Ria 4 _ X -—< ; 
0 h IR ©; 20-2067, Fam, H- $rntny * Tn Fr en , [ 
yo « _—_ Ge * $8 # p x ir Can. +20 fo Lan,” <4 w_—_ We Me as ———_— - wi, 
6 - + oo— - — "—Y by T _ L 
w_ as —__ et IS AIAN. DOT i en i BIR. ae OE I EI "e7 Pr " : a 
4 - 


th 9 > —_— 


” a 


344 


Rule « 


Rule 2. 


Rule 3+ 


Conſtruction of Moods. 


tive, 02 Subjunive Mood, and it hath that 
ſignification, if ita oz fic come after it. 
Ur, ut tu es, ita omnes cenſes efle , Like 


as thou art, ſo thou ſuppoſeſt all to be. 


Cum. 


Cum engliſhzd, 1. Whereas. 2. Be, 


cauſe, governs an Indicative Mood, 
Tibi maximas gratias ago, * cum tantum 


mex literx * potuerunt, becauſe my Letter | 


could effett ſo much, Cyc. 


Cum enaliſhed, 1. Whenas, 2. Becauſe | 
that. 3. Seeing that, ofrentimeg admitz : 


teth 'a SubjunFive Mood. 


1. * Cum placidum yentis * ſtarer ma- | 


re, when as the Sea ſtood,7yc. 
2. Quz *cumitra * ſint, which becauſe 
that, (5c. | 
3- * Cum in quo accufabar culpa * ya- 
carem, ſeeing that 1 was faultleſſe, (Fc. 


_ Cum when, hath ſomerimes an Indicative, 
ſomtimes a Sx»jnFive Mood.Cy venit,when 
he came : cum dabit amplexus, when he ſhall 
emvrace ; cum canerem, when I would ſing. 


Dum axd Donec. 


Dum and Donec, englt{9ed ſo /ong as, go- | 


+ 


vern an Indicative Mood. 
1. * Dum quod te dignum eſt * facis. 
2. * Donec *eram ſoſpes. 


Dum, englithed t2;/! that, 02 until, go- 


verig 


IE 
DE 


Conſirudion of Moods. 


'} verns an Indicative 02 Subjundive Mood. 
| 1. Tityre * dum *cedeo, brevis cit via, 
| ns capellas. 
| . Qui valuit tamdin * dum hic *pro- 
ts 


2) 
' _ 
WT 


| Pum., engliſhed ſo that, governg a Sub- x yje 
» | june&ive Mood. 

þ Neue id quibus ariibus aſſequeretur , 
* dum ſihi regnum " Pararet. 


Udi, Unde, Quare. 


/ (Theſe Interrogatives, ubi, where 2 unde, Rule 1, 
4 Y whence 2 quare, wherefore 2 (FC. gu- 
* ern an Indicative Mood. 
” 1, Ubieſtfrater, where 7s thy brother ? 
2. Unde advenis, whence cameſt thou ? 
3. Quare lachrymaris, why doft thou cry © 


v% "BD 


- | Ubi, when 62 after that, hath ſometimes Rule 2, 
| an Indicative, and ſometimes a Subjun» 
| &rve Mocd. 


+ þ Ubi tenon in invenio. when, o2 after that, 
| 7 hec ub1 dicta dedit. 


Qui, quz,quod,quis,quid,qualis, 
| qQUantus;&c. 


Theſe when thep are not Inter eh Rute-2, 
- Þbave commonlp a Subjun&ive Mood, 

ome an Indicative. 

8 1. Stultus es * qui huic ® credas , bes 

{cauſe tnou believeſt 3 nec iguorant qui ii Fe 

who IRey are, 
; Ez Qui commodiſſims * navigaviſlemus; 
FF Qs fora/- | 


3. 
f 
7? 
as * 
.*% 
« 
[> h4 
4 


OE LAB 4m . 
$908 


Vouy Wo - TIES : 


1% Yo Gr 
4 
mane «ant 


"x a—- 
D we & 
wy " 4 
/_— >More, . We” OO. 


ZLanacen 


Kink 2. 


Rule ms. 


Rule, 


Conirution of Moods. 


foraſmuch #5 ; *qui neque in_urbe * vive- 
rer, foraſmuch as he,goc. vide *.quanta * lic 
in te ſ\uavitas, how great, Siquis me quzrit; 


{1quis opprobriisdignum latraverit, 

Eft qui, func qui, eſt quando, eſt nbi, 
govern both Moods. Sunt quibus in Saryra 
videar nimis acer, 


1. Priafquam. 2. Antequam. 3. Poſt. 
quam. 4. Sjmul ut. 5s. Simulac, 6. Si- 
mul arque, govern an Indicative v2 $ub- 
auntive Mood. 


Quoad. 

T1. Quoad, how long, governs an Indica- 
tive 02 Subjundive Myod. Quid ? fenem 
* quoad * expecatis veſtrum. - 

2. Quoad, unt!/ , goberng a Subjundtve 


Aood onip. 
Ne. 


TI. Newt: 1. To an Imperative. * Ne 
” fapire hofpittium, fhun AR. 2, To a Sub- | 
junftive, *Neiſtuc tam iniquo *'patiare | 
animo. 3. Sometimes an Indicative,etiam þ 

ſt incubuirt ac, *-Ne nunc quidem fabiille þ 


p* 
"peenitet. 
verns a Subjundive Mood. 


N0n, 20,.3207, 07 70t.. 


Non ferverh to all Moods, except the bn 


perative. 


% [> 
7 
:J 


2. Ne, englifþed but thar, ve Jeff that, go-p. 


4 b 

þ I 
EY 
£2 
Ee 
a < 


W's: 
0 


+4 


Hi *-non *dubitant quin-ex vera fant, Þ 
qu 


Conftrucion-of Moods. 347 
quz defendunt. * Non * negem 1 nove- 
rim, 1 would not deny it, if I knew. it. 
Amo te, & *non *negltecxiſle, habeo gra- 
tiam. 
'Jnftead of non, always befoze the 1m- gyjc 2, 
perative Mood, and commonip betoze the Sub- 
junfive, weuſene: and foz non fac, [ap 
ne fcceris,. 02 noli facere, 92 cave facias. 


An ana Num, 


An and Num, englifhed what? be-nyj x, 
ing Partieiples Bf a5king, govern an 1[n- 
dicative Mocd. An ego toties de eadem I© 
audiam? what ſhall 1 hear ſo often, (5c. 

Num cogitat quid dicat? what doth bee 
regard or confider what he ſaith 2 


An and Num, enaliſhed whether o7 no 2 Rule 2g 
ging Advcrbs of doubting, o2 Put 1nfini- 
tivcly, require a Subjunfive Mood. Haud 
ico an i1lam. nunc milere amet. Yife num 
renicrit. 

An engliihed., oz couplieth like cds ann 
Tenjec. Erravit an jnfanivit. Iminuatur an 
deſcratir. 


7. Qua}, 5-7f. >, Tirquam, as though, Rule x: 
2. Perinde ach, as zf.*\'q. Perinde quati, as 2 
77, 5s. Cen, as if, require a Subjun#ive 
N00 7. | 

* Quaſi vero pavlum Finterfier.: Perinde 
Q'a{t internecione in humano geperi min!- 
{entur, : 


Quaf1, tanquam, perinde: acfi, perinde Rule £4. 
| _ quak 


PP 
_ 


cn i Womoagt ow bond 7 AD 4 3 


345 


f FF Ws 
* : 34.4 L : 
i. +I ; 

# - 24 ; 
: FS MW: 
; ©» 11 C 
. J #+ A 2 
4 Ll 

I. 

| + £ 


Rule. 


File. 


_ Conftrution of Moods: 


quaſ1, cen, engltſyzd even as., require an 
Indicative Mood. LE, 
Tanquam. Philoſophorum habent diſci- 


 plinz, ex ipf1s vocabula, even «5 the diſci- 


plines, (Fc. Quan f1 fuiſſer Daves aliquis qui 
:nrerturbaſſer omnia, es If there had bin, (xc. 


 F, Etfi, 2. Tametf1, 3. Ertiamfi, 4. Quan- 
quam, a/though, have an Indicative Mood in 
tbe beginning of the (pegch , ether wile a 
Subjundive. | 

1. * Etfi ſuus cuique modus * eſt, ramen 
magis offendit:nimium.quam parum. 

2. Omnia brevia tolerabilia efle deb=nr, 
*ctiamſ1 maxima * fint. 

3. Quanquam uterque uterur. Quanquam 


:[tam cupio abducere. 


Qyando,quandoquidem; and quoniam gs 
bern an Indicative Mood. 


1. Nj. 2. Nift, 3.St. 4.Sin. $. Siquident. 
6. Quod. 7. Quia. 8. Quamvis, ad:nit of an 
Indicative oz Subjunive Mood. Quamyvis 
tibi conſulis. Gaudeo quod amas, 1 am glad 
that thou leveff. Quod engliſþen whereas, is. 
jopned to an 1adicative Mgod in the begin- 
ning of. a ſentence- as; Quad ad me (cri- 
bis, whereas thou mriteſt to me, Mtherwiſe | 
it uſually hath a Subjunive Mood, efpecial- þ. 
Ip ic ff come afrer 1, Non eft. 2», Nihil | 
_ 3: NE it be englithed ( wherefore) oz 
why. 

x *-Non *® eſt * quod moleſte * feras 

2, Nihil eſt quod me invites. 

3. Quid eſttgitur- quod amplius duhite- 
Rus, . & Quan, 


Conftruction of Moods. 249 
Quin, why ? 


Quin englilhed why 2 requireth an Ind:- 
cative Mood. Quin ta huc advolas? why doſt ye 1, 
not thou make ſpeed hither 2 Qyin ergo quod 


juyant, id ſemper faciunt? - why then do they 
always, &c. 


Quin, but that :. Licet, albeit, Have toim- 
monip a Subjun&rwe Mood. 
+ Quin ita fir. Rule 2.. 
2 5 Licet venias. 


{ 


| Quippe, for, and quippe, becauſe , put 
| mockingly, hath an Indicative Mood. Quippe Rule x. 
vetorfatis, Becauſe I am- forbid, (oc. 


Quippe qui, as one that : utpote qui, as one £4 
* that, govcro an- Indicative os- SubjunFive Rule. ' {i 
' Mood. [5d 
| Aliisfoelicitatem non invidet mundanam. 
quippe quam minime defiderat, he d3th not 

| grudge other men worldly happin*(s, as that 
| which he deſireth not. Vrpore qui peregre 
| depugnavit, as a man that bad fought abroad 
KK In war; 


Vrpote ct, and gquippe cum, require a Brule 3... 
Subjun&ive Mood onip. | 


Vrpote cum labciaflem ,. as when I had 
been ſick 


 Quippe cum habeat,foraſmuch «s,o7 becauſe 
it hath,q&c. 


ee PRc ubi impleagt; as in. which place. they 


| | Qu. 


A 
© ::. 
Fl 
' 
b 
: 


. 
Lo 

. 

. 
os 
bs 


Rule t. 


Rule 2. 


Rye 3» 


Ruic 4s 


an þ 
Kt 


Farticles underſkood- 


Qud, to the end that, Modd, ſo that. 
Dummodo, ſo that. Quo minus, that could 
not, govern a SubuneHtve Mood. 

A concertante in anguſtias cogitur , quo 
minus poſſit expedite pugnare, that he could 
aot readily fight. 

Quo facilius contineret. 

Non quo fit mihi quicquam garius. 

Modd ut confiſterer frudtus otii tui , (; 


that there may appear ſome fruit go. 


Modo id eleganter Roant, 


Conjundtions for ConjunRiones 
Srevity ſake are left compendi! CausSAa 0» 
out. mictuntur. 


Ur is oftentimes underfiood after thels | : 
Verbs, volo, nolo, malo, precor,rogo,opor. | 
tet, necefle oft, licer. Wo 

Tu velim definas. Nolim me Jocariſ* | 
putes. Hominem occidar oportct. Lice { 
facias, hcet venias. - 


Ut oz (quod) is underfiood afrer ſino,|] * 
puto, ©Opinor, credo, arbitror, fatear : ag, 1 t 
Sine videam. Neon puto repudiabis in hep g P 

- Dore, quem in periculo recipiſti. KK 

Ne /g 11Dcerfiood afrer caveo, and after. 
cenſeo, ſuadeo, nuncio, dico.,. facio, ung - | 

= te! 


derſtand quod, ut, 62 ne. 
Cenſco vites, ſuadeo Capris. 
Tu fac habeas fortem animum. 


ben ne cometh after vereor, metuo, of 
t2racs Þ 7 


Figures: 550 
rrmeo. Non f8*underPood after ne. Ve- 


reor ne latisdiligenter aRum fir, foz ne non 
ſatis, &C. 7 | 


T Comma lometimes fupplieth the place mule 5, 
Bf a ConjundHon. 


Corpus debilitant, balnea, vina,yenus; 


F YLHres, 


Prothefis puts to Prothefis apponit pz, v, 
the beginning of 4 capiti quod Aphzre- 
word, that which A- fits auſert. 
phzreſts »4keth away. 

_ a9, pnatus f62 natu's, conia for ciconia. 


Syncope taketh out Syncope de medio 
of the midff, that tollir, quod Epen- __— 
which FEpenthefis theſis infert. 
brings in: 4s, 

Abur,fozabivic. Relliquias, foz reliquias. 


Apocape, taketh Aufert Apocape 
away the end, which finem, quem dat Pa- 
Paragoge addeth : as, ragoge. 
peculi for peculu -- 
dicier for dic. 


Rule Þ. 


Antiſtoichon 3x Antiſtoichon - eſt pie 4. 
the putting of one let= litere pro litera 
* ter for another: a5, poſitio.. 

2 olli for 111}, 


3 Helleniſmus 53 Helleniſmus eft Rules 
3 when a word is joyned cum dittio , non e1 
3 ntto that caſe which cafui jungitur, wma 
4 ho 


*& - - 


Figures: 


the propriety of the 


Latine tongue requires 


but that which the 
Greek deth. 


Latina proprietas 
exigit , led. quem 
Greca. 


Define mollium tandem querelarum; 


Enallage 7s the 
change of ſome acci- 
Gents agarnſt the rules 
of uſual conſtrudion, 


Archaiſme is a rule 
of conſlrufion in uſe 
with the Ancients 
which ;s now out of 
x#ſe. 


Enallape eft acci- 
dentium quorun- 
dam, contra ufitatx 
conſtructionis leges 
permutatio, 


Archaiſmus eſti 
ſiruqurz ratio vere- 
ribus in uſu, quz jam 
exolevir. 


Quid tihi hanc rem curatio eſt 2 Evoca- 


trons when the third perſon s called to the farſi 
or ſecond, Qui legis hzc. Populus ſuperamur 


35 UNI, 


Fins Libri Quinti, 


: : (353) 


SAS0S9:6SAP 


THE 
SIXTH BOO, 


—— ETC m—_ 


[1 Of Letters. 


O 


There are five Latin Yowe's 4, ©,1,0, u, fo2 
| yis a Greek Vowel put inſtead ofv. 
Dipthongs are, 

Z,Q,aU,cu,Alſo ai,el,o1, ui, yt. 
| Mill the reft ars Conſonants which are dls 
1. {Unto efght mutes, b,c,d. f,2 p.q,t. 
| 2, Four liquids, I, m,n,r, fs which 1 is 
| wont to be 20ded; nh (5 Tk rather a note of 
| breathing, then a jetter. 
' 32. Dovble Conſonants are x, Z, and j. 
| befwirt two Vowels: ag in mayor, un- 
| icfſe another1 fmmiedfatelp go hefoze it : 
a3 in theſe wozne, biuges , quadrijuges, 
| MuUſtizuges. 
: 4. ] and U, are Conſenants , when 
| With another Vowel thep make a ſP!la 


| Ble: ag, va, ve, vi, vo, vu. Ja, Je, jizj0, 
Ju, 


FINN 


F Letters, ſome are Voyels, others 
Conſonants. 


s, Great 


"+" ans. 


V, 
£ - 
=: 
#4 7 
LIES 4 
*F.. 
7 = 
L- 3 
j 3 
: 
F# 
& 
. 
; a 
».4 
" 4 
4 «3 
fn g 
; » 
Ts 
®. 
x 5 
4 Lo 
4 
$ 
- 
OH : 
$ 
\&P 
' 
+: 
; . 
« 
532g 
+4 7 
E-4 1 
i 
MN 
3 
[1 
; n 
$9759 
$4, 
gd" 
Y 
*. 
4 vi 
ra 2 
2 
; E 
y-} 
7%- * 
: 
S + 4 
" 


REIN 
- > 
- 


M 4 
_- - %* : 
MN ——_—_— 
© 1a Go. nm 
a -- "__ our” - 
+ 


I, \ 
4 hn > O Y Poe - 
4 —__— A ae F4 ——_— a -- Me p | : . 
+ 1 Wi > of »t> 7%, PRI , pony oe, ge _ re I II ns att 
« o "AE b 4 Do IRE _ 
» *% , * 
— | k . _—- Ay or tee rt 
a I nu - am ad55; - Os. > 0 ar, oe re, Wie Ge 
5 Fog beech > z —- , —_ —_ 
" me "TY k 


Prem. 
pert - 
- NS ns 
_—_—— . 


addi a... oe "” ___ wag * o- 
- 38; 4a- + -- i _ x 73 Y 
_ TON 
"a " \ 9 (by rg 1p , þ-* . me 
. 7 wdke ovgh — « mw —. TIS Ja. : : 
' q 4 ; r ON Os EI ; : , ; 
« - TI ls 6 l 
* ”, - - : + —_ - k » $66); A IN 0] 
by" ig , F - - , + ; 
S om If" _ _—. hn I a IR ? ' 
» EP, 4 . 0 4 i — wo » J You. » 2% ; 
" 
5 


354 


Of Letters- 
s. Great Letters Wzitten bp themſelves, 
o2 few together, note wozdg. oz numbers. 
A. D. id. Otto. ante diem, iqus Oftobris, 
A.YV. C. ab urbe conditi. 
A. Aulus, A. V. - awplicudo yveltra. 


C. Caius 


C.M. Czſarca Ma- 


jeſtas 
C V. Celfitndo veſtra, 
Cos. Conſul 
Coss. Conlules 
D. Deccius 
D.D. dono dedit 
E.T.Excellentia tug 
G. Gaius. 
Ex. Gr. Exempli 
Gratia 
H.S. Seſtertius 
J. C. Juris conſult 
EL. Lucius 
L.L.S. duo aſles, _ 
dur libre & fſe- 
miſſis. — 
L.L. Lingua Latina 
M. Marcus 
Ms. Manuſcriptum 
N. Nota. N. B. Nota 
bene 
N. I. Novum Telſta- 
mentum 


P. Publius 


'P. E Patres conlicri- 


pti 
| P, L, Peeta Laurea- 
rus. 
' P.R. Populus Roma: 
nus 


a P Quintus,Quzfter 


{s. Sanctus 


 S.P.D. Salutem plu- 


Quirites 
R. P.Res publica,Re 
| gis profeſſor 
R.R. Re ruſtica 


[S.S. ſacro ſanus 

S.C, Senatus_Conſu!. } 
tus - ; 
$.P. Spurius,a/ſe ip. | 
ritus ſanctus. | 
Sex. Sextus 


| rimam dicit | 
'S.P.Q.R. ScnatuF 
| Populuſque Ro- ; 
manus by 
T. Titus 7 
T. C. Tua Cry ? 


tla, 


4 - 7 

p K 

—_ 

V : f + 
Ma 

* 


Verfifying Rules. 


| Verſ flying Rulen 
F $yllables are Ex fyllabis fiunt 
Or ade Feet: of Ppedes:; ex pedibus ep 
| Feer bound gether by juſto arque legirimo 
- 6 aright and convenient numero conſtricis, 


| number, are made fiunt Carmina. 
| Verſes. 


[ Feet oi two Syllables. 


"| =. Spondzus, confifiing of rwo long ſpl- 
| Tables : as, virtus. - 
| 2, Jambus conliſting of a ſyozr and a 
: long + as, amans. 
| 3: Trochzus o2 Choreus, confifling of a 
| long and a [hott : as, colls, 


*Y Feet of three cyllables. 


r. DaRylns, conſiſting of thee pilables, 
| whereof the firſt is lang, and the other two 
| are [hozt : a9, mictere. 


and the Laff ſong : As, pietas. 
"3 _—— conſifting of thzee thozr 
_ | ſpilables: as, domine. 
'} Yong ſpllable is thus noted -, but a 
7 hozt one thus ». 
* Verſes molt uſed in Schoo'g are, 


| 


ys = ' Anapzſtus, conſiſting of the fir two 


< 
_ 
grantdr 6 " 


__ ag. * 
"yn x her _ 
7 ren Wes RY aro 


\ 
NEO b Sy P on T 4 " I =P, - _ =__ w—_ oe 9 —Y * > & 7 
Lb 26 TIES. . to w/c. 3 WEE 3 > & > $40 : 5 A WB FR > > 2 ot 
hetero _ — ow 0 I. _ —— Ba oo. er ome - F ws? « bn * - ? PE a p "IN 0 Ys 
: l % i y TEE V Fo os nd hs o 0 y 
————_— > 4&7 ies —_—_— < # +» Vo 
" R - £ —_ « XS $a $ 
PR Os Ar AE of WF >>, wi © CS gn FI, 7 1 > SA IP Oe * 
> : : , 
« +." __ y x 


' " 
4 
i 
1 
A 


©..." + a = Br 52 | 
_ EC... ao A aw 
<>" - EO t-- NS £4 
e 


356 Li: Verfifying Rules. 
EP erſus Heroicus 


This Verſe conf{ferhþ of Daty/s and 
Spondeys onip. | 
The Laws in making thereof are, _ 
The fifch foot muſt be a Dadyle,the Grth 
a Spondey, the other four Dad&yls 62 Spendeys 
at our pleaſure : and thig /erſe is Allo 
called Hexameter. _ 0 ” 
Longi dies homini doctitt parere Itonss, 


Rule. 


Obſervations: 


I. Yll Verſes run beft where the feet ar 
linked the one with the other, that is, when 
tbe wozd following beipetb to make yp th: 
foot of the wozd befoze : as, - ; 

Mens hibictt ſolioque ſeder regaliter alto. © 

2. (The feet in this kind of Verſe will 7 
be unlinked moſt fitlp, firſt befoze the (4: | 
cond foot, and fourth : ag, | 1 

Corporis * eſt expers,qui *corporacun- Þ 
ca creavit. And allo betcze. the ſIxt ::as, 
Oninia quz vivunt & que * viventia nn 
ſunt. Nonne perire breyi moztalia cundiÞl 
vidertis ? : 

3. A Spondey anD a Dadyle, oz two Spn-I 

_ deys and a Dagyle, begin thig Verſe plc 
ſantly. Fe ; 

Contemplabir item mulros furtoque dv» Þ 
loque ditatos, oz a Penthemimer. Qui {ibÞþ 
quod ſatis eſt oprar, nil c#tera curar. Þ 

Deceptus falsa ſpecie verique bonique. 

4. Epithets are elegantip ſer befo! IM; 

| tretr Subſtantives, and if the Verſe - | 
't conſt 


Verſifying Rules. 257 


| conliſt of two AdjeFives, two Subſtan- 
| tives and a Verb onelp, the firſt Adje- 
| (ve agreeing with the firft Subſtantive, 
| the ſecond With the ſecond, and the 
t Verb . placed in the midft, it is called 
a Go!den Verſe : ag, Lurida terribiles mi- 
| ſcent aconita noverce. 
| Pendula flayentem pingebat bracea cri- 
* 5$. Sometimeg but verp ſelnome a Spon- 
© dey is found tn tbe ſirt place. 
| Sic coſtam longo ſubduximus Apennino. 
6. Un making Verſes avoid Rhimes : as, 
Singula ſpectando ventos ſuperare vo- 


Rado. © 5; mn 
'F Nutrix dum rotat,canit & cunabula mo- 


Ebibe fac torum,fi vis cognoſcere potum 


2. Verſus Pentameter. 


| The Pentameter Verſe: conſifteth of fibe Rule, 
| feer, divided into' two: parts ; the foz- 
Imer whercof both compzehend two feet, 

| Days, S'pondeys, Oz etther of them, wirl) 
Ba tong ſpitabie; the other alſo of two 
ifecet, bur. alrogether Da&yls with a long 
_ipllable: as, «- _ 
© Tardiis aut propius||mors ſia quemque 
manct. t 


. 
_ = my I - . 
- PE »_ . —_— > * FF: 
, —_—— Wie x A i 2 w wy Ps - * - 3 7.x 
. Wt T8 d Iu) a aw as za. + - = Z id p 3 Z mY Fa © ys 4 E x 
| . " 0 cy ware 7 = 5 Ps Gy S - M097” 6adoe L <A” at 2 —_ © ths. »he 2%» A *. « 
b - Wiks —_ 2 . - o w __ ou - Fg A 
a , q ” : 2. 26h ! . 6 - F236 = . . of o - =_ of 
_- we. 2 \*%. , [5 4 b- on & ww; "%. be v K-27 _ ” » - k YI p 4 ' f Fes” at ” « » _— 
7 pris Ang AR be _— Meer Ls — -— _ C TERS - OY 
=» - wn o po - of -( be. % : i F 
— a 20 oy =; RES N "= £ ; : : I pd FS, eg RT IN”  af® * *- X g ”, 5 
= FRIES. . ” 
4 : *> ITS. <> 
as 0-06.02 ts d F _—_ —_ _ 
tvs * 


as a— 


o——_ wa ah” 


kr $7 


a+ i, 
” yt 
T ag om + .' 
ca"; —— 


Obſervation. 


+ Let the Pentamcter Verſe enb with a wozh 
4of two ſpilabies, and that either with a 
q Verb oz a Subſtantive, 02 meus, tuus, ſuus, 
jj (2nd not with an ible Epithete 3 A 
l 


FL 


| Rule, 


Rules. 


Rule. 


Kuie. 


Verſifyins Rules. 


Sir nox cum ſomnoſjſit ſme lite dies. 
Decinuere oculos|}carmina noftra tuos. 
Sometimes it eng with a ward of 


thee ſpllablrg: as, 


Hxc $1erint nobis;premia fi placui. 


3/7 erſus Adonins, 


Th: Admick, Verſe ronfiis of a Dath!, 


and a Spordey : as, 
Ocior aura : Crine decorum. 


4. Verſus Archilechims. 


This Verſe conſiſts of two Dathls, and 


a [nllable. 
”_ beata Tagl. Jugera Pauca ſoli. 


6.1 er! as G Iycovicur. 


2 Glyconick Verſe conſitts of a Spot 


annTtwo Dals: af, 
vc te Dia potens Cypri. 


6. Verſus Aſclepiadeu: 


In Aſclepiad Verſe confiſig of a Sponde, Þ 
Daty!, and a long (pilable, .and then gf 
rwo:Datyls. : 

Maxcenas atavis{[edite regibus. 


7 Verſus Sapphicus. 


A Sapphick Verſe conſiſ's of a Trocho, Þ 
Spondey, Dadyl, and then of two Troche)s, F 
and after cach thee Verſes an Adonick is 
added. Intege 


3 


[ 
ſ, 


Verſifying Rules. 


Tnteger vitz, ſceleriſque purus, 

Non eget Mauri, mculis nec arcu, 

Nec venenatis gravida fapittis 
Fulce pharetra. 


8. Verſus Phalesin: 


JI Phalzcean Verſe conſiſts of a Spondey, rule, 


| Dadyl, and rbzee Trocheys, and endg moſt 
commendablp with wozds of two [plia- 
| Vies. 
___ Viram quz faciunt beatiorem. 

Summum nec metuas diem nec optes:; 


9. Verſus Jambicus. 


Fir, a pure Zambrck, Verſe ronſilis onlp Fulc, 


* of Fambicks : as, 


Surs Et ipsa Roma viribus riirt. 
Secondlp , the Jambick Verſe itn pures 
nefſe nert to.this, is that winch hath Spon- 
d:ys mired with 7ambicks, the one after the 
' other : as, | 
' Jus eſt in armis opprimir leges timor. 

Nam ſeri non &@ſt ad bonos mores vid. 

+ {(Thirdlp, if the t'wo laft Feet exchange 
plarcs, then the Jambick haſteth, and is 
" cailed Scazomn. 

 Diicenties accepir et tamen vivir. 

> Fourtyvip, the leſſe pare Jambicks re» 


5 ceive in the fir, third, and fifr place,called 


+ odde places, both a Jambick, Spondey, Ana- 
7 pxſt, Dady!, 1nd Tribrack,, bur le:dom, and 
{ not two Tribracks in the ſame Verſe, Þozes 
| over in the ſecond, fourth, and ficr places, 
| Which are called even places, it receiveth 
F a 


- A tee 


+ ut 4 
" : pa. 
—— 


be Sap on x il 4 —_— q IR... _ a FE = p bu IP ” > , = . >. —" = 
n k NB 4 SA h6t > re rok 0" Jy. 4 us A % » Ao ohne 4 3m fas: c . Wo - _ by 4 2 _ ; CRE 4 ” 
"4 = Wp A þ. + > 4 4x a a * - a. '©% Nv oy 5 05) 4 I." $5 Pp J 4 B+ oats rn _ & ” as : 6 oy ” AN wi \F * _ 
”— — pR—_ - - . » . - _ - - by < 
_ x ; $: 2c "I yy 4 ” nt ee 65 -—" w/w "» _ be © «Sq. 4 
: - oy \ — , -— i p , « v2 ” 4" > 
, _ obo %.- we . : " ___ Fe . 1 
- 4 * FI A - ST ne Rs > mr. ib xn nd FA Mi 3 / : ” _ n v - 
oo X - My Ep WW - 4 13a Mo, * of y \ Cs P 
As "0 as ” 


> oY 
AN jrore Be” wh —<anayiy 
bs p 


350 


Rule. 


Verſifying Rules. 


a 7ambick and one Tribrick, but nof fn 
the l{afi ſeat; and ir*s meer that this 
Verſe have in it alwaps rws Jambzcks. 
Cecidere fratres? arma non ſcryant mo, 
dum, 
Nec temperari facile, nec reprim! poteſt 
Stricti enfis ira. Bella delecaat cruor, 


Obſervation: 


_ The Fambick Verſe is divided into two 
kinds, Dimcter oz Nuaternary, Which confilis 
of forr feet: ag, 

| Sus peEribit artithus 
Sceleſta fraus Er mncjdent 
In ipsa CcMcci retta,%c. 
2. Trimeter, 02 Senary , which conſis of 
Gr feet: as, 
SEquicur ſuperbos u!tor a tergo Deus. 


Poecical Figures: 


An meaſuring and ſetting together of a Þ/ 
Verſe, Pvets uſe certain Figures, which Þ 
not withiianding bp poung Verfefiers ouglt Þ 
ro be ſhtnned as rocks. ” 


T1, Spnalepha. —_ 

Synalzpha i9 tizz ctitting off cf a vowel £ 
befoze anorher tn divers woz0s : as, & 
Sera nimis vir” cit craſtina , viv* hodic, fi 
fo? vita eſt, and viye hodte. 2 


Verſifying Rules.  g6c 
Obſervations. 


2; Spnereſiss 


1. Sometimes there is a cutting awap 
02 p:efſing together of YVowels in the ſame 
wo:d bp Synecphoneſis, tontrating them 
tats one, & ſo ſounding them, which ig ate 
called Synerefis : a8, dehinc cui,huic,deeft 
being made one ſyLable, s deinde, codem, 
genua, anteit, aurez, alveo two ſyllables, a- 

 riete piruita, thzee ſyHables, alvearia graveo- 
lentis ſcemianimis four ſyllables. 

2, Heu 4 O, are never cut oif: az, O 
ego quantum egi, & ah, hei, 10, g Cui con- 
traſted. 

- .- 3. O 86 other long Vowels fn imitation 
of the Greeks befoze another Vowel are not 
cut off,but become common. 

Sranc Er  JunTperi E er caſtinEZ hirsre 

Credimiis? Jn qui imant Ipsi fibi Gmnia 

; fingnnr. 

' 4. A Diphthong oz leng Vowel ig moze 
barlÞ oz rough fo be cut of, then a ſhot 

befoze a long one. 


| 3, Diereſis. 


2s Syeerefiscontracter Iwo fables (1-4 
- foone, ſo on the contrarp Dierefis biflols **** 
2 beth oz Divibeth one (able fnto Two : «5, 

: difloliienda fo? diffolyenda. Aulal foz aule, 

7 Hliiz foeſylve, 


R 4.Ecthe 


* 


Verſifying Rules. 


4. Ecthlipfis, 


Ecthlipſts, ts when m with big vowel ig 
cut off; the next wozd beginning with a 
vowel 2h: as; 

Monftr* horrend” inform ingens, cui lv. 
men ademptum, fo2 monſtrum horrendun, 


5. Cafura. 


 _Ce#ſura is when afrer an abſolute foor, a 
Thozt HNable in the end of a wozd is made 
ſong, which after the fir foot is calfed a | 
Triemimer, after the [econd a Penthemimer, | 
after the third a Hepthemimer , and afrer | 
the fourth an Enneemimer. | 
Omnia vincit *amor & nos cedamus amo- F: 
ri: if otherwiſe a long flable be mat:Þ 
iho:t, it ts bp Syſtole : as, Obſtupui ſtett. j# 
rutque comZ , foz ficterunt; oz a ffoitÞ 
ſyNable long, it 9 by Diaſtole : as, in quen 
recidimus. 


| 


f 


: 
| ; 


General Rules of robs quantity 
of Syllables. 


A Vowel before Yocalis ante duvlh - 
two Conſonants, or 4 COnlonanres,aut dui 
double Conſonant in plicem in eadem dr y 
the ſame word or di- &ione, vel divel 

vers , 15 long by Poſe politione longa cit, 1 | 
tion. | 
Malra cadinr inter calicem ſupremaq ? 
labra, + 3 


Obſler . 


_— ke AM _—_— —— Oe”! » —_— = _— 


Verlifying Rules. 36; 


Obſervation. 


1. mute with the /:quid 1,o2*r,in the ſame* m&-n_ 
Va able, make a fſhezr vowel gotng befo:s Greco» pers 
their common : as, patris,retro,yolucris; but 7ntwr, 
tf the Wozp be i0i:g bp nature, tt cannor be 
changed ſhoet 2 as, aritrum {imulacrum, a a- 
crem, matris,atrum. 

2.Jf the fozmer wozd ends with a ſhozt 
vowel, E the next wo2d begtn with two 
conſonants, if is nor a Poſttron, but Dzaſtole ; 
as,  Occulra ſpoliazto be Decitned., 
A vowel before a- YVocalis ante vo- gy. : g3 
nether in divers fylla- calem in diverfis 
bles of the ſame word, ſyllabis ejuſdem di- 
» everywhere ſhort: Etionis ubique bre- 
4s, Deus,filius,tuus. -vis eſt. 


Exceptions. 


E Ercept theſe Genitives fn ius , illius, 
ſits, iſtius, unius,uilias. notlivs, where 1 
is found common. Totius,folius,urrius,neu- 
rcius.alcerutrius, Are Very ſeidom hor ; 1 
in alterius (8 alwaps Wot , i in —_ is 


! alwaps long. 


Faſtidirer olus qui me NOLaT utTus ho- 


#3 com, Hor. Ep. 17: V.I5. 


2. (The Genzitrve @ Datrve caſes of the fift 


2 Declenſion, abere e between Bvoubiel, is 
3 made long : a5,dici.ſpeciei, other wile e be- 


34 foze i is thozt ; as,fidei. 


3. & xcept Vocative caſes of proper narnes 


£2 inci andais; as, Pompei, Vultei , Cai, 6 


R 2 | Goni- 


Rule 3+ 


142; ailo Poſſeſſves tn-Tius anv oius, and 


Verſifying Rules. 


Genitives of the firſt Declenſion diTolbed : 
aulai, foz aulz, pictii, foz pictz. 

4. Fi tn fio, ig long : as, fiunt,fiet, ex, 
rept c and r,follow together: as in fierem, 
ficri. 

5s. Jn Greek wozds one bowel befoze 
Another ts ſomtimes Tong : a8,acr,Galarea, 
Menelaus, Lycaon, Orion, Amphion,Ilionea; | 
and in chorea, and in Platea,ycp*la Tax: 


of wozts ending tn ous, bave e Ad o | 
long : ag, Rhodoptius, Acheloius, Latous, | 
Eo Us, Arctous. E 


Ev try Dipthong 1s Omnis Dipthon- | 


Jong : as,aurum tas, 


Reuter, caelum, yet 


prz 4 vowel following 
1s ſhort : as, preacu- 
cz, preuſiis, Rhvb- 
dopelz arces, Gre- 
corum more, 


A ſyllable contra- 


ed of two is long: as, 


cogo for coapo, tibi- 
cen for tiblicen,it for 
117, Petit of pet! 
ir and abiit. 


Derivatives are al- 
lotted the ſame quan- 
tity with their Primi- 
tives : ds. 1N AMICUS 
is ſhort, of a in amo 
fbort. 


contcacta producty* 


ir, and obit and abit of obi\-! 


gus longa eſt: ut | 
aurum, ras, neuter, | 
coelum. Prez tamen 
ſequente vocali cor- Þ 
ripitur, preacutz, # 
prezuſlis. Fs 


3 ,. 
a. 
Ke 
t IT 


Was: 
Tat 8 


Syllaba'ex duabu 


fs 
x % of 


cur, 


F E + - 
; * S,- 


bs 
IA E> , 
Os 
Wo ET q 
$ at > 
bes." W3.- 
EF AD 
EE 
% Ps 
Y I 


Derivativa eandel JZ 
cum Primitivis gul-F; 
ticarem ſortiuntuiif® 
ut, Amicus ab am%p* 
legi,legeram,legeriy: 
legiſlem, legero, {© F® 
gifle. £2 


o& # LY ” 
le I SN EK 
Se Ns foes 5 


EA 7 7 
poets 


Excep 


humanus of homo 
jucundus of jitvo 
Jugerum of jJiagum {| 
Junior of jiivenis | 
lacerna of lateo 
lex legis of lego 


Verſifying Rules!) 


TIONS, 


Words made long which are derived 
of ſhort anes. 


denus ef dEcem | TeX TEgis 


and oof rego 


| regula 


ſecius of fecus 

ſedes of ſede9 

ſuſpicio, Onis of ſuſ- 
pIcor 


licera of 11:nra 
MmAceEro of micer 
nonus of novem 
penuria of penus, {| 


arena) 
of areo 

Sriſta \ 2 
curnlis of carro 
dicax of dico 
diſertus of difſero 
dux,dicis of diico 
farina of firro 


tragor, t 


fragilts ſ 
Incerna of lnceo 

mamilla of mamma 
nato,naras of naru 


- 
Py _ 
A a , | >, 

aa Ls Poe 0. dot? : 
- X Pb PO ERS SP ND 

SL, oy, py ALICE RS 8 P 4 
es CNS eF” 
0 , , OY 


of frango 


nota of notu | 
ofella of Offa | 
pageila of pagina | 


tepula of tego 
vomer of vomo 
YOX VOCIS of VOCO. 


Wards made ſhort which are derived of 
long ones. 


polui of ponRO 
quiſillus of qualus 
ſigax of fagio 
ſgillum of fignum 
ſopor of {opio 
solutum of $0lvo 
rigillum of tigno 
varicoſus of varix 
velutum of volvo 
ſtitio' 1 

ſtirus >of ſtarum. 
ſtabilis | 
fidelis of fido, 


fxdes whence 
fidus, infidus, fidu- 
Cy 


R 3 Wi fs 


aj 


Verſifying Rules: 
| Words compounded Compoiita ſimphi- 
follow the quantity of cium quanritatem ſe- 
(imple or uncompoun- quuntur, ut lego lE- 
ged words. gis,periego a 1&go. 


E xcept theſe ſhort of long, 


Innttba, Lof nu- | Cognitum, of no- 


Pronuba, 5 bo. | Agnitum, 5 tnm. 
}-: | Praſticurus,? of ſta- 
Connubium, com- | Reſtjturus, F rurus. 

, 1cus "I 
mon Caufſidicu of dico. 


Dejero TY Ju- | Maledicus 

PejEro ro. | Nitjlum,of hilum. 
Siquidem, of 1. | Sennſopitus, of ſopi- 
Hodie,of hoc die. mc: 


And on the contrary,th# long of ſhort, im- 
becillus, of baculus. | 
1. THozbg compounded with theſe Parti» 
cles; 1.B1: as, biceps. 2. Tri: as,triceps. Þ 
3. tre: as,treEcenti. 4. Du : 4s,diicenti,have F 
t:2m ſhozr,except cri in rriduum, which is |. 
iong. | | þ 
2. Winds that are compounded with | 
Verbs, the firſt part ending in e,lave e & 
thezt : as, tremiefecit, of tremo facio : repe- [4 
tecit, of tepeo facio, # fo valedixit, lab&fa- |: 
tus, tremefactus,liquEfaRtus. - 
3. Tele are long of the (imple wozng 
which are common, uhique, ubiliber, ibi- 
dem,quandoquegquandocunque, bitt quan- 
doquidem £5 ozr. : 
4. I in idem maſculine tg long, i in fdem 
Neuter, ig \þozr. 


p<} 5 LY 
] Þ-4 
ou | 


WE in 
Ks hes © 
po FE 
EO 


Verſa fying Rules. 367 
Special Rules of firſt Sy Ilables.. 


A Prepoſutin © © 
compoſition retains his 
quantity, unlefſe poſit:- 
0h, dr 4 vowel follow- 
ing hinder : as ih ſup- 


primo, deamo, deti- 


ſcens. 


A, de jfe,o, are Jong; 
alſoPrepoſ tors which 
end in a, are long: as, 


contra; "ſupra, infra, 


CO | 


Ones qy2z CKeunt in 
/ 4,ut contra,ſupra,in- 
: tra,vc tra oft Lrans. 


"Prapoſitio In ©o- Rule't, 
poſitis ſuam retinet 
quanticatem. Nil 


potitio aut vocalis 


{e Guens 1mpediart. 


Ade, ſe,e, produ- Rule 3. 
cuytar. Producun- 
rar etiam Prepoliti- 


4 Be 4 


x. Dits long,ereept in dirimo, ang diſer- 


rus, -- 


2. Pro alt is (019, ercent ia theſs : thozr 2 : 
Precello,, procella , profligus , Proteryus, 
PLonepos', Profanus , - profundus , proft- 
Cciſcor, Profari, propero, protugio,protecto, = 
profeſtus. - 4ins in theſe commune,procum- 
bo,prectiro, profundo , Propello, propulls, 
propag”, the-Noun & Verb. 

3. Greek” wozts compounved with _—w— 
are tÞozr :-aS, Propneta, protogus, Pro- 
merheus, but pro in ts 19 commune. 


The refidue of Pre- 


poſitions 7 'f poſuti9n give 
leave are ſhert : as, 


circtimigat madi- 
das,Qc. - 


Retiqaz: prapoſi- Rule 3. 


tiones.ab.ad,ante,in., 
ob,inter, per, Ire, ſu- 


per, ſab,circ, 11 poſt- 
tiO ſinat,corripsitur. 


R 4 aperio, 


Rute $e 


Ru'c 5a 


Verſifying Rutes: 
Fperio, &perio, dmitto, have the Erf (pl- 


abi \Þoz2r. 


Re is (hozt.unleſſe in retert,rompounded 
of the Rom re. 


Ohe hath the fiſh Ohepriorem ha- 
ſyllable commune, ehu ber communem,Theu 


long. ©  longam. 


Every Preterperfect Omne Przreritum 
Tenſe and Supine of & Supinum diflylla- 
two ſyllables, hath the bum privrem hahet 
former long : as,vidi, longam. 
legi,morum, viſum. 

& rcept fjdi of findo, bibi, dedi;(cidi,ſts- 
ri, riili, and theſe Duptnes, quirum,sirum, 
ficum, itum, rutum, rarum, datum, $itum, 
and citum of cieo cies. 

Bi tn ambirus the P articiple is long,bur 
b ambirus and ambitio Dubffantives, 

5, 
SDuinc3of many ſplilables, habe the 
Ezit fave one tong : ag, amatum, perirum, 
divisum , ſo:nrum, inducum , ercept DU- 
Pincs in irmm. , When the Pzeterpeifect 
Tenſe doth not end in ivi : as, genjtum, 
cubicum, venditum, mon þtum.. 

Verbs- boubling the :firfi ſp{{able. of. the 


 Beercerperfect Tenſe, bave the firſi ſpilſable 
Ii5ewiſe ſhort : as, tEtendi, cEcidi, tEregi, 


and the ſecond aiſo except.-poſition Hinder : 
AS, tirtid},didicis bur pepedt of Pedo,cect 


di of cxdo are /ong.. 


| Rules 


Verſifying Rules. 369 


Rulesthat pertain co middle ſy[labts 
(that is) to ſyllables between the 
firſt and the laſt. 


The laſt ſyllable Penultima in po- Rule 1, 
ſove one in words of Iyſyllabis acute cre- 


* many ſyllables in- ſcentibus , produci- " Fn 
. >, of pes. an 
creaſing long , # long; tur, & 10 graviter NT jt 


and in Nouns increa- Creſcentibus COITIP1- Vas 1S 


fing ſhort is ſhort ; as, tur, or ſhort 3 fo 
virtus vireutis, fan- Ex incremcento grigis of 


gu1s languinis, Genit1vl. £rex. 


1. A,c, and o, in the [aff ſpilable ſave 
one of Genrtives plural are long : as, milta- 
rum, dierum, donunorum. 

2. A, oO, ande,o, in rie laſt ſpilable ſave 
ene of Datives plural are long : as,natibu:, 
dichus, duobus, but i and u are ſhort: ag, 
partius, fructious,partiidus, vertibus. 


Ex analogia ( onjugationum. 

1. A Of tbe firii, e of the fecond, i of the 
fourth Conjugation are long befeze re and ric, 
ande cf hc rhirv fort : ag, amare, docerc, 
legere, audire. | 

2. Da in diamus, circundamus, dibis, cir- 
cundalz1s, dare, circundare, of do and the 
= Compounds thereof, when it 16 of the firſt. 
 Conjagatian t8 ſhort. 

3. Aande befuze bamand bo are /nr; : 

7 ag. amabam, doctbo. : 

 £© befnze ram, rim,ro, (gs ſhort : a8, lege- 
2 ram, legerim, legero; < jn the thiry perio!n 
* Plural of the Preterperfect Tenſe Indicative i9 
q long : as; leger UnTt v2 legere; LT 
$i R. 5 Preter=. 


A / 


—_ 


—_ 


nad... aut 


at 0d} 4 ”— 
a wares, = GELS d Re ane * 
noun ww oe AL GS , , ; 
"ee. Aa” os 1c, DA b 
_ "OBI 4s hy OY Vt 
* 
gp 4 


Rule» ? AgjeFives in anus, Agjefaiva in anus, 


+» 
= — Mat... 
Verlifying Rules. 


DJ 
Ky} 
> 


4. Preterperfe# Tenſes tn vi, & fi, have 
the laft (7able ſave one long : a5, amay1, 
quieyi, quzsIvi, diviſt, audivi. 

$>U in urio in Deſideratives,ig ſhoer : 1s, | 

artiirio, e{trio, fo2 ſcarario a lighnrio , are 
» not Deſweratives, and therefoze u is pzo- 
T1ceD- | 

The ſyllables ri in rimus, a ri in ritis, are 
in the Preterperfeef Tenſe Subjun&ive 

fpozr, in the Fature commune in verſe , but 
in proſe long. Amaverimus, amayeriris,ama- 
verimus, amaverirtis. 
6. Aves in mo, have i in ino ſho2t;; as, 
inquino, contamino, deſtino , but Neuters 
long : as, feſtino,inclino,propino. 


Lijiy. 


Rule 2. Adjefives ending - AdjeRtiva in inus |Þ 
7n inus, make the laſt producunt penulri- F* 
(yWMable ſave oe long : mam. + 
as, 


% 


clandeſiinus, matutinus, veſpertinus. 


1. Ercept Adje:ves figntfping time : as, |: 
diutinus, craftinus, priſtinus , perendinus, |* 
hornotinus,ſerotinus. p "g 

2. Adje#ives of ſome matter : as, oleagi- |: 
nus,faginus,cedrinus. \ 

3. Adjeives Derived of Greek Nouns, fig- |: 
nifping metals : as, cryſtallinus, myrrchinus, |: 
adamantinns,&c. ; fr $i 


» 


arus,orus, Oſus , pro- arus,orus, olus, pro- 

duce the- laſt ſyllable ducunt penultimam, 
ſxve on? : as, : 

Mc ntanus,ayarus, canorus,odiofus, , 

| ; A6- 


295% 


' corcidum facilis. fl+bjlis. fundicus,cachtus. 


Verſifytng Rutes- 371 
Adverbs fr aim, Adverbia in at10» Rule 4 
and itim , produce the - & itim producunt 
laft Jylavie ſave one © penuttamam. 
As 
Otineimvindeiri,erc epr affirim, perperim, 
w_ ftarim Torr, 


"P Diminutivgs x: Diminariva IN Rule F. 
61s, tilus. ' 2.Yerbaſs Blis'Y filus. 2. Ver- 
mm lis ,ana bilis 3 and balia in ilis & Hilis, 
Adverbs in itus, 3, Adverbla 11 itus 
have the laſt fyilable cerripiunt penultt- 
fave one ſhort. Man. 
As, urceblus, unciSla,' zegiilus /caniciila, 


Adjefives 7: aceus ave a lung : as, Cre- £/14ctrs 
tacens, horeaceus; Atus, ata, arum, 4s,Pri- 
vatusz aculus,acula, aculum-z as, VeErnacu- 
lus, noyacula, habjtaculum : alis, ale 3 as, 
20imlis, focale, and ITmen.as;cxamen. 


Authority, uſc,or Example. 
Authority 1g the tej:imony a warrant vf the 


molt appover Peers, which of ali is eps [ui - 
Telt Ru'e. 


Of -laſt Syllables. 


A finita produruntur. 


1. Nominatives, Accuſatives and Vecatives, 
ending tn a,have a ſÞort : 95, musa, regna, 
rempora. 

2 Vocatives of Greek Nouns fn as,Are long: 
as, F.nea of Aineas, 

3- Ablatives ina of the firſt Pe are 

eng: 


| $5-S 
* 
F W voyumay: 
— - wm p——_ ES by WP . 
T - —_— 
” A ACA "Piiort...<. ano Þ = 
Dn © * yt : WT 
» = Fu <A. AY « <p" | 
. PR bs 2p £64 a Gs n 
# "x; 
4 £ 


372 Verfifying- Rules, 

|. long 2 as, musa, bona,jIla, qua. 

Ta | 4. Eid, ita, quia, bave a {bort 

Wl s. 'The rek ending in a. are long: as, 
[180 am, contra, triginta, quadraginta, and v- 
therg in ginta, which uluallp yave a long. 


ib, Cu B, D,T. finita brevia ſunt, 
mg Daviz, Words endinginb,d,t, if a vowel follow, 
1 long. are ſhort ; as, ab,ad, capur. 

C finals longa offs 


Words ending in c:have c long : as,ac;fac, 
3ic and Nic the Adverb., T wo words end- 
tag tn c are ſhort, n&c and donec : hic and 
hoc are common ; ſoſhar it be not the. A}- 
lative caſe, tv wbich ſome adjopn fac. 


E finita brevia [unt, 


* Words ending in e are ſhort: as, mare, | 
" tegs, pens. — 2 
1. Words of the fifr Dec'enſcon ending in |: 

_e are ercepted : as, re,di6,long. 'F 
2. Adverbs tne compounded of them : as, | * 
n0d16, quotidie, pridie; quare, Io tvobich |: 
adde fame /ong. | F 
2, The ſecond perſons fingular- of the Impe- | © 
rative Mood of Active foam in the ſecond | 4 
Conjugation : as, doce, move, mane,cave./ong. |* 
4. Words of, one ſpllable..in e._.are /ong: 

«5, me, te, {c, ereepy que,ne, ve, when they b 
are En:itlek, Conanctions:, and Syliabica! 
Aqgjecrions, c&r&,pte: as, hiſc&;rure, ruoptt. 
5, Adyerax th, © deftvep. of Alpagver e F; 


£3 


Verſifying Rules. 
| the firſt and ſecond Declenfon : as, pulchre- 
| godte, valde, foz valide, are. long, to which 
 adde firme, fere and ohe, bur bene,male 
and- mage are ſhort. | 
6, Greek words wzitten with y are long 
dp nature : as, Lethe,Anchise, Tempe. 


I fprita longs ſunt. 


Words ending in i are long: as, domini, a- 
mari, triltt. | — | 

1. E Icept mihi, tibi, fibj, ubi, 1b1, ann 
ci of rwoſpilables, wbich are common 
ficubi fs ſhort, alibi iS long. 

2, Ni1s1 and quasi are ſhort. 

2. Datives and Vocatives of the Greeks- 
whole Genit:ve caſe Engular ents in os fhort - 
as,Dat. Daphnidi, Voc. Daphnt , are fþort- 
except Datzves contracted of Ei : as, Uliſst> 
oz that thep are deciined afret the. La- 
tine fozme : as, Orcſti, Pyladi, Paridi: 
long. 


L finita corripiantar. 


| Uoztg. ending. in L are- fhort, if p3o- 
| HOftion binder not: as, mel, Annibal,pu- 
= gt, cxul. | 
GE rcept Sal, ol, nil, and ſome Hebrew 
wo2ds : ag, Michael, Gabriel, Raphael; 
Daniel. 


N fanita producuntur.. 


od s:ending in n,-are long ; aS,non, 
Guin, Pxan, . 


3. Srcep: 


373 


- _—_— 


criminis, pecten pe 


> I -o—_— In” Ke tonne es on Sen _ » > > neg 00.09 _— —_— 
W—r—m—et —Sear ed HAS MI a Ire a ernony Fc en > . — <<, 


Verifying Rules. 
r. Extept in with theſe forstin forſivin. 
an, tamen, a6tamen, VErUNtZamen, Witch are 


__ 
Words abridged: by Apocape : PI viden 


For videſme, nemon” foz nemone, ain* foz 


aiſne, egon* fo2 egone, | fatin' foe- fatiſne, 
exin' foz exinde, ſubin' foz lubinde, dejn' 
foz deinde, proin. fat proinde , which are 

ort. 
ſh 3+ Nouns #1 en , whoſe Genitve caſt path 
ints ſhort: as , carmen carminis., crimen 

nis,are ſÞort. 

4. Greek, Nouns 1 08, weitten With fit- 
tle ©, as, Ilion,Pelibn, have on ſhort. © 

5. Greek Accuſatives it in with 1 82 y, 
are fbort: as, Alexin. Ityn. 

6. Greek Accufatives in an of Nommatios 


ina are ſhort : as, Aiginan. 
Majan but &f Nominatives tn as ate ne. ; 


as., Anean, Marfſian. 


O finita Communia [mnt , 


Words ending £8 0 are rammune : 4s,por- 


ro,legendo, amo, Virgo. 
1. Datives and Ablatives fn © are long : as, 


domino, ſerv$. 


2. Mdverbs deribed of Adje&tves : as, pri- | 


mo, falso, are /ong, 6 eo With. the compounas 


aded,ideo,&c. are feidome ſbort. 


34. Seduls, mutuo.crebro, are common, 
ſerd, wli'tch not withitanding is terp often 


ſhort, 
4. Cits, cedd, enalthed ay i it , & modo, 


eat ttnddr 2 p 
RW 


on, 27 es EM 
EY $i, 557 Ws 2 WD ne, PO " , NE A OGSTARS. - 


X: ws 
be. 


EROS i gh 5 


be £ 5 a> & 


ES IR /7oeh Lo 
FEW, F.Y ERS. $2 22-v% 
CET” Rn 


Yip * LISTS 

p COPE INT TIO IN 
$ «, 005, & RAT? NOTION 2 

RN" Wn 4 5s 


RE TRI RIM OOO I COIN you” TN. gee 
pe wa Y gy 6 4 RRC NI px ba; if X-<bn <3 
: TS To PINS Ott, © OTE Se Pres WET 2. - (27 
TO ee rs; 27 GTO ER IERS + x." ; 
: : * dS n FRSe, 2 ; F . 28 
i EE. rs Ie NG 2 
, gon PO ob Oo ot 2 I 50G 
Ee hs KP ASaO.> 4 + Set 


_ with the compounds quamoddo , dummod?, 4 


poſtmodo, are ſbort 


PIES, 
Yeh 
Fs LESS 
£9 
pea. A375] 


Verſifying Rales. 
s. Words of one ſyllable tn o, are long : as, 
do,ſto, and ergd foz causa. 
6. Ambo, duo, ego, homo. ſcio, neſcto, i- 
mo.,illico, are ſcarce read long. . E 
i 1, Greek, words Witten with @, 2 great 
0, 4s, Sappho,Dids, Androgeo,Apolls, A- 
tho, are iong, ercept thep are mate of 
Greek words fn wy, n being cait awap : as, 
Leo, Plato, which toz the moſt part are 


ſhort, 


R funtta corripuuntsar, i 
"  poſotio ſat. ; 


Words ending in r are ſhort : as, near, 
per, vir, uxor, turtnr, cor, which not with- 
ſtanding is once read long. > 

1. Except far,lar, nar, ver, far, cur, and 
> par, with the compounds compar, impar,long, 
. anddiſpar, wbich notwithſtanding ts ſom- 
ttmes read ſhort. 

2. Greeek, words $n np, are long : as, at. 


| 
- Fs the Latins have er ſhort. 


;, As finita producuntur. 


Sour 


- '& Wordsending in as, ate long : 45, amis, 
is {3 musas, bovitas. | | | 

? 1. Except thoſe whoſe Genitive caſe ſen- 
« |; &ar make adis, as, v3s vadis. Pallis,Palla- 
I ms are fbort. Pelias hafta poteſt, Ov. 


of 3 ; - * 14 & 
WM third Declenſeon : as, FhyHNidis, herois, are 


; | ſbsrt, to whith ave ans, anitis. 


E's 


xe 
Go 
Oe ft 
X CER 


crater, chara&ter, but pater and mater with - 


2, Accyfatives plural of Greek. Nouns of the 


OI 


AN 


Verſifying Rules: 
Es finita longa ſunt. 


eaiozns ending in es;- are long : ag, ve- 
ſtes, dies, doces. 

I. Eccept Nominatives fn es of the thire 
Declenfion, whtch increaſe ſhozt in the Genz- 
trve caſe :. gs, miles, Gen. militis : ſeges,di. 
ves, &Cc. are ſhozt, but aries, abies, paries, 
Geres, and pes, with the Tompounds : 
ag, bipes, tripes,quadrupes, are long. 

2. Esof ſum, togetber with the Tom- 
pounds, abs, adEs, obEs, prodes,' 18 lyorr, 
ro which adde penes. 

3. Neuters. and Nominetives plural of the 
Greeks : * as, Hippomenes, Cacocrhes,Cyclo, 


pes, Naides, are [ozr. 
Is finita brevia ſunt, 


W02ds ending tnis are ſhort : as, panic, | 
eriſtis, hilaris, if a vowel foils. I 
I. v-rcept Datives and Ablatives plural | 
whichare /ng : as, mutrs,dominis,remplis. |. 
2. Nominatives inis, which increaſe long © 
tn the lag ſpilable.ſave one of the Genitzve |; 
caſe ate Ions 3 as, Samnis, Salamis, Genitive | 
Sammniri:, Salaminis. 2 
2. &S-cond perſons fingular-of the Preſent | 
Tenſe Indicative in rbe fourth Conjugation, .|- 
are long : as, audis, vents, to which aods (4 
<15, v1s., vells, nolis, 'malis, and poſzis, bow: Þ 

{oever once read ſhort. | 
4. Words of one [pllable fn is, ate long: Þ* 
as, v1s, lis, but 15,bis, aud. quis, the Nomi- Þ* 
tative Are ſhort. . p. 
©” $, i5 . 


Verſifying Rules: 


s, Isof Greek wozdg in «1s, 13 long © as, 
Pyre1:, SIMOIs. 


| *6. The Adverbs foris and gratis. , are 


long. 
7. Ris in the Future Tenſe Subjundive is 


* verp often ſort, nu? (Sit mads > is but 


by Czſura. 
Os finita producuntar. 


Wards ending tn os are long : as, honGs, 
neros, dominos. 

1. &:cept compos, impos and os, offis, 
* whicy are es 
* 2. Greek Nouns Witten With Iittie o, 
are ſhort - as, Delos, Chags, Pallados.. 


Vs finsta COrrsprantur. 


2 Words ending in us are ſhort: as, domi- 


| nts, bontis, tempiis , amamits,- if a vowel 
! follow. 
x. C:xcevt wozds of one ſpllable: as. 


: crus, thus, mus, are long. 

* 2. Nemimnatjves in us, fncreafing Jong fn 

2 the Genitive caſe are long : as, ſalns, virtus, 

= Genttiv0 ſalutis, virturis. 

3 3. Genitives ſingular, and Nominatrves, 
F Accuſatives and, - Vecatives plural of the 


[ wfourth  Declenſton are long - as, Gen. frucus, 
1 Pur. N Nom. Acc. voc. fructus. 


4. IJ0102Ds in us that are 'made of Greek 
uns in ous, are 101g : ag, panthus, Sap- 


[5 * 3 except Oedipiis and Polyptis of the. 


Fecond Declenfron. 
b | Ys 


378 | Verfifying Rules. 
Ys finita COYFIPINBINT. | 


Words ending in VS Are ſbort IT 0 vagdcl F 
follow, as, Capy s, Tiphys. | 


6 EST £4 RA « 
We Rs : 2 
Sara Sa Eee ts ve 5g 


V finite producuntur & omnia. 
Fll wozds inu are long. 


Y finita corripiuntur. 
Words ending tny are ſhort : as, Moly», q 
E Tiphy». ; 


my —— 
WT 
{ f 
# } 
: - 
BH 4 
H ry] Ss 
4 I 
o LIP 
: 
j J ? 
$200 
i! 0 
S | Y 4 
&3 > 
bs Ss © 
. 
$5 CAL 
z 
4 
$ 113 
+ ; 
. : 
4 
ol 14 : 
* I 
I 
* 
EF 
RS - 
[| 
# 
J Ss 2 
4 4 
$5 ”e 
7 KB 
. F , 4d 
; ' a 
3- ? 
$ 4 
"I ''F, 
oy . 
WF : 
—_ + 
1] & } 
: '$. 
* i 
i, , 
© 
- £ z 
Ss + 
+* 2 o 
M1 
"+ 
» 
=» 
. 
by 
x 
4 
3; 
* 
FR, 
% 
_ 
A 
% 7 
&#- 
+ 


5 
$4 
bee! 
_- 
gy 
%s 
' # 
g 

7 

*: 

7 
A 

F : 
L 
» 

A 
: 


Virima cujuſyue verſus ſyllaba cenſeturſt 
communis. 2 
The laſt jllable of Cs wi 7 pan ſg q 
common. 'q 


ths © 


* 


—T* Ro at ES et" 
TE. > Ode. +. YR * 
« 6” 1-5 - 
= BN oats 6. . 
CES. I 
a . 


1-3 A © I. 


Moye >a or £69 GWTHCL UP, SEa 
x; UE OAT, pt TO- x; Heria, 
Xy Pup, x4 cg Tu! 45 T5 aovas. 


Apluw, Tedd. V. 25. 


£5 
ts 4] 
Fe 


Someh 


- 


Of Compoſition. 


; Some common Obſeryati- 
Z ons concerning the Compoſition of 
_ the Latin ſpeech. 


+a write in a'grave and lofty flyle, many 
þ. | feet conſiſting of long ſyllables are need- 
* ful. Quamnugax hec noſtra eſt zras 2 ad 
|; ejus non ſalutem modo exringuendam . fed 
- etiam gloriam per tales yiros infringendam, 
- but in lighter matters ſhort ſyllables. 

| 2. There ought to be ſuch a mixture of ſhort 
« words with long, that many of the one or 0- 
* ther benot continued together, as in this ſen- 
L tence. Homo etrf: ſine peccato cle poflir, 
nemo temen eſt, qui fir, which runneth nt 
3 ſo ſmoothly, beca oh words, of one and-tro 
2 (llables are condenſed; otherw1j/? thus : fine 
2 peccaro etiamſi mortalis efle pojtit , eſt ra- 
2 men qui fir nemo. Cob am 
3. Words of many ſyllables are elegantly 
2 lockt up with a period : as, veritatem ne- 
E ſcio qua injuria multayit exilio, and letmgt 
| the ſame foot too ofren begin or end a ſentence, 
| leſt it beget a hathing diſlike. 

a. A frequent concourſe or nyning together 
| of the ſame. letters, 3s to be eſchewed:; as, 
& Xquora rura tacent, {ſpuma maris rifit , 
& ana 6451974 dTov, and if may be, when the 
gone nord widetm with a Conſonant, let the fol- 
8 ring wi it hegin with a Vowel, and contra : 
$ 25, & cvins ore melle dulcior effluebar 0- 
$4 rails, 7n all which , eafineſſe of pronunciation, 
"41d ear-deleFation will be an impartial Judge, 


- CERTTERS 
- Allaweg 


Fe 
o 
WE 
4% 
{a Wa 
> 
gp; 3] b 
7h 
2 
oy '$ 
he 
F- 
5 
- 2 
7 F 
5 OS. 
"vs 
vp: 
4 
8 
- 
hae bg 
VA 
- $72 
2» 
y, 
0... 
e7Þ 
3 
We 
Ex 


389 


as, ſtrenuus pudicitie propugnator. 


OF Compoſition. 


Allowed quantities Wherewith . 
to begin. 
1. Moloſſus or three long : as, $i quis jadi- 


—_ 
2. Creticus or amphimecer,that ,one long, 


@ fort and along-»- as, quid precatus. 


3. Pxan primus, or one long and three ſhort : 
—vvv 4s, Pauca ſuper hac re. 

4. Dochimus, or five ſyllables, (viz. ) one 
TJambick and Amphimacer,»= -»= as, noyz 
criminationes. 

s. Ditrochzus,-» =», as; 5£quls antea 

6. Anapeſtus » »= as, inlmidyerti judi, 
cecs, 


Allowed quantities wherewith to cloſe,are 


x. Creticus ſet before two Trocheys - = =» 
=» 45, gloriam coupararunt, 

2. Chorens before moloſſus -v -=-= a5, 
membra firmantur. 

3- Dochimns += =»= as,rEipublice. |; 

4. An Iambick, and two Spondeys*v= --== |? 
as,reum condemnarunt, 5 

5. Pzan primus, -» ®», with a Spendey |: 
following : as, ClsE videacur. £1 


Some ſpecial Rales. 
M. Clark. 


1. Adjefives ought uſually to be ſet: befire [7 
therr Subſtantives , one or more words interve- [ 
ning, eſpecially the latter of two Subſtantives: 


A 
-, 


Of Compoſition, 


2. A Relative is elegantly ſet before h1 
Noun andVerh as, Quem cum iſto ſermo- 
ncm hebueris procul ſtans accepi. 

3. The Pronouns meus, tuus, ſuus,&c. are 
very often ſet after their ſubſtantives ; as,Gra- 
vi 'teſte privacus ſum, amoris ſummi erga 
te met. 

4. Nouns Negatives : as, nemo nullus, and 
cmnis are with a grace ſet after their Subſtan= 
t!VES ; 45, Qui VILLIS careat INvenimus nemi- 
ncr quz peragend! dedifſti perfect omnia. 

5. Oblique caſes elegantly begin an Oration, 
and Verbs uſually cloſe pertods. Toto ca&lo 
errarunt,qul1, ur pueri Regulas Grammatica- 
les memoriter repetant , exXegerunt : nun- 
cum vero cadem cum cura ſunt annixi ut 
perſpicue concipiant. M. Horn. 

6. Participles and Gerunds, alſs Compara- 
tives gracefully cloſe the ſentince : as, Dia 
ſum equidem reluctatus. Tua focietare 
nihil gratius. Laborum fructus eſt longe 
maximus. 

7. After the Superlative the Comparative of 
the ſame Noun is elegantly placed, as,Cum multi 
dodrinam per le libenriilime defiderant,tu 
hoc libentius cuod honores habet conco- 
m1tantes. 

8. The perſon ating is to be ſet next hefore 
t)e perſon ſuffering : as, Magnam Czar 


\ Pompeio injuriam fecit. 


9. Adverbs and Prepofitions together with 


[= thejr cajes which they govern , may there bee 

2 ſet where they beſt ſound , but with moſt ele- 

. | gancy Adverbs are to be placed before their 

. | Particples and Verbs : as, ſeveritatem diu- 
| que dilatam, clemcntiſlime mitigavir. 


10, Ante- 


381 


Of Compoſition. 
10. Antequam, prinſquam, «rnd poſtquam, 
perinde-quaſ1, are by Tmeſis divided : as, 
Omnia prins yerbis experiri , quain armis 
{a pientem decet, is perinde rem refert qua- 
{ fiex eo folo mul@entur homines. 


ey Fd E f »/ 
"OuY' Yay miVias ardavd, v7" aviyau!. 


_ 


x 
rs 
” 
4. y 
FY T5 
$i 
b 
G 
[5 
© 
NE 
et 
® wa 
9% 
Ax 
0 To 
ts! 
I 
=> 
X54 
», ies 
$7 
IF 
_—_ 
BE, 
Wee 
5 
CARED. 
37 


INGS © , L 
rae”; 17 Mo 9Y BIN TA WK f x IS, 7 ECO * $2 . — 
PE TI EE IO RCs " DE a CER Pal P - EE a 29A rr Sap, tes OR # 
% Ao - " 3 2s ” +>; Rn 2 B40 PEA Tx My OE gs 6 by 1 Fel 48 bn —_ 
? . we CIV EEO IRS " CE Oo BAS 0 SL "OS an "Op - fo 
, a y Mat OB LE ES; res dos 
. EISG 


Ts. 


i 
"bp 


WE ACS O36, $65 ies — q 
OAT 1 Wen Rn. Mag: 
Con TUOS : ; OR NE x23 

: A 


— 


-” 
23> \.— NIN . 
ONE oe IS pt 
4 ? We "ie 3 


- 
. 
> 


#3 
2s 

ge 

4 z 
% S&T 


ULES to the ſame 
purpole. 


f A N Adje&ive of two ſyllables is to beſet 
after a Subſtantive of many ſyllables : 
4 indies Oriugtur contentiones nove. 

2. An AdjeFive is wo” put after Subſſan- 
tives of multitude : Sceleratos omnes 
| Caralina unus cs wy 

3. Adjeffies of many ſyllables are beauti- 
Þ fully placed in the beginning and end : as, mi- 
| ferrimi ſunt omnes inglorit. 

The Ablattve caje abſolute 4s either to be 


; Yroacs : as, Re intellea3in verborum uſu 
- faciles eſſe dehemius, 

| Onnes ingruente miſeria, pet :elluntur 
[2 | t1more, 

1 5. Comparatives an1 Sa are eee 
$ gently ſet ajter their Sabjtantives : Prato- 
& 75 mgmt {zvitia: aaulatio renralonls 
: one dererior. 

* 6. Comparetives are elegantly ſet in the be- 
: $ ginning, page at tne end of a Jenitenee: as, 
& clebri:s eft ingcainm , CUJus Mmourus funr 
- q vel. cet, i:11dea ſunt honeſtiores. 

= 7. Proper namrs of many ſyllables , grace 


” "8 12 1071S. 


\ 


 &. 4n gajechive ſignifying the pre'ſe br diſ- 
; ELECS ſer befo re the proggx Name: as, Mag- 
ts BYE ic : ” OMPeius, 


- 


hag n a ky 8. : 221% #4 opt oo OOO. ks...” 4A OG oy —_ 
- ep, > 197 a Nor_;- FR X - 8 > bed 


ſet before the Verb, Or at "the beginning of the 


Gee begnut.ng of a Periad': as Antiociila. 


9.The 


. ” C My 
Re 
oY 


M. Horus Rules: 


9. TheVerb (eſt) in the beginning sf a ſen- 
tence 3s put after the firſt word, but after a Com- 
parative it is placed in the end. 

- Noſtra eſt enim conſuetudo, 
Orati-» ſine fuco gratior eſt. 

to. The Infinitive Moed 4 ſet before the 
Verb : as, In pueris oratio perfecta nec exi- 
gi, nec\perari poteſt. 
11. Adverbs arets be ſet after Adjeives, 
7f before them ſamthing 1s t) be interſerted : as, | 
EXimie quidem infolentes ſuperborum fer. 


NORECS. 


Alters alterins fic poſcit oem | 
res, 


SASSASASILAD | 


; \ 


* Verbum inter duos Nominatiuus, Obſervat. 7. 


A SynorsS 1s (tf 


Maſter LilLlties 
GRAMMAR. 


Erbum perſonale coharet cum,goc, Lib.V. 
Rule 1 Pag.226 


; Nominatiuus prime vel ſecunde perſo. In ver- 


bis quorum ſignificatio, Rule 1. in Concord 
Figurative P.231 


Non ſemper vox caſualis eſt. Aliquando adver- 
bjum. Rule 2, in Concord Figur. 232. 


 Verba Infiniti mod; pro noming. Reſolvi poteſt 


hic modus per. Rule 2. | 324 


| 242 
 1mperſo-nalia precedentem, Obſer. s. 225 
 Nomen multitudinis fing. Rule 8. 238 
 AdieFroum cum Subſtantivo, Ad eundem mo- 
= aamparticipi, Rule 2, 228 
* Alr,uando ratio ſupplet. Rule 2. 233 
*Relativum cum Antecedente, Rule 3. 229 
| Lec unica vox ſolum ſed, Rule 2. 232 


Ree 


| 
4 


Maſter Li/ljes Rules: 


Relativum inter duo anteceden. Obſervation 7 | 


242 
Nunc cum poſteriore 1bid, 
AltquandoRelatuvum aliquando Obſervation 5. 
249 
AQuoties nullus Nominativas. Rule 1. 220 
At ft Nominatiuus Relati. Rule 4. 2329 
Quum duo Subſtantiv. Rule 6. 250 
Proinde hic' Genitrous ſepiſſime, Obſeryat.2.| 
1b. 
Eft et:iam uh1 in Dativum, Rule 1. 271| 


Excipiunturque in eodem caſu. Rule 6 229 
AdjeFivur:. in Newutro Genere, Rule 6 250 | 
Pon: tur interdum Genitiuus , Rule 5 248| 
Laus 1y vituperiam rei, &yc. Rule 7 251]. 
Opus ty uſus ablativuam ; 
Opus autem adjeFivg, in Obſervation 305! 


Adjeiva que deftderium ,Rule 9 244 

Adje&:va Verbalia in ax, Rule 10 2561 

Nomina Partitrva aut parti, &yc. Rule 8 
252] 

In aliy tamen ſenſu ib, 

In alto tamen ſenſu datiuum, Rule 271; 
Uſurpantur aurem cum his, Obſervation {4 
254) 


Interrogat:vum of ejs reddi, oc. Fall, 
hc regd/a quottes. Aut per diftionem wi. ? 
rig. Fallit denique cam per poſſeſ. 314, | 
are T0 be referred to. Eilipfts "_ # 


= "8 


Comparativa & ſuperlativa , &c. Rule 8 - 


Comparativa autem ad duo, Comparat vl - 


cum exponuntur per quam, Rule 7, 3% 
F " Adfcil 


dies _ 
pF: TS Pe SE anne O08 


pu OO © WD pm * 


Maſter £E:7:es Rules. 


Adſciſcunt (5 alterum ablat. Rule ®  p.309 
Tanto, quanto, multo, longe. Rule 9 310 


Adjefinva quibus commodum; Rule 2 272 
Huc referuntuy nominad 277 
Quedam ex his que ſimilitud. Rule 5s 256 
Commun 1mmuns alienus, in the Obſervar!- 


ONS - 77 & 303 
Natus commodus incommodus Rule 2.Ofervar. 
"074 
Yerbalia in bilts, Rule 9. 280. & Rwe 2. 
322 
Magnitudinis menſura. Rule 4 297 
Adjefiva que ad copiam. Rule 4 303 
Nomina diverſitatis, Rule 12 312 
Adjeiva regunt ablativum 
Rule 1, 289 
Forma vel modus rei 
Dignus indignus preditts. Rule 6 208 
Mei,tur,ſui,noſtri,veſtri | 
Mens tuns, ſuns,noſter, eſter 247 


Noſtrum, veſftrim , Obſervation 8 
He xc prſſeſſiva mens, tuns,Cgc.Obſerv.6s 250 


Sui (F ſuns reciproca 247 
Hic QF ille cum ad dug 248 
Ferba Subſtantiva ſum 

Demque omn1ia verba. TRu.x Be 


Infinitivum quoque utrinque 
Quamvis in his poſtremis, Rule 6,&c, 326 


Sum Genitivum poſtulat 

Excipiuntur Þ1 Nominativi 250 

At hic ſubintel{igi videtur Rule 6 
S 2 Verba 


882 Maſter Li/lies Rules: 
Verba eſtimands Genitiuo 
LEſtimo vel Genitivum vel 262 | 


®Jocci,nunci,nihili,Rule 13 
Verba accuſandi, damnand?t 
 Vertitur hic Genitruus -— 
Uterg; nullus alter neuter, Rule 14 


7 <4 
1 7 


 Satago miſereor, miſereſco, 


At miſereor OF miſereſcr,Rule 171 255 | 
Reminiſcoroblitviſcor gnemin, Rule IS 293 | 
Potior autem geni:ivo (F abl. in Obſer. 305 
Omnia verba acquifttivo,Rule 1 271 
Imprimss verba ſrgnificantia,Rule 2,3,4 

Ex his quedam efrutu - 272,AC, 
Verba comparand! regunt 7 


\ 
Interdum additur ablativus » 210 4 
Al:quando accuſativum cuam,Rule 6) 


Hec variam hahent conſtruf, Rule 1. 
Verba promittendt ac jolverd. Rule 15 290, 
Verog imperand! ac nunci, Rile 14 EY 


Verdba fidendi dativum, Rule 16 4; 
Verba objequendi &f repugnan, Rule 11 **:: 
At ex his quedam cum aliis S168 $c. | 
Verba minandi (F iraſcendi.Rule 15 288 | 
Sum cam compoſrtis prater. Rule 17 287 | 
Dativum poſtulant verba, Rule 23 298 
Pauca ex hs mutant dat, 

Eſt pro habeo dativum exigat 260 


 Huic confine eſt ſuppetit, Rule 18 | | 


Sum cum mults aliis genit. Rule n 285 
FF ub1 hic dativus tibi,, Obſerv. 27? 


wo R- 


Maſter Z:{:es Rules. 


Verba tranſiiiva cujuſcungque 
Quinetiam verba quamlibet 255 
Hunc accujativam mutant, Rule 1 
Sunt que figarate accuſativum,Rule 2 JC1 
Verba rogandi, veftiend!? | 
Rogand: verbum amter dum 260 
Veſtiendi verba interdum, Rule 3 
Quediis verbum admittit pk. 
259 
Ablative cauſe Oy medi, Rule 1 ” 
Quibuſlibet verbs ſubjicir 
Vrlo paulo minimo, magno 
E xciptuntur Þ; genit;vi fine 202 
Sui addantur ſubſtantiva 
Valeo etiam interdum cam, Rule 3. 
Verba abundand!, implend! Rule 
Ex bis quadam nonnunquam, k 303 
Fungor, fruor, utor, Rule 5 395 
Projequor te amore, Obſervation 5 JoL 
Ffereor cum adverbiis, Rule 13 303 
Quzdam accipiendi,d; flandj 3 Rule 22 
 Vertttur.hic ablatiuus, | $ au 
Verbis que vim comparandi,Rule 8 209 
Quibuflibet verbis additur, Rule 11 314 
Vela quibuſdam additur, Rule 2 30T 
Quedam tamen efferunt iÞ. 
Eidem verbo diverſt caſus Z13 
Paſſivis additur ablativus,Rule x 320 
Quorum.participia frequentius, Rule 2 322 
g 4 | Cater? 


Maſter L3/{ies Rules. 


5 


: 
2F 
os 
3-4 
» 


; # 


| # 


 Cateri caſus manent in poſ. : 221 
Vapulo, yeneo,liceo,exulo, Oblervation, ib, 
Quibuſdam: tum verbis tum,Rule 1 323\- 
Ponuntur interdum figurate, Rule 4 325 
Gerundia (ve gerundive, Rule 1 227 
Gerundza in di pendent,Rule 2 328 
Poetice Infinitivus modus, Oblery, 1 ib, 
Interdum non invenufte, Obſer. 5 331 
Gerundia in do pendent ab, Rule 3. 330 
Ponuntsr Gy abſque prep. Rule 4. ib. | 
Geruns&ia in dum pendent ab,Rule 4 tb. 
Cum ſignificatur neceſſitas, Obſervy.1 324 
Vertuntur Gerund! voces, Obſer. 5 231 
Prins ſupinum aFive fignif, Rule 1. 332 | 
Ulla wero do venum do \ 
At Doc ſupinum in neutro pe. 333 | 
Ponitu7 QF abſolute cam, Obier.2 
Peſterius ſupinum paſſive Rule 2. 
in iftis vero ſurgit cubity, 1bid.. 
Que ſignificant partem,Rule x 2 34 | 
Que autem durationem _ 'TRule 2 Þþ 
Dieimus etiam in paucits diebus $f 335 
Spacium loci m accuſativoRuleg 297 
Amina appelativa (5 nomina,Rule 1 335 
Ormne verbum admittit gen. Rule 2 iÞ, 
kl? genitivi Pumr,doms Bulk 5. | 
Dam nen altos ſecum patttur, 238 

Verum 


Maſter Z:{;es Rules. 


Verum fr proprium [oci,Rule 3 337 
Sic utimur rHri QF ture, Rule 5 338 
|. Verbis ſignificanttbus motum,Rule 3 337 
' Ad eundem modum uſurpantur,Rule 5 328 
. Hac tria imperſonalia Rule 12 
Adjiciuntur oF 11h genitiva & 250 
In dativum feruntur h&c 
Haec imperſonalia accuſand; caſum 
His vero attinet, pertinet, Rule 16; 237 
and other Rules in Conſtru- 
&1on of Perſonals. 
His 1mperſonalibus ſubjcitur 
Nonnulla imperſonalia remigrand Rs 
Cepit, incip1t, deſinit, debet _ 
Verbum imperſonale paſſtue, Obſ.I 
Particip7a regunt caſus verborum.Rule x 322 
Quamvis in his aſttatior, Rule 2 _ 1b. 
Particap:orum voces cum, Obſer.2 247 


Exoſus, peroſus , perteſus , 
Exoſus (oF peroſus etram Obſeryartion 2. 29 5 
Natus, prognatus, ſatus,Rule 5 305 


En (gy ecce demonſtrang!i [cans 
2 
2 


En 7Fy ecce exprobantis 
Quegam adverbia [cry Rule 1 7. 


Injtar equiparationem Rule 4 
Hic apponitur interdum $ 243 
Quedam dativum admittunt, Rule 8 278 
Sunt &F bi dativi adverbiales, Rule 1 2334 
Sunt que accuſandi caſum, Rule 8 278 
Cedo flagitantis exhiberi L - 
Adverbia diverſitatis as 
S$.a4 ABUVIY = 


391 


390 


Maſter Lilies Rules, 


Adverbia comparativi (F 


Plus nominativo , genitiu9, accuſa- 
11v9 (F ablativo junum reperi- 


tur, Rule 7 


Ubi poſlquam do cam 
Donec &F quamdin 

Pro quouſque nunc Indic. 

Dum de repreſent1 non 

Dum pro dummedo alias 

Dum pro donec ſubjun&1v8 


 Quoad pro quamazu wel 
Simulac, frmulatque Indic. 


Quemadmedum ut utcunque 
Ut pro poſiquam Indic. 
Quaſr ſeu tanquam perinde 


Alias copulant confamiles 


Ne prohibendi Imperativis 
Ne pro non ceteris modis 


Adverbia accedente caſu.. All theſe 
are in the conftrution of 1 


ConjundGtions and Adyerhs, 


ConjuncHones Copulative 
Excepto ft caſualis difienis 
ConjuntHiones Copulative 


w 


| 
L. 2,j&C, 
| 


| 


tbid, 


If. 


= = al ——__ F 
Bt AW ang bet IO TIS pe HeT® + —— - 


E--&-3 


Maſter Lilies Rules. 


Aliquoties autem fimiles 
Etſi, tametſi, ctiamſt 
Ni nift fiquidem quod - 


$1 utrique modo jung!tar 


$1 quis tantum Indicative 
Quand? quandoguidenn 
Quippe Cum propriumm 


* Qu1 cum habet vim 


Cut pro quammuis 
Cuin ff tum tem tum 

Ne an num interrogand! 
Ut caſualis ſeu perſeftiva 
Ut concedentis ſeu poſttum 
Ut 75 poſt quam pro 


Prep?frtie np itt; 
TESPORETS 1 in <nporione 


8 :# r g ; = 
V2! CI LON; feta Ut 


3 C67, 7 ad 
CAN accuſative jung 71tuy 
in cum fi gnpcetur atus 
Sub pro ad per oF ante 
Super pro ultra accuſativs 
Super pro de &F in ablat. 
Suoter un» fgnificatu 
Tenus gaudet ablative 


 Prepofitiones cum caſum 


133134 


Remm "_ 
<# 6. a7 
* 


{uters 


| 
| 
| 


— 


243 
254 


—— 
. 
—_ 


%\ 
- 
o 


Rule 22 


® 


Maſter Z;/ies Rules 


Ca 
| > 
! X 
, —_ 
f Fs 
| I2 = -=q 
| SR = 
1 gw V 
| S BB wo -_ | 
bes 
| = +8 = | 
h = 8 = 
f ”_ "> I WP 
V = & IS | | 
© 3 EE 23 
mn EE > ' | 
| = I D D : 
> L224 2 | 
_— ya © hk Ny þ & 


® pn 
eB 


EY "8 P <F FP _ F 
ge rc Sora OR. th 

Go mens. Vo LY er 
IE <7 "ws < nes Foot 


